Dell Manuels et documents pour Dell U2711 Monitor Manuels
Dell Manuels et documents pour Dell U2711 Monitor Manuels
-> Accéder au site Dell
-> Accéder aux Codes Promo et Bons de réduction Dell
-> Voir d'autres manuels Dell
Revenir à l'accueil
Dell U2711 Monitor
Autres langues
Autres langues
-> Commander sur Dell.com, Cliquez ici
Autres manuels :
Dell-Inspiron-1721-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-1520-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-1501-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-XPS-710-H2C-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Laser-Printer-5100cn-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-OptiPlex-9010-7010-Mini-tour-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-1300-B120-B130-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-1955-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-6400-E1505-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Imprimante-personnelle-Tout-en-un-Dell-A920-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-XPS-M1710-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-PowerVault-DL2000-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-8600-Guide-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-5160-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-XPS-Gen-2-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-300m-Guide-du-proprietaire-Manuel
Dell-Axim-X50-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Manuel
Dell-Inspiron-640M-E1405-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-8500-Guide-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-1000-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-XPS-M2010-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-One-2330-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Manuel
Dell-Inspiron-3000-Series-Service-Manual
Dell-Inspiron-3500-Portable-Computer-Service-Manual
Dell-Inspiron-5423-Owner-s-Manual
Dell-poweredge-r520-technical-guide
Dell-Pave-Tactile-Sans-Fil-Dell-TP713-Manuel-d-utilisateur
Dell-PowerVault-NX3300-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Manuel
Dell-Inspiron-2600-et-2650-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur-Manuel
Dell-Manuel-de-maintenance-Adamo-XPS
Dell-XPS-13-Manuel-du-proprietairexps-13-l321x_owner_manual_fr-fr
Dell-xps-13-l321x_setup_guide_fr-fr.pdf-Manuel
Dell-Storage-Center-5.5-Guide-de-configuration-systeme
Dell-MANUEL-DE-L-ORDINATEUR-DE-BUREAU-ALIENWARE
Dell-Vostro-410-Guide-de-configuration-et-de-reference-rapide
Dell-ALIENWARE-M18x-MANUEL-DE-L-ORDINATEUR-PORTABLE
Dell-MANUEL-ALIENWARE-M14x-MOBILE
Dell-MANUEL-ALIENWARE-M11x-MOBILE
Dell-Configuration-de-votre-ecran-de-televiseur-LCD-Dell-W2607C-26-pouces
Dell-PERC-6-i-PERC-6-E-et-CERC-6-i-Guide-d-utilisation
Dell-Dimension-Serie-8300-Manuel
Dell-2145cn-Imprimante-multifonction-Guide-de-l-utilisateur
Dell-PowerEdge-C6220-Systems-Hardware-Owner-s-Manual
Dell-server-poweredge-m610-tech-guidebook
Dell-Vostro-270-Owner-s-Manual
Dell-Controleurs-RAID-Dell-PowerEdge-PERC-H310-H710-H710P-et-H810-Guide-d-utilisation
Dell-Laser-MFP-Dell-3333dn-et-3335dn-Guide-de-l-utilisateur
Dell-PowerVault-DL-Backup-to-Disk-Appliance-Powered-by-Symantec-Backup-Exec-Guide-d-utilisation
Dell-XPS-015-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerVault-NX3300-Guide-de-mise-en-route
Dell-INSPIRON-GUIDE-DE-REFERENCE
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerVault-Network-Attached-Storage-NAS-Guide-de-depannage
Dell-Commutateur-de-consoles-2161DS-Dell-Guide-de-l-utilisateur-d-OSCAR-et-du-materiel
Dell-PowerEdge-T420-Guide-de-mise-en-route
Dell-PowerEdge-C8000XD-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-materiel
Dell-OptiPlex-755-Guide-d-utilisation
Dell-Matrices-de-stockage-Dell-PowerVault-MD3200i-et-MD3220i-Guide-de-deploiement
Dell-Latitude-E5400-et-E5500-Guide-de-configuration-et-de-reference-rapide
Dell-Set-Up-Your-Computer
Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-Dell-XPS-M1730-Manuel
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-M620-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Manuel
Dell-PowerEdge-C410x-Getting-Started-With-Your-System
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-SUSE-Linux-Enterprise-Server-10-Instructions-d-installation
Dell-Utilitaires-de-gestion-du-Dell-OpenManage-Baseboard-Management-Controller-Version%204.6-Guide-d-utilisation
Dell-OpenManage-Server-Administrator-Guide-d-installation-de-la-version-7.1
Dell-Systeme-Dell-DR4000-Guide-de-l-administrateur
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge%20Red-Hat-Enterprise-Linux-6-x86_64-x86-Instructions-d-installation-et-informations-importantes
Dell-Integrated-Dell-Remote-Access-Controller-7-iDRAC7-Version-1.20.20-Guide-d-utilisation
Dell-Management-Plug-In-pour-VMware-vCenter-Version-1.5-Guide-d-utilisation
Dell-Projecteur-7700FullHD-Dell-Guide-de-l-utilisateur
Dell-Projecteur-Dell-1420X-1430X-Guide-d-utilisation
Dell-FluidFS-NAS-Solutions-Guide-de-l-administrateur
Dell-PowerEdge-Express-SSD-PCIe-Flash-Guide-d-utilisation
Dell-Update-Packages-DUP-Version-7.0-Guide-d-utilisation
Dell-PowerEdge-R720-et-R720xd-Guide-de-mise-en-route-Manuel
Dell-PowerEdge-R320-Guide-de-mise-en-route
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R510-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Precision-M4400-Guide-de-configuration-et-de-reference-rapide
Dell-Matrices-de-stockage-SCSI-Dell-EqualLogic-PS-Series-a-clusters-de-basculement-Microsoft-Windows-Server-Guide-d-installation-et-de-depannage-du-materie
Dell-PowerEdge-C410x-Guide-de-mise-en-route-du-systeme
Dell-Moniteur-a-ecran-plat-Dell-U2713HM-Guide-d-utilisation
Dell-Moniteur-a-Dell-P1913-P1913S-P2213
Dell-Guide-de-l-utilisateur-du-moniteur-Dell-E1913S-E1913-E2213
Dell-Systems-Service-and-Diagnostics-Tools-Version-7.0-Guide-d-installation-rapide
Dell-Moniteur-a-Dell-S2740L-Guide-d-utilisation
Dell-INSPIRON-GUIDE-DE-CONFIGURATION
Dell-Dimension-Serie-8300
Dell-PowerEdge-R820-Guide-de-mise-en-route
Dell-PowerEdge-C8000-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-materiel-manuel
Dell-OpenManage-Server-Administrator-Version-7.1-Guide-d-utilisation
Dell-PowerEdge-M1000e-M915-M910-M820-M710HD-M710-M620-M610x-M610-M520-et-M420-Guide-de-mise-en-route
Dell-OpenManage-Server-Administrator-Version-7.0-Guide-d-installation
Dell-Inspiron-15R-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerVault-NX3200-Guide-de-mise-en-route
Dell-PowerEdge-RAID-Controller-PERC-S110-Guide-d-utilisation
Dell-FluidFS-NAS-Solutions-Guide-de-mise-en-route
Dell-Micrologiciel-Dell-Chassis-Management-Controller-Version-4-1-Guide-d-utilisation
Dell-PowerVault-MD3260-3260i-3660i-3660f-3060e-Storage-Arrays-Guide-de-mise-en-route
Dell-Vostro-470-Manuel-du-proprietaire
/Dell-Systeme-Dell-PowerVault-NX3500-Guide-de-l-administrateur
Dell-Latitude-E6420-XFR-Guide-technique
Dell-Guide-de-l-utilisateur-du-moniteur-S2240M-S2340M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-DR4000-Manuel-du-proprietaire-manuel
Dell-PowerEdge-T320-Guide-de-mise-en-route
Dell-Precision-Workstation-T3600-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-DR4000-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-PowerEdge-R420-Guide-de-mise-en-route
Dell-PowerEdge-C8220-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-materiel-manuel
Dell-Vostro-470-Owner-s-Manual
Dell-Projecteur-Dell-M110-Guide-de-l-utilisateur
Dell-Upgrading-to-BackupExec-2012-PowerVault-DL-Backup-to-Disk-Appliance
Dell-PowerVault-NX3300-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-PowerConnect-5500-Series-CLI-Reference-Guide
Dell-Matrices-de-stockage-Dell-PowerVault-MD3260-Series-Guide-de-deploiement
Dell-Inspiron-One-2020-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-XPS-14-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-1900-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-M620-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-PowerEdge-R815-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-PowerEdge-R720-and-R720xd-Owner-s-Manual
Dell-Micrologiciel-Dell-Chassis-Management-Controller-Version-4.0-Guide-d-utilisation
Dell-Inspiron-17R-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Manuel
Dell-Inspiron-One-2020-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-C5220-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-materiel
Dell-Inspiron-660s-Manuel-du-proprietaire-manuel
Dell-PowerEdge-R820-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Vostro-270-Manuel-du-proprietaire-manuel
Dell-Systeme-Dell-PowerEdge-C6220-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-14R-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Guide-de-l-Utilisateur-de-l-Ecran-Large-Dell-IN1940MW
Dell-Moniteur-a-Dell-S2440L-Guide-d-utilisation
Dell-Alienware-X51-Owner-s-Manual
Dell-ALIENWARE-M17x-MOBILE-MANUAL
Dell-Emplacement-des-cavaliers-de-la-carte-systeme-des-systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R310-Mise-a-jour-des-informations
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-6950-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Alienware-M17x-R4-Owner-s-Manual
Dell-XPS-13-Owner-s-Manual
Dell-HBA-SAS-Dell-PowerEdge-6-Gb-s-et-Internal-Tape-Adapter-Guide-d-utilisation
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R910-Mise-a-jour-des-informations
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-T610-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R420-Manuel-du-proprietaire
/Dell-PowerEdge-R905-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Imprimantes-laser-Dell-2350d-et-Dell-2350dn
Dell-XPS-430-Guide-de-reference-rapide
Dell-PowerEdge-RAID-Controller-PERC-H700-et-H800-Guide-d-utilisation
Dell-Lifecycle-Controller-2-Version-1.00.00-User-s-Guide
Dell-OpenManage-Server-Administrator-Version-7.0-Guide-d-utilisation
Dell-Solutions-NAS-Dell-FluidFS-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Manue
Dell-Guide-de-l-utilisateur-Dell-V525w
Dell-XPS-13-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Adaptateurs-Brocade-Manuel-d-installation-et-de-reference
Dell-FluidFS-NAS-Solutions-NX3600-NX3610-Guide-de-deploiement
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-T410-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Latitude-ST-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Manuel
Dell-OptiPlex-360-Guide-de-configuration-et-de-reference-rapide
Dell-PowerEdge-R810-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-materiel
Dell-Guide-d-installation-des-systemes-Dell-PowerVault-Modular-Disk-3000
Dell-Imprimante-laser-Dell-2230d-Guide-de-l-utilisateur
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-C6105-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-materiel
Dell-Imprimante-personnelle-a-jet-d-encre-Dell-J740-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-2130cn-IMPRIMANTE-LASER-COULEUR
Dell-Guide-d-utilisation-de-la-station-de-travail-Dell-Precision-T3400
Dell-1235cn-Imprimante-Multifonction-Mode-d-emploi
Dell-Vostro-1310-1510-1710-et-2510-Guide-de-configuration-et-de-reference-rapide
Dell-Guide-d-utilisation-APC-Smart-UPS-750VA-1000VA-1500VA-100-120-230-V-CA-2U-Montage-en-baie-Onduleur
Dell-Guide-d-utilisation-Modele-TL24iSCSIxSAS%201Gb-iSCSI-a-SAS
Dell-Imprimantes-laser-Dell-1130-et-Dell-1130n
Dell-Precision-M6400-Guide-de-configuration-et-de-reference-rapide
Dell-M770mm-Color-Monitor-Quick-Set-up
Dell-Carte-de-gestion-reseau-AP9617-AP9618-AP9619-Manuel-d-installation-et-de-demarrage-rapide
Dell-Projecteur-Dell-1410X-Guide-d-utilisation
Dell-Imprimante-couleur-Dell-1350cnw
Dell-Manuel-d-utilisation-Dell-Inspiron-M5040-15-N5040-15-N5050-Manuel
Dell-Manuel-de-maintenance-Dell-Inspiron-620
Dell-3D-VISION-MANUEL-D-UTILISATION
Dell-Inspiron-600m-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R805-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R900-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-2970-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-C6145-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-materiel
Dell-Inspiron-660s-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-P513w-User-s-Guide-Francais-manuel
Dell-Inspiron-660-manuels
Dell-Serveur-de-sauvegarde-sur-disque-Dell-PowerVault-DL-optimise-par-CommVault-Simpana-Guide-d-utilisation
Dell-P513w-User-s-Guide-Guide-de-l-utilisateur-manuel
Dell-Precision-Workstation-T1650-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-ALIENWARE-M17x-MANUEL-DE-L-ORDINATEUR-PORTABLE
Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-de-Dell-PowerEdge-M905-M805-M600-et-M605
Dell-Inspiron-One-2330-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Dimension-1100-B110-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Vostro-270-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-T320-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Station-de-travail-mobile-Dell-Precision-M4700-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-XPS-8500-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-1230c-Imprimante-laser-couleur-mode-d-emploi-Manuel
Dell-Client-Management-Manuel
Dell-Studio-XPS-Setup-Guide-Manue
Dell-Adaptateur-hote-Dell-PCIe-SCSI-Ultra320-monocanal-Guide-d-utilisation-Manuel
Dell-INSPIRON-DUO-SETUP-GUIDE-Manuel
Dell-INSPIRON-DUO-GUIDE-DE-CONFIGURATION-Manuel
Dell-Guide-de-l-utilisateur-Dell-Inspiron-M4040-14-N4050-Manuel
Dell-Guide-de-l-administrateur-de-Dell-PowerVault-705N-Manuel
Dell-Vostro-420-220-220s-Guide-de-Configuration-et-de-Reference-Rapide-Manuel
Dell-Matrices-de-stockage-Dell-PowerVault-MD3660f-Series-Guide-de-deploiement-Manuel
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerVault-Network-Attached-Storage-NAS-Guide-de-l-administrateur-Manuel
Dell-Latitude-D430-Guide-d-utilisation-Manuel
Dell-Studio-XPS-Guide-de-configuration-Manuel
Dell-PowerEdge-C410x-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Precision-Workstation-T1650-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R300-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes%20-Dell%20PowerEdge-T110-II-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Vostro-200-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Mini-Tower
Dell-Inspiron-531-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-ALIENWARE-MANUEL-DE-L-ORDINATEUR-DE-BUREAU-Francais
Dell-PowerEdge-R520-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Projecteur-Dell-1201MP-Manuel-d-utilisation
Dell-PowerEdge-R910-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Dimension-C521-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-T605-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Mobile-Jamz
Dell-Inspiron-530-Series-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Vostro-3460-Manuels
Dell-OPENMANAGE-POWER-CENTER-1.1-Guide-d-utilisation
Dell-PowerVault-MD3660f-Storage-Arrays-Manuels
Dell™ Ekran Yöneticisi Kullanıcı Kılavuzu
Dell-PowerEdge-R620-Guide-de-mise-en-route
Dell-PowerEdge-R520-Guide-de-mise-en-route
DELL-POWERVAULT-MD1200-et-MD1220-TECHNICAL-GUIDEBOOK
Console-de-gestion-multi-onduleurs-Dell-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur-pour-l-installation-et-la-configuration
DELL-OPTIPLEX580-TECHNICAL-GUIDEBOOK-INSIDE-THE-OPTIPLEX-580
Dell-Inspiron-1720-manuels
Dell-PowerEdge-R720-et-R720xd-Guide-de-mise-en-route
Dell-Vostro-1540-1550-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Latitude-E5430-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell™ S2240L/S2340L Monitör Kullanıcı Kılavuzu
Dell PowerEdge Sistemleri İçin Microsoft Windows Server 2012 Önemli Bilgiler Kılavuzu
Dell-Guide-de-l-utilisateur-du-moniteur-Dell-S2240L-S2340L
Dell™ S320/S320wi Projektör Kullanım Kılavuzu
Dell-%20Vostro-270-Manuels
Dell-Vostro-3460-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Francais
Dell-Inspiron-9200-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur
Dell-Inspiron-2600-et-2650-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur
Dell-Axim-X30-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur
Dell-Vostro-2520-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-1721-Manuel
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-T710-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Precision-Workstation-T5600-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Solutions-NAS-Dell-FluidFS-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-C5220-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-materiel
Dell-Dimension-3000-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-PowerEdge-R210-Technical-Guide
Dell-Inspiron-Manuels
Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-Dell-Vostro-1700
Dell-Clavier-sans-fil-et-souris-Dell-KM713-Manuel-de-l'utilisateur
Dell-Systeme-de-navigation-GPS-Dell-Manuel-de-l'utilisateur
Dell-Logiciel-de-gestion-de-l-onduleur-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur-pour-l-installation-et-la-configuration
Dell-Demarrage-rapide-du-moniteur-couleur-M990
Dell-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur-de-la-station-de-travail-Dell-Precision-370
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-2800-Guide-d-installation-et-de-depannage
Dell-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur-du-systeme-Dell-OptiPlex-SX280
Dell-Vostro-1440-1450-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur
Dell-Photo-Printer-540-Guide-de-l-utilisateur
Dell-Streak-7-Francais-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur
Dell-Venue-Pro-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur
Dell-Imprimante-laser-personnelle-Dell-P1500-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-PowerEdge-C5125-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-materiel
Dell-Latitude-D630-Manuels
Dell-Vostro-400-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Mini-Tower
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-T100-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-OptiPlex-9010-7010-compact-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-PowerVault%20NX3200-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-1200-et-2200-Manuel-de%20l-utilisateur
Dell-Vostro-1540-1550-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-8600-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-PowerVault-Baie-de-stockage-MD1120-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Dimension-E521-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-9100-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Vostro-3360-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-T300-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-XPS-One-2710-manuel-d-utilisation
Dell-Inspiron-1150-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Latitude-E5530-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-660-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Acceder-au-site-Dell
Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-des-Dell-Latitude-E6420-et-E6420-ATG-Francais
Dell-OptiPlex-9010-Tout-en-un-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Vostro-3560-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-T110-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-server-poweredge-m710-tech-guidebook_fr
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R420-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Latitude-5420-E5420-E5420m-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur
Dell-Latitude-E6320-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur
Dell-Systemes-Dell-Inspiron-8200-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur-Francais
Dell-server-poweredge-r610-tech-guidebook_fr
Dell-server-poweredge-t710-technical-guide-book_fr
Dell-server-poweredge-m1000e-tech-guidebook_fr
Dell-server-poweredge-m610-tech-guidebook_fr
Dell-poweredge-r210-technical-guidebook-en_fr
Dell-MANUEL-ALIENWARE-M15x-MOBILE-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur
Dell-Axim-X51-X51v-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur
Dell-Beats-By-dr.dre-Manuel-et-Garantie
Dell-Dimension-3100C-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Precision-Workstation-T3600-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Vostro-200-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Slim-Tower
Dell-ALIENWARE-MANUEL-DE-L-ORDINATEUR-DE-BUREAU
Dell-OPENMANAGE-POWER-CENTER-1-1-Guide-d-utilisation
Dell-Vostro-360-Proprietaire-du-manuel
Dell-Dimension-3100C-Manuel-du-proprietaire
AlienwareArea-51Area-51ALX
Dell-Ordinateurs-de-Bureau-PC-Portables-Netbooks/AlienwareAurora-R3
AlienwareAurora-R4
lienwareAuroraAuroraALXAurora-R2
Chassis-RAID-Dell-PowerVault-MD3000i-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Axim-X50-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Axim-X51-X51v-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Baie-de-stockage-Dell-PowerVault-MD1000-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Boîtier-Dell-PowerEdge-M1000e-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Clavier-Axim-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Dimension-3100-E310-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Dimension-9200-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Dimension-E520-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Imprimante-laser-Dell-1100-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Imprimante-laser-de-groupe-de-travail-Dell-M5200-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Imprimante-laser-monochrome-Dell-5330dn-Mode-d-emploi
Dell-Imprimante-laser-multifonction-Dell-1600n-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-13z-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-17R-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-530s-Manuel-d-utilisation
Dell-Inspiron-530s-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-700m-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-1100-Manuel-d-utilisation
Dell-Inspiron-1525-1526-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-5100-et-5150-Manuel-d-utilisation
Dell-Inspiron-9300-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-9400-E1705-Manuel-du-proprietaire
http://www.audentia-gestion.fr/Dell-Ordinateurs-de-Bureau-PC-Portables-Netbooks/Dell-Laser-Printer-1700-1700n-Manuel-du-proprietaire.htm
Dell-Laser-Printer-1710-1710n-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Laser-Printer-3100cn-manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Latitude-ST-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Latitude-XT3-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Liste-des-manuels-et-de-la-documentation-Dell
Dell-MANUEL-ALIENWARE-M11x-MOBILE-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-MANUEL-ALIENWARE-M15x-MOBILE
Dell-MANUEL-D-ALIENWARE-M17x-MOBILE-francais
Dell-MANUEL-D-ALIENWARE-M17x-MOBILE
Dell-Manuel-d-utilisation-Dell-Inspiron-M5040-15-N5040-15-N5050
Dell-Manuel-d-utilisation-du-Dell-XPS-420
Dell-Manuel-de-l-Utilisateur-Dell-Latitude-E6220
Dell-Manuel-de-l-Utilisateur-Dell-Latitude-E6520
Dell-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur-Dell-Latitude-E6320
Dell-Manuel-de-maintenance-Dell-Inspiron-N5110
Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Dell-Vostro-1500
Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Dell-XPS-M1330
Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-des-Dell-Latitude-E6420-et-E6420-ATG
Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-Dell-Inspiron-1721
Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-Dell-XPS-M1730
Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-Dell-XPS-One
Dell-Matrices-de-stockage-Dell-PowerVault-MD3260i-Series-Guide-de-deploiement
Dell-Matrices-de-stockage-Dell-PowerVault-MD3660i-Series-Guide-de-deploiement
Dell-Photo-All-In-One-Printer-944-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Photo-All-In-One-Printer-964-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Photo-All-In-One-Printer%20942-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Photo-Printer-720-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-PowerEdge-C8220-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-PowerEdge-R620-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-PowerVault-MD3260-3260i-3660i-3660f-3060e-Storage-Arrays-Guide-de-l-administrateur
Dell-PowerVault-MD3260-3260i-3660i-3660f-3060e-Storage-Arrays-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-PowerVault-NX400-Guide-de-mise-en-route
Dell-Precision-Workstation-T7600-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Streak-7-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur
Dell-Streak-Manuel-d-utilisation
Dell-Systemes-Dell-Inspiron-4150-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur
Dell-Systemes-Dell-Inspiron-8200-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-1950-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-M420-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R210-II-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R410-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R710-Manuel-du-proprietaire%20-Manuel-d-utilisation
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-T310-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-T420-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-T620-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerVault-NX400-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Tout-en-un-Dell-Photo-924-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Vostro-360-Proprietaire-du-manuel
Dell-Vostro-3750-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Vostro-V131-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-XP-M1530-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-XPS-630i-Manuel-du-proprietair
Dell-moniteur-D1920-Manuel-du-proprietaire
DellDimension1100Series
Imprimante-Dell-Photo-All-In-One-Printer-922-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Imprimante-laser-de-groupe-de-travail-Dell-S2500-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Imprimante-personnelle-Dell-AIO-A960-Manuel-du-proprietaire
alienwareX51
Dell-Manuel-de-l-Utilisateur-Dell-Latitude-E6220
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-T420-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-Inspiron-4150-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur
Dell-Streak-Manuel-d-utilisation
Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-Dell-XPS-M1730
Dell-Photo-All-In-One-Printer-944-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-du-Dell-XPS-One
Dell-Clavier-Axim-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R410-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Manuel-d-utilisation-Dell-Inspiron-M5040-15-N5040-15-N5050
Dell-Manuel-de-maintenance-Dell-Inspiron-N5110
Dell-Inspiron-1100-Manuel-d-utilisation
Dell-Imprimante-laser-de-groupe-de-travail-Dell-M5200-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Photo-Printer-720-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Imprimante-laser-Dell-1100-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Dell-Vostro-1500
Dell-XP-M1530-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-530s-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-R710-Manuel-du-proprietaire-Manuel-d-utilisation
Dell-Inspiron-5100-et-5150-Manuel-d-utilisation
Dell-Manuel-de-l-Utilisateur-Dell-Latitude-E6520
Dell-MANUEL-D-ALIENWARE-M17x-MOBILE
Dell-Manuel-de-l-utilisateur-Dell-Latitude-E6320
Dell-Laser-Printer-3100cn-manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-530s-Manuel-d-utilisation
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-1950-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Manuel-du-proprietaire-des-Dell-Latitude-E6420-et-E6420-ATG
Dell-Imprimante-laser-monochrome-Dell-5330dn-Mode-d-emploi
Dell-PowerVault-MD3260-3260i-3660i-3660f-3060e-Storage-Arrays-Guide-de-l-administrateur
Dell-PowerVault-NX400-Guide-de-mise-en-route
Dell-Matrices-de-stockage-Dell-PowerVault-MD3260i-Series-Guide-de-deploiement
Dell-PowerEdge-C8220-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-MANUEL-ALIENWARE-M11x-MOBILE-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerEdge-M420-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Systemes-Dell-PowerVault-NX400-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-PowerVault-MD3260-3260i-3660i-3660f-3060e-Storage-Arrays-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Matrices-de-stockage-Dell-PowerVault-MD3660i-Series-Guide-de-deploiement
Dell-Laser-Printer-1700-1700n-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-9400-E1705-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Tout-en-un-Dell-Photo-924-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Laser-Printer-1710-1710n-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Dimension-3100-E310-Manuel-du-proprietaire
Dell-Inspiron-1525-1526-Manuel-du-proprietaire
![[TXT]](http://www.audentia-gestion.fr/icons/text.gif)
Acceder-au-site-Dell..> 24-Oct-2012 06:36 1.0M
Adaptateurs-Brocade-..> 05-Nov-2012 15:05 3.6M
AlienwareArea-51Area..> 18-Oct-2012 16:42 2.7M
AlienwareAurora-R3.htm 18-Oct-2012 16:54 3.2M
AlienwareAurora-R4.htm 18-Oct-2012 16:48 2.9M
AlienwareAuroraAuror..> 18-Oct-2012 16:51 3.1M
Chassis-RAID-Dell-Po..> 18-Oct-2012 16:49 3.0M
Code-Promo-Dell.htm 04-Feb-2013 09:17 1.0M
Console-de-gestion-m..> 26-Oct-2012 14:51 3.3M
DELL-OPTIPLEX580-TEC..> 25-Oct-2012 18:32 2.9M
DELL-POWERVAULT-MD12..> 26-Oct-2012 14:50 3.3M
DELLmanuelsutilisate..> 18-Oct-2012 17:06 12M
Dellâ„¢ Logiciel-de..> 25-Oct-2012 12:03 2.8M
Dell-3D-VISION-MANUE..> 02-Nov-2012 09:39 1.8M
Dell-1130-Dell-1130n..> 27-Nov-2012 09:15 3.0M
Dell-1230c-Imprimant..> 01-Nov-2012 18:37 2.6M
Dell-1235cn-Impriman..> 02-Nov-2012 10:06 3.0M
Dell-1250c-Color-Pri..> 05-Nov-2012 12:12 3.0M
Dell-1815dn-Manuel ..> 27-Nov-2012 09:09 3.5M
Dell-2130cn-IMPRIMAN..> 02-Nov-2012 10:05 3.0M
Dell-2145cn-Impriman..> 12-Nov-2012 16:55 3.6M
Dell-ALIENWARE-M17x-..> 01-Nov-2012 19:00 2.3M
Dell-ALIENWARE-M17x-..> 02-Nov-2012 16:28 3.5M
Dell-ALIENWARE-M18x-..> 12-Nov-2012 16:51 2.2M
Dell-ALIENWARE-MANUE..> 29-Oct-2012 07:39 2.7M
Dell-ALIENWARE-MANUE..> 19-Oct-2012 07:41 2.0M
Dell-APC-Smart-UPS-A..> 04-Nov-2012 10:41 2.6M
Dell-Adaptateur-hote..> 01-Nov-2012 18:38 2.3M
Dell-Adaptateurs-Bro..> 02-Nov-2012 11:22 2.8M
Dell-Adaptateurs-Del..> 05-Nov-2012 07:30 3.9M
Dell-Adaptateurs-Del..> 14-Nov-2012 21:39 3.1M
Dell-Alienware-Area-..> 18-Nov-2012 20:44 1.9M
Dell-Alienware-Area-..> 18-Nov-2012 20:44 1.9M
Dell-Alienware-Area-..> 18-Nov-2012 20:45 1.8M
Dell-Alienware-Auror..> 18-Nov-2012 20:44 1.9M
Dell-Alienware-Auror..> 18-Nov-2012 20:43 2.2M
Dell-Alienware-Auror..> 18-Nov-2012 20:43 2.3M
Dell-Alienware-Auror..> 18-Nov-2012 20:49 2.3M
Dell-Alienware-M17x-..> 02-Nov-2012 16:30 3.1M
Dell-Alienware-X51-O..> 02-Nov-2012 16:28 3.4M
Dell-Axim-X3-Guide-d..> 14-Nov-2012 21:38 3.4M
Dell-Axim-X30-Manuel..> 25-Oct-2012 12:08 3.0M
Dell-Axim-X50-Manuel..> 13-Nov-2012 08:12 4.7M
Dell-Axim-X50-Manuel..> 18-Oct-2012 16:53 3.2M
Dell-Axim-X51-X51v-M..> 27-Nov-2012 07:18 2.5M
Dell-Axim-X51-X51v-M..> 24-Oct-2012 07:42 2.9M
Dell-Axim-X51-X51v-M..> 18-Oct-2012 16:52 3.2M
Dell-B1160-Dell-B116..> 05-Nov-2012 18:11 2.9M
Dell-B1260dn-Mode-d-..> 05-Nov-2012 18:11 2.7M
Dell-Baie-de-stockag..> 18-Oct-2012 16:41 2.7M
Dell-Bandotheques-De..> 05-Nov-2012 09:03 2.1M
Dell-Beats-By-dr.dre..> 24-Oct-2012 07:42 2.7M
Dell-Boîtier-Dell-P..> 18-Oct-2012 17:07 2.7M
Dell-Boitiers-de-sto..> 05-Nov-2012 18:14 1.4M
Dell-Carte-de-Gestio..> 06-Nov-2012 18:45 2.0M
Dell-Carte-de-gestio..> 14-Nov-2012 12:05 4.0M
Dell-Cartes-controle..> 05-Nov-2012 10:08 2.0M
Dell-Cartes-d-extens..> 05-Nov-2012 09:01 2.6M
Dell-Clavier-Axim-Ma..> 18-Oct-2012 16:38 2.6M
Dell-Clavier-sans-fi..> 25-Oct-2012 12:02 3.0M
Dell-Client-Manageme..> 01-Nov-2012 18:37 2.5M
Dell-Commutateur-de-..> 03-Nov-2012 18:19 2.3M
Dell-Configuration-d..> 12-Nov-2012 16:53 4.1M
Dell-Console-de-gest..> 27-Nov-2012 07:40 3.9M
Dell-Controleurs-Del..> 05-Nov-2012 12:14 2.8M
Dell-Controleurs-RAI..> 03-Nov-2012 18:11 3.4M
Dell-DX-Object-Stora..> 04-Nov-2012 11:04 2.8M
Dell-Demarrage-rapid..> 25-Oct-2012 12:04 2.4M
Dell-Deploiement-de-..> 05-Nov-2012 12:15 2.6M
Dell-Dimension-1000-..> 18-Nov-2012 20:57 2.9M
Dell-Dimension-1100-..> 14-Nov-2012 12:08 3.6M
Dell-Dimension-3000-..> 25-Oct-2012 18:30 3.5M
Dell-Dimension-3100-..> 18-Oct-2012 16:31 906K
Dell-Dimension-3100C..> 24-Oct-2012 07:42 2.7M
Dell-Dimension-9150-..> 27-Nov-2012 07:07 2.3M
Dell-Dimension-9200-..> 18-Oct-2012 16:54 3.2M
Dell-Dimension-9200C..> 18-Nov-2012 21:03 3.1M
Dell-Dimension-C521-..> 29-Oct-2012 07:41 1.9M
Dell-Dimension-E520-..> 18-Oct-2012 16:50 3.0M
Dell-Dimension-E521-..> 24-Oct-2012 09:12 2.9M
Dell-Dimension-Serie..> 12-Nov-2012 16:54 3.8M
Dell-Dimension-Serie..> 03-Nov-2012 18:01 5.1M
Dell-Dimension-XPS-G..> 04-Nov-2012 11:03 3.1M
Dell-Dimension-XPS-M..> 14-Nov-2012 21:39 3.0M
Dell-Dimension-serie..> 12-Nov-2012 17:07 1.9M
Dell-E-Legacy-Extend..> 14-Nov-2012 21:40 2.8M
Dell-E1913S-E1913-E2..> 06-Nov-2012 07:29 2.1M
Dell-Ekran-Yönetici..> 26-Oct-2012 14:49 3.4M
Dell-Emplacement-des..> 02-Nov-2012 16:29 3.1M
Dell-EqualLogic-Stor..> 03-Nov-2012 21:47 2.1M
Dell-FluidFS-NAS-Sol..> 03-Nov-2012 18:10 2.1M
Dell-FluidFS-NAS-Sol..> 03-Nov-2012 08:45 3.0M
Dell-FluidFS-NAS-Sol..> 02-Nov-2012 11:24 1.7M
Dell-Guide-d-install..> 05-Nov-2012 14:58 2.8M
Dell-Guide-d-install..> 04-Nov-2012 11:03 2.9M
Dell-Guide-d-utilisa..> 02-Nov-2012 10:06 2.4M
Dell-Guide-d-utilisa..> 02-Nov-2012 10:06 2.5M
Dell-Guide-d-utilisa..> 05-Nov-2012 12:12 3.0M
Dell-Guide-d-utilisa..> 02-Nov-2012 10:05 3.4M
Dell-Guide-d-utilisa..> 14-Nov-2012 21:03 4.1M
Dell-Guide-d-utilisa..> 14-Nov-2012 21:05 3.6M
Dell-Guide-d-utilisa..> 14-Nov-2012 21:38 4.1M
Dell-Guide-d-utilisa..> 05-Nov-2012 08:58 4.1M
Dell-Guide-d-utilisa..> 05-Nov-2012 07:29 4.2M
Dell-Guide-de-config..> 05-Nov-2012 12:13 3.0M
Dell-Guide-de-demarr..> 05-Nov-2012 12:13 2.9M
Dell-Guide-de-l-Util..> 02-Nov-2012 16:27 3.5M
Dell-Guide-de-l-admi..> 01-Nov-2012 18:39 2.2M
Dell-Guide-de-l-util..> 01-Nov-2012 18:39 2.1M
Dell-Guide-de-l-util..> 02-Nov-2012 11:21 3.2M
Dell-Guide-de-l-util..> 05-Nov-2012 18:31 4.2M
Dell-Guide-de-l-util..> 05-Nov-2012 07:31 3.5M
Dell-Guide-de-l-util..> 05-Nov-2012 09:06 1.9M
Dell-Guide-de-l-util..> 03-Nov-2012 11:07 3.1M
Dell-Guide-de-l-util..> 26-Oct-2012 14:45 2.0M
Dell-Guide-de-l-util..> 03-Nov-2012 08:27 3.0M
Dell-Guide-de-soluti..> 05-Nov-2012 17:29 3.8M
Dell-Guide-technique..> 05-Nov-2012 09:00 3.2M
Dell-Guide d-install..> 02-Nov-2012 09:43 2.1M
Dell-HBA-SAS-Dell-Po..> 02-Nov-2012 16:31 2.9M
Dell-INSPIRON-DUO-GU..> 01-Nov-2012 18:38 2.2M
Dell-INSPIRON-DUO-SE..> 01-Nov-2012 18:38 2.3M
Dell-INSPIRON-GUIDE-..> 03-Nov-2012 11:09 3.0M
Dell-INSPIRON-GUIDE-..> 03-Nov-2012 18:16 2.4M
Dell-INSPIRON-Setup-..> 05-Nov-2012 07:32 2.3M
Dell-Imprimante-coul..> 02-Nov-2012 09:38 1.9M
Dell-Imprimante-lase..> 18-Oct-2012 16:41 2.7M
Dell-Imprimante-lase..> 05-Nov-2012 14:59 2.2M
Dell-Imprimante-lase..> 02-Nov-2012 09:44 2.9M
Dell-Imprimante-lase..> 18-Oct-2012 16:32 1.9M
Dell-Imprimante-lase..> 05-Nov-2012 12:11 3.4M
Dell-Imprimante-lase..> 18-Oct-2012 16:44 2.8M
Dell-Imprimante-lase..> 18-Oct-2012 16:36 2.5M
Dell-Imprimante-lase..> 25-Oct-2012 12:07 2.1M
Dell-Imprimante-pers..> 13-Nov-2012 08:10 3.0M
Dell-Imprimante-pers..> 02-Nov-2012 09:44 2.7M
Dell-Imprimantes-las..> 02-Nov-2012 10:07 2.4M
Dell-Imprimantes-las..> 02-Nov-2012 10:07 2.4M
Dell-Inspiron-13z-Ma..> 18-Oct-2012 17:09 3.3M
Dell-Inspiron-14R-M4..> 05-Nov-2012 07:32 2.4M
Dell-Inspiron-14R-Ma..> 02-Nov-2012 17:20 2.2M
Dell-Inspiron-14z-N4..> 06-Nov-2012 07:27 2.0M
Dell-Inspiron-15R-Ma..> 03-Nov-2012 08:43 3.5M
Dell-Inspiron-17R-Ma..> 02-Nov-2012 17:17 2.9M
Dell-Inspiron-17R-Ma..> 18-Oct-2012 16:56 3.3M
Dell-Inspiron-300m-G..> 13-Nov-2012 08:12 2.0M
Dell-Inspiron-530-Se..> 29-Oct-2012 07:41 1.9M
Dell-Inspiron-530s-M..> 18-Oct-2012 17:01 3.7M
Dell-Inspiron-530s-M..> 18-Oct-2012 17:00 3.5M
Dell-Inspiron-531-Ma..> 29-Oct-2012 07:38 2.7M
Dell-Inspiron-600m-M..> 05-Nov-2012 14:57 2.6M
Dell-Inspiron-600m-M..> 02-Nov-2012 09:40 3.3M
Dell-Inspiron-640M-E..> 13-Nov-2012 08:13 4.5M
Dell-Inspiron-660-Ma..> 24-Oct-2012 09:15 2.3M
Dell-Inspiron-660-ma..> 01-Nov-2012 18:42 2.0M
Dell-Inspiron-660s-M..> 02-Nov-2012 17:18 2.7M
Dell-Inspiron-660s-M..> 02-Nov-2012 09:42 2.5M
Dell-Inspiron-700m-M..> 18-Oct-2012 16:47 2.9M
Dell-Inspiron-1000-M..> 13-Nov-2012 08:15 3.9M
Dell-Inspiron-1100-M..> 18-Oct-2012 16:33 2.2M
Dell-Inspiron-1150-M..> 27-Nov-2012 09:07 2.8M
Dell-Inspiron-1150-M..> 24-Oct-2012 09:15 2.6M
Dell-Inspiron-1200-e..> 25-Oct-2012 09:48 2.4M
Dell-Inspiron-1300-B..> 13-Nov-2012 08:19 3.1M
Dell-Inspiron-1420-M..> 14-Nov-2012 21:01 5.4M
Dell-Inspiron-1501-M..> 14-Nov-2012 21:06 5.1M
Dell-Inspiron-1520-M..> 13-Nov-2012 08:17 2.9M
Dell-Inspiron-1525-1..> 18-Oct-2012 16:31 1.5M
Dell-Inspiron-1720-m..> 25-Oct-2012 18:32 2.9M
Dell-Inspiron-1721-M..> 13-Nov-2012 08:17 3.2M
Dell-Inspiron-1721-M..> 25-Oct-2012 12:09 2.7M
Dell-Inspiron-2600-e..> 12-Nov-2012 16:59 2.3M
Dell-Inspiron-2600-e..> 25-Oct-2012 12:08 3.2M
Dell-Inspiron-3000-S..> 12-Nov-2012 16:56 2.7M
Dell-Inspiron-3500-P..> 12-Nov-2012 16:57 2.7M
Dell-Inspiron-5100-e..> 27-Nov-2012 09:09 2.8M
Dell-Inspiron-5100-e..> 18-Oct-2012 17:05 4.4M
Dell-Inspiron-5160-M..> 13-Nov-2012 08:11 2.4M
Dell-Inspiron-5423-O..> 12-Nov-2012 16:57 2.7M
Dell-Inspiron-6000-M..> 05-Nov-2012 07:31 2.9M
Dell-Inspiron-6400-E..> 13-Nov-2012 08:20 2.8M
Dell-Inspiron-8500-G..> 13-Nov-2012 08:14 4.1M
Dell-Inspiron-8600-G..> 13-Nov-2012 08:11 2.7M
Dell-Inspiron-8600-M..> 24-Oct-2012 09:11 3.2M
Dell-Inspiron-9100-M..> 24-Oct-2012 09:13 2.6M
Dell-Inspiron-9200-M..> 25-Oct-2012 12:07 3.4M
Dell-Inspiron-9300-M..> 18-Oct-2012 17:12 3.3M
Dell-Inspiron-9400-E..> 18-Oct-2012 16:32 2.0M
Dell-Inspiron-Guide-..> 05-Nov-2012 18:08 1.3M
Dell-Inspiron-Manuel..> 25-Oct-2012 18:31 3.3M
Dell-Inspiron-One-20..> 02-Nov-2012 17:23 3.0M
Dell-Inspiron-One-23..> 13-Nov-2012 08:16 3.3M
Dell-Inspiron-One-23..> 14-Nov-2012 12:08 3.7M
Dell-Inspiron-XPS-Ge..> 13-Nov-2012 08:11 2.2M
Dell-Integrated-Dell..> 03-Nov-2012 18:09 3.1M
Dell-Laser-MFP-Dell-..> 03-Nov-2012 18:12 3.2M
Dell-Laser-Printer-1..> 18-Oct-2012 16:32 1.6M
Dell-Laser-Printer-1..> 18-Oct-2012 16:31 1.0M
Dell-Laser-Printer-3..> 18-Oct-2012 17:02 3.8M
Dell-Laser-Printer-5..> 13-Nov-2012 08:18 1.9M
Dell-Latitude-5420-E..> 24-Oct-2012 07:38 2.1M
Dell-Latitude-D430-G..> 01-Nov-2012 18:41 3.2M
Dell-Latitude-D430-G..> 14-Nov-2012 21:36 4.4M
Dell-Latitude-D531-G..> 14-Nov-2012 21:36 4.7M
Dell-Latitude-D630-M..> 25-Oct-2012 09:46 2.9M
Dell-Latitude-D830-G..> 14-Nov-2012 20:59 2.2M
Dell-Latitude-E4300-..> 03-Nov-2012 21:46 2.3M
Dell-Latitude-E5400-..> 03-Nov-2012 18:02 4.7M
Dell-Latitude-E5430-..> 26-Oct-2012 17:29 1.6M
Dell-Latitude-E5530-..> 24-Oct-2012 09:15 2.4M
Dell-Latitude-E6320-..> 24-Oct-2012 07:38 2.1M
Dell-Latitude-E6420-..> 03-Nov-2012 08:27 3.0M
Dell-Latitude-E6500-..> 04-Nov-2012 11:02 3.3M
Dell-Latitude-E6520-..> 05-Nov-2012 18:13 2.0M
Dell-Latitude-ST-Kul..> 06-Nov-2012 07:29 2.1M
Dell-Latitude-ST-Man..> 02-Nov-2012 11:23 3.8M
Dell-Latitude-ST-Man..> 18-Oct-2012 16:38 2.6M
Dell-Latitude-XT2-XF..> 05-Nov-2012 14:54 3.7M
Dell-Latitude-XT3-Ma..> 18-Oct-2012 16:42 2.7M
Dell-Latitude-XT3-Ow..> 06-Nov-2012 07:28 1.7M
Dell-Lifecycle-Contr..> 02-Nov-2012 11:20 3.5M
Dell-Liste-des-manue..> 18-Oct-2012 17:01 3.5M
Dell-Logiciel-de-ges..> 27-Nov-2012 07:26 2.9M
Dell-M770mm-Color-Mo..> 02-Nov-2012 09:37 2.1M
Dell-M5200-Carte-de-..> 05-Nov-2012 07:58 1.6M
Dell-MANUEL-ALIENWAR..> 18-Oct-2012 16:51 3.1M
Dell-MANUEL-ALIENWAR..> 27-Nov-2012 07:20 2.6M
Dell-MANUEL-ALIENWAR..> 12-Nov-2012 16:51 2.1M
Dell-MANUEL-ALIENWAR..> 24-Oct-2012 07:41 2.4M
Dell-MANUEL-ALIENWAR..> 18-Oct-2012 16:33 2.1M
Dell-MANUEL-ALIENWAR..> 05-Nov-2012 14:58 2.4M
Dell-MANUEL-D-ALIENW..> 18-Oct-2012 17:12 3.1M
Dell-MANUEL-D-ALIENW..> 18-Oct-2012 17:03 4.1M
Dell-MANUEL-DE-L-ORD..> 12-Nov-2012 16:51 2.3M
Dell-Management-Plug..> 03-Nov-2012 18:09 2.5M
Dell-Manual-del-prop..> 06-Nov-2012 07:33 2.4M
Dell-Manual-del-prop..> 06-Nov-2012 07:32 2.5M
Dell-Manuel-d-utilis..> 02-Nov-2012 09:38 1.9M
Dell-Manuel-d-utilis..> 18-Oct-2012 16:35 2.3M
Dell-Manuel-d-utilis..> 18-Oct-2012 17:10 3.1M
Dell-Manuel-de-l-Uti..> 12-Nov-2012 17:07 2.6M
Dell-Manuel-de-l-Uti..> 18-Oct-2012 17:04 4.1M
Dell-Manuel-de-l-uti..> 18-Oct-2012 17:02 3.9M
Dell-Manuel-de-l-uti..> 25-Oct-2012 12:04 2.8M
Dell-Manuel-de-l-uti..> 25-Oct-2012 12:05 2.9M
Dell-Manuel-de-maint..> 12-Nov-2012 16:59 2.1M
Dell-Manuel-de-maint..> 02-Nov-2012 09:39 1.7M
Dell-Manuel-de-maint..> 14-Nov-2012 12:07 3.8M
Dell-Manuel-de-maint..> 18-Oct-2012 16:35 2.2M
Dell-Manuel-de-maint..> 06-Nov-2012 07:28 1.8M
Dell-Manuel-du-propr..> 18-Oct-2012 16:37 2.5M
Dell-Manuel-du-propr..> 18-Oct-2012 17:13 2.9M
Dell-Manuel-du-propr..> 01-Nov-2012 19:14 2.6M
Dell-Manuel-du-propr..> 24-Oct-2012 07:36 2.2M
Dell-Manuel-du-propr..> 18-Oct-2012 16:46 2.9M
Dell-Manuel-du-propr..> 18-Oct-2012 17:07 3.1M
Dell-Manuel-du-propr..> 25-Oct-2012 18:31 3.3M
Dell-Manuel-du-propr..> 03-Nov-2012 18:04 4.6M
Dell-Manuel-du-propr..> 18-Oct-2012 16:55 3.3M
Dell-Manuel-du-propr..> 18-Oct-2012 16:44 2.8M
Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 05-Nov-2012 09:02 2.2M
Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 05-Nov-2012 08:59 3.7M
Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 03-Nov-2012 18:02 4.9M
Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 27-Nov-2012 07:40 3.5M
Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 02-Nov-2012 17:22 3.0M
Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 18-Oct-2012 16:55 3.2M
Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 04-Nov-2012 11:01 3.7M
Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 06-Nov-2012 07:26 2.6M
Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 04-Nov-2012 11:01 3.6M
Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 03-Nov-2012 21:46 2.2M
Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 01-Nov-2012 18:40 1.9M
Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 18-Oct-2012 16:33 2.1M
Dell-Matrices-de-sto..> 03-Nov-2012 11:05 3.4M
Dell-Media-Center-Gu..> 14-Nov-2012 22:11 1.6M
Dell-Micrologiciel-D..> 03-Nov-2012 08:46 2.9M
Dell-Micrologiciel-D..> 02-Nov-2012 16:35 2.9M
Dell-Mobile-Jamz.htm 29-Oct-2012 07:41 1.6M
Dell-Module-de-venti..> 06-Nov-2012 07:27 2.0M
Dell-Modules-optique..> 05-Nov-2012 18:13 1.9M
Dell-Moniteur-a-Dell..> 03-Nov-2012 11:07 3.2M
Dell-Moniteur-a-Dell..> 02-Nov-2012 16:27 3.6M
Dell-Moniteur-a-Dell..> 03-Nov-2012 11:09 3.1M
Dell-Moniteur-a-ecra..> 03-Nov-2012 11:06 3.2M
Dell-Multifunktionsp..> 27-Nov-2012 09:07 2.4M
Dell-OPENMANAGE-POWE..> 19-Oct-2012 07:41 1.9M
Dell-OPENMANAGE-POWE..> 26-Oct-2012 14:47 2.7M
Dell-Onduleur-en-Bai..> 05-Nov-2012 09:00 2.7M
Dell-OpenManage-Remo..> 14-Nov-2012 22:12 4.9M
Dell-OpenManage-Serv..> 03-Nov-2012 18:07 3.3M
Dell-OpenManage-Serv..> 14-Nov-2012 21:38 3.7M
Dell-OpenManage-Serv..> 03-Nov-2012 08:43 3.4M
Dell-OpenManage-Serv..> 05-Nov-2012 18:10 3.3M
Dell-OpenManage-Serv..> 02-Nov-2012 11:20 3.7M
Dell-OpenManage-Serv..> 03-Nov-2012 08:42 3.7M
Dell-OpenManage-Serv..> 14-Nov-2012 22:12 5.0M
Dell-OptiPlex-360-Gu..> 02-Nov-2012 11:23 3.4M
Dell-OptiPlex-755-Gu..> 03-Nov-2012 21:12 5.7M
Dell-OptiPlex-9010-7..> 13-Nov-2012 08:18 1.7M
Dell-OptiPlex-9010-7..> 25-Oct-2012 09:48 2.4M
Dell-OptiPlex-9010-T..> 24-Oct-2012 07:54 2.3M
Dell-Ordinateurs-por..> 14-Nov-2012 21:02 4.8M
Dell-P513w-User-s-Gu..> 01-Nov-2012 18:42 2.3M
Dell-P513w-User-s-Gu..> 01-Nov-2012 18:46 2.8M
Dell-P1913-P1913S-P2..> 06-Nov-2012 07:31 2.0M
Dell-PERC-6-i-PERC-6..> 05-Nov-2012 07:31 3.8M
Dell-PERC-6-i-PERC-6..> 12-Nov-2012 16:53 4.1M
Dell-Pave-Tactile-Sa..> 12-Nov-2012 16:58 2.6M
Dell-Photo-All-In-On..> 18-Oct-2012 16:48 2.9M
Dell-Photo-All-In-On..> 05-Nov-2012 12:10 3.6M
Dell-Photo-All-In-On..> 18-Oct-2012 16:35 2.3M
Dell-Photo-All-In-On..> 18-Oct-2012 16:45 2.8M
Dell-Photo-All-in-On..> 14-Nov-2012 12:06 4.0M
Dell-Photo-Printer-5..> 25-Oct-2012 12:06 2.6M
Dell-Photo-Printer-7..> 18-Oct-2012 16:46 2.8M
Dell-Point-d-acces-D..> 05-Nov-2012 18:12 2.5M
Dell-Points-d-acces-..> 06-Nov-2012 07:26 2.0M
Dell-PowerConnect-55..> 02-Nov-2012 17:22 3.8M
Dell-PowerEdge-2900-..> 05-Nov-2012 18:12 2.4M
Dell-PowerEdge-2950-..> 05-Nov-2012 15:01 1.9M
Dell-PowerEdge-C410x..> 03-Nov-2012 18:05 4.0M
Dell-PowerEdge-C410x..> 03-Nov-2012 11:06 3.3M
Dell-PowerEdge-C410x..> 29-Oct-2012 07:36 3.2M
Dell-PowerEdge-C5125..> 25-Oct-2012 09:46 2.5M
Dell-PowerEdge-C6220..> 12-Nov-2012 16:55 3.2M
Dell-PowerEdge-C8000..> 03-Nov-2012 08:30 2.3M
Dell-PowerEdge-C8000..> 03-Nov-2012 18:23 2.1M
Dell-PowerEdge-C8220..> 27-Nov-2012 09:07 2.6M
Dell-PowerEdge-C8220..> 03-Nov-2012 08:29 2.5M
Dell-PowerEdge-C8220..> 18-Oct-2012 16:50 3.0M
Dell-PowerEdge-Expan..> 04-Nov-2012 11:02 3.5M
Dell-PowerEdge-Expre..> 03-Nov-2012 18:11 1.7M
Dell-PowerEdge-M1000..> 03-Nov-2012 08:42 3.7M
Dell-PowerEdge-R210-..> 25-Oct-2012 18:30 3.6M
Dell-PowerEdge-R310-..> 06-Nov-2012 07:29 2.4M
Dell-PowerEdge-R320-..> 03-Nov-2012 11:04 1.5M
Dell-PowerEdge-R410-..> 05-Nov-2012 18:09 3.8M
Dell-PowerEdge-R415-..> 05-Nov-2012 15:01 1.7M
Dell-PowerEdge-R420-..> 03-Nov-2012 08:29 2.5M
Dell-PowerEdge-R520-..> 26-Oct-2012 14:50 3.3M
Dell-PowerEdge-R520-..> 29-Oct-2012 07:39 3.0M
Dell-PowerEdge-R620-..> 26-Oct-2012 14:49 3.3M
Dell-PowerEdge-R620-..> 18-Oct-2012 17:11 3.9M
Dell-PowerEdge-R710-..> 06-Nov-2012 07:31 3.0M
Dell-PowerEdge-R710-..> 05-Nov-2012 15:00 1.9M
Dell-PowerEdge-R720-..> 02-Nov-2012 16:34 2.8M
Dell-PowerEdge-R720-..> 03-Nov-2012 11:04 2.0M
Dell-PowerEdge-R720-..> 25-Oct-2012 18:33 2.5M
Dell-PowerEdge-R810-..> 02-Nov-2012 09:43 2.0M
Dell-PowerEdge-R815-..> 02-Nov-2012 16:34 3.1M
Dell-PowerEdge-R820-..> 03-Nov-2012 08:30 2.0M
Dell-PowerEdge-R820-..> 02-Nov-2012 17:19 2.5M
Dell-PowerEdge-R900-..> 05-Nov-2012 18:13 2.2M
Dell-PowerEdge-R905-..> 02-Nov-2012 16:32 2.2M
Dell-PowerEdge-R910-..> 29-Oct-2012 07:40 2.6M
Dell-PowerEdge-RAID-..> 02-Nov-2012 10:08 2.4M
Dell-PowerEdge-RAID-..> 05-Nov-2012 09:02 2.4M
Dell-PowerEdge-RAID-..> 03-Nov-2012 08:44 3.2M
Dell-PowerEdge-Siste..> 26-Oct-2012 14:44 1.4M
Dell-PowerEdge-Syste..> 06-Nov-2012 07:32 2.7M
Dell-PowerEdge-T110-..> 14-Nov-2012 21:04 3.6M
Dell-PowerEdge-T300-..> 06-Nov-2012 07:33 2.3M
Dell-PowerEdge-T310-..> 05-Nov-2012 18:10 3.6M
Dell-PowerEdge-T320-..> 03-Nov-2012 08:27 2.8M
Dell-PowerEdge-T420-..> 03-Nov-2012 18:19 2.1M
Dell-PowerEdge-T620-..> 04-Nov-2012 11:04 2.8M
Dell-PowerQuest-Data..> 05-Nov-2012 12:15 2.6M
Dell-PowerVault-Baie..> 24-Oct-2012 09:12 3.0M
Dell-PowerVault-DL-B..> 03-Nov-2012 18:12 2.6M
Dell-PowerVault-DL20..> 13-Nov-2012 08:11 2.9M
Dell-PowerVault-Data..> 03-Nov-2012 21:47 2.0M
Dell-PowerVault-Data..> 04-Nov-2012 10:41 2.6M
Dell-PowerVault-Data..> 04-Nov-2012 11:00 2.7M
Dell-PowerVault-Encr..> 04-Nov-2012 10:41 2.5M
Dell-PowerVault-MD-S..> 05-Nov-2012 15:01 1.7M
Dell-PowerVault-MD11..> 05-Nov-2012 15:00 2.0M
Dell-PowerVault-MD32..> 27-Nov-2012 09:08 1.7M
Dell-PowerVault-MD32..> 27-Nov-2012 09:07 2.0M
Dell-PowerVault-MD32..> 27-Nov-2012 09:06 1.8M
Dell-PowerVault-MD32..> 18-Oct-2012 16:45 2.8M
Dell-PowerVault-MD32..> 02-Nov-2012 18:07 3.4M
Dell-PowerVault-MD32..> 18-Oct-2012 16:34 2.2M
Dell-PowerVault-MD36..> 26-Oct-2012 14:48 2.8M
Dell-PowerVault-MD36..> 26-Oct-2012 14:48 2.4M
Dell-PowerVault-NX20..> 05-Nov-2012 15:00 2.0M
Dell-PowerVault-NX40..> 18-Oct-2012 16:56 3.2M
Dell-PowerVault-NX33..> 12-Nov-2012 16:58 2.6M
Dell-PowerVault-NX33..> 02-Nov-2012 17:21 1.7M
Dell-PowerVault NX32..> 25-Oct-2012 09:48 2.7M
Dell-Precision-M4400..> 03-Nov-2012 11:05 1.5M
Dell-Precision-M6400..> 02-Nov-2012 09:37 2.1M
Dell-Precision-Works..> 01-Nov-2012 18:46 3.3M
Dell-Precision-Works..> 03-Nov-2012 08:28 2.6M
Dell-Precision-Works..> 19-Oct-2012 07:41 2.1M
Dell-Precision-Works..> 25-Oct-2012 12:10 2.0M
Dell-Precision-Works..> 18-Oct-2012 17:09 3.2M
Dell-Projecteur-7700..> 03-Nov-2012 18:09 2.2M
Dell-Projecteur-Dell..> 02-Nov-2012 09:38 2.0M
Dell-Projecteur-Dell..> 03-Nov-2012 18:10 1.8M
Dell-Projecteur-Dell..> 02-Nov-2012 17:20 1.8M
Dell-S320-S320wi-Pro..> 26-Oct-2012 14:45 2.9M
Dell-S320-S320wi-Pro..> 05-Nov-2012 09:02 1.7M
Dell-S2240L-S2340L-M..> 26-Oct-2012 14:44 1.5M
Dell-S2440L-Monitor-..> 06-Nov-2012 07:31 3.0M
Dell-SAS-RAID-Storag..> 05-Nov-2012 14:59 2.2M
Dell-Sansa-Clip-MP3-..> 27-Nov-2012 09:15 3.0M
Dell-Server-Deployme..> 05-Nov-2012 14:56 3.7M
Dell-Server-PRO-Mana..> 05-Nov-2012 15:00 2.0M
Dell-Serveur-de-sauv..> 01-Nov-2012 18:42 1.9M
Dell-Set-Up-Your-Com..> 03-Nov-2012 18:04 4.6M
Dell-Setting-up-Your..> 05-Nov-2012 08:59 3.2M
Dell-Setting-up-Your..> 05-Nov-2012 10:08 1.9M
Dell-Setting-up-Your..> 05-Nov-2012 10:08 1.9M
Dell-Setting-up-Your..> 05-Nov-2012 12:15 2.6M
Dell-Solutions-NAS-D..> 02-Nov-2012 11:21 3.2M
Dell-Solutions-NAS-D..> 25-Oct-2012 18:29 2.7M
Dell-Station-de-trav..> 01-Nov-2012 18:36 2.3M
Dell-Storage-Center-..> 06-Nov-2012 11:43 3.7M
Dell-Storage-Center-..> 06-Nov-2012 07:29 2.7M
Dell-Streak-7-Franca..> 25-Oct-2012 12:06 2.3M
Dell-Streak-7-Manuel..> 18-Oct-2012 17:13 2.9M
Dell-Streak-Manuel-d..> 18-Oct-2012 16:40 2.7M
Dell-Studio-GUIDE-DE..> 14-Nov-2012 21:01 5.5M
Dell-Studio-One-GUID..> 05-Nov-2012 18:14 1.5M
Dell-Studio-XPS-1640..> 06-Nov-2012 18:40 2.7M
Dell-Studio-XPS-8100..> 05-Nov-2012 07:38 2.1M
Dell-Studio-XPS-GUID..> 06-Nov-2012 18:40 2.3M
Dell-Studio-XPS-Guid..> 01-Nov-2012 18:41 2.9M
Dell-Studio-XPS-Setu..> 01-Nov-2012 18:38 2.4M
Dell-Studio-XPS-Setu..> 05-Nov-2012 12:09 1.3M
Dell-Systeme-Dell-DR..> 03-Nov-2012 18:08 3.6M
Dell-Systeme-Dell-Po..> 02-Nov-2012 17:20 2.1M
Dell-Systeme-Dell-Po..> 02-Nov-2012 18:07 3.4M
Dell-Systeme-de-navi..> 25-Oct-2012 12:02 3.2M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-D..> 03-Nov-2012 08:27 2.8M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-D..> 03-Nov-2012 08:28 2.8M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-D..> 27-Nov-2012 07:40 3.8M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-D..> 14-Nov-2012 21:05 2.6M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-I..> 18-Oct-2012 16:47 2.9M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-I..> 24-Oct-2012 07:39 2.1M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-I..> 18-Oct-2012 17:11 3.6M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 14-Nov-2012 20:59 2.4M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 05-Nov-2012 12:14 2.9M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 16:33 1.9M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 18-Oct-2012 16:52 3.2M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 13-Nov-2012 08:19 3.4M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 25-Oct-2012 12:05 3.1M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 27-Nov-2012 07:42 3.0M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 05-Nov-2012 18:13 1.9M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 09:41 2.8M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 16:29 3.4M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 17:18 2.8M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 09:44 3.1M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 09:42 2.4M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 18-Oct-2012 16:36 2.5M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 03-Nov-2012 18:05 4.3M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 16:33 3.5M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 18-Oct-2012 17:13 3.6M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 14-Nov-2012 21:00 2.4M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 29-Oct-2012 07:37 3.0M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 14-Nov-2012 12:05 4.3M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 18-Oct-2012 16:39 2.6M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 16:32 2.8M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 03-Nov-2012 11:04 1.9M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 18-Oct-2012 16:58 3.4M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 09:40 3.6M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 09:41 3.1M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 16:31 2.9M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 03-Nov-2012 18:06 3.9M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 05-Nov-2012 08:58 4.2M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 25-Oct-2012 09:47 2.0M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 05-Nov-2012 12:10 3.8M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 24-Oct-2012 07:37 2.2M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 24-Oct-2012 09:14 3.1M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 18-Oct-2012 17:08 2.6M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 01-Nov-2012 19:02 2.7M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 11:45 2.0M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 18-Oct-2012 16:38 2.5M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 29-Oct-2012 07:41 2.2M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 02-Nov-2012 16:32 2.5M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 18-Oct-2012 17:08 3.6M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 25-Oct-2012 12:10 2.3M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 03-Nov-2012 18:08 2.6M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 27-Nov-2012 09:09 3.1M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 27-Nov-2012 09:06 2.5M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 18-Oct-2012 16:43 2.8M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 03-Nov-2012 08:44 3.0M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 03-Nov-2012 18:15 2.4M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 14-Nov-2012 21:42 3.2M
Dell-Systemes-Dell-P..> 01-Nov-2012 18:41 2.7M
Dell-Systemes -Dell ..> 29-Oct-2012 07:37 3.2M
Dell-Systems-Service..> 03-Nov-2012 11:08 3.1M
Dell-TSi-500-TSi-400..> 27-Nov-2012 09:15 1.0M
Dell-Tout-en-un-Dell..> 18-Oct-2012 16:31 1.2M
Dell-U2713HM-Flat-Pa..> 06-Nov-2012 07:30 2.0M
Dell-U2713HM-Flat-Pa..> 06-Nov-2012 07:30 2.0M
Dell-Update-Packages..> 03-Nov-2012 11:04 1.9M
Dell-Upgrading-to-Ba..> 02-Nov-2012 17:21 1.4M
Dell-Utilitaires-de-..> 03-Nov-2012 18:06 3.8M
Dell-Venue-Pro-Manue..> 25-Oct-2012 12:06 2.4M
Dell-Vizioncore-vCon..> 05-Nov-2012 10:08 2.4M
Dell-Vizioncore-vRan..> 05-Nov-2012 09:01 2.6M
Dell-Vizioncore-vRep..> 05-Nov-2012 14:57 3.0M
Dell-Vostro-200-Manu..> 29-Oct-2012 07:38 2.4M
Dell-Vostro-200-Manu..> 19-Oct-2012 07:41 2.4M
Dell-Vostro-270-Manu..> 02-Nov-2012 17:19 2.6M
Dell-Vostro-270-Manu..> 01-Nov-2012 19:02 2.7M
Dell- Vostro-270-Man..> 26-Oct-2012 14:46 2.8M
Dell-Vostro-270-Owne..> 12-Nov-2012 16:56 2.8M
Dell-Vostro-360-Prop..> 19-Oct-2012 07:42 1.7M
Dell-Vostro-400-Manu..> 25-Oct-2012 09:47 2.3M
Dell-Vostro-410-Guid..> 12-Nov-2012 17:26 2.4M
Dell-Vostro-420-220-..> 01-Nov-2012 18:40 2.0M
Dell-Vostro-470-Manu..> 02-Nov-2012 18:07 3.5M
Dell-Vostro-470-Owne..> 02-Nov-2012 17:20 1.7M
Dell-Vostro-1310-151..> 05-Nov-2012 18:14 1.6M
Dell-Vostro-1310-151..> 02-Nov-2012 10:06 2.6M
Dell-Vostro-1440-145..> 25-Oct-2012 12:05 2.5M
Dell-Vostro-1540-155..> 26-Oct-2012 14:44 2.2M
Dell-Vostro-2520-Man..> 25-Oct-2012 12:09 2.8M
Dell-Vostro-3360-Man..> 27-Nov-2012 09:10 2.6M
Dell-Vostro-3450-Man..> 06-Nov-2012 07:27 1.9M
Dell-Vostro-3460-Man..> 26-Oct-2012 14:46 2.7M
Dell-Vostro-3460-Man..> 26-Oct-2012 14:47 2.7M
Dell-Vostro-3560-Man..> 24-Oct-2012 07:37 1.9M
Dell-Vostro-3750-Man..> 18-Oct-2012 16:58 3.4M
Dell-Vostro-V131-Man..> 18-Oct-2012 16:59 3.4M
Dell-XP-M1530-Manuel..> 18-Oct-2012 16:34 2.2M
Dell-XPS-13-Arabe-Ma..> 05-Nov-2012 12:08 1.5M
Dell-XPS-13-Chinois-..> 05-Nov-2012 12:08 1.6M
Dell-XPS-13-Kullanı..> 05-Nov-2012 12:09 1.4M
Dell-XPS-13-Manuel-d..> 02-Nov-2012 11:22 2.9M
Dell-XPS-13-Manuel-d..> 12-Nov-2012 16:59 1.9M
Dell-XPS-13-Owner-s-..> 02-Nov-2012 16:30 3.0M
Dell-XPS-14-Manuel-d..> 02-Nov-2012 17:36 3.1M
Dell-XPS-410-Anglais..> 18-Nov-2012 21:25 3.4M
Dell-XPS-420-francai..> 18-Nov-2012 21:25 3.8M
Dell-XPS-430-Guide-d..> 02-Nov-2012 10:08 2.4M
Dell-XPS-430-francai..> 19-Nov-2012 06:24 1.8M
Dell-XPS-600-Manuel-..> 05-Nov-2012 12:11 3.3M
Dell-XPS-600-francai..> 19-Nov-2012 06:29 2.1M
Dell-XPS-630i-Manuel..> 18-Oct-2012 16:49 3.0M
Dell-XPS-710-H2C-Man..> 13-Nov-2012 08:18 2.5M
Dell-XPS-8500-Manuel..> 01-Nov-2012 18:36 2.7M
Dell-XPS-GUIDE-DE-CO..> 05-Nov-2012 07:38 2.1M
Dell-XPS-L412z-Manue..> 05-Nov-2012 07:38 2.0M
Dell-XPS-M1210-Owner..> 05-Nov-2012 07:32 2.7M
Dell-XPS-M1710-Manue..> 14-Nov-2012 21:03 4.4M
Dell-XPS-M1710-Manue..> 13-Nov-2012 09:56 3.4M
Dell-XPS-M2010-Manue..> 13-Nov-2012 08:16 3.7M
Dell-XPS-One-2710-ma..> 24-Oct-2012 09:14 2.8M
Dell-XPS-One-GUIDE-D..> 05-Nov-2012 07:37 2.2M
Dell-XPS 15-Manuel-d..> 03-Nov-2012 18:15 2.4M
Dell-moniteur-D1920-..> 18-Oct-2012 16:43 2.7M
Dell-poweredge-r210-..> 24-Oct-2012 07:41 2.5M
Dell-poweredge-r520-..> 12-Nov-2012 16:58 2.7M
Dell-server-poweredg..> 12-Nov-2012 16:56 2.9M
Dell-server-poweredg..> 24-Oct-2012 07:40 2.5M
Dell-server-poweredg..> 24-Oct-2012 07:37 1.9M
Dell-server-poweredg..> 24-Oct-2012 07:40 2.6M
Dell-server-poweredg..> 24-Oct-2012 07:39 2.4M
Dell-server-poweredg..> 24-Oct-2012 07:39 2.3M
Dell-xps-13-l321x_se..> 12-Nov-2012 17:00 1.9M
DellDimension1100Ser..> 18-Oct-2012 16:59 3.4M
IOGEAR-Guide-d-insta..> 05-Nov-2012 14:58 2.3M
Imprimante-Dell-Phot..> 18-Oct-2012 16:39 2.6M
Imprimante-laser-de-..> 18-Oct-2012 16:53 3.2M
Imprimante-personnel..> 18-Oct-2012 16:57 3.4M
Lien-Manuels-Utilisa..> 19-Nov-2012 07:12 92K
Planification-du-dep..> 05-Nov-2012 14:57 3.1M
Projecteur-Dell-1201..> 29-Oct-2012 07:40 2.3M
Systemes-Dell-PowerE..> 25-Oct-2012 18:29 2.8M
alienwareX51.htm 18-Oct-2012 16:37 2.5M
http://ftp.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_printers_main/esuprt_printers/dell-1130n_User's%20Guide_en-us.pdf
ftp://ftp.dell.com/Manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor_net/esuprt_cloud_products/poweredge-c8000_owner's%20manual3_en-us.pdf
http://ftp.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_printers_main/esuprt_printers/dell-2145cn_User's%20Guide_da-dk.pdf
http://ftp.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor_net/esuprt_powervault/powervault-md3200i_Setup%20Guide_cs-cz.pdf
http://ftp.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor_net/esuprt_powervault/powervault-md3200_Setup%20Guide_de-de.pdf
http://ftp.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor_net/esuprt_powervault/powervault-md3220i_Setup%20Guide_fr-fr.pdf
http://ftp.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_printers_main/esuprt_printers/dell-1815dn_User's%20Guide_fr-fr.pdf
http://ftp.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor_net/esuprt_powervault/powervault-dp500_owner's%20manual3_fr-fr.pdf
http://ftp.dell.com/Manuals/Common/inspiron-5100_setup%20guide_fr-fr.pdf
http://support.dell.com/support/edocs/systems/Vos3360/fr/OM/om_fr.pdf
http://support.euro.dell.com/support/edocs/systems/Alw_dt_Area_51/en/sm/sm_en.pdf
http://ftp.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_laptop/esuprt_alienware_laptops/alienware-m11x_Reference%20Guide_fr-fr.pdf
http://ftp.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_laptop/esuprt_alienware_laptops/alienware-m18x_user's%20guide_fr-fr.pdf
http://ftp.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor_net/esuprt_rack_infrastructure/dell-line-interactive-tower-ups-500t_User's%20Guide9_fr-fr.pdf
http://ftp.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor_net/esuprt_poweredge/poweredge-2800_User's%20Guide12_fr-fr.pdf
http://ftp.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor_net/esuprt_powervault/powervault-md3220i_Owner's%20Manual_fr-fr.pdf
http://ftp.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor_net/esuprt_equallogic/dell-dx6000_Owner's%20Manual_fr-fr.pdf
http://ftp.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor_net/esuprt_rack_infrastructure/dell-line-interactive-tower-ups-500t_User's%20Guide10_fr-fr.pdf
http://ftp.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_laptop/esuprt_precision_mobile/precision-m4700_Owner's%20Manual_fr-fr.pdf
http://ftp.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_ser_stor_net/esuprt_powervault/powervault-md3200_Setup%20Guide_es-mx.pdf
Guide de l'utilisateur pour moniteur couleur à écran plat Dell™ U2711
Remarque, avis et attention
Certains textes de ce manuel peuvent être imprimés en gras ou en italique et accompagnés d'une icône. Ces blocs sont des remarques, des avis et des
avertissements d'attention, et ils sont utilisés comme suit :
Certains avertissements peuvent apparaître dans des formats alternatifs et peuvent ne pas être accompagnés d'une icône. Dans ces cas, la présentation
spécifique de l'avertissement est exigée par l'autorité réglementaire.
Les informations contenues dans ce document peuvent être modifiées sans notification préalable. © 2009–2010 Dell Inc. Tous droits réservés.
Toute reproduction de ces documents strictement interdite, par quelque moyen que ce soit, sans autorisation écrite de Dell™ Inc.
Marques déposées utilisées dans ce texte : Dell et le logo DELL sont des marques de Dell Inc ; Microsoft et Windows sont des marques ou des marques déposées de Microsoft
Corporation aux États-Unis et/ou dans d'autres pays.
D'autres marques déposées et noms de sociétés peuvent être utilisés dans ce document pour faire référence au nom des sociétés les ayant déposés ou au nom de leurs
produits. Dell™ Inc. dément toute prétention de propriété à l'égard de marques et des noms de sociétés autres que les siens.
Modèle U2711b
Avril 2010 Rev. A01
A propos de votre moniteur
Installer Votre Ecran
Utilisation du moniteur
Dépannage
Appendice
REMARQUE : UNE REMARQUE donne une information importante qui vous permet de faire un meilleur usage de votre ordinateur.
AVIS : Ceci indique soit un dommage potentiel matériel ou une perte de données et indique comme éviter le problème.
ATTENTION : Ceci indique la potentialité d'un dommage matériel, d'une blessure corporelle ou de mort. Retour à la Page Sommaire
À propos de votre moniteur
Guide de l'utilisateur pour moniteur à écran plat Dell™ U2711
Contenu de la boîte
Caractéristiques du produit
Identifier les composants et les commandes
Spécifications du moniteur
Interface USB (Universal Serial Bus)
Spécifications du lecteur de cartes
Fonction Plug & Play
Consignes de maintenance
Contenu de la boîte
Votre moniteur vient avec tous les éléments énumérés ci-dessous. Assurez-vous d’avoir tous les éléments. Si quelque chose manque, contactez Dell.
REMARQUE: Certains éléments sont en option et peuvent ne pas être expédiés avec votre moniteur. Certaines
fonctionnalités ou accessoires peuvent ne pas être disponibles dans certains pays.
l Ecran avec la base
l Cordon d’alimentation
l Câble VGA
l Câble DVI dual-link Caractéristiques du produit
L’affichage à écran plat U2711 a un affichage à cristaux liquides (LCD) à transistor à couches minces (TFT) et à matrice active. Les caractéristiques du moniteur comprennent :
■ Zone visible de l’affichage de 27 pouces (596,74 x 335,66 mm), mesurée diagonalement.
■ Résolution de 2560 x 1440, et prise en charge du plein écran pour les résolutions plus basses.
■ L’angle de vision large (178°/178°) et le superbe suivi des niveaux de gris minimisent les déviations de couleur à des angles de vision biaisés (assis, debout
ou allant d’un côté à l’autre) ce qui assure une gradation des couleurs ultra-lisse.
■ Capacités d’inclinaison, de pivotement et d’extension verticale.
■ Pied amovible et trous de montage VESA (Video Electronics Standards Association) de 100 mm pour des solutions de montage flexibles.
■ Capacité Plug and Play si votre système la prend en charge.
■ Réglages de l’affichage de l’écran (OSD) pour une facilité de configuration et l’optimisation de l’écran.
■ Le CD des logiciels et de la documentation contient un fichier information (INF), un fichier de correspondance des couleurs de l’image (ICM) et la
documentation du produit.
■ Fente pour cadenas de sécurité.
■ Compatible avec les standards de couleur xvYCC, Adobe RVB et sRVB.
■ Calibré en usine avec un delta E moyen < 5 sous sRVB et source d’entrée Adobe RVB pour les nouveaux moniteurs Dell monitor U2711. Mode couleur
personnalisé dédié (contrôle des couleurs à 6 axes) pour Saturation, Teinte, Gain (RVB) et décalage (RVB).
■ Traitement interne 12 bits testé pour HDMI1 avec couleurs profondes (12 bits).
Identifier les composants et les caractéristiques
Vue de face
l Câble USB montant (active les ports USB et le lecteur
de carte du moniteur)
l Câble USB descendant (en option)
l Câble DisplayPort
l Documentation (Informations de sécurité, Feuille de
calibrage des couleurs, Guide de mise en route et CD) Vue arrière
Vue arrière Vue arrière avec pied du moniteur
Vue de face Commandes du panneau avant
No. Description
1-3
Touche de raccourci
*Les paramètres par défaut sont Sélection des modes
prédéfinis, Sélection de luminosité/contraste et
Sélection de la source d'entrée.
1 Sélection des modes prédéfinis
2 Sélection de Luminosité/Contraste
3 Sélection de la Source entrée
4 Sélection du menu OSD
5 QUITTER
6
Bouton d'alimentation (avec témoin lumineux
d'alimentation)
REMARQUE: 1 à 5 sont des touches tactiles capacitives, qui sont activés en plaçant votre doigt sur la diode bleue.
No. Description/Utilisation
1
Trous de montage VESA (100 mm)
(Derrière plaque de base fixée)
Utilisés pour monter le moniteur.
2 Étiquette des connecteurs Indique les positions et les types des connecteurs.
3 Étiquette de service Pour contacter Dell pour un service express.
4 Fente du cadenas de sécurité Pour aider à sécuriser votre moniteur.
5
Attaches de montage de la barre son Dell Pour fixer la barre son Dell optionnelle.Vue latérale
Vue de dessous
6 Étiquette code barre du numéro de série Reportez-vous à cette étiquette si vous devez contacter Dell pour le support technique.
7 Étiquette de classement réglementaire Donne la liste des certifications réglementaires.
8 Trou de gestion des câbles Aide à organiser les câbles en les plaçant dans le guide.
Côté droit Côté gauche
No. Description
1 Lecteur de cartes : pour des détails, veuillez vous reporter à Spécifications du lecteur de cartes
2 Ports avals USBVue de dessous
Spécifications du moniteur
Les sections suivantes donnent des informations sur les différents modes de gestion de l’alimentation et l’affectation des broches des différents connecteurs
pour votre moniteur.
Modes de gestion de l’alimentation
Si votre PC est doté d’une carte graphique ou d’un logiciel compatible DPMS VESA, le moniteur peut réduire automatiquement sa consommation d’énergie
lorsqu’il est au repos. Ceci est appelé le mode d’économie d’énergie. Si une entrée provenant du clavier, de la souris ou d’un autre périphérique d’entrée est
détectée, le moniteur s’active automatiquement. Le tableau suivant montre la consommation d’électricité et la signalisation de la fonctionnalité d’économie
automatique d’énergie :
Activez l’ordinateur et réveillez l’écran pour avoir accès au menu OSD.
Affectation des broches
Connecteur VGA
No. Description
1
Connecteur pour cordon d'alimentation courant
alternatif
2
Connecteur d'alimentation CC pour la barre son Dell™
3 Sortie audio (arrière)
4 Sortie audio (SUB/CTR)
5 Sortie audio (avant)
6 Connecteur DisplayPort
7 Connecteur DVI-1
8 Connecteur DVI-2
9 Connecteur VGA
10 Connecteur HDMI
11 Connecteur vidéo composite
12 Connecteurs vidéo composantes
13 Port en amont USB
14 Ports en aval USB
Modes VESA Synchro. horizontale Synchro.
verticale
Vidéo Témoin
d’alimentation
Consommation
Fonctionnement normal Active Active Active Bleu 138 W (maximum)*
113 W (normal)**
Mode veille Inactive Inactive Vide Orange Moins de 2 W
Hors tension - - - Éteint Moins de 1 W
* avec audio + USB
** sans audio + USB
REMARQUE : Ce moniteur est compatible avec la gestion d’alimentation TCO '03.
REMARQUE : Un consommation zéro en mode éteint ne peut être atteinte qu’en déconnectant le câble principal du moniteur.Connecteur DVI
REMARQUE : La broche 1 se trouve en haut à gauche.
Connecteur vidéo composite
Numéro de
broche
Côté 15 broches du câble
de signal connecté
1 Vidéo-rouge
2 Vidéo-vert
3 Vidéo-bleu
4 Terre
5 Autotest
6 Terre-R
7 Terre-V
8 Terre-B
9 PC 5V/3,3V
10 Terre-sync
11 Terre
12 Données DDC
13 Sync H
14 Sync V
15 Horloge DDC
Broche Assignation du Signal Broche Assignation du Signal Broche Assignation du Signal
1 T.M.D.S. Données 2- 9 T.M.D.S. Données 1- 17 T.M.D.S. Données 0-
2 T.M.D.S. Données 2+ 10 T.M.D.S. Données 1+ 18 T.M.D.S. Données 0+
3 T.M.D.S. Blindage Données 2/4 11 T.M.D.S. Blindage Données 1/3 19 T.M.D.S. Blindage Données 0/5
4 T.M.D.S. Données 4- 12 T.M.D.S. Données 3- 20 T.M.D.S. Données 5-
5 NT.M.D.S. Données 4+ 13 T.M.D.S. Données 3+ 21 T.M.D.S. Données 5+
6 Horloge DDC 14 Alimentation +5V 22 T.M.D.S. Blindage horloge
7 Données DDC 15 Masse (pour +5V) 23 T.M.D.S. Horloge +
8 Pas de connexion 16 Détection connexion à chaud 24 T.M.D.S. Horloge -CHROMA COMPOSITE LUMA
Connecteurs de la vidéo composante
Connecteur DisplayPort
Numéro de broche Côté 3 broche du câble de signal (câble non fourni)
1 Y (Signal de luminance)
2 Pb (Signal de différentielle couleur)
3 Pr (Signal de différentielle couleur)
Numéro de
broche
Côté 20 broches du câble de signal
connecté
1 ML0(p)
2 Terre
3 ML0(n)
4 ML1(p)
5 Terre
6 ML1(n)
7 ML2(p)
8 Terre
9 ML2(n)
10 ML3(p)
11 Terre
12 ML3(n)
13 Terre
14 Terre
15 AUX(p)
16 Terre
17 AUX(n)
18 HPD
19 Re-ALIM
20 ALIMConnecteur HDMI
Numéro de
broche
Côté 19 broches du câble de signal
connecté
1 TMDS DONNÉES 2+
2 TMDS DONNÉES 2 BLINDAGE
3 TMDS DONNÉES 2-
4 TMDS DONNÉES 1+
5 TMDS DONNÉES 1 BLINDAGE
6 TMDS DONNÉES 1-
7 TMDS DONNÉES 0+
8 TMDS DONNÉES 0 BLINDAGE
9 TMDS DONNÉES 0-
10 TMDS HORLOGE
11 TMDS HORLOGE BLINDAGE
12 TMDS HORLOGE-
13 Sans affectation
14 Sans affectation
15 DDC HORLOGE (SDA)
16 DDC DONNÉES (SDA)
17 TERRE
18 +5V ALIMENTATION
19 DÉTECTION CONNEXION À CHAUD
Spécifications de l’écran plat
Type d’écran LCD TFT à matrice active
Type de panneau IPS
Dimensions d’écran 27 pouces (taille d’image visible, diagonale de 27 pouces)
Zone d’affichage prédéfinie :
Horizontale 596,74 mm (23,49 pouces)
Verticale 335,66 mm (13,22 pouces)
Taille de pixel 0,2331 mm
Pixel par pouce 109
Angle de vision 178° (vertical) typique, 178° (horizontal) typique
Luminosité 350 cd/m ²(en moy.)
Rapport de contraste 1000:1 (en moy.), 80,000:1 (max, Contraste dynamique activé)
Revêtement de l'écran Anti-reflet avec revêtement 3H
Rétroéclairage Système à 8 CCFL de type U
Temps de réponse Panneau de 6ms, typique (Gris à gris)/12 ms typique (noir à
blanc)Profondeur des couleurs 1,07 milliard de couleurs
Game de couleur 110%* NTSC en moyenne, 100% sRVB, 96% Adobe RVB
* La gamme de couleur (typique) du U2711 est basée sur CIE1976 (110%) et CIE1931 (102%).
Résolution
Plage de balayage horizontal 30 kHz à 89 kHz (automatique)
Plage de balayage vertical 56 Hz à 76 Hz
Résolution programmée la plus élevée 2560 x 1440 à 60 Hz
Modes vidéo pris en charge
Capacité d'affichage vidéo (lecture DVI) 480i/480p/576i/576p/720i/720p/1080i/1080p (Prend en charge HDCP)
Capacité d'affichage vidéo (lecture composite) NTSC/PAL
Capacités d'affichage vidéo (lecture HDMI) 480i/480p/576i/576p/720p/1080i/1080p
Capacité d'affichage vidéo (lecture en composantes) 480i/480p/576i/576p/720p/1080i/1080p
Modes d’affichage prédéfinis
Dell garantit la taille d’image et le centrage pour tous les modes prédéfinis énumérés dans le tableau suivant :
Mode d’affichage Fréquence horizontale (kHz)
Fréquence
verticale (Hz)
Fréquence
des pixels
(MHz)
Polarité de synchronisation
(horizontale/verticale)
VGA, 720 x 400 31,5 70,1 28,3 -/+
VGA, 640 x 480 31,5 59,9 25,2 -/-
VESA, 640 x 480 37,5 75,0 31,5 -/-
VESA, 800 x 600 37,9 60,3 40,0 +/+
VESA, 800 x 600 46,9 75,0 49,5 +/+
VESA, 1024 x 768 48,4 60,0 65,0 -/-
VESA, 1024 x 768 60,0 75,0 78,8 +/+
VESA, 1152 x 864 67,5 75,0 108,0 +/+
VESA, 1280 x 800 49,70 59,81 83,50 -/+
VESA, 1280 x 1024 64,0 60,0 108,0 +/+
VESA, 1280 x 1024 80,0 75,0 135,0 +/+
VESA, 1600 x 1200 75,0 60,0 162,0 +/+
VESA, 1680 x 1050 65,29 59,95 146,25 -/+
VESA, 2560 x 1440 88,79 59,96 241,5 +/-
Électricité
Le tableau suivant liste les spécifications électriques :
Signaux d’entrée vidéo RVB analogique, 0,7 volts +/-5% ; impédance d'entrée de
75 ohms
TMDS DVI-D numérique, 600 mV pour chaque ligne différentielle,
impédance d'entrée de 50 ohms HDMI, 600mV pour chaque ligne différentielle, impédance
d’entrée de 100 ohms par paire différentiel DisplayPort, 600mV pour chaque ligne différentielle, impédance
d’entrée de 100 ohms par paire différentiel
Composite, 1 volt (p-p), impédance d'entrée de 75 ohms
Composite : 1 volt(p-p), 75 ohm input impedance,
Composante : Y, Pb, Pr sont tous de 0,5 à 1 volt (p-p),
impédance d'entrée de 75 ohms
Synchronisation des signaux d’entrée Horizontaux et verticaux séparés; Niveau TTL 3,3 V CMOS ou 5 V, synchronisation positive ou
négative.
SSV (Sync sur vert)
Tension/fréquence/courant d’entrée secteur 100 to 240 VAC/50 or 60 Hz + 3 Hz/2,5A (Max.)
Courant de démarrage 120V : 40A (Max.)
240V : 80A (Max.) Caractéristiques physiques
Le tableau suivant liste les caractéristiques physiques :
Type de connecteur l D-sub : connecteur bleu
l DVI-D : connecteur blanc
l DisplayPort : connecteur noir
l Composite
l Component
l HDMI
Type de câble de signal l D-sub : détachable, analogique, 15 broches, fourni relié
au moniteur
l DVI-D : détachable, numérique, 24 broches, fourni séparé
du moniteur
l DisplayPort: détachable, numériques, 20 broches, fourni
séparé du moniteur
l Composite
l Component
l HDMI
REMARQUE : Les câbles composite, composantes et HDMI
ne sont pas fournis avec le moniteur.
Dimensions (avec pied) :
Hauteur (rabaissé) 427,83 mm (16,84 pouces)
Hauteur (déployé) 517,83 mm (20,39 pouces)
Largeur 646,71 mm (25,46 pouces)
Profondeur 199,95 mm (7,87 pouces)
Dimensions (sans pied)
Hauteur 385,67 mm (15,18 pouces)
Largeur 646,71 mm (25,46 pouces)
Profondeur 93 mm (3,66 pouces)
Dimensions du pied
Hauteur (rabaissé) 354,5 mm (13,96 pouces)
Hauteur (déployé) 394 mm (15,51 pouces)
Largeur 320 mm (12,60 pouces)
Profondeur 199,95 mm (7,87 pouces)
Poids
Poids avec emballage 14,46 kg ( 31,88 lb )
Poids avec pied et câbles 10,46 kg ( 23,06 lb )
Poids sans pied (Pour des considérations de montage au mur
ou montage VESA - pas de câble) 7,72 kg ( 17,02 lb )
Poids sans stand 2,63 kg (5,80 lb )
Environnement
Le tableau suivant liste les limites environnementales :
Température :
En fonctionnement 0° à 40°C (32° à104°F)Interface USB (Universal Serial Bus)
Connecteur USB amont
Connecteur USB aval
Ports USB :
Au repos Stockage : -20° à 60°C (-4° à 140°F)
Transport : -20° à 60°C(-4° à 140°F)
Humidité :
En fonctionnement 10% à 80% (sans condensation)
Au repos Stockage : 5% à 90% (sans condensation)
Transport : 5% à 90% (sans condensation)
Altitude :
En fonctionnement 4 485 m max
Au repos 12 191,41 m max
Dissipation thermique 471 BTU/heure (maximum)
385 BTU/heure (typique)
Ce moniteur prend en charge une interface haut débit certifiée USB 2.0 .
Vitesse de presse Débit Consommation d'énergie
Haut débit 480 Mbps 2,5 W (max., pour chaque port)
Moyen débit 12 Mbps 2,5 W (max., pour chaque port)
Bas débit 1,5 Mbps 2,5 W (max., pour chaque port)
Numéro de broche Côté 4 broche du câble de signal
1 DMU
2 VCC
3 DPU
4 GND
Numéro de broche Côté 4 broche du câble de signal
1 VCC
2 DMD
3 DPD
4 GNDl 1 amont - arrière
l 4 en aval - 2 à l'arrière ; 2 à gauche
Spécifications du lecteur de cartes
Présentation
l Le lecteur de cartes mémoire Flash est un périphérique de stockage USB qui permet de lire et d'écrire des informations depuis et vers la carte mémoire.
l Le lecteur de cartes mémoire Flash est automatiquement reconnu par Microsoft® Windows® 2000, Windows® XP, Windows Vista® et Windows® 7.
l Lorsqu'il est reconnu et installé, chaque carte mémoire (emplacement) séparée apparaît comme une lettre de lecteur séparée.
l Toutes les opérations de fichiers standards (copier, supprimer, glisser-déplacer, etc.) peuvent être effectuées avec ce lecteur.
Fonctionnalités
Le lecteur de cartes mémoire Flash a les fonctionnalités suivantes :
l Prend en charge les systèmes d’exploitation Microsoft® Windows® 2000, Windows® XP, Windows Vista® et Windows® 7
l Périphérique de classe de stockage de masse (aucun pilote n'est nécessaire sous Microsoft® Windows® 2000, Windows® XP, Windows Vista® et Windows® 7)
l Certification USB-IF
l Prise en charge de nombreux médias cartes mémoire
Le tableau suivant liste les emplacements et les types de cartes mémoire prises en charge:
Capacité de carte maximale prise en charge par le lecteur de carte U2711
REMARQUE : l'USB 2.0 requiert un ordinateur capable de prendre en charge la version 2.0.
REMARQUE : *L'interface USB du moniteur ne fonctionne que lorsque le moniteur est mis sous tension (ou en mode Economie d'énergie). La mise
hors tension puis sous tension du moniteur permet de relancer l'interface USB ; les périphériques raccordés peuvent mettre quelques secondes
avant de fonctionner.
REMARQUE : Aucune prise en charge Microsoft® Windows® 9X de Dell.
Numéro d'emplacement Type de cartes mémoire Flash
1 Carte xD-Picture
Carte Smart Media (SMC)
Carte Memory Stick (MS)/High Speed Memory Stick (HSMS) /carte Memory Stick Pro (MS PRO)/carte Memory Stick Duo (avec adaptateur)
Carte Secure Digital (SD)/Mini Secure Digital (avec adaptateur)/Carte TransFlash (avec adaptateur)
Carte Multi Media (MMC)/Carte MultiMedia de taille réduite (avec adaptateur)
Type de carte Spécification prise en charge Version de
spéc de carte mémoire
Capacité maxi prise
en charge par la
spéc
USB2602-NU-05
(pour U2711)
MS Spécification de format standard Memory Stick 1.43 128Mo Pris en charge
MSPRO Spécifications de format standard Memory Stick Pro 1.02 32Go Pris en charge
MSDuo Spécifications de format standard Memory Stick Duo 1.10 128Mo/32Go Pris en charge
MSDuo-HG Spécifications de format standard Memory Stick Duo 1.01 32Go Pris en charge
xD Spécification de carte xD Picture 1.2 2Go Pris en charge
SD Spécifications de carte mémoire SD 2.0 32Go Pris en charge
MMC Spécification de système carte multimédia 4.2 32Go Pris en charge
REMARQUE: MSPRO comprend MSPRO Duo et MS Micro.
REMARQUE: xD comprend TypeM et TypeH. Général
Performance
Fonction Plug & Play
Vous pouvez installer le moniteur sur tout système compatible Plug & Play. Le moniteur fournit automatiquement à l’ordinateur ses données d’identification de moniteur étendues (EDID) à l’aide des protocoles de canal de moniteur de données (DDC) pour que le système puisse se configurer automatiquement et
optimiser les paramètres du moniteur. S’il le désire, l’utilisateur peut sélectionner différents paramètres, mais dans la plupart des cas l’installation du moniteur
est automatique.
Consignes de maintenance
Prendre soin de votre moniteur
Pour les meilleures méthodes, suivez les instructions de la liste ci-dessous lorsque vous déballez, nettoyez ou manipulez votre moniteur :
l Afin de nettoyer l’écran antistatique, humectez légèrement un chiffon propre et doux avec de l’eau. Dans la mesure du possible, utilisez un chiffon
spécial de nettoyage pour les écrans ou une solution adaptée au revêtement antistatique. N’utilisez pas de benzène, de diluant, d’ammoniac, de
nettoyants abrasifs ou d’air comprimé.
l Utilisez un chiffon légèrement humecté et chaud pour nettoyer les éléments en plastique. Évitez d’utiliser des détergents de quelque nature qu’ils
soient, étant donné que certains détergents laissent un film blanchâtre sur les plastiques.
l Manipulez votre moniteur avec précaution étant donné que les moniteurs de couleur foncée peuvent être rayés et présenter des éraflures blanches qui
sont bien plus visibles que sur les moniteurs de couleur clair.
Retour à la Page Sommaire
REMARQUE: SD comprend HS-SD, MiniSD et SD Micro. SD spéc v2.0 comprend SDHC.
REMARQUE: MMC comprend MMCPlus, RS-MMC, MMC Mobile et MMC micro.
Type de connexion Périphérique USB 2.0 à haute vitesse (compatible périphérique USB pleine vitesse)
Système d'exploitation pris en charge Microsoft® Windows® 2000, Windows® XP, Windows Vista® et Windows® 7
Vitesse de transfert Lecture : 480 Mo/s (max.)
Écriture : 480 Mo/s (max.)
ATTENTION: Lisez et suivez les Consignes de sécurité avant de nettoyer le moniteur.
ATTENTION: Avant le nettoyage du moniteur, débranchez ce dernier de la prise
d’alimentation en courant.Retour à la Table des Matières
Appendice
Guide de l'utilisateur pour moniteur à écran plat Dell™ U2711
Attention: Consignes de Sécurité
Avis FCC (États-Unis seulement) et autres informations réglementaires
Contacter Dell
Attention: Consignes de Sécurité
Pour des informations sur les instructions de sécurité, voir le Informations de sécurité.
Avis FCC (États-Unis seulement) et autres informations réglementaires
Pour les avis FCC et autres informations réglementaires, voir le site Web de conformité réglementaire : www.dell.com/regulatory_compliance.
Contacter Dell
Pour contacter Dell électroniquement, vous pouvez accéder aux sites Web suivants et par téléphone :
l Pour un support via le Web, allez à support.dell.com.
l Pour les clients aux États-Unis, appelez 800-WWW-DELL (800-999-3355).
Dell fournit plusieurs options de support et service en ligne et par téléphone. La disponibilité varie selon le pays et le produit, et certains services peuvent de
pas être disponibles dans votre région. Pour contact Dell pour des questions concernant la vente, le support technique ou le service client :
1. Visitez support.dell.com.
2. Vérifiez votre pays ou région dans le menu Choose A Country/Region en bas de la page.
3. Cliquez sur Contact Us sur la gauche de la page.
4. Sélectionnez le lien de service ou de support approprié selon votre besoin.
5. Choisissez la méthode pour contacter Dell qui est pratique pour vous.
Retour à la Table des Matières
ATTENTION : L'utilisation de contrôles, réglages ou procédures autres que spécifiés dans cette documentation peut causer l'exposition à un
choc, à des risques électriques, et/ou à des risques mécaniques.
REMARQUE : Si vous n'avez pas de connexion Internet active, vous pouvez trouver les informations de contact, sur votre facture, bon de livraison ou
catalogue produit Dell.Retour à la page Sommaire
Configuration de votre moniteur Moniteur couleur à écran plat Dell™ U2711
Si vous disposez d'un ordinateur de bureau ou d'un ordinateur portable Dell™ avec
accès à Internet
1. Accédez au site Web http://support.dell.com, entrez votre numéro de série et télédéchargez le dernier pilote de votre carte graphique.
2. Après avoir installé le pilote, définissez de nouveau la résolution 2048x1152/2560x1440.
Retour à la page Sommaire
REMARQUE : Si vous ne pouvez pas à définir la résolution 2048x1152/2560x1440, contactez Dell™ pour plus d'informations sur les cartes graphiques qui
prennent en charge cette résolution. Retour à la page Sommaire
Configuration de votre moniteur Moniteur couleur à écran plat Dell™ U2711
Si vous ne disposez pas d'un ordinateur de bureau ou d'un ordinateur portable Dell™
ou d'une carte graphique
Dans Windows XP :
1. Cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le bureau, puis cliquez sur Propriétés.
2. Sélectionnez l'onglet Paramètres.
3. Sélectionnez Avancé.
4. Identifiez le fournisseur du contrôleur graphique dans la description située dans la partie supérieure de la fenêtre (ex. :. NVIDIA, ATI, Intel, etc.).
5. Reportez-vous au site Web du fournisseur de la carte graphique pour obtenir la dernière version du pilote (par exemple,http://www.ATI.com OU
http://www.NVIDIA.com).
6. Après avoir installé le pilote de la carte graphique, définissez de nouveau la résolution 2048x1152/2560x1440.
Dans Windows Vista® ou Windows 7 :
1. Cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le bureau et sélectionnez Personnalisation.
2. Cliquez sur Modifier les paramètres d'affichage.
3. Cliquez sur Paramètres avancés.
4. Identifiez le fournisseur du contrôleur graphique dans la description située dans la partie supérieure de la fenêtre (ex. :. NVIDIA, ATI, Intel, etc.).
5. Reportez-vous au site Web du fournisseur de la carte graphique pour obtenir la dernière version du pilote (par exemple,http://www.ATI.com OU
http://www.NVIDIA.com).
6. Après avoir installé le pilote de la carte graphique, définissez de nouveau la résolution 2048x1152/2560x1440.
Retour à la page Sommaire
REMARQUE : Si vous n'y parvenez pas, contactez le fabricant de l'ordinateur ou achetez une carte graphique qui prend en charge la résolution
2048x1152/2560x1440. Retour à la Table des Matières
Utilisation du moniteur
Guide de l'utilisateur pour moniteur à écran plat Dell™ U2711
Utiliser le Panneau Frontal
Utiliser le Menu OSD
Régler la résolution maximale
Utiliser la SoundBar Dell (En Option)
Utilisation de l'inclinaison, extension verticale (rotation)
Utiliser le Panneau Frontal
Utilisez les boutons sur le panneau frontal du moniteur pour régler les paramètres de l'image.
REMARQUE : 1 à 5 sont des touches tactiles capacitives, qui sont activés en plaçant votre doigt sur la diode bleue.
1-3 Touche de raccourci Utilisez cette touche pour un accès direct au menu de commande que vous définissez dans le menu de personnalisation.
*Les paramètres par défaut sont Sélection des modes prédéfinis, Sélection de luminosité/contraste et Sélection de la source d'entrée.
1
Sélection des modes
prédéfinis
Utilisez ce bouton pour différents affichages sur votre moniteur.
2
Luminosité/Contraste
Utilisez ce bouton pour un accès direct au menu de commande « Luminosité/Contraste ».
3
Sélection de la source
d'entrée
Appuyez sur le bouton Sélection de la source d'entrée pour sélectionner entre les différents signaux vidéo qui peuvent être connectés à
votre moniteur.
l Entrée VGA
l Entrée DVI-D 1
l Entrée DVI-D 2
l Entrée DisplayPort
l Entrée HDMI
l Entrée vidéo en composantes
l Entrée vidéo composite
Affiche la barre de sélection de la source. Appuyez les boutons et pour vous déplacer dans les options du paramètre et appuyez
pour sélectionner la source d'entrée souhaitée.Si l'entrée VGA ou DVI-D est sélectionnée et si les deux les câbles VGA et DVI-D ne sont pas connectés, une boîte de dialogue flottante
comme illustrée ci-dessous apparaît.
Si l'entrée composite ou composantes est sélectionnée et si les câbles ne sont pas connectés ou si la source vidéo est éteinte, l'écran n'a
pas d'image. Si aucun bouton n'est appuyé (à l'exception du bouton d'alimentation), le moniteur affiche le message suivant :
ou
ou
4
Menu OSD
Utilisez cette touche pour ouvrir le menu affiché à l'écran (OSD). Voir Utilisation le menu OSD.
5
Quitter
Utilisez cette touche pour quitter le menu OSD.
6
Bouton d'alimentation
(avec témoin
d'alimentation)
Le bouton d'Alimentation permet d'allumer et d'éteindre l'écran.
La lumière bleue indique que le moniteur est allumé et pleinement fonctionnel. Un témoin orange indique le mode d'économie d'énergie.Utiliser le Menu OSD
1. Appuyez sur pour lancer le menu OSD et affiche le menu principal.
Menu principal pour l'entrée analogique (VGA)
Ou
Menu principal pour l'entrée non analogique (non VGA)
REMARQUE: Si vous modifiez les paramètres, puis passez à un autre menu ou quittez le menu OSD. Le moniteur enregistre automatiquement ces modifications. Les modifications sont également enregistrées si vous modifiez les paramètres puis attendez la disparition du menu OSD.2. Appuyez les boutons et pour vous déplacer dans les options des paramètres. Lorsque vous allez d'une icône à une autre, le nom de l'option est
en surbrillance. Voir le tableau pour une liste complète de toutes les options disponibles pour le moniteur.
3. Appuyez le bouton une fois pour activer l'option en surbrillance.
4. Appuyez le bouton et pour sélectionner le paramètre souhaité.
5. Appuyez pour accéder au curseur, puis utilisez les boutons et , selon les indicateurs sur le menu, pour apporter vos modifications.
6. Appuyez sur pour retourner au menu principal ou pour quitter le menu OSD.
REMARQUE : Mise au point n'est disponible que lors de l'utilisation du connecteur analogique (VGA).
Icône Menu et Sous-menus Description
Brightness & Contrast (Luminosité & Contraste)
Brightness (Luminosité)
Contrast (Contraste)
Back (Retour)
Ce menu est pour activer l'ajustement de luminosité/contraste.
Luminosité ajuste la luminosité du rétroéclairage.
Appuyez le bouton pour augmenter la luminosité et appuyez le bouton pour diminuer la luminosité (min 0 à max 100).
Ajustez d'abord la luminosité, puis ajustez le contraste seulement si un ajustement est nécessaire.
Appuyez le bouton pour augmenter le contraste et appuyez le bouton pour diminuer le contraste (min 0 à max 100).
La fonction du contraste ajuste le degré de différence entre les points sombres et les points lumineux sur le moniteur.
Appuyez pour retourner au menu principal.
Auto Adjust (Réglage auto) Même si votre ordinateur reconnaît votre moniteur au démarrage, la fonction Mise au point optimise les réglages de l'affichage à utiliser avec vos réglages spécifiques.
REMARQUE : Dans la plupart des cas, Mise au point produit la meilleure image pour votre configuration. Cette option n'est disponible que lors de
l'utilisation du connecteur analogique (VGA).
INPUT SOURCE
(Source entrée)
Utilisez le menu Source entrée pour sélectionner entre les différents signaux vidéo qui peuvent être connectés à votre moniteur.Scan Sources
(Source numéris.)
VGA
DVI-D 1 & 2
DisplayPort
HDMI
Component (Composante)
Composite
Back (Retour)
Recherchez les sources. Appuyez pour rechercher les signaux d'entrée disponibles.
Sélectionnez l'entrée VGA lors de l'utilisation du connecteur analogique (VGA). Appuyez pour sélectionner la source d'entrée VGA.
Sélectionnez l'entrée DVI-D lors de l'utilisation du connecteur numérique (DVI). Appuyez pour sélectionner la source d'entrée DVI.
Sélectionnez DisplayPort lors de l'utilisation du connecteur DisplayPort. Appuyez pour sélectionner la source d'entrée DisplayPort.
Sélectionnez HDMI lors de l'utilisation du connecteur HDMI. Appuyez pour sélectionner la source d'entrée HDMI.
Sélectionnez l'entrée Component lors de l'utilisation du connecteur vidéo composantes. Appuyez pour sélectionner la source d'entrée composantes.
Sélectionnez l'entrée Composite lors de l'utilisation du connecteur vidéo composite. Appuyez pour sélectionner la source d'entrée composite.
Appuyez pour retourner au menu principal.
Color Setting
(Paramètre de couleur) Il y a plusieurs modes image pour des utilisations différentes.
Sous-menu des paramètres couleur pour l'entrée VGA/DVI-DInput Color Format
(Format entrée couleurs)
Gamma
Mode Select (Sélection mode)
Preset modes
(Modes prédéfinis)
Graphics Format
(Format graphique)
Standard
Multimedia (Multimédia)
Game (Jeu)
Warm (Chaud)
Cool (Froid)
Adobe RGB (RVB Adobe)
sRGB (sRVB)
REMARQUE : Les modes image sont différents pour les entrées VGA/DVI-D et vidéo.
Permet de définir le format de couleur en :
PC RVB approprié pour l'affichage graphique PC normal sur DVI HD YPbPr approprié pour la lecture vidéo HD sur DVI.
Pour réaliser le mode différent de couleur pour le PC et l'imper.
Vous pouvez choisir entre des graphiques et un mode visuel. Si votre ordinateur est relié à votre moniteur, choisissez les graphiques. Si un DVD, un STB, ou un magnétoscope est relié à votre moniteur, choisissez la vidéo.
Mode approprié pour les applications de bureau.
Mode pour les applications multimédia, p.ex. la lecture vidéo.
Mode approprié pour les applications de jeu.
Sélectionnez le mode chaud pour obtenir une teinte rouge. Ce paramètre de couleur est en général utilisé pour les applications avec des couleurs intenses (édition photographique, multimédia, films, etc.).
Sélectionnez le mode froid pour obtenir une teinte bleutée. Ce paramètre de couleur est en général utilisé pour les applications avec du texte (tableurs, programmation, éditeurs de texte, etc.).
Ce mode est compatible avec RVB Adobe (96% de couverture).
Mode pour émuler la couleur NTSC 72%.Custom color
(Couleur personnalisée)
Video Format (Format vidéo)
Movie (Film)
Game (Jeu)
Nature (Nature)
xv Mode (Mode xv)
Custom color
(Couleur personnalisée)
Hue (Teinte)
Saturation
Reset Color Settings
(Réinit. param.couleur)
Back (Retour)
Utilisez le bouton ou pour sélectionner Gain.
l Gain :Sélectionnez-le pour ajuster le niveau de gain du signal RVB en entrée.
L’ajustement à 6 axes ne peut être choisi que par le mode vidéo.
Mode approprié pour la lecture des films.
Mode approprié pour les applications de jeu.
Mode approprié pour les scènes de nature.
Approprié pour des sources conformes à xvYCC.
Utilisez le bouton ou pour sélectionner Gain, Décalage, Teinte et Saturation.
l Gain :Sélectionnez-le pour ajuster le niveau de gain du signal RVB en entrée.
l Décalage :Sélectionnez-le pour ajuster la valeur de décalage du niveau noir RVB pour contrôler la couleur de base de votre moniteur.
l Teinte :Sélectionnez-le pour ajuster la valeur de teinte RVBCMJ.
l Saturation :Sélectionnez-le pour ajuster la valeur de saturation RVBCMJ individuellement.
Cette fonction peut faire aller la couleur des images vidéo de vert à violet. Utilisez cette fonction pour ajuster la teinte de la peau. Utilisez le bouton
augmente la teinte verte dans l'image
augmente la teinte violette dans l'image
REMARQUE : L'ajustement de la teinte n'est disponible que pour l'entrée vidéo.
Permet d'ajuster la saturation de la couleur de l'image vidéo. Utilisez le bouton ou pour régler la saturation de '0' à '100'
rend l'image vidéo monochrome
rend l'image vidéo colorée
REMARQUE : L'ajustement de la saturation n'est disponible que pour l'entrée vidéo.
Retourne les paramètres des couleurs du moniteur à ceux définis au moment de la fabrication.
Appuyez pour retourner au menu principal.
Display Settings
(Paramètres affichage) Wide Mode
(Mode Large)
Horizontal Position
(Position horizontale)
Vertical Position
(Position verticale)
Sharpness (Finesse)
Noise reduction
(Réduction de bruit)
Pixel Clock
(Horloge pixel)
Phase (Phase)
Dynamic Contrast
(Contraste dynamique)
Display Info
(Infos D'affichage)
Reset Display Settings
(Réinit. tous Param. Affichage)
Ajuste le format en 4:3 ou plein écran.
REMARQUE : L’ajustement Mode large n’est pas nécessaire à la résolution maximum prédéfinie de 2560 x 1440.
Utilisez les boutons et pour ajuster l'image à gauche/droite. Le minimum est '0' (-). Le maximum est '100' (+).
Utilisez les boutons et pour ajuster l'image en haut/bas. Le minimum est '0' (-). Le maximum est '100' (+).
Cette fonction peut rendre l'image plus nette ou douce. Utilisez ou pour ajuster la netteté de '0' à '100'.
Améliore la qualité d’image des films en réduisant le bruit sur le bord des images.
Les ajustements Phase et Horloge pixel permettent d'ajuster votre moniteur à votre préférence. Ces paramètres sont accédez via le menu OSD principal, en sélectionnant 'Paramètres image'.
Utilisez les boutons et pour ajuster pour la meilleure qualité d'image.
Si des résultats satisfaisants ne sont pas obtenus en utilisant l'ajustement Phase, utilisez l'ajustement Horloge pixel (grossier), puis utilisez à nouveau Phase (fin).
REMARQUE : Les ajustements Phase et Horloge pixel ne sont disponibles que pour l'entrée « VGA ».
Le contraste dynamique permet d'augmenter le niveau de contraste pour finir une qualité d'image plus nette et détaillée.
Pour activer ou désactiver l'alimentation audio pendant le mode d'économie d'énergie.
Retourne les paramètres des couleurs du moniteur à ceux définis au moment de la fabrication.Back (Retour) Appuyez pour retourner au menu principal.
Audio Settings
(Réglage audio)
Line Out Source (Source sortie
audio)
Audio Configuration
(Configuration audio)
Reset Audio Settings
(Réinit. les réglages audio)
Back (Retour)
Utilisez Réglages audio pour ajuster les réglages audio.
Sélectionner la source d'entrée audio. (HDMI/DisplayPort)
Bascule entre la sortie audio 2.0 et 5.1.
REMARQUE : Le DTS ou le Dolby 5.1 du lecteur n’est pas disponible par HDMI ou DP. Un message d’erreur s’affiche :
Permet de réinitialiser tous les réglages audio du moniteur sur les réglages d'usine.
Appuyez pour retourner au menu principal.
PBP Settings (Paramètres PBP) Cette fonction fait apparaître une fenêtre affichant l'image d'une autre source d'entrée.
Fenêtre
principale
Sous-fenêtre
HDMI Composantes Composite
VGA
DVI
DisplayPort
Sous-menu PBP lorsque PBP est désactivéPBP Mode (Mode PBP)
When PBP activated
(Lorsque PBP est activé)
PBP Source (Source PBP)
PBP Contrast (Contraste PBP)
Sous-menu PBP lorsque PBP est activé
REMARQUE : Lors de l'utilisation de la source DVI, l'ajustement du contraste n'est pas disponible.
Utilisez et pour parcourir et pour sélectionner « Éteint » ou « Allumé ».
Sélectionnez un signal d'entrée pour le PBP (HDMI/Composantes/Composite).
Ajustez le niveau de contraste de l'image en mode PBP.
réduit le contraste
augmente le contraste Back (Retour) Appuyez pour retourner au menu principal.
Other Settings
(Autres paramètres)
Language (Langue)
Menu Transparency
(Transparence menu)
Menu Timer
(Minuteur
du Menu)
Menu Lock
(Verrou du menu)
Button Sound
(Son du bouton)
Power Save Audio
(Économie d'énergie audio)
DDC/CI
Option de langue pour définir l'affichage OSD en une des huit langues (English, Español, Français, Deutsch, Japonais, Chinois simplifié, Russe et Portugais brésilien).
Cette fonction est utilisée pour ajuster l'arrière-plan du menu OSD d'opaque à transparent.
Temps de maintien OSD : Définit la durée de temps pendant laquelle le menu OSD reste actif après le dernier appui sur un bouton.
Utilisez les boutons et pour ajuster le curseur en incrément de 5 secondes, de 5 à 60 secondes.
Contrôle l'accès utilisateur aux ajustements. Lorsque sélectionné, aucun réglage utilisateur n'est permis.
REMARQUE : Lorsque le menu OSD est verrouillé, l'appui sur le bouton du menu pendant 15 secondes déverrouille et permet à l'utilisateur d'accéder à tous les paramètres applicables. Lorsque le menu OSD est déverrouillé, l'appui sur le bouton du menu
pendant 15 secondes déverrouille et active la fonction Verrou du menu.
Le moniteur bipe à chaque fois qu'une nouvelle option est sélectionnée dans le menu. Ce bouton active ou désactive le son.
Active ou désactive l'alimentation audio pendant le mode d'économie d'énergie.
DDC/CI (Display Data Channel/Command Interface) permet aux paramètres de votre moniteur (luminosité, balance des couleurs etc) d'être réglables via les logiciels sur votre ordinateur. Vous pouvez désactiver cette fonction en sélectionnant "Désactiver".
Activez cette fonction pour obtenir les performances optimales de votre moniteur et la meilleure expérience utilisateur. LCD Conditioning (Traitement
LCD)
Factory Reset (Réinitialisation)
Back (Retour)
Si une image semble rester sur l'écran, sélectionnez Traitement LCD pour éliminer son affichage. L'utilisation de la fonction de traitement LCD peut nécessiter quelques heures. Les cas plus graves de rétention d'image sont nommés images rémanentes
définitives, la fonction de traitement LCD ne permettra pas de les éliminer.
Réinitialise tous les paramètres OSD aux valeurs prédéfinies à l'usine.
Appuyez pour retourner au menu principal.
Personalize (Personnaliser) Le panneau avant à trois touches de raccourci. Sélectionnez un menu de commande pour chaque touche de raccourci pour permettre un accès directe.Message d'avertissement de l'OSD
Lorsque le moniteur ne prend pas en charge une résolution donnée, vous verrez le message en suivant :
ou
ou
ou
Cela signifie que le moniteur ne peut pas synchroniser le signal qu'il reçoit de l'ordinateur.
Consultez la Specifications du moniteur pour connaître les limites des fréquences horizontale et verticale adressables par ce moniteur. Nous recommandons le mode 2560 X 1440.
Lorsque le moniteur accède au mode Économie d'énergie, un des messages suivants apparaît :
ou Consultez la section Dépannage pour plus d'informations.
ou
Allumez l'ordinateur et activez l'écran pour avoir accès au menu OSD.
Si vous appuyez un bouton autre que le bouton d'alimentation, un des messages suivants apparaît selon l'entrée sélectionnée :
Entrée VGA/DVI-D/HDMI/DisplayPort
ou
ou
Entrée vidéo
ou
Si l'entrée VGA, DVI-D, HDMI ou DisplayPort est sélectionnée et si tous les câbles VGA, DVI-D, HDMI et DisplayPort ne sont pas connectés, une boîte de dialogue flottante comme
illustrée ci-dessous apparaît.
ou ou
ou
REMARQUE : Lorsque le câble est reconnecté à l'entrée du moniteur, toute fenêtre PBP active disparaîtra. Veuillez accéder au sous-menu PBP pour faire réapparaître la fenêtre PBP.
REMARQUE : Les fonctions PBP peuvent faire apparaître une image d’une autre source image. Vous pouvez ainsi regarder les images d’une source PC (D-sub, DVI ou DisplayPort) et d
(Composite, Composantes ou HDMI). Régler la résolution maximale
1. Faites un clic droit sur le bureau et sélectionnez Propriétés.
2. Sélectionnez l'onglet Paramètres.
3. Réglez la résolution de l'écran sur 2560 x 1440 (DVI et DisplayPort) ou 2048 x 1152 (VGA) ou 1080p (HDMI, Composantes).
4. Cliquez sur OK.
Si vous ne voyez pas l'option 2560 x 1440, vous avez peut-être besoin de mettre à jour votre pilote graphique. Selon votre ordinateur, menez à bien l'une des
procédures suivantes.
Si vous avez un ordinateur de bureau ou portable Dell :
¡ Allez sur support.dell.com, tapez votre numéro de service et téléchargez le dernier pilote pour votre carte graphique.
Si vous utilisez un ordinateur d'une marque autre que Dell (portable ou de bureau) :
¡ Allez zur le site d'assistance de votre ordinateur et téléchargez les derniers pilotes graphiques.
¡ Allez sur le site web de votre carte graphique et téléchargez les derniers pilotes graphiques.
Utilisation de la Soundbar Dell (Optional)
La Soundbar Dell est un système deux voies stéréo qui peut se monter sur les écran plans Dell. La barre son a un panneau de contrôle avant tactile capacitif,
une diode blanche pour l'indication d'alimentation et de deux prises de casque audio.
Utilisation de l'inclinaison et extension verticale (rotation)
REMARQUE : Pour le DVI, veuillez utiliser le câble DVI dual-link fourni avec votre écran pour une résolution maximale préconfigurée de 2560x1440.
1. Système de fixation
2. Sorties pour écouteurs
3. Voyant d'alimentation
4. Mise sous tension/Contrôle du volumeIncliner/Pivoter
Avec le piédestal intégré, vous pouvez incliner le moniteur pour l'angle d'affichage le plus confortable.
Amplitude de la hauteur
Le pied se déploie verticalement jusqu'à 90+5mm.
Retour à la page Table des matières
REMARQUE : Le pied est attaché lors de la livraison du moniteur depuis l'usine.Retour à la page Sommaire
Configuration de votre moniteur Moniteur couleur à écran plat Dell™ U2711
Instructions importantes pour définir la résolution d’affichage sur 2048x1152
(source d’entrée VGA)/2560x1440 (sources d’entrée DVI/Displayport) (Résolution maximale)
Pour obtenir des performances optimales avec les systèmes d'exploitation Microsoft Windows®, définissez la résolution 2048x1152/2560x1440 pixels en
procédant comme suit :
Dans Windows XP :
1. Cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le bureau, puis cliquez sur Propriétés.
2. Sélectionnez l'onglet Paramètres.
3. Déplacez le curseur vers la droite en appuyant sur le bouton gauche de la souris et en le maintenant enfoncé et sélectionnez la résolution d'écran 2048x1152/2560x1440.
4. Cliquez sur OK.
Dans Windows Vista® ou Windows 7 :
1. Cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le bureau et sélectionnez Personnalisation.
2. Cliquez sur Modifier les paramètres d'affichage.
3. Déplacez le curseur vers la droite en appuyant sur le bouton gauche de la souris et en le maintenant enfoncé et sélectionnez la résolution d'écran 2048x1152/2560x1440.
4. Cliquez sur OK.
Si l'option 2048x1152/2560x1440 n'apparaît pas, vous devez mettre à jour le pilote graphique. Ci-dessous, choisissez le scénario qui décrit le mieux
l'ordinateur que vous utilisez et suivez les instructions fournies :
1 : Si vous disposez d'un ordinateur de bureau ou d'un ordinateur portable Dell™ avec un accès Internet.
2 : Si vous ne disposez pas d'un ordinateur de bureau ou d'un ordinateur portable Dell™ ou d'une carte graphique.
Retour à la page SommaireMoniteur couleur à écran plat Dell™ U2711
Les informations contenues dans ce document peuvent être modifiées sans notification préalable. © 2009–2010 Dell™ Inc. Tous droits réservés.
Toute reproduction de ces documents strictement interdite, par quelque moyen que ce soit, sans autorisation écrite de Dell™ Inc.
Marques déposées utilisées dans ce texte : Dell et le logo DELL sont des marques de Dell Inc ; Microsoft et Windows sont des marques ou des marques déposées de Microsoft
Corporation aux États-Unis et/ou dans d'autres pays.
D'autres marques déposées et noms de sociétés peuvent être utilisés dans ce document pour faire référence au nom des sociétés les ayant déposés ou au nom de leurs
produits. Dell™ Inc. dément toute prétention de propriété à l'égard de marques et des noms de sociétés autres que les siens.
Modèle U2711b
Avril 2010 Rev. A01
Guide de l'utilisateur
Instructions importantes pour définir la résolution d’affichage sur 2048x1152 (source d’entrée VGA)/2560x1440 (sources d’entrée DVI/Displayport) (Résolution maximale)Retour à la Page Sommaire
Installer Votre Ecran
Guide de l'utilisateur pour moniteur à écran plat Dell™ U2711
Connecter Votre Ecran
Organisation des câbles
Fixation de la Soundbar au moniteur (En Option)
Connecter Votre Ecran
Pour connecter votre moniteur à l'ordinateur procédez comme suit :
l Éteignez votre ordinateur et débranchez le câble d'alimentation.
l Connectez le câble USB montant.
l Connectez le câble d'affichage blanc (DVI-D numérique), le câble d'affichage bleu (VGA numérique) ou le câble DisplayPort noir sur le port vidéo
correspondant à l'arrière de l'ordinateur. N'utilisez pas tous les câbles sur le même ordinateur. Utilisez tous les câbles seulement s'ils sont connectés à
deux ordinateurs différents avec les systèmes vidéo appropriés.
Connexion du câble DVI blanc et du câble USB montant
Connexion du câble VGA bleu et du câble USB montant
Connexion du câble DisplayPort noir et du câble USB montant
Après avoir terminé la connexion du câble DVI/VGA/DisplayPort, suivez la procédure ci-dessous pour terminer l'installation du moniteur :
l Connectez les câbles d'alimentation pour votre ordinateur et votre moniteur dans une prise proche.
l Allumez le moniteur et l'ordinateur.
ATTENTION : Avant de débuter quelque procédure que ce soit de cette section, suivez les consignes de sécurité.
REMARQUE : La connexion du câble USB montant active les ports USB et le lecteur de carte du moniteur pour qu’ils fonctionnent.
REMARQUE : Votre moniteur prend en charge deux ports DVI. Vous pouvez choisir la source d’entrée (DVI-D 1 ou DVI-D 2) via l’option de sélection de la source d
REMARQUE : Les images ne sont utilisées que dans des buts d'illustration. L'apparence de l'ordinateur peut varier.Si votre ordinateur affiche une image, l'installation est terminée. S'il n'affiche pas d'image, voir la section Dépannage des problèmes
l Utilisez le trou de gestion des câbles sur le pied du moniteur pour organiser les câbles.
Organisation des câbles
Après avoir branché tous les câbles nécessaires à votre moniteur et à votre ordinateur (voir Connexion de votre moniteur pour le branchement des câbles),
passez proprement les câbles dans le support de câbles comme indiqué ci-dessus.
Fixation de la Soundbar au moniteur
Retour à la Page Sommaire
REMARQUE : Si vous utilisez le câble DisplayPort comme entrée, changez la source d’entrée via l’option de sélection de la source d’entrée du menu OSD sur DisplayPort.
1. À l'arrière du moniteur, fixez la Soundbar en alignant les deux plots avec les deux bagues le long de la partie inférieure du moniteur.
2. Faites glisser la Soundbar vers la gauche jusqu'à ce qu'elle soit en place.
3. Raccordez la Soundbar avec le connecteur d'alimentation de courant continu (DC).
4. Insérez la mini prise stéréo verte sortant de la Soundbar dans la prise de sortie audio de votre ordinateur.
ATTENTION : Ne pas utiliser de périphérique autre que la Soundbar Dell.
REMARQUE : Connecteur d'alimentation de la Soundbar - La sortie 12V CC sert uniquement à la Soundbar optionnelle.Retour à la Page Sommaire
Dépannage
Guide de l'utilisateur pour moniteur à écran plat Dell™ U2711
Autotest
Diagnostics intégrés
Problèmes courants
Problèmes vidéo
Problèmes spécifiques au produit
Problèmes spécifiques à l'USB (Universal Serial Bus)
Dell™ Soundbar (en option) - Dépannage
Dépannage du lecteur de cartes
Autotest
Votre moniteur dispose d'une fonction de test automatique qui vous permet de vérifier si tout fonctionne correctement. Si votre moniteur et votre ordinateur
sont connectés correctement mais que le moniteur reste éteint, effectuez la procédure de test automatique du moniteur en respectant les étapes suivantes :
1. Éteignez votre ordinateur et votre moniteur.
2. Débranchez le câble vidéo à l'arrière de l'ordinateur. Pour garantir le bon fonctionnement du test automatique, débranchez les câbles analogiques
(connecteur bleu) à l'arrière de l'ordinateur.
3. Allumez le moniteur.
4. Cette boîte de dialogue apparaît également lors d'un fonctionnement système normal si le câble vidéo est déconnecté ou endommagé.
5. Éteignez votre moniteur et reconnectez le câble vidéo, puis allumez votre ordinateur et votre moniteur.
Si l'écran de votre moniteur reste vide après avoir effectué la procédure précédente, vérifiez votre contrôleur vidéo et l'ordinateur, parce que votre moniteur
fonctionne correctement.
Diagnostics intégrés
Votre moniteur a un outil de diagnostique intégré qui vous aide à déterminer si l'anormalité de l'écran que vous rencontrez est un problème inhérent à votre moniteur ou avec votre ordinateur et carte vidéo.
Pour exécuter les diagnostics intégrés :
1. Assurez-vous que l'écran est propre (pas de particules de poussière sur la surface de l'écran).
2. Débranchez le câble vidéo à l'arrière de l'ordinateur ou du moniteur. Le moniteur alors va dans le mode test automatique.
3. Sur le panneau avant, appuyez et maintenez enfoncé les touches Touche de raccourci 1 et Touche de raccourci 4 du panneau avant, simultanément
pendant 2 secondes. Un écran gris apparaît.
ATTENTION : Avant de commencer une quelconque procédure dans cette section, consultez les Consignes de sécurité.
La boîte de dialogue flottante à l'écran doit apparaitre dans le cas ou le moniteur ne peut pas détecter le signal vidéo mais il
fonctionne correctement. Pendant le mode de test automatique, la diode d'alimentation reste bleue. Suivant la source d'entrée
sélectionnée, une des boites de dialogue suivantes apparaît également.
ou
ou
REMARQUE : La vérification du test automatique n'est pas disponible pour les modes vidéo composite et composantes.
REMARQUE: Vous pouvez exécuter les diagnostics intégrés seulement lorsque le câble vidéo est débranché et le moniteur est en mode autotest.4. Examinez soigneusement l'écran pour des anomalies.
5. Appuyez de nouveau sur la touche Touche de raccourci 4 du panneau avant. La couleur de l'écran change à rouge.
6. Examinez l'écran pour des anomalies quelconques.
7. Répétez les étapes 5 et 6 pour inspecter l’affichage avec des écrans de couleur verte, bleue, noire et blanche.
Le test est terminé quand l'écran blanc apparaît. Pour quitter, appuyez de nouveau sur la touche Touche de raccourci 4.
Si vous ne détectez aucune anormalité de l'écran en utilisant l'outil de diagnostic intégré, le moniteur fonctionne normalement. Vérifiez la carte vidéo et
l'ordinateur.
Message d'avertissement de l'OSD
Pour les informations sur l'OSD, voir Message d'avertissement de l'OSD
Problèmes courants
Le tableau suivant contient des informations générales relatives aux problèmes courants du moniteur.
SYMPTÔMES COURANTS QUE SE PASSE-T-IL SOLUTIONS POSSIBLES
Pas de données vidéo/voyant d'alimentation éteint Pas d'image, moniteur « mort » l Vérifiez l'état de la connexion aux deux extrémités du câble vidéo.
l Vérifiez le bon fonctionnement de la prise de courant murale en utilisant d'autres
équipements électriques.
l Assurez-vous que le bouton d'alimentation est complètement enfoncé.
Pas de données vidéo/voyant d'alimentation éteint Pas d'image ni de luminosité l Augmentez les valeurs de luminosité et de contraste via le menu OSD.
l Effectuez la procédure de test automatique du moniteur.
l Recherchez d'éventuelles broches tordues ou endommagées sur le connecteur du
câble vidéo.
l S'assurer que la bonne source d'entrée est choisie via le bouton de Choix de
d'entrée.
l Exécutez le diagnostic intégré.
Mise au point mauvaise L'image est floue, trouble, voilée l Effectuez le réglage automatique via le menu OSD.
l Ajustez les valeurs de Phase et de Horloge pixel via le menu OSD.
l Supprimez les câbles d'extension vidéo.
l Réinitialisez le moniteur aux paramètres de l'usine.
l Diminuez la résolution vidéo au format correct (16:10).
Vidéo tremblante/vacillante Image comportant des vagues ou
un léger mouvement
l Effectuez le réglage automatique via le menu OSD.
l Ajustez les valeurs de Phase et de Horloge pixel via le menu OSD.
l Réinitialisez le moniteur aux paramètres de l'usine.
l Vérifiez l'environnement du moniteur.
l Déplacez le moniteur et vérifiez-le dans une autre pièce.
Absence de pixels L'écran LCD comporte des points
noirs
l Éteignez puis rallumez l'écran.
l Le pixels qui restent éteints en permanence sont un défaut naturel se produisant
dans la technologie LCD.
Pour plus d'informations sur la Qualité des moniteurs Dell et la Politique sur les pixels, voir le
site de Support de Dell à l'adresse : support.dell.com.
Pixels fixes L'écran LCD comporte des points
noirs
l Éteignez-le, puis rallumez-le
l Il s'agit de pixels qui restent allumés en permanence, c'est un défaut naturel se produisant dans la technologie LCD
Pour plus d'informations sur la Qualité des moniteurs Dell et la Politique sur les pixels, voir le
site de Support de Dell à l'adresse : support.dell.com.
Problèmes de luminosité Image trop terne ou trop
lumineuse
l Réinitialisez le moniteur aux paramètres de l'usine.
l Effectuez le réglage automatique via le menu OSD.
l Réglez les valeurs de luminosité et de contraste via le menu OSD.
Distorsion géométrique Image mal centrée l Réinitialisez le moniteur aux paramètres de l'usine.
l Effectuez le réglage automatique via le menu OSD.
l Réglez les valeurs de luminosité et de contraste via le menu OSD.
REMARQUE: Lors de l'utilisation de 'DVI-D', les réglages de la position ne sont pas
disponibles.
Lignes horizontales/verticales L'écran comporte une ou plusieurs
ligne(s)
l Réinitialisez le moniteur aux paramètres de l'usine.
l Effectuez le réglage automatique via le menu OSD.
l Ajustez les valeurs de Phase et de Horloge pixel via le menu OSD.
l Effectuez la procédure de test automatique du moniteur pour déterminer si l'écran
reste brouillé en mode de test automatique.
l Recherchez d'éventuelles broches tordues ou endommagées sur le connecteur du
câble vidéo.
REMARQUE: Lors de l'utilisation de 'DVI-D', les réglages du Horloge Pixel et Phase ne sont
pas disponibles.
Problèmes de synchronisation L'écran est brouillé ou semble
déchiré
l Réinitialisez le moniteur aux paramètres de l'usine.
l Effectuez le réglage automatique via le menu OSD.
l Ajustez les valeurs de Phase et de Horloge pixel via le menu OSD.
l Effectuez la procédure de test automatique du moniteur pour déterminer si l'écran
reste brouillé en mode de test automatique.
l Recherchez d'éventuelles broches tordues ou endommagées sur le connecteur du
câble vidéo.
l Redémarrez l'ordinateur en mode sans échec.
Problèmes relatifs à la sécurité Signes visibles de fumée ou
d'étincelles
l N'effectuez aucune procédure de dépannage.
l Contacter Dell immédiatement.
Problèmes intermittents Mauvais fonctionnement de la
commande marche/arrêt
l Vérifiez l'état de la connexion aux deux extrémités du câble vidéo.
l Réinitialisez le moniteur aux paramètres de l'usine.
l Effectuez la procédure de test automatique du moniteur pour déterminer si le
problème intermittent se produit en mode de test automatique.
Couleur absente Couleur absente de l'image l Effectuez la procédure de test automatique du moniteur.
l Vérifiez l'état de la connexion aux deux extrémités du câble vidéo.
l Recherchez d'éventuelles broches tordues ou endommagées sur le connecteur du
câble vidéo.
Mauvaise couleur La couleur de l'image est mauvaise l Sélectionnez Utilisateur pour régler la couleur
l Réglez les valeurs R/V/B en mode Utilisateur
Rémanence d'une image statique laissée sur le moniteur pendant une longue période de temps
Légère ombre de l'affichage
statique qui apparaît à l'écran
l Changez le Mode param. couleur dans le menu OSD Paramètres couleur sur Images
ou Vidéo selon l'application.
l Essayez différents paramètres prédéfinis de couleur dans le menu OSD Paramètres
couleur. Réglez la valeur R/V/B dans le menu OSD Paramètres couleur si la Gestion des
couleurs est désactivée.
l Changez le Format couleur en entrée sur PC RVB ou YPbPr dans le menu OSD
Paramètres avancés.
Rétention d'image (À partir d'une image statique) Une ombre faible à partir d'une
image statique apparaît sur l'écran
l Utiliser la fonctionnalité de gestion de l'alimentation pour éteindre le moniteur à tout moment quand vous ne l'utilisez pas (pour plus d'informations, voir
d'énergie).Problèmes vidéo
Problèmes spécifiques au produit
Problèmes spécifiques à l'USB (Universal Serial Bus)
l Vous pouvez également utiliser un écran de veille qui change dynamiquement.
Pas de Son Pas de son venant du lecteur audio
5.1 par le DP ou HDMI
l Assurez-vous que le câble audio qui connecte l’écran et le lecteur est correctement et
solidement connecté.
l Le DTS ou le Dolby 5.1 n’est pas supporté, veuillez régler la sortie audio de votre
lecteur audio sur PCM (Pulse-Code Modulation) si disponible.
SYMPTÔMES COURANTS QUE SE PASSE-T-IL SOLUTIONS POSSIBLES
Aucune vidéo Aucun témoin de signal n'est affiché l Contrôler la sélection d'entrée vidéo
¡ Composite : jack RCA de couleur jaune
¡ Component : Prises RCA colorées rouge, bleu, vert
Lecture DVD de faible qualité Image non nette et certaines distorsions d'image l Contrôle de la connexion DVD
¡ Le système Composite fournit de belles images
¡ Component : Prises RCA colorées rouge, bleu, vert
Vidéo clignotante La vidéo est clignotante ou discontinue l Contrôle de la connexion DVD
¡ Le système Composite fournit de belles images
¡ Component : Prises RCA colorées rouge, bleu, vert
l Vérifiez si le lecteur de DVD est conforme à HDCP
¡ Certains lecteurs non conforme peut afficher une vidéo clignotante et d'autres
afficheront un écran tramé.
Pas d’option de résolution maximale 2560x1440 en DVI ou DP
La résolution maximale obtenue via le DVI ou DP est
inférieure à 2560x1440 (par exemple, 1680x1050)
l L’appareil source doit être capable de fournir une résolution de 2560x1440
l Assurez-vous que le câble DVI qui connecte l’écran et l’ordinateur est un câble DVI
dual-link
l Il est recommandé d’utiliser le câble DVI dual-link fourni avec votre écran pour une
résolution maximale de 2560x1440
SYMPTÔMES SPÉCIFIQUES QUE SE PASSE-T-IL SOLUTIONS POSSIBLES
Image à l'écran est trop petite L'image est centrée à l'écran, mais elle n'occupe pas
complètement la zone d'affichage disponible
l Effectuer la réinitialisation du moniteur sur "Réinitialisation usine"
Impossible de régler le moniteur via
les boutons de la face avantl
L'OSD ne s'affiche pas à l'écran l Éteignez le moniteur et débranchez le câble d'alimentation, puis rebranchez le câble
et allumez de nouveau le moniteur
Le moniteur ne passe pas en mode
Economie d'énergie.
Pas d'image, la diode est bleue. Lors de l'appui sur
la touche « + », « - » ou « Menu », le message « Pas
de signal d'entrée composite » ou « Pas de signal
d'entrée composantes » apparaîtra.
l Déplacez la souris ou appuyez sur n'importe quelle touche du clavier ou de
l'ordinateur pour activer le lecteur vidéo, puis désactivez Audio et Vidéo dans l'OSD.
Pas de signal d'entrée lorsque les
touches de commandes ont été
utilisées.
Pas d'image, la diode est bleue. Lors de l'appui sur
la touche « + », « - » ou « Menu », le message « Pas
de signal d'entrée composite » ou « Pas de signal
d'entrée composantes » apparaîtra.
l Contrôlez la source de signal ; assurez-vous que l'ordinateur n'est pas en mode
Economie d'énergie en déplaçant la souris ou en appuyant sur n'importe quelle
touche du clavier.
l Vérifiez que la source vidéo à composite ou composantes est allumée et lit un média
vidéo.
l Vérifiez que le câble de signal est correctement branché. Rebranchez
nécessaire.
l Redémarrez l'ordinateur ou le lecteur vidéo.
L'image ne remplit pas l'écran. L'image n'est pas aussi longue ou aussi large que
l'écran.
l En raison des formats non standard des DVD, il est possible que le moniteur
n'affiche pas l'image en plein écran.
REMARQUE : Lors du choix de la vidéo DVI-D, DisplayPort, HDMI, Composite ou Composantes, la fonction Mise Au Point n'est pas disponible.
SYMPTÔMES SPECIFIQUES QUE SE PASSE-T-IL SOLUTIONS POSSIBLESDell™ Soundbar (en option) - Dépannage
Dépannage du lecteur de cartes
L'interface USB ne fonctionne pas Les périphériques USB ne fonctionnent pas l Contrôlez que votre moniteur est bien allumé.
l Reconnectez le câble allant à votre ordinateur.
l Reconnectez les périphériques USB (prises sortantes).
l Éteignez puis rallumez le moniteur encore une fois.
l Redémarrez l'ordinateur.
L'interface Haut Débit USB 2.0 est
lente.
Les périphériques Haut Débit USB 2.fonctionnent
lentement ou pas du tout.
l Contrôlez que votre ordinateur est compatible USB 2.0.
l Vérifiez votre source USB 2.0 de votre ordinateur.
l Reconnectez le câble allant à votre ordinateur.
l Reconnectez les périphériques USB (prises sortantes).
l Redémarrez l'ordinateur.
SYMPTÔMES COURANTS QUE SE PASSE-T-IL SOLUTIONS POSSIBLES
Non Son Pas de son La Soundbar est bien alimentée - Le voyant est
allumé.
l Branchez le câble d'entrée de ligne audio sur la prise de sortie audio de votre
ordinateur.
l Mettez tous les réglages de volume de Windows à leur maximum.
l Lisez du contenu audio sur l'ordinateur (p. ex. un CD audio ou un MP3)
l Augmentez le volume.
l Nettoyez et rebranchez la fiche audio.
l Testez la Soundbar en utilisant une autre source audio (comme un lecteur de CD
portable).
Son déformé La carte son de l'ordinateur est utilisée comme source audio. l Enlevez tout ce qui pourrait être entre la Soundbar et l'utilisateur.
l Vérifiez si la fiche audio est correctement branchée sur la carte son.
l Mettez tous les volumes de Windows à la moitié.
l Diminuez le volume de l'application audio.
l Diminuez le volume.
l Nettoyez et rebranchez la fiche audio.
l Résolvez les éventuels problèmes de carte son sur l'ordinateur.
l Testez la Soundbar en utilisant une autre source audio (comme un lecteur de CD
portable).
Son déformé Une autre source audio est utilisée. l Enlevez tout ce qui pourrait être entre la Soundbar et l'utilisateur.
l Vérifiez si la fiche audio est correctement branchée sur la carte son.
l Diminuez le volume de la source audio.
l Diminuez le volume.
l Nettoyez et rebranchez la fiche audio.
Sortie de son non-
équilibrée
Le son sort d'un seul côté de la Soundbar l Enlevez tout ce qui pourrait être entre la Soundbar et l'utilisateur.
l Vérifiez si la fiche audio est correctement branchée sur la carte son ou toute autre
source audio.
l Mettez tous les réglages de balance (D-G) de Windows à la moitié.
l Nettoyez et rebranchez la fiche audio.
l Résolvez les éventuels problèmes de carte son sur l'ordinateur.
l Testez la Soundbar en utilisant une autre source audio (comme un lecteur de CD
portable).
Volume faible Le niveau sonore est trop faible. l Enlevez tout ce qui pourrait être entre la Soundbar et l'utilisateur.
l Montez le volume à son niveau maximum.
l Mettez tous les réglages de volume de Windows à leur maximum.
l Augmentez le volume de votre application.
l Testez la Soundbar en utilisant une autre source audio (comme un lecteur de CD
portable).
AVIS : Ne retirez pas le périphérique pendant la lecture ou l'écriture sur le média. Ceci pourrait causer des pertes de données ou un
dysfonctionnement du média.
Problème Cause Solution
La lettre du lecteur n'est pas
assignée
(Windows® XP seulement)
Conflit avec une lettre du réseau.
A. Cliquez à droite sur Poste de travail sur le Bureau, ensuite cliquez
réseau. Sous gestion de l'ordinateur, cliquez Gestion des lecteurs
B. Dans la liste des lecteurs sur le panneau de droite, cliquez à droite sur
amovible et ensuite cliquez Changer la lettre du lecteur et le chemin
C. Cliquez Change, et dans la boîte de dialogue, spécifiez une lettre pour le
amovible en choisissant une lettre qui n'est pas déjà utilisé pour un autre lecteur.
D. Cliquez OK et ensuite cliquez OK encore. Retour à la Page Sommaire
Une lettre pour le lecteur est
assignée mais la carte de mémoire
n'est pas accessible
La carte de mémoire à besoin d'être formaté Dans Windows® explorer, cliquez à droite sur le lecteur et choisissez
qui apparaît.
La carte de mémoire a été éjectée
pendant l'écriture ou la lecture.
Affiche le message d'erreur « Erreur de copie de
fichier ou dossier »
Affiche le message d'erreur « Impossible d'écrire le
dossier (nom de dossier) ou fichier (nom de fichier) »
pendant l'écriture ou « Impossible de supprimer le
dossier (nom de dossier) ou fichier (nom de fichier) »
Pendant l'effacement, vous ne pouvez pas écrire ou
effacer dans le même nom de dossier ou de fichier.
Réinsérez le média et écrivez ou effacez de nouveau.
Formatez le média pour écrire ou effacer le même nom de dossier ou de fichier.
Malgré la disparition de la fenêtre
contextuelle, la carte de mémoire a
été éjectée pendant que l'indicateur
LED clignotait.
Même si la fenêtre contextuelle disparaît pendant
l'écriture, si vous enlevez la carte pendant que
l'indicateur LED clignote encore, l'écriture sur la carte
ne peut pas être complété
Formatez le média pour écrire ou effacer le même nom de dossier ou de fichier.
Impossible d'écrire ou de formater la
carte de mémoire.
Le bouton de protection d'écriture est engagé. Vérifiez que la protection en écriture du média est déverrouillée.
Dell™ Dimension™ 5100 Service Manual
Before You Begin
Removing the Computer Cover
About Your Dell™ Dimension™ 5100 Computer
Advanced Troubleshooting
Removing and Installing Parts
Replacing the Computer Cover
Specifications
Technical Overview
System Setup
Notes, Notices, and Cautions
If you purchased a Dell™ n Series computer, any references in this document to Microsoft® Windows® operating systems are not applicable.
Information in this document is subject to change without notice. © 2005 Dell Inc. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc. is strictly forbidden.
Trademarks used in this text: Dell, the DELL logo, and Dimension are trademarks of Dell Inc.; Intel and Pentium are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation; Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Dell Inc. disclaims any
proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than its own.
Model DCSM
October 2005 Rev. A01
NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer.
NOTICE: A NOTICE indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem.
CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death.Back to Contents Page
About Your Dell™ Dimension™ 5100 Computer
Dell™ Dimension™ 5100 Service Manual
Front View of the Computer
Back View of the Computer
Front View of the Computer
1 cover latch
release
Use this latch to remove the computer cover.
2 location of
Service Tag
Use the Service Tag to identify your computer when you access the Dell
Support website or call technical support.
3 CD or DVD
eject button
Press to eject a disk from the CD or DVD drive.
4 CD or DVD
activity light
The drive light is on when the computer reads data from the CD or DVD
drive.
5 FlexBay Can contain an optional floppy drive or optional Media Card Reader. For more information about the Media Card Reader, see your computer Owner's Manual.
6 microphone
connector
Use the microphone connector to attach a personal computer microphone
for voice or musical input into a sound or telephony program.
On computers with a sound card, the microphone connector is on the
card.
7 headphone
connector
Use the headphone connector to attach headphones.
8 diagnostic
lights (4)
Use the lights to help you troubleshoot a computer problem based on the
diagnostic code. For more information, see "Diagnostic Lights."
9 hard-drive
activity light
The hard drive activity light is on when the computer reads data from or writes data to the hard drive. The light might also be on when a device
such as a CD player is operating.
10 power
button,
power light
Press the power button to turn on the computer. The power light in the
center of this button indicates the power state. See "Specifications" for more information.
NOTICE: To avoid losing data, do not use the power button to turn off
the computer. Instead, perform an operating system shutdown.
11 USB 2.0
connectors
(2)
Use the front USB connectors for devices that you connect occasionally,
such as joysticks or cameras. It is recommended that you use the back USB connectors for devices that typically remain connected, such as
printers, keyboards, and mice, or for bootable USB devices, which may
not function properly if attached to the front connectors.
12 vents For adequate cooling, do not block any of the vents.
NOTICE: Ensure that there is a minimum of two inches of space between
all vents and any object near these vents.Back View of the Computer
NOTICE: Do not lift or carry the computer by the vents to avoid damage
to the computer.
NOTICE: Keep the vent area clean and dust-free to ensure that the
computer is adequately ventilated. Use only a dry cloth to clean the vent
area to avoid water damage to the computer.
1 voltage selection switch (may not be available on all computers) See the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide for more information.
2 power connector Insert the power cable.
3 back panel connectors Plug USB, audio, and other devices into the appropriate connector.
4 card slots Access connectors for any installed PCI and PCI Express cards.
1 link integrity light l Green — A good connection exists between a 10-Mbps
network and the computer.
l Orange — A good connection exists between a 100-Mbps
network and the computer.
l Off — The computer is not detecting a physical connection
to the network.
2 network adapter
connector
To attach your computer to a network or broadband device,
connect one end of a network cable to either a network jack or
your network or broadband device. Connect the other end of the
network cable to the network adapter connector on the back
panel of your computer. A click indicates that the network cable
has been securely attached.
NOTE: Do not plug a telephone cable into the network connector.
On computers with a network connector card, use the connector
on the card.
It is recommended that you use Category 5 wiring and connectors
for your network. If you must use Category 3 wiring, force the
network speed to 10 Mbps to ensure reliable operation.
3 network activity light Flashes a yellow light when the computer is transmitting or
receiving network data. A high volume of network traffic may make
this light appear to be in a steady "on" state.Back to Contents Page
4 surround connector Use the black surround connector to attach multichannel-capable
speakers.
5 line-in connector Use the blue line-in connector to attach a record/playback device
such as a cassette player, CD player, or VCR.
On computers with a sound card, use the connector on the card.
6 line-out connector Use the green line-out connector (available on computers with
integrated sound) to attach headphones and most speakers with
integrated amplifiers.
On computers with a sound card, use the connector on the card.
7 micro-phone/side
surround connector
Use the pink and silver connector to attach a personal computer microphone for voice or musical input into a sound or telephony
program.
On computers with a sound card, the microphone connector is on
the card.
The side-surround output provides enhanced surround audio for
computers with 7.1 speakers.
8 center/subwoofer
connector
Use the yellow connector to attach a speaker to a Low Frequency
Effects (LFE) audio channel.
9 VGA video connector If your monitor has a VGA connector, plug it into the VGA
connector on the computer.
10 USB 2.0 connectors
(5)
Use the back USB connectors for devices that typically remain
connected, such as printers, keyboards, and mice, or for bootable USB devices which may not function properly if attached to the
front connectors (see "System Setup" for more information on
booting to a USB device)
It is recommended that you use the front USB connectors for
devices that you connect occasionally, such as joysticks or
cameras.Back to Contents Page
About Your Dell™ Dimension™ 5100 Computer
Dell™ Dimension™ 5100 Service Manual
Front View of the Computer
Back View of the Computer
Front View of the Computer
1 cover latch
release
Use this latch to remove the computer cover.
2 location of
Service Tag
Use the Service Tag to identify your computer when you access the Dell Support website or call technical support.
3 CD or DVD eject
button
Press to eject a disk from the CD or DVD drive.
4 CD or DVD
activity light
The drive light is on when the computer reads data from the CD or DVD drive.
5 FlexBay Can contain an optional floppy drive or optional Media Card Reader. For more information about the Media Card Reader, see your
computer Owner's Manual.
6 microphone
connector
Use the microphone connector to attach a personal computer microphone for voice or musical input into a sound or telephony program.
On computers with a sound card, the microphone connector is on the card.
7 headphone
connector
Use the headphone connector to attach headphones.
8 diagnostic
lights (4)
Use the lights to help you troubleshoot a computer problem based on the diagnostic code. For more information, see "Diagnostic
Lights."
9 hard-drive
activity light
The hard drive activity light is on when the computer reads data from or writes data to the hard drive. The light might also be on when
a device such as a CD player is operating.
10 power button,
power light
Press the power button to turn on the computer. The power light in the center of this button indicates the power state. See
"Specifications" for more information.
NOTICE: To avoid losing data, do not use the power button to turn off the computer. Instead, perform an operating system
shutdown.
11 USB 2.0
connectors (2)
Use the front USB connectors for devices that you connect occasionally, such as joysticks or cameras. It is recommended that you use
the back USB connectors for devices that typically remain connected, such as printers, keyboards, and mice, or for bootable USB
devices, which may not function properly if attached to the front connectors.
12 vents For adequate cooling, do not block any of the vents.
NOTICE: Ensure that there is a minimum of two inches of space between all vents and any object near these vents.
NOTICE: Do not lift or carry the computer by the vents to avoid damage to the computer.Back View of the Computer
NOTICE: Keep the vent area clean and dust-free to ensure that the computer is adequately ventilated. Use only a dry cloth to
clean the vent area to avoid water damage to the computer.
1 voltage selection switch (may not be available on all computers) See the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide for more information.
2 power connector Insert the power cable.
3 back panel connectors Plug USB, audio, and other devices into the appropriate connector.
4 card slots Access connectors for any installed PCI and PCI Express cards.
1 link integrity light l Green — A good connection exists between a 10-Mbps network and the computer.
l Orange — A good connection exists between a 100-Mbps network and the computer.
l Off — The computer is not detecting a physical connection to the network.
2 network adapter
connector
To attach your computer to a network or broadband device, connect one end of a network cable to either a network jack or
your network or broadband device. Connect the other end of the network cable to the network adapter connector on the back
panel of your computer. A click indicates that the network cable has been securely attached.
NOTE: Do not plug a telephone cable into the network connector.
On computers with a network connector card, use the connector on the card.
It is recommended that you use Category 5 wiring and connectors for your network. If you must use Category 3 wiring, force
the network speed to 10 Mbps to ensure reliable operation.
3 network activity light Flashes a yellow light when the computer is transmitting or receiving network data. A high volume of network traffic may make
this light appear to be in a steady "on" state.
4 surround connector Use the black surround connector to attach multichannel-capable speakers.
5 line-in connector Use the blue line-in connector to attach a record/playback device such as a cassette player, CD player, or VCR.
On computers with a sound card, use the connector on the card.
6 line-out connector Use the green line-out connector (available on computers with integrated sound) to attach headphones and most speakers with integrated amplifiers.
On computers with a sound card, use the connector on the card.
7 micro-phone/side
surround connector
Use the pink and silver connector to attach a personal computer microphone for voice or musical input into a sound or
telephony program.
On computers with a sound card, the microphone connector is on the card.Back to Contents Page
The side-surround output provides enhanced surround audio for computers with 7.1 speakers.
8 center/subwoofer
connector
Use the yellow connector to attach a speaker to a Low Frequency Effects (LFE) audio channel.
9 VGA video connector If your monitor has a VGA connector, plug it into the VGA connector on the computer.
10 USB 2.0 connectors (5) Use the back USB connectors for devices that typically remain connected, such as printers, keyboards, and mice, or for
bootable USB devices which may not function properly if attached to the front connectors (see "System Setup" for more
information on booting to a USB device)
It is recommended that you use the front USB connectors for devices that you connect occasionally, such as joysticks or
cameras.Back to Contents Page
Before You Begin
Dell™ Dimension™ 5100 Service Manual
Getting Started
Recommended Tools
Turning Off Your Computer
Before Working Inside Your Computer
Getting Started
This section provides procedures for removing and installing the components in your computer. Unless otherwise noted, each procedure assumes that the
following conditions exist:
l You have performed the steps in "Turning Off Your Computer" and "Before Working Inside Your Computer."
l You have read the safety information in your Dell™ Product Information Guide.
l A component can be replaced by performing the removal procedure in reverse order.
Recommended Tools
The procedures in this document may require the following tools:
l Small flat-blade screwdriver
l Phillips screwdriver
l Flash BIOS update program floppy disk or CD
Turning Off Your Computer
1. Shut down the operating system:
a. Save and close any open files, exit any open programs, click the Start button, and then click Turn Off Computer.
b. In the Turn off computer window, click Turn off.
The computer turns off after the operating system shutdown process finishes.
2. Ensure that the computer and any attached devices are turned off. If your computer and attached devices did not automatically turn off when you shut
down your operating system, press and hold the power button for 4 seconds.
Before Working Inside Your Computer
Use the following safety guidelines to help protect your computer from potential damage and to help ensure your own personal safety.
1. Turn off your computer.
NOTICE: To avoid losing data, save and close any open files and exit any open programs before you turn off your computer.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
CAUTION: Handle components and cards with care. Do not touch the components or contacts on a card. Hold a card by its edges or by its metal mounting bracket. Hold a component such as a processor by its edges, not by its pins.
NOTICE: Only a certified service technician should perform repairs on your computer. Damage due to servicing that is not authorized by Dell is not
covered by your warranty.
NOTICE: When you disconnect a cable, pull on its connector or on its strain-relief loop, not on the cable itself. Some cables have a connector with
locking tabs; if you are disconnecting this type of cable, press in on the locking tabs before you disconnect the cable. As you pull connectors apart, keep
them evenly aligned to avoid bending any connector pins. Also, before you connect a cable, ensure that both connectors are correctly oriented and
aligned.
NOTICE: To avoid damaging the computer, perform the following steps before you begin working inside the computer.
NOTICE: To disconnect a network cable, first unplug the cable from your computer and then unplug it from the network port or device.2. Disconnect any telephone or telecommunication lines from the computer.
3. Disconnect your computer and all attached devices from their electrical outlets, and then press the power button to ground the system board.
4. Remove the computer cover.
Back to Contents Page
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before opening the cover.
NOTICE: Before touching anything inside your computer, ground yourself by touching an unpainted metal surface, such as the metal at the back of the
computer. While you work, periodically touch an unpainted metal surface to dissipate any static electricity that could harm internal components.Back to Contents Page
Before You Begin
Dell™ Dimension™ 5100 Service Manual
Getting Started
Recommended Tools
Turning Off Your Computer
Before Working Inside Your Computer
Getting Started
This section provides procedures for removing and installing the components in your computer. Unless otherwise noted, each procedure assumes that the
following conditions exist:
l You have performed the steps in "Turning Off Your Computer" and "Before Working Inside Your Computer."
l You have read the safety information in your Dell™ Product Information Guide.
l A component can be replaced by performing the removal procedure in reverse order.
Recommended Tools
The procedures in this document may require the following tools:
l Small flat-blade screwdriver
l Phillips screwdriver
l Flash BIOS update program floppy disk or CD
Turning Off Your Computer
1. Shut down the operating system:
a. Save and close any open files, exit any open programs, click the Start button, and then click Turn Off Computer.
b. In the Turn off computer window, click Turn off.
The computer turns off after the operating system shutdown process finishes.
2. Ensure that the computer and any attached devices are turned off. If your computer and attached devices did not automatically turn off when you shut
down your operating system, press and hold the power button for 4 seconds.
Before Working Inside Your Computer
Use the following safety guidelines to help protect your computer from potential damage and to help ensure your own personal safety.
1. Turn off your computer.
NOTICE: To avoid losing data, save and close any open files and exit any open programs before you turn off your computer.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
CAUTION: Handle components and cards with care. Do not touch the components or contacts on a card. Hold a card by its edges or by its metal mounting bracket. Hold a component such as a processor by its edges, not by its pins.
NOTICE: Only a certified service technician should perform repairs on your computer. Damage due to servicing that is not authorized by Dell is not
covered by your warranty.
NOTICE: When you disconnect a cable, pull on its connector or on its strain-relief loop, not on the cable itself. Some cables have a connector with
locking tabs; if you are disconnecting this type of cable, press in on the locking tabs before you disconnect the cable. As you pull connectors apart, keep
them evenly aligned to avoid bending any connector pins. Also, before you connect a cable, ensure that both connectors are correctly oriented and
aligned.
NOTICE: To avoid damaging the computer, perform the following steps before you begin working inside the computer.
NOTICE: To disconnect a network cable, first unplug the cable from your computer and then unplug it from the network port or device.2. Disconnect any telephone or telecommunication lines from the computer.
3. Disconnect your computer and all attached devices from their electrical outlets, and then press the power button to ground the system board.
4. Remove the computer cover.
Back to Contents Page
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before opening the cover.
NOTICE: Before touching anything inside your computer, ground yourself by touching an unpainted metal surface, such as the metal at the back of the
computer. While you work, periodically touch an unpainted metal surface to dissipate any static electricity that could harm internal components.Back to Contents Page
Replacing the Computer Cover
Dell™ Dimension™ 5100 Service Manual
1. Ensure that all cables are connected, and fold cables out of the way.
2. Ensure that no tools or extra parts are left inside the computer.
3. Align the bottom of the cover with the tabs located along the bottom edge of the computer.
4. Using the tabs as leverage, rotate the cover downward and press down to close it.
5. Ensure that the cover is seated correctly before moving it to the upright position.
6. Connect your computer and devices to electrical outlets, and turn them on.
Back to Contents Page
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network port or device and then plug it into the computer.Back to Contents Page
Replacing the Computer Cover
Dell™ Dimension™ 5100 Service Manual
1. Ensure that all cables are connected, and fold cables out of the way.
2. Ensure that no tools or extra parts are left inside the computer.
3. Align the bottom of the cover with the tabs located along the bottom edge of the computer.
4. Using the tabs as leverage, rotate the cover downward and press down to close it.
5. Ensure that the cover is seated correctly before moving it to the upright position.
6. Connect your computer and devices to electrical outlets, and turn them on.
Back to Contents Page
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network port or device and then plug it into the computer.Back to Contents Page
Removing the Computer Cover
Dell™ Dimension™ 5100 Service Manual
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Lay your computer on its side with the computer cover facing up.
3. Pull back the cover latch release located on the top panel.
Back to Contents Page
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before removing the cover.
NOTICE: Ensure that sufficient space exists to support the removed cover—at least 30 cm (1 ft) of desk top space.
NOTICE: Ensure that you are working on a level, protected surface to avoid scratching either the computer or the surface on which it is resting.Back to Contents Page
Removing the Computer Cover
Dell™ Dimension™ 5100 Service Manual
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Lay your computer on its side with the computer cover facing up.
3. Pull back the cover latch release located on the top panel.
Back to Contents Page
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before removing the cover.
NOTICE: Ensure that sufficient space exists to support the removed cover—at least 30 cm (1 ft) of desk top space.
NOTICE: Ensure that you are working on a level, protected surface to avoid scratching either the computer or the surface on which it is resting.Back to Contents Page
Removing and Installing Parts
Dell™ Dimension™ 5100 Service Manual
Memory
You can increase your computer memory by installing memory modules on the system board.
Your computer supports DDR2 memory. For additional information on the type of memory supported by your computer, see your Owner's Manual.
DDR2 Memory Overview
DDR2 memory modules should be installed in pairs of matched memory size, speed, and technology. If the DDR2 memory modules are not installed in matched
pairs, the computer will continue to operate, but with a slight reduction in performance. See the label on the module to determine the module's capacity.
The recommended memory configurations are:
¡ A pair of matched memory modules installed in DIMM connectors 1 and 2
or
¡ A pair of matched memory modules installed in DIMM connectors 1 and 2 and another matched pair installed in DIMM connectors 3 and 4
l If you install mixed pairs of DDR2 400-MHz (PC2-3200) and DDR2 533-MHz (PC2-4300) memory, the modules function at the slowest speed installed.
l Be sure to install a single memory module in DIMM connector 1, the connector closest to the processor, before you install modules in the other
connectors.
Memory CD/DVD Drive
Cards Heat-Sink Assembly
Drive Panel Processor
Front Panel Fan Assembly
Drives Front I/O Panel
Hard Drive System Board
Floppy Drive Power Supply
Media Card Reader (Optional)
NOTE: Always install DDR2 memory modules in the order indicated on the system board.
NOTICE: Do not install ECC or buffered memory modules. Only unbuffered, non-ECC memory is supported.
NOTE: If you install DDR2 667-MHz memory, the speed is reduced to 533 MHz.
NOTE: Memory purchased from Dell is covered under your computer warranty.Addressing Memory With 4-GB Configurations
Your computer supports a maximum of 4 GB of memory when you use four 1-GB DIMMs. Current operating systems, such as Microsoft® Windows® XP, can
only use a maximum of 4 GB of address space; however, the amount of memory available to the operating system is less than 4 GB. Certain components within the computer require address space in the 4-GB range. Any address space reserved for these components cannot be used by computer memory.
Removing Memory
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Press out the securing clip at each end of the memory module connector.
4. Grasp the module and pull up.
If the module is difficult to remove, gently ease the module back and forth to remove it from the connector.
Installing Memory
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Press out the securing clip at each end of the memory module connector.
4. Align the notch on the bottom of the module with the crossbar in the connector.
NOTICE: If you remove your original memory modules from the computer during a memory upgrade, keep them separate from any new modules that
you may have, even if you purchased the new modules from Dell. If possible, do not pair an original memory module with a new memory module. Otherwise, your computer may not start properly. You should install your original memory modules in pairs either in DIMM connectors 1 and 2 or DIMM
connectors 3 and 4.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer chassis.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer chassis.
1 memory connector closest to processor
2 securing clips (2)
3 memory connector5. Insert the module into the connector until the module snaps into position.
If you insert the module correctly, the securing clips snap into the cutouts at each end of the module.
6. Replace the computer cover.
7. Connect your computer and devices to electrical outlets, and turn them on.
8. When a message appears, stating that memory size has changed, press to continue.
9. Log on to your computer.
10. Right-click the My Computer icon on your Microsoft® Windows® desktop and click Properties.
11. Click the General tab.
12. To verify that the memory is installed correctly, check the amount of memory (RAM) listed.
Cards
Your Dell™ computer provides the following slots for PCI and PCI Express cards:
l Two PCI card slots
l One PCI Express x16 card slot
l One PCI Express x1 card slot
PCI Cards
Your computer supports two PCI cards.
1 notch
2 memory module
3 cutouts (2)
4 crossbar
NOTICE: To avoid damage to the memory module, press the module straight down into the connector while you apply equal force to each end of the module.
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network port or device and then plug it into the computer.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer chassis.If you are installing or replacing a card, follow the procedures in the next section. If you are removing but not replacing a PCI card, see "Removing a PCI Card."
If you are replacing a card, remove the current driver for the card from the operating system.
If you are installing or replacing a PCI Express card, see "Installing a PCI Express Card."
Installing a PCI Card
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Gently push the release tab on the card retention door from the inside to pivot the door open. Because the door is captive, it will remain in the open
position.
4. If you are installing a new card, remove the filler bracket to create a card-slot opening. Then continue with step 6.
5. If you are replacing a card that is already installed in the computer, remove the card.
If necessary, disconnect any cables connected to the card. Grasp the card by its top corners, and ease it out of its connector.
6. Prepare the card for installation.
See the documentation that came with the card for information on configuring the card, making internal connections, or otherwise customizing it for your
computer.
7. Place the card in the connector and press down firmly. Ensure that the card is fully seated in the slot.
1 release tab
2 card retention door
CAUTION: Some network adapters automatically start the computer when they are connected to a network. To guard against electrical shock, be
sure to unplug your computer from its electrical outlet before installing any cards.8. Before you close the card retention door, ensure that:
l The tops of all cards and filler brackets are flush with the alignment bar.
l The notch in the top of the card or filler bracket fits around the alignment guide.
9. Close the card retention door by snapping it into place to secure the card(s).
10. Connect any cables that should be attached to the card.
See the documentation for the card for information about the card's cable connections.
11. Replace the computer cover, reconnect the computer and devices to electrical outlets, and then turn them on.
12. If you installed a sound card:
a. Enter system setup, select Audio Controller, and then change the setting to Off.
b. Connect external audio devices to the sound card's connectors. Do not connect external audio devices to the microphone, speaker/headphone,
or line-in connectors on the back panel.
13. If you installed an add-in network adapter and want to disable the integrated network adapter:
1 bracket within slot 4 alignment guide
2 bracket caught outside of slot 5 fully seated card
3 alignment bar 6 not fully seated card
1 alignment guide 3 release tab
2 alignment bar 4 card retention door
NOTICE: Do not route card cables over or behind the cards. Cables routed over the cards can prevent the computer cover from closing properly or
cause damage to the equipment.
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network port or device and then plug it into the computer.a. Enter system setup, select Integrated NIC, and then change the setting to Off.
b. Connect the network cable to the add-in network adapter's connectors. Do not connect the network cable to the integrated connector on the
back panel.
14. Install any drivers required for the card as described in the card documentation.
Removing a PCI Card
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Gently push the release tab on the card retention door from the inside to pivot the door open. Because the door is captive, it will remain in the open
position.
4. If you are removing the card permanently, install a filler bracket in the empty card-slot opening.
If you need a filler bracket, contact Dell (see your Owner's Manual for information about how to contact Dell).
5. Close the card retention door by snapping it into place to secure the card(s).
6. Replace the computer cover, reconnect the computer and devices to electrical outlets, and then turn them on.
7. Remove the card's driver from the operating system.
8. If you removed a sound card:
a. Enter system setup, select Audio Controller, and then change the setting to On.
b. Connect external audio devices to the audio connectors on the back panel of the computer.
9. If you removed an add-in network connector:
a. Enter system setup, select Integrated NIC, and then change the setting to On.
b. Connect the network cable to the integrated connector on the back panel of the computer.
PCI Express Cards
Your computer supports one PCI Express x16 card and one PCI Express x1 card.
If you are installing or replacing a PCI Express card, follow the procedures in the next section. If you are removing but not replacing a card, see "Removing a
PCI Express Card."
If you are replacing a card, remove the current driver for the card from the operating system.
If you are installing or replacing a PCI card, see "Installing a PCI Card."
Installing a PCI Express Card
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
NOTE: Installing filler brackets over empty card-slot openings is necessary to maintain FCC certification of the computer. The brackets also keep dust
and dirt out of your computer.
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network port or device and then plug it into the computer.3. Gently push the release tab on the card retention door from the inside to pivot the door open. Because the door is captive, it will remain in the open
position.
4. If your computer includes a card retention mechanism, to secure the x16 card in place from the top:
a. Pivot the mechanism upward and gently squeeze in on the sides to release the mechanism from the two tab slots holding it in place.
b. Set the retention mechanism aside in a secure location.
5. If you are installing a new card, remove the filler bracket to create a card-slot opening. Then continue with step 6.
6. If you are replacing a card that is already installed in the computer, remove the card.
If necessary, disconnect any cables connected to the card. If your computer includes a card retention mechanism, remove the top of the retention mechanism by pressing the tab and pulling up on the top. Gently pull the securing tab, grasp the card by its top corners, and then ease it out of its
connector.
7. Prepare the card for installation.
See the documentation that came with the card for information on configuring the card, making internal connections, or otherwise customizing it for your
computer.
8. If you are installing the card into the x16 card connector, position the card so the securing slot is aligned with the securing tab, and gently pull the
securing tab.
9. Place the card in the connector and press down firmly. Ensure that the card is fully seated in the slot.
1 card retention door
2 card retention mechanism
3 release tabs (2)
1 securing tab 4 PCI Express x16 card slot
2 PCI Express x1 card 5 PCI Express x16 card
3 PCI Express x1 card slot
CAUTION: Some network adapters automatically start the computer when they are connected to a network. To guard against electrical shock, be
sure to unplug your computer from its electrical outlet before installing any cards.
NOTICE: Ensure that you release the securing tab to unseat the card. If the card is not removed correctly, the system board may be damaged.10. If you replaced a card that was already installed in the computer and you removed the retention mechanism, you may reinstall the retention mechanism.
11. Before replacing the card retention mechanism, ensure that:
l The tops of all cards and filler brackets are flush with the alignment bar.
l The notch in the top of the card or filler bracket fits around the alignment guide.
12. Snap the card retention mechanism into place, securing the x16 PCI card.
13. Replace the computer cover, reconnect the computer and devices to electrical outlets, and then turn them on.
14. If you installed a sound card:
a. Enter system setup, select Audio Controller, and then change the setting to Off.
b. Connect external audio devices to the sound card's connectors. Do not connect external audio devices to the microphone, speaker/headphone,
or line-in connectors on the back panel.
15. If you installed an add-in network adapter and want to disable the integrated network adapter:
a. Enter system setup, select Integrated NIC, and then change the setting to Off.
b. Connect the network cable to the add-in network adapter's connectors. Do not connect the network cable to the integrated connector on the
back panel.
16. Install any drivers required for the card as described in the card documentation.
1 bracket within slot 4 alignment guide
2 bracket caught outside of slot 5 fully seated card
3 alignment bar 6 not fully seated card
1 card retention door
2 card retention mechanism
3 release tabs (2)
NOTICE: Do not route card cables over or behind the cards. Cables routed over the cards can prevent the computer cover from closing properly or
cause damage to the equipment.
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network port or device and then plug it into the computer.Removing a PCI Express Card
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Gently push the release tab on the card retention door from the inside to pivot the door open. Because the door is captive, it will remain in the open
position.
4. If your computer includes a card retention mechanism, to secure the x16 card in place from the top:
a. Pivot the mechanism upward and gently squeeze in on the sides to release the mechanism from the two tab slots holding it in place.
b. Set the retention mechanism aside in a secure location.
5. If you are removing the card permanently, install a filler bracket in the empty card-slot opening.
If you need a filler bracket, contact Dell (see your Owner's Manual for information about how to contact Dell).
6. Reseat the card retention mechanism in the tabs and pivot downward to snap it into place.
7. Close the card retention door to snap it into place, securing the card(s).
8. Replace the computer cover, reconnect the computer and devices to electrical outlets, and then turn them on.
9. Remove the card's driver from the operating system.
10. If you removed a sound card:
a. Enter system setup, select Audio Controller, and then change the setting to On.
b. Connect external audio devices to the audio connectors on the back panel of the computer.
11. If you removed an add-in network connector:
a. Enter system setup, select Integrated NIC, and then change the setting to On.
b. Connect the network cable to the integrated connector on the back panel of the computer.
12. Install any drivers required for the card as described in the card documentation.
Drive Panel
Removing the Drive Panel
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
NOTE: Installing filler brackets over empty card-slot openings is necessary to maintain FCC certification of the computer. The brackets also keep dust
and dirt out of your computer.
NOTE: When you install a filler bracket, ensure that the bracket is seated correctly.
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network port or device and then plug it into the computer.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before removing the cover.3. Grasping the sliding plate lever, slide and hold the sliding plate until the drive panel snaps open.
4. Pivot the drive panel outward and lift away from the computer.
5. Set the drive panel aside in a secure location.
Removing the Drive-Panel Insert
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Remove the drive panel.
1. Turn the drive panel sideways and find the tip of the drive-panel insert tab that latches over a tab on the right side of the drive panel.
2. Pull the inner tip of the drive-panel insert tab away from the drive panel.
1 sliding plate lever 3 drive panel
2 sliding plate 4 front panel
NOTE: The sliding plate secures and releases the drive panel and helps to secure the drives.
1 drive-panel insert tab
2 drive-panel insert
3 drive panel3. Pivot the drive-panel insert out and away from the drive panel.
4. Set the drive-panel insert aside in a secure location.
Replacing the Drive-Panel Insert
1. Slide the tab on the left side of the drive-panel insert under the center-drive panel tab.
2. Rotate the drive-panel insert into place and snap the drive-panel insert tab over the corresponding tab on the drive panel.
Replacing the Drive Panel
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover if you have not already done so.
3. If you are installing a replacement drive panel, remove the old drive panel.
4. Align the drive panel tabs with the side-door hinges.
5. Rotate the drive panel toward the computer until it snaps into place on the front panel.
1 drive-panel insert tab 3 center drive-panel tab
2 drive panel insert 4 drive panel
1 sliding plate lever 3 drive panel
2 sliding plate 4 front panelFront Panel
Removing the Front Panel
1. Remove the computer cover.
2. Remove the drive panel.
3. Remove the hard drive and second hard drive, if applicable.
4. Remove the two front-panel screws.
5. Using a small, flat-blade screwdriver, press the four top front-panel release tabs upwards and press down on the four bottom release tabs to loosen
the front panel.
6. Starting from the bottom of the front panel, pivot the panel toward the top of the computer and remove the panel.
Drives
Your computer supports a combination of these devices:
l Up to two serial ATA hard drives
l One FlexBay drive (may contain an optional floppy drive or an optional Media Card Reader)
l Up to two CD or DVD drives
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before removing the cover.
NOTICE: Use care when handling the front-panel release tabs to avoid damaging them.
1 top front-panel release tabs (4)
2 front-panel screws (2)
3 front panel
4 bottom front-panel release tabs (4)Connect CD/DVD drives to the connector labeled "IDE1" on the system board. Serial ATA hard drives should be connected to the connectors labeled "SATA0" or
"SATA2" on the system board.
IDE Drive Addressing
When you connect two IDE devices to a single IDE interface cable and configure them for the cable select setting, the device attached to the last connector on
the interface cable is the master or boot device (drive 0), and the device attached to the middle connector on the interface cable is the slave device (drive 1).
See the drive documentation in your upgrade kit for information on configuring devices for the cable select setting.
Connecting and Disconnecting Drive Interface Cables
When you install a drive, you connect two cables—a DC power cable and a data cable—to the back of the drive and to the system board.
When removing an IDE drive data cable, grasp the colored pull-tab and pull until the connector detaches.
Most interface connectors are keyed for correct insertion; that is, a notch or a missing pin on one connector matches a tab or a filled-in hole on the other
connector. Keyed connectors ensure that the pin-1 wire in the cable (indicated by the colored stripe along one edge of the IDE cable—serial ATA cables do not
use a colored stripe) goes to the pin-1 end of the connector. The pin-1 end of a connector on a board or a card is usually indicated by a silk-screened "1"
printed directly on the board or card.
Power Cable Connector
To connect a drive using the power cable, locate the power connector on the power supply.
1 CD/DVD drive(s)
2 FlexBay for optional floppy drive or optional Media Card Reader
3 hard drive(s)
NOTICE: When you connect an IDE interface cable, do not place the colored stripe away from pin 1 of the connector. Reversing the cable prevents the
drive from operating and could damage the controller, the drive, or both.
1 interface cable
2 interface connectorHard Drive
Check the documentation for the drive to verify that it is configured for your computer.
Removing a Hard Drive
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Disconnect the power and data cables from the drive.
4. Press the blue tabs on either side of the hard drive bracket toward each other and slide the drive up and out of the computer.
1 SATA power cable connector 3 power cable connector
2 power connector 4 power connector
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before removing the cover.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer.
NOTICE: To avoid damage to the drive, do not set it on a hard surface. Instead, set the drive on a surface, such as a foam pad, that will sufficiently
cushion it.
NOTICE: If you are replacing a hard drive that contains data you want to keep, back up your files before you begin this procedure.
NOTICE: Use the pull-tab to remove the data cable from your hard drive or from the system board.
1 serial ATA data cable
2 power cableInstalling a Hard Drive
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. If you are installing a replacement hard drive, remove the old hard drive.
4. Unpack the replacement hard drive, and prepare it for installation.
5. Check the documentation for the drive to verify that it is configured for your computer.
6. Gently slide the drive into place until you feel a click or feel the drive securely installed.
7. Connect the power and hard-drive cables to the drive.
1 hard drive
2 tabs (2)
NOTE: If your replacement hard drive does not have the hard drive bracket attached, remove the bracket from the old drive by unsnapping it from the
drive. Snap the bracket onto the new drive.
1 drive
2 hard drive bracket
1 serial ATA data cable8. Check all connectors to be certain that they are properly cabled and firmly seated.
9. Replace the computer cover.
10. Connect your computer and devices to electrical outlets, and turn them on.
See the documentation that came with the drive for instructions on installing any software required for drive operation.
Adding a Second Hard Drive
1. Check the documentation for the drive to verify that it is configured for your computer.
2. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
3. Remove the computer cover.
4. Press the blue release tabs on each side of the hard drive bracket toward each other and slide the drive up and out of the computer.
5. Snap the bracket onto the hard drive.
6. Gently slide the new drive (the second hard drive) into place until you feel a click or feel the drive securely installed.
7. Connect a power cable to the drive.
8. Connect the data cable to the drive and to the system board.
Floppy Drive
2 power cable
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network port or device and then plug it into the computer.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before removing the cover.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer.
NOTICE: To avoid damage to the drive, do not set it on a hard surface. Instead, set the drive on a surface, such as a foam pad, that will sufficiently
cushion it.
1 release tabs (2) 3 hard drive bay
2 second hard drive in lower bay 4 primary hard drive in upper bay
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before removing the cover.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer.Removing a Floppy Drive
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Remove the drive panel.
4. Disconnect the power and data cables from the back of the floppy drive.
5. Slide the sliding plate lever toward the bottom of the computer and, without releasing the sliding plate lever, slide the floppy drive out through the front
of the computer.
NOTE: If you are adding a floppy drive, see "Installing a Floppy Drive."
1 power cable
2 data cable
NOTE: If you are installing a PCI Express x16 card, the card may cover the floppy-drive connectors. Remove the card before connecting the floppy-drive
cables.
1 sliding plate lever
2 sliding plate
3 floppy driveInstalling a Floppy Drive
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Remove the drive panel.
4. Slide the drive into place until you feel a click or feel the drive securely installed.
5. Attach the power and data cables to the floppy drive.
6. Connect the other end of the data cable to the connector labeled "DSKT2" on the system board and route the cable through the clip on the shroud.
7. Check all cable connections and fold cables out of the way to avoid blocking the fan and cooling vents.
8. Replace the drive panel.
9. Replace the computer cover.
10. Connect your computer and devices to their electrical outlets, and turn them on.
See the documentation that came with the drive for instructions on installing any software required for drive operation.
NOTE: If the new floppy drive does not include shoulder screws, use the screws within the drive panel insert.
1 drive
2 screws (4)
NOTE: If you are installing a new drive, you need to remove the drive-panel insert.
1 power cable
2 data cable
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable in to the network port or device and then plug it in to the computer.11. Enter system setup and select the appropriate Diskette Drive option.
12. Verify that your computer works correctly by running the Dell Diagnostics.
Media Card Reader (Optional)
For information about using a Media Card Reader, see your Owner's Manual.
Removing a Media Card Reader
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Remove the drive panel.
4. Disconnect the FlexBay USB cable on the back of the Media Card Reader from the Media Card Reader connector on the system board and route the cable
through the cable routing clip.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer chassis.
1 cable
2 Media Card Reader5. Slide the sliding plate toward the bottom of the computer and, without releasing the sliding plate, slide the Media Card Reader out through the front of
the computer.
6. Replace the drive panel.
7. Replace the computer cover.
Installing a Media Card Reader
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Remove the drive panel.
4. Remove the Media Card Reader and bracket from its packaging and ensure that all of the screws are included.
1 sliding plate lever
2 sliding plate
3 Media Card Reader
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer chassis.
1 Media Card Reader
2 screws (4)5. Slide the Media Card Reader into place until you feel a click or feel the drive securely installed.
6. Connect the FlexBay USB cable to the back of the Media Card Reader and to the Media Card Reader connector on the system board.
7. Route the FlexBay USB cable through the cable routing clip.
8. Replace the drive panel.
9. Replace the computer cover.
CD/DVD Drive
Removing a CD/DVD Drive
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Remove the drive panel.
4. Disconnect the power and data cables from the back of the drive.
NOTE: Ensure that the Media Card Reader is installed before the FlexBay cable is connected.
1 Media Card Reader
2 FlexBay USB cable
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before removing the cover.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer chassis.5. Slide the sliding plate lever toward the bottom of the computer and, without releasing the sliding plate lever, slide the CD/DVD drive out through the
front of the computer.
Installing a CD/DVD Drive
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Remove the drive panel.
4. Slide the drive into place until you feel a click or feel the drive securely installed.
NOTE: If you are installing a new drive, you need to remove the drive-panel insert.5. Connect the power and data cables to the drive.
6. Check all cable connections, and fold cables out of the way to avoid blocking the fan and cooling vents.
7. Replace the drive panel.
8. Replace the computer cover.
9. Connect your computer and devices to their electrical outlets, and turn them on.
See the documentation that came with the drive for instructions on installing any software required for drive operation.
10. Enter system setup and select the appropriate Drive option.
11. Verify that your computer works correctly by running the Dell Diagnostics.
Heat-Sink Assembly
Removing the Heat-Sink Assembly
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable in to the network port or device and then plug it in to the computer.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before removing the cover.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer chassis.1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Loosen the two captive screws that attach the heat-sink assembly to the system board on either side of the assembly.
4. Pivot the assembly toward the back of the computer and lift to remove the assembly.
5. Lay the assembly aside on its side.
Processor
Removing the Processor
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Remove the heat-sink assembly.
4. Open the processor cover:
a. Push down on the release lever and slide the lever out from under the side latch on the processor socket.
CAUTION: Despite having a plastic shield, the heat-sink assembly may be very hot during normal operation. Ensure that the assembly has had
sufficient time to cool before you touch it.
NOTE: To loosen the two captive screws on each side of the heat-sink assembly, you need a long Phillips screwdriver.
NOTICE: After you remove the heat-sink assembly, lay the assembly on its side. Do not set the heat-sink assembly upright or touch the thermal
interface, as this may result in damage to the thermal interface material.
1 heat-sink assembly
2 captive screws (2)
NOTICE: When you install the heat-sink assembly, do not touch the thermal interface on its underside, as this may result in damage to the thermal
interface material.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before removing the cover.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer chassis.
NOTICE: If you are installing a processor upgrade kit from Dell, discard the original heat-sink assembly. If you are not installing a processor upgrade kit
from Dell, reuse the original heat-sink assembly when you install your new processor.b. Pull the lever back to release the processor cover.
1 processor cover 4 release lever
2 processor 5 side latch
5. Grasp the processor by the edges to remove it from the processor socket.
Leave the release lever extended in the release position so that the socket is ready for the new processor.
Installing the Processor
1. Unpack the new processor, being careful not to touch the underside of the processor.
2. If the release lever on the processor socket is not fully extended, move it to that position.
3. Orient the front and rear alignment notches on the processor with the front and rear alignment notches on the socket.
4. Align the pin-1 corners of the processor and socket.
3 processor socket
NOTICE: When removing or replacing the processor, do not touch any of the pins inside the processor socket or allow any objects to fall onto the pins
in the socket.
NOTICE: Ground yourself by touching an unpainted metal surface on the back of the computer.
NOTICE: When installing the processor, do not touch any of the pins inside the socket or allow any objects to fall onto the pins in the socket.
NOTICE: You must position the processor correctly in the socket to avoid permanent damage to the processor and the computer when you turn on the
computer.
1 processor cover 6 release lever5. Set the processor lightly in the socket and ensure that the processor is positioned correctly.
6. When the processor is fully seated in the socket, close the processor cover.
Ensure that the tab on the processor cover is positioned underneath the release lever at the front of the socket.
7. Pivot the release lever back toward the socket and snap it into place under the side latch to secure the processor.
If you installed a processor replacement kit from Dell, return the original heat-sink assembly and processor to Dell in the same package in which your
replacement kit was sent.
8. Install the heat-sink assembly.
9. Replace the computer cover.
10. Connect your computer and devices to electrical outlets, and turn them on.
Fan Assembly
Removing the Fan Assembly
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Remove the heat-sink assembly.
4. Press the release tab on the fan-cable connector on the system board to remove the connector.
2 tab 7 front alignment notch
3 processor 8 socket and processor pin-1 indicators
4 processor socket 9 rear alignment notch
5 cover latch
NOTICE: To avoid damage, ensure that the processor aligns properly with the socket, and do not use excessive force when you install the processor.
NOTICE: If you are not installing a processor upgrade kit from Dell, reuse the original heat-sink assembly when you replace the processor.
NOTICE: When installing the heat-sink assembly, do not touch the thermal interface on its underside, as this may result in damage.
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network port or device and then plug the cable into the computer.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before removing the cover.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer chassis.5. Simultaneously press the fan-release tab on one side of the fan assembly and pull the fan- release tab located on the bottom of the opposite side of
the assembly upwards.
6. Slide the fan assembly toward the back of the computer and lift to remove the assembly.
Front I/O Panel
Removing the Front I/O Panel
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Remove the heat-sink assembly.
4. Remove the fan assembly.
1 fan release tabs (2)
2 fan assembly
3 fan cable connector
4 release tab on fan cable connector
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before removing the cover.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer chassis.5. Remove the screw that secures the front I/O panel to the front of the computer.
6. Pull the I/O panel toward the back of the computer and lift the panel to remove from the computer.
7. Disconnect any cables from the I/O panel.
System Board
Jumper Settings
The jumper locations are shown below.
1 screw
2 front I/O panelRemoving the System Board
1. Shut down the computer through the Start menu.
2. Ensure that your computer and attached devices are turned off. If your computer and attached devices did not automatically turn off when you shut
down your computer, turn them off now.
3. Disconnect any telephone or telecommunication lines from the computer.
4. Disconnect your computer and all attached devices from their electrical outlets, and then press the power button to ground the system board.
5. Remove the computer cover.
6. Remove any components that restrict access to the system board (CD/DVD drive(s), floppy drive, hard drive, front I/O panel).
7. Remove the heat-sink assembly and processor.
8. Disconnect all cables from the system board.
9. Remove the eight system-board screws and the two mounting-bracket screws.
10. Slide the system board assembly toward the front of the computer, and then lift the board away.
Jumper Setting Description
PSWD
(default)
Password features are enabled.
Password features are disabled.
RTCRST
(default)
Real-time clock reset in normal operation.
Clear CMOS settings.
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before opening the cover.
NOTICE: Before touching anything inside your computer, ground yourself by touching an unpainted metal surface, such as the metal at the back of the
computer. While you work, periodically touch an unpainted metal surface to dissipate any static electricity that could harm internal components.
NOTICE: To disconnect a network cable, first unplug the cable from your computer and then unplug it from the network port or device.
NOTE: The mounting-bracket screws also hold the system board and need to be removed for the removal of the system board.11. Place the system board assembly that you just removed next to the replacement system board to ensure that it is identical.
Replacing the System Board
1. Gently align the system board in the chassis and slide the board toward the back of the computer.
2. Replace the eight system-board screws and the two mounting-bracket screws.
3. Replace any components and cables that you removed from the system board.
4. Reconnect all cables to their connectors at the back of the computer.
5. Replace the computer cover.
6. Connect your computer and devices to electrical outlets, and turn them on.
Power Supply
Removing the Power Supply
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Disconnect the DC power cables from the system board and the drives.
1 mounting-bracket screws (2)
2 system-board screws (8)
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network port or device, and then plug the cable into the computer.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer chassis.4. Remove the four screws that attach the power supply to the back of the computer frame.
5. Press the release button located on the floor of the computer frame.
6. Slide the power supply toward the front of the computer approximately 1 inch.
7. Lift the power supply out of the computer.
Replacing the Power Supply
1. Slide the power supply into place.
2. Replace the screws that secure the power supply to the back of the computer frame.
3. Reconnect the DC power cables.
4. Route the cables through the routing clips, and press the clips to close them over the cables.
5. Replace the computer cover.
6. Connect your computer and devices to electrical outlets, and turn them on.
Back to Contents Page
1 release button
2 power supply
3 screws (4)
4 AC power connector
NOTICE: Note the routing of the DC power cables underneath the routing clips in the computer frame as you remove them from the system board and
drives. You must route these cables properly when you replace them to prevent them from being pinched or crimped.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
NOTICE: You must route the DC power cables properly through the routing clips when you replace the cables to prevent them from being pinched or
crimped.
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network port or device and then plug the cable into the computer.Back to Contents Page
Removing and Installing Parts
Dell™ Dimension™ 5100 Service Manual
Memory
You can increase your computer memory by installing memory modules on the system board.
Your computer supports DDR2 memory. For additional information on the type of memory supported by your computer, see your Owner's Manual.
DDR2 Memory Overview
DDR2 memory modules should be installed in pairs of matched memory size, speed, and technology. If the DDR2 memory modules are not installed in matched
pairs, the computer will continue to operate, but with a slight reduction in performance. See the label on the module to determine the module's capacity.
The recommended memory configurations are:
¡ A pair of matched memory modules installed in DIMM connectors 1 and 2
or
¡ A pair of matched memory modules installed in DIMM connectors 1 and 2 and another matched pair installed in DIMM connectors 3 and 4
l If you install mixed pairs of DDR2 400-MHz (PC2-3200) and DDR2 533-MHz (PC2-4300) memory, the modules function at the slowest speed installed.
l Be sure to install a single memory module in DIMM connector 1, the connector closest to the processor, before you install modules in the other
connectors.
Memory
Cards
Drive Panel
Front Panel
Drives
Hard Drive
Floppy Drive
Media Card Reader (Optional)
CD/DVD Drive
Heat-Sink Assembly
Processor
Fan Assembly
Front I/O Panel
System Board
Power Supply
NOTE: Always install DDR2 memory modules in the order indicated on the system board.
NOTICE: Do not install ECC or buffered memory modules. Only unbuffered, non-ECC memory is supported.
NOTE: If you install DDR2 667-MHz memory, the speed is reduced to 533 MHz.Addressing Memory With 4-GB Configurations
Your computer supports a maximum of 4 GB of memory when you use four 1-GB DIMMs. Current operating systems, such as Microsoft® Windows® XP, can
only use a maximum of 4 GB of address space; however, the amount of memory available to the operating system is less than 4 GB. Certain components within the computer require address space in the 4-GB range. Any address space reserved for these components cannot be used by computer memory.
Removing Memory
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Press out the securing clip at each end of the memory module connector.
4. Grasp the module and pull up.
If the module is difficult to remove, gently ease the module back and forth to remove it from the connector.
Installing Memory
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Press out the securing clip at each end of the memory module connector.
4. Align the notch on the bottom of the module with the crossbar in the connector.
NOTE: Memory purchased from Dell is covered under your computer warranty.
NOTICE: If you remove your original memory modules from the computer during a memory upgrade, keep them separate from any new modules that
you may have, even if you purchased the new modules from Dell. If possible, do not pair an original memory module with a new memory module. Otherwise, your computer may not start properly. You should install your original memory modules in pairs either in DIMM connectors 1 and 2 or DIMM
connectors 3 and 4.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer chassis.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer chassis.
1 memory connector closest to processor
2 securing clips (2)
3 memory connector5. Insert the module into the connector until the module snaps into position.
If you insert the module correctly, the securing clips snap into the cutouts at each end of the module.
6. Replace the computer cover.
7. Connect your computer and devices to electrical outlets, and turn them on.
8. When a message appears, stating that memory size has changed, press to continue.
9. Log on to your computer.
10. Right-click the My Computer icon on your Microsoft® Windows® desktop and click Properties.
11. Click the General tab.
12. To verify that the memory is installed correctly, check the amount of memory (RAM) listed.
Cards
Your Dell™ computer provides the following slots for PCI and PCI Express cards:
l Two PCI card slots
l One PCI Express x16 card slot
l One PCI Express x1 card slot
PCI Cards
Your computer supports two PCI cards.
1 notch
2 memory module
3 cutouts (2)
4 crossbar
NOTICE: To avoid damage to the memory module, press the module straight down into the connector while you apply equal force to each end of the module.
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network port or device and then plug it into the computer.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer chassis.If you are installing or replacing a card, follow the procedures in the next section. If you are removing but not replacing a PCI card, see "Removing a PCI Card."
If you are replacing a card, remove the current driver for the card from the operating system.
If you are installing or replacing a PCI Express card, see "Installing a PCI Express Card."
Installing a PCI Card
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Gently push the release tab on the card retention door from the inside to pivot the door open. Because the door is captive, it will remain in the open
position.
4. If you are installing a new card, remove the filler bracket to create a card-slot opening. Then continue with step 6.
5. If you are replacing a card that is already installed in the computer, remove the card.
If necessary, disconnect any cables connected to the card. Grasp the card by its top corners, and ease it out of its connector.
6. Prepare the card for installation.
See the documentation that came with the card for information on configuring the card, making internal connections, or otherwise customizing it for your
computer.
7. Place the card in the connector and press down firmly. Ensure that the card is fully seated in the slot.
1 release tab
2 card retention door
CAUTION: Some network adapters automatically start the computer when they are connected to a network. To guard against electrical shock, be
sure to unplug your computer from its electrical outlet before installing any cards.8. Before you close the card retention door, ensure that:
l The tops of all cards and filler brackets are flush with the alignment bar.
l The notch in the top of the card or filler bracket fits around the alignment guide.
9. Close the card retention door by snapping it into place to secure the card(s).
10. Connect any cables that should be attached to the card.
See the documentation for the card for information about the card's cable connections.
11. Replace the computer cover, reconnect the computer and devices to electrical outlets, and then turn them on.
12. If you installed a sound card:
a. Enter system setup, select Audio Controller, and then change the setting to Off.
b. Connect external audio devices to the sound card's connectors. Do not connect external audio devices to the microphone, speaker/headphone,
or line-in connectors on the back panel.
13. If you installed an add-in network adapter and want to disable the integrated network adapter:
1 bracket within slot 4 alignment guide
2 bracket caught outside of slot 5 fully seated card
3 alignment bar 6 not fully seated card
1 alignment guide 3 release tab
2 alignment bar 4 card retention door
NOTICE: Do not route card cables over or behind the cards. Cables routed over the cards can prevent the computer cover from closing properly or
cause damage to the equipment.
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network port or device and then plug it into the computer.a. Enter system setup, select Integrated NIC, and then change the setting to Off.
b. Connect the network cable to the add-in network adapter's connectors. Do not connect the network cable to the integrated connector on the
back panel.
14. Install any drivers required for the card as described in the card documentation.
Removing a PCI Card
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Gently push the release tab on the card retention door from the inside to pivot the door open. Because the door is captive, it will remain in the open
position.
4. If you are removing the card permanently, install a filler bracket in the empty card-slot opening.
If you need a filler bracket, contact Dell (see your Owner's Manual for information about how to contact Dell).
5. Close the card retention door by snapping it into place to secure the card(s).
6. Replace the computer cover, reconnect the computer and devices to electrical outlets, and then turn them on.
7. Remove the card's driver from the operating system.
8. If you removed a sound card:
a. Enter system setup, select Audio Controller, and then change the setting to On.
b. Connect external audio devices to the audio connectors on the back panel of the computer.
9. If you removed an add-in network connector:
a. Enter system setup, select Integrated NIC, and then change the setting to On.
b. Connect the network cable to the integrated connector on the back panel of the computer.
PCI Express Cards
Your computer supports one PCI Express x16 card and one PCI Express x1 card.
If you are installing or replacing a PCI Express card, follow the procedures in the next section. If you are removing but not replacing a card, see "Removing a
PCI Express Card."
If you are replacing a card, remove the current driver for the card from the operating system.
If you are installing or replacing a PCI card, see "Installing a PCI Card."
Installing a PCI Express Card
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
NOTE: Installing filler brackets over empty card-slot openings is necessary to maintain FCC certification of the computer. The brackets also keep dust
and dirt out of your computer.
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network port or device and then plug it into the computer.3. Gently push the release tab on the card retention door from the inside to pivot the door open. Because the door is captive, it will remain in the open
position.
4. If your computer includes a card retention mechanism, to secure the x16 card in place from the top:
a. Pivot the mechanism upward and gently squeeze in on the sides to release the mechanism from the two tab slots holding it in place.
b. Set the retention mechanism aside in a secure location.
5. If you are installing a new card, remove the filler bracket to create a card-slot opening. Then continue with step 6.
6. If you are replacing a card that is already installed in the computer, remove the card.
If necessary, disconnect any cables connected to the card. If your computer includes a card retention mechanism, remove the top of the retention mechanism by pressing the tab and pulling up on the top. Gently pull the securing tab, grasp the card by its top corners, and then ease it out of its
connector.
7. Prepare the card for installation.
See the documentation that came with the card for information on configuring the card, making internal connections, or otherwise customizing it for your
computer.
8. If you are installing the card into the x16 card connector, position the card so the securing slot is aligned with the securing tab, and gently pull the
securing tab.
9. Place the card in the connector and press down firmly. Ensure that the card is fully seated in the slot.
1 card retention door
2 card retention mechanism
3 release tabs (2)
1 securing tab 4 PCI Express x16 card slot
2 PCI Express x1 card 5 PCI Express x16 card
3 PCI Express x1 card slot
CAUTION: Some network adapters automatically start the computer when they are connected to a network. To guard against electrical shock, be
sure to unplug your computer from its electrical outlet before installing any cards.
NOTICE: Ensure that you release the securing tab to unseat the card. If the card is not removed correctly, the system board may be damaged.10. If you replaced a card that was already installed in the computer and you removed the retention mechanism, you may reinstall the retention mechanism.
11. Before replacing the card retention mechanism, ensure that:
l The tops of all cards and filler brackets are flush with the alignment bar.
l The notch in the top of the card or filler bracket fits around the alignment guide.
12. Snap the card retention mechanism into place, securing the x16 PCI card.
13. Replace the computer cover, reconnect the computer and devices to electrical outlets, and then turn them on.
14. If you installed a sound card:
a. Enter system setup, select Audio Controller, and then change the setting to Off.
b. Connect external audio devices to the sound card's connectors. Do not connect external audio devices to the microphone, speaker/headphone,
or line-in connectors on the back panel.
15. If you installed an add-in network adapter and want to disable the integrated network adapter:
a. Enter system setup, select Integrated NIC, and then change the setting to Off.
b. Connect the network cable to the add-in network adapter's connectors. Do not connect the network cable to the integrated connector on the
back panel.
16. Install any drivers required for the card as described in the card documentation.
1 bracket within slot 4 alignment guide
2 bracket caught outside of slot 5 fully seated card
3 alignment bar 6 not fully seated card
1 card retention door
2 card retention mechanism
3 release tabs (2)
NOTICE: Do not route card cables over or behind the cards. Cables routed over the cards can prevent the computer cover from closing properly or
cause damage to the equipment.
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network port or device and then plug it into the computer.Removing a PCI Express Card
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Gently push the release tab on the card retention door from the inside to pivot the door open. Because the door is captive, it will remain in the open
position.
4. If your computer includes a card retention mechanism, to secure the x16 card in place from the top:
a. Pivot the mechanism upward and gently squeeze in on the sides to release the mechanism from the two tab slots holding it in place.
b. Set the retention mechanism aside in a secure location.
5. If you are removing the card permanently, install a filler bracket in the empty card-slot opening.
If you need a filler bracket, contact Dell (see your Owner's Manual for information about how to contact Dell).
6. Reseat the card retention mechanism in the tabs and pivot downward to snap it into place.
7. Close the card retention door to snap it into place, securing the card(s).
8. Replace the computer cover, reconnect the computer and devices to electrical outlets, and then turn them on.
9. Remove the card's driver from the operating system.
10. If you removed a sound card:
a. Enter system setup, select Audio Controller, and then change the setting to On.
b. Connect external audio devices to the audio connectors on the back panel of the computer.
11. If you removed an add-in network connector:
a. Enter system setup, select Integrated NIC, and then change the setting to On.
b. Connect the network cable to the integrated connector on the back panel of the computer.
12. Install any drivers required for the card as described in the card documentation.
Drive Panel
Removing the Drive Panel
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
NOTE: Installing filler brackets over empty card-slot openings is necessary to maintain FCC certification of the computer. The brackets also keep dust
and dirt out of your computer.
NOTE: When you install a filler bracket, ensure that the bracket is seated correctly.
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network port or device and then plug it into the computer.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before removing the cover.3. Grasping the sliding plate lever, slide and hold the sliding plate until the drive panel snaps open.
4. Pivot the drive panel outward and lift away from the computer.
5. Set the drive panel aside in a secure location.
Removing the Drive-Panel Insert
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Remove the drive panel.
1. Turn the drive panel sideways and find the tip of the drive-panel insert tab that latches over a tab on the right side of the drive panel.
2. Pull the inner tip of the drive-panel insert tab away from the drive panel.
1 sliding plate lever 3 drive panel
2 sliding plate 4 front panel
NOTE: The sliding plate secures and releases the drive panel and helps to secure the drives.
1 drive-panel insert tab
2 drive-panel insert
3 drive panel3. Pivot the drive-panel insert out and away from the drive panel.
4. Set the drive-panel insert aside in a secure location.
Replacing the Drive-Panel Insert
1. Slide the tab on the left side of the drive-panel insert under the center-drive panel tab.
2. Rotate the drive-panel insert into place and snap the drive-panel insert tab over the corresponding tab on the drive panel.
Replacing the Drive Panel
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover if you have not already done so.
3. If you are installing a replacement drive panel, remove the old drive panel.
4. Align the drive panel tabs with the side-door hinges.
5. Rotate the drive panel toward the computer until it snaps into place on the front panel.
1 drive-panel insert tab 3 center drive-panel tab
2 drive panel insert 4 drive panel
1 sliding plate lever 3 drive panel
2 sliding plate 4 front panelFront Panel
Removing the Front Panel
1. Remove the computer cover.
2. Remove the drive panel.
3. Remove the hard drive and second hard drive, if applicable.
4. Remove the two front-panel screws.
5. Using a small, flat-blade screwdriver, press the four top front-panel release tabs upwards and press down on the four bottom release tabs to loosen
the front panel.
6. Starting from the bottom of the front panel, pivot the panel toward the top of the computer and remove the panel.
Drives
Your computer supports a combination of these devices:
l Up to two serial ATA hard drives
l One FlexBay drive (may contain an optional floppy drive or an optional Media Card Reader)
l Up to two CD or DVD drives
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before removing the cover.
NOTICE: Use care when handling the front-panel release tabs to avoid damaging them.
1 top front-panel release tabs (4)
2 front-panel screws (2)
3 front panel
4 bottom front-panel release tabs (4)Connect CD/DVD drives to the connector labeled "IDE1" on the system board. Serial ATA hard drives should be connected to the connectors labeled "SATA0" or
"SATA2" on the system board.
IDE Drive Addressing
When you connect two IDE devices to a single IDE interface cable and configure them for the cable select setting, the device attached to the last connector on
the interface cable is the master or boot device (drive 0), and the device attached to the middle connector on the interface cable is the slave device (drive 1).
See the drive documentation in your upgrade kit for information on configuring devices for the cable select setting.
Connecting and Disconnecting Drive Interface Cables
When you install a drive, you connect two cables—a DC power cable and a data cable—to the back of the drive and to the system board.
When removing an IDE drive data cable, grasp the colored pull-tab and pull until the connector detaches.
Most interface connectors are keyed for correct insertion; that is, a notch or a missing pin on one connector matches a tab or a filled-in hole on the other
connector. Keyed connectors ensure that the pin-1 wire in the cable (indicated by the colored stripe along one edge of the IDE cable—serial ATA cables do not
use a colored stripe) goes to the pin-1 end of the connector. The pin-1 end of a connector on a board or a card is usually indicated by a silk-screened "1"
printed directly on the board or card.
Power Cable Connector
To connect a drive using the power cable, locate the power connector on the power supply.
1 CD/DVD drive(s)
2 FlexBay for optional floppy drive or optional Media Card Reader
3 hard drive(s)
NOTICE: When you connect an IDE interface cable, do not place the colored stripe away from pin 1 of the connector. Reversing the cable prevents the
drive from operating and could damage the controller, the drive, or both.
1 interface cable
2 interface connectorHard Drive
Check the documentation for the drive to verify that it is configured for your computer.
Removing a Hard Drive
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Disconnect the power and data cables from the drive.
4. Press the blue tabs on either side of the hard drive bracket toward each other and slide the drive up and out of the computer.
1 SATA power cable connector 3 power cable connector
2 power connector 4 power connector
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before removing the cover.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer.
NOTICE: To avoid damage to the drive, do not set it on a hard surface. Instead, set the drive on a surface, such as a foam pad, that will sufficiently
cushion it.
NOTICE: If you are replacing a hard drive that contains data you want to keep, back up your files before you begin this procedure.
NOTICE: Use the pull-tab to remove the data cable from your hard drive or from the system board.
1 serial ATA data cable
2 power cableInstalling a Hard Drive
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. If you are installing a replacement hard drive, remove the old hard drive.
4. Unpack the replacement hard drive, and prepare it for installation.
5. Check the documentation for the drive to verify that it is configured for your computer.
6. Gently slide the drive into place until you feel a click or feel the drive securely installed.
7. Connect the power and hard-drive cables to the drive.
1 hard drive
2 tabs (2)
NOTE: If your replacement hard drive does not have the hard drive bracket attached, remove the bracket from the old drive by unsnapping it from the
drive. Snap the bracket onto the new drive.
1 drive
2 hard drive bracket
1 serial ATA data cable8. Check all connectors to be certain that they are properly cabled and firmly seated.
9. Replace the computer cover.
10. Connect your computer and devices to electrical outlets, and turn them on.
See the documentation that came with the drive for instructions on installing any software required for drive operation.
Adding a Second Hard Drive
1. Check the documentation for the drive to verify that it is configured for your computer.
2. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
3. Remove the computer cover.
4. Press the blue release tabs on each side of the hard drive bracket toward each other and slide the drive up and out of the computer.
5. Snap the bracket onto the hard drive.
6. Gently slide the new drive (the second hard drive) into place until you feel a click or feel the drive securely installed.
7. Connect a power cable to the drive.
8. Connect the data cable to the drive and to the system board.
Floppy Drive
2 power cable
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network port or device and then plug it into the computer.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before removing the cover.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer.
NOTICE: To avoid damage to the drive, do not set it on a hard surface. Instead, set the drive on a surface, such as a foam pad, that will sufficiently
cushion it.
1 release tabs (2) 3 hard drive bay
2 second hard drive in lower bay 4 primary hard drive in upper bay
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before removing the cover.Removing a Floppy Drive
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Remove the drive panel.
4. Disconnect the power and data cables from the back of the floppy drive.
5. Slide the sliding plate lever toward the bottom of the computer and, without releasing the sliding plate lever, slide the floppy drive out through the front
of the computer.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer.
NOTE: If you are adding a floppy drive, see "Installing a Floppy Drive."
1 power cable
2 data cable
NOTE: If you are installing a PCI Express x16 card, the card may cover the floppy-drive connectors. Remove the card before connecting the floppy-drive
cables.
1 sliding plate lever
2 sliding plate
3 floppy driveInstalling a Floppy Drive
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Remove the drive panel.
4. Slide the drive into place until you feel a click or feel the drive securely installed.
5. Attach the power and data cables to the floppy drive.
6. Connect the other end of the data cable to the connector labeled "DSKT2" on the system board and route the cable through the clip on the shroud.
7. Check all cable connections and fold cables out of the way to avoid blocking the fan and cooling vents.
8. Replace the drive panel.
9. Replace the computer cover.
10. Connect your computer and devices to their electrical outlets, and turn them on.
NOTE: If the new floppy drive does not include shoulder screws, use the screws within the drive panel insert.
1 drive
2 screws (4)
NOTE: If you are installing a new drive, you need to remove the drive-panel insert.
1 power cable
2 data cable
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable in to the network port or device and then plug it in to the computer.See the documentation that came with the drive for instructions on installing any software required for drive operation.
11. Enter system setup and select the appropriate Diskette Drive option.
12. Verify that your computer works correctly by running the Dell Diagnostics.
Media Card Reader (Optional)
For information about using a Media Card Reader, see your Owner's Manual.
Removing a Media Card Reader
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Remove the drive panel.
4. Disconnect the FlexBay USB cable on the back of the Media Card Reader from the Media Card Reader connector on the system board and route the cable
through the cable routing clip.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer chassis.
1 cable
2 Media Card Reader5. Slide the sliding plate toward the bottom of the computer and, without releasing the sliding plate, slide the Media Card Reader out through the front of
the computer.
6. Replace the drive panel.
7. Replace the computer cover.
Installing a Media Card Reader
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Remove the drive panel.
4. Remove the Media Card Reader and bracket from its packaging and ensure that all of the screws are included.
1 sliding plate lever
2 sliding plate
3 Media Card Reader
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer chassis.
1 Media Card Reader
2 screws (4)5. Slide the Media Card Reader into place until you feel a click or feel the drive securely installed.
6. Connect the FlexBay USB cable to the back of the Media Card Reader and to the Media Card Reader connector on the system board.
7. Route the FlexBay USB cable through the cable routing clip.
8. Replace the drive panel.
9. Replace the computer cover.
CD/DVD Drive
Removing a CD/DVD Drive
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Remove the drive panel.
4. Disconnect the power and data cables from the back of the drive.
NOTE: Ensure that the Media Card Reader is installed before the FlexBay cable is connected.
1 Media Card Reader
2 FlexBay USB cable
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before removing the cover.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer chassis.5. Slide the sliding plate lever toward the bottom of the computer and, without releasing the sliding plate lever, slide the CD/DVD drive out through the
front of the computer.
Installing a CD/DVD Drive
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Remove the drive panel.
4. Slide the drive into place until you feel a click or feel the drive securely installed.
NOTE: If you are installing a new drive, you need to remove the drive-panel insert.5. Connect the power and data cables to the drive.
6. Check all cable connections, and fold cables out of the way to avoid blocking the fan and cooling vents.
7. Replace the drive panel.
8. Replace the computer cover.
9. Connect your computer and devices to their electrical outlets, and turn them on.
See the documentation that came with the drive for instructions on installing any software required for drive operation.
10. Enter system setup and select the appropriate Drive option.
11. Verify that your computer works correctly by running the Dell Diagnostics.
Heat-Sink Assembly
Removing the Heat-Sink Assembly
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable in to the network port or device and then plug it in to the computer.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before removing the cover.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer chassis.1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Loosen the two captive screws that attach the heat-sink assembly to the system board on either side of the assembly.
4. Pivot the assembly toward the back of the computer and lift to remove the assembly.
5. Lay the assembly aside on its side.
Processor
Removing the Processor
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Remove the heat-sink assembly.
4. Open the processor cover:
CAUTION: Despite having a plastic shield, the heat-sink assembly may be very hot during normal operation. Ensure that the assembly has had
sufficient time to cool before you touch it.
NOTE: To loosen the two captive screws on each side of the heat-sink assembly, you need a long Phillips screwdriver.
NOTICE: After you remove the heat-sink assembly, lay the assembly on its side. Do not set the heat-sink assembly upright or touch the thermal
interface, as this may result in damage to the thermal interface material.
1 heat-sink assembly
2 captive screws (2)
NOTICE: When you install the heat-sink assembly, do not touch the thermal interface on its underside, as this may result in damage to the thermal
interface material.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before removing the cover.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer chassis.
NOTICE: If you are installing a processor upgrade kit from Dell, discard the original heat-sink assembly. If you are not installing a processor upgrade kit
from Dell, reuse the original heat-sink assembly when you install your new processor.a. Push down on the release lever and slide the lever out from under the side latch on the processor socket.
b. Pull the lever back to release the processor cover.
5. Grasp the processor by the edges to remove it from the processor socket.
Leave the release lever extended in the release position so that the socket is ready for the new processor.
Installing the Processor
1. Unpack the new processor, being careful not to touch the underside of the processor.
2. If the release lever on the processor socket is not fully extended, move it to that position.
3. Orient the front and rear alignment notches on the processor with the front and rear alignment notches on the socket.
4. Align the pin-1 corners of the processor and socket.
1 processor cover 4 release lever
2 processor 5 side latch
3 processor socket
NOTICE: When removing or replacing the processor, do not touch any of the pins inside the processor socket or allow any objects to fall onto the pins
in the socket.
NOTICE: Ground yourself by touching an unpainted metal surface on the back of the computer.
NOTICE: When installing the processor, do not touch any of the pins inside the socket or allow any objects to fall onto the pins in the socket.
NOTICE: You must position the processor correctly in the socket to avoid permanent damage to the processor and the computer when you turn on the
computer.5. Set the processor lightly in the socket and ensure that the processor is positioned correctly.
6. When the processor is fully seated in the socket, close the processor cover.
Ensure that the tab on the processor cover is positioned underneath the release lever at the front of the socket.
7. Pivot the release lever back toward the socket and snap it into place under the side latch to secure the processor.
If you installed a processor replacement kit from Dell, return the original heat-sink assembly and processor to Dell in the same package in which your
replacement kit was sent.
8. Install the heat-sink assembly.
9. Replace the computer cover.
10. Connect your computer and devices to electrical outlets, and turn them on.
Fan Assembly
Removing the Fan Assembly
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Remove the heat-sink assembly.
4. Press the release tab on the fan-cable connector on the system board to remove the connector.
1 processor cover 6 release lever
2 tab 7 front alignment notch
3 processor 8 socket and processor pin-1 indicators
4 processor socket 9 rear alignment notch
5 cover latch
NOTICE: To avoid damage, ensure that the processor aligns properly with the socket, and do not use excessive force when you install the processor.
NOTICE: If you are not installing a processor upgrade kit from Dell, reuse the original heat-sink assembly when you replace the processor.
NOTICE: When installing the heat-sink assembly, do not touch the thermal interface on its underside, as this may result in damage.
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network port or device and then plug the cable into the computer.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before removing the cover.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer chassis.5. Simultaneously press the fan-release tab on one side of the fan assembly and pull the fan- release tab located on the bottom of the opposite side of
the assembly upwards.
6. Slide the fan assembly toward the back of the computer and lift to remove the assembly.
Front I/O Panel
Removing the Front I/O Panel
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Remove the heat-sink assembly.
4. Remove the fan assembly.
1 fan release tabs (2)
2 fan assembly
3 fan cable connector
4 release tab on fan cable connector
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before removing the cover.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer chassis.5. Remove the screw that secures the front I/O panel to the front of the computer.
6. Pull the I/O panel toward the back of the computer and lift the panel to remove from the computer.
7. Disconnect any cables from the I/O panel.
System Board
Jumper Settings
The jumper locations are shown below.
1 screw
2 front I/O panelRemoving the System Board
1. Shut down the computer through the Start menu.
2. Ensure that your computer and attached devices are turned off. If your computer and attached devices did not automatically turn off when you shut
down your computer, turn them off now.
3. Disconnect any telephone or telecommunication lines from the computer.
4. Disconnect your computer and all attached devices from their electrical outlets, and then press the power button to ground the system board.
5. Remove the computer cover.
6. Remove any components that restrict access to the system board (CD/DVD drive(s), floppy drive, hard drive, front I/O panel).
7. Remove the heat-sink assembly and processor.
8. Disconnect all cables from the system board.
9. Remove the eight system-board screws and the two mounting-bracket screws.
10. Slide the system board assembly toward the front of the computer, and then lift the board away.
Jumper Setting Description
PSWD
(default)
Password features are enabled.
Password features are disabled.
RTCRST
(default)
Real-time clock reset in normal operation.
Clear CMOS settings.
CAUTION: To guard against electrical shock, always unplug your computer from the electrical outlet before opening the cover.
NOTICE: Before touching anything inside your computer, ground yourself by touching an unpainted metal surface, such as the metal at the back of the
computer. While you work, periodically touch an unpainted metal surface to dissipate any static electricity that could harm internal components.
NOTICE: To disconnect a network cable, first unplug the cable from your computer and then unplug it from the network port or device.
NOTE: The mounting-bracket screws also hold the system board and need to be removed for the removal of the system board.11. Place the system board assembly that you just removed next to the replacement system board to ensure that it is identical.
Replacing the System Board
1. Gently align the system board in the chassis and slide the board toward the back of the computer.
2. Replace the eight system-board screws and the two mounting-bracket screws.
3. Replace any components and cables that you removed from the system board.
4. Reconnect all cables to their connectors at the back of the computer.
5. Replace the computer cover.
6. Connect your computer and devices to electrical outlets, and turn them on.
Power Supply
Removing the Power Supply
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Remove the computer cover.
3. Disconnect the DC power cables from the system board and the drives.
1 mounting-bracket screws (2)
2 system-board screws (8)
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network port or device, and then plug the cable into the computer.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
NOTICE: To prevent static damage to components inside your computer, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of your
computer's electronic components. You can do so by touching an unpainted metal surface on the computer chassis.4. Remove the four screws that attach the power supply to the back of the computer frame.
5. Press the release button located on the floor of the computer frame.
6. Slide the power supply toward the front of the computer approximately 1 inch.
7. Lift the power supply out of the computer.
Replacing the Power Supply
1. Slide the power supply into place.
2. Replace the screws that secure the power supply to the back of the computer frame.
3. Reconnect the DC power cables.
4. Route the cables through the routing clips, and press the clips to close them over the cables.
5. Replace the computer cover.
6. Connect your computer and devices to electrical outlets, and turn them on.
1 release button
2 power supply
3 screws (4)
4 AC power connector
NOTICE: Note the routing of the DC power cables underneath the routing clips in the computer frame as you remove them from the system board and
drives. You must route these cables properly when you replace them to prevent them from being pinched or crimped.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
NOTICE: You must route the DC power cables properly through the routing clips when you replace the cables to prevent them from being pinched or
crimped.
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network port or device and then plug the cable into the computer.Back to Contents PageBack to Contents Page
System Setup
Dell™ Dimension™ 5100 Service Manual
Overview
Entering System Setup
System Setup Options
Boot Sequence
Clearing Forgotten Passwords
Clearing CMOS Settings
Overview
Use system setup as follows:
l To change the system configuration information after you add, change, or remove any hardware in your computer
l To set or change a user-selectable option such as the user password
l To read the current amount of memory or set the type of hard drive installed
Before you use system setup, it is recommended that you write down the system setup screen information for future reference.
Entering System Setup
1. Turn on (or restart) your computer.
2. When the blue DELL™ logo is displayed, you must watch for the F2 prompt to appear.
3. Once this F2 prompt appears, press immediately.
4. If you wait too long and the operating system logo appears, continue to wait until you see the Microsoft® Windows® desktop. Then, shut down your
computer and try again.
System Setup Screens
The system setup screen displays current or changeable configuration information for your computer. Information on the screen is divided into three areas: the
options list, active options field, and key functions.
NOTICE: Unless you are an expert computer user, do not change the settings for this program. Certain changes can make your computer work
incorrectly.
NOTE: The F2 prompt indicates that the keyboard has initialized. This prompt can appear very quickly, so you must watch for it to display, and then
press . If you press before you are prompted, this keystroke will be lost.
Options List — This field appears on the left side of
the system setup window. The field is a scrollable list
containing features that define the configuration of
your computer, including installed hardware, power
conservation, and security features.
Scroll up and down the list with the up- and downarrow keys. As an option is highlighted, the Option
Field displays more information about that option
and the option's current and available settings. By
pressing or the left and right arrow keys,
you can toggle between a primary topic (collapsed)
and subtopics (expanded).
Option Field — This field contains information about
each option. In this field you can view your current
settings and make changes to your settings.
Use the right and left arrow keys to highlight an
option. Press to make that selection active.
Key Functions — This field appears below the Option System Setup Options
Field and lists keys and their functions within the
active system setup field.
NOTE: Depending on your computer and installed devices, the items listed in this section may not appear, or may not appear exactly as listed.
System
Processor
Info
Displays the following information for the processor installed in the system: Processor Type, Processor Clock Speed, Processor Bus Speed, Processor Cache Size, Processor ID
number, whether the processor is Hyperthreading Capable or multiple-core capable, and if
the processor has 64-bit Technology.
Memory Info Displays the amount of Installed Memory, Memory Speed, Memory Channel Mode, and a
description of the Memory Technology. This option also displays a table that describes the memory size, whether the memory module is ECC capable, single or dual rank, type, and
organization.
PCI Info Displays the contents of each PCI slot.
Date/Time Controls the system's internal calendar and clock.
Boot
Sequence
(Diskette
drive
default)
Determines the order in which the system searches for boot devices during system startup.
NOTE: If you insert a boot device and restart the computer, this option appears in the system
setup menu. To boot from a USB memory device, select the USB device and move it so it
becomes the first device in the list.
Drives
Diskette
Drive
(Internal
default)
Enables and disables the floppy drives and sets read permission for the internal floppy drive. Off disables all floppy drives. USB enables the USB floppy drive. Internal enables the internal
floppy drive. Read Only enables the internal drive controller and allows the internal floppy
drive read-only permission.
NOTE: Operating systems with USB support will recognize USB floppy drives regardless of this
setting.
Drives 0
through 3
(On
default)
Enables or disables an ATA or SATA device (such as hard-drive, CD drive, or DVD drive). On
enables the interface so that the device can be used.
Displays the Controller type (ATA or SATA), Port number the drive is using, Drive ID number,
Capacity, and whether the drive is controlled by the BIOS.
SATA
Operation
(Normal
default)
Determines the integrated SATA controller's operating mode:
Normal – native mode, which provides the highest drive performance and optimal flexibility.
Combination – combination mode, which offers compatibility with versions of the operating
system that do not support SATA drives.
Onboard Devices
Integrated NIC
(On default)
Enables or disables the integrated NIC controller. Settings are On, Off, or On w/ PXE. When the On w/ PXE setting is active (available only for setting up a future boot
process), the computer prompts you to press .
Pressing this key combination causes a menu to display that allows you to select a method
for booting from a network server. If a boot routine is not available from the network
server, the computer attempts to boot from the next device in the boot sequence list.
Integrated
Audio
Controller
Enables or disables the onboard audio controller.
Front USB Ports
(On default)
Enables or disables the front USB ports.
USB for Flexbay
(On default)
On enables internal USB for FlexBay.
NOTE: This USB option appears only if a FlexBay device is installed.
Video
Primary
Video
(Auto
default)
Specifies which video controller is primary when two video controllers are present on the
computer. Auto enables the add-in video controller. Onboard enables the integrated video
controller.
Video Configures the system memory allocation reserved for the integrated video controller. Settings Memory Size
(8 MB
default)
are 1MB and 8MB.
Performance
HyperThreading
(On default)
Determines whether the physical processor appears as one or two logical processors.
The performance of some applications improve with additional logical processors installed. On enables hyperthreading.
SpeedStep
(On default)
Enables SpeedStep for all supported processors in the computer.
Hard Drive
Acoustics
(Bypass default)
l Bypass (default) — Your computer does not test or change the current acoustics mode setting.
l Quiet — The hard drive operates at its most quiet setting.
l Suggested — The hard drive operates at the level suggested by the drive manufacturer.
l Performance — The hard drive operates at its maximum speed.
NOTE: Switching to performance mode will cause the drive heads to move faster, causing
the hard drive to be noisier. However, some drives may not see an increase in data
transfer rates.
NOTE: Changing the acoustics setting does not alter your hard drive image.
Security
Admin
Password
(Not Set
default)
Displays the current status of your System Setup program's password security feature and
allows you to verify and assign a new admin password.
System
Password
(Not Set
default)
Displays the current status of the system's password security feature and allows a new system
password to be assigned and verified.
Password
Changes
Determines the interaction between the System password and the Admin password. Locked
prevents a user without a valid Admin password from being able to modify the System
password. Unlocked allows a user with a valid Admin password to modify the system
password.
Execute
Disable
(On
default)
Enables or disables Execute Disable memory protection technology.
Power Management
AC
Recovery
(Off
default)
Determines how the system responds when AC power is re-applied after a power loss. Off
commands the system to stay off when the power is re-applied. You must press the front-panel
power button before the system turns on. On commands the system to turn on when the power
is re-applied. Last commands the system to return to the last power state the system was in
just before it was turned off.
Auto
Power On
(Off
default)
Sets the computer to automatically turn on. Off disables this feature. Everyday turns the
computer on every day at the time set in Auto Power Time. Weekdays turns the computer on
every day from Monday through Friday at the time set in Auto Power Time.
NOTE: This feature does not work if you turn off your computer using a power strip or surge
protector.
Auto
Power
Time
Sets time to automatically turn on the computer.
Time is kept in the standard 12-hour format (hours:minutes). Change the startup time by
pressing the right- or left-arrow key to increase or decrease the numbers, or type numbers in
both the date and time fields.
Suspend
Mode
Sets the computer's suspend mode. The options are S1, a suspend state where the computer is
running in a low-power mode, and S3, a standby state where the power is reduced or turned off
for most components, however, system memory remains active.
Maintenance
Load
Defaults
Restores System Setup options to their factory defaults.
Event Log Allows you to view the Event Log. Entries are marked R for Read and U for Unread. Mark All Boot Sequence
This feature allows you to change the boot sequence for devices.
Option Settings
l Diskette Drive — The computer attempts to boot from the floppy drive. If the floppy disk in the drive is not bootable, if no floppy disk is in the drive, or if
there is no floppy drive installed in the computer, the computer generates an error message.
l Hard Drive — The computer attempts to boot from the primary hard drive. If no operating system is on the drive, the computer generates an error message.
l CD Drive — The computer attempts to boot from the CD drive. If no CD is in the drive, or if the CD has no operating system, the computer generates an
error message.
l USB Flash Device — Insert the memory device into a USB port and restart the computer. When F12 = Boot Menu appears in the upper-right corner of
the screen, press . The BIOS detects the device and adds the USB flash option to the boot menu.
Changing Boot Sequence for the Current Boot
You can use this feature, for example, to restart your computer to a USB device such as a floppy drive, memory key, or CD-RW drive.
1. If you are booting to a USB device, connect the USB device to a USB connector (see "Front View of the Computer" and "Back View of the Computer").
2. Turn on (or restart) your computer.
3. When F2 = Setup, F12 = Boot Menu appears in the upper-right corner of the screen, press .
If you wait too long and the operating system logo appears, continue to wait until you see the Microsoft Windows desktop. Then shut down your
computer and try again.
The Boot Device Menu appears, listing all available boot devices. Each device has a number next to it.
4. At the bottom of the menu, enter the number of the device that is to be used for the current boot only.
For example, if you are booting to a USB memory key, highlight USB Flash Device and press .
Changing Boot Sequence for Future Boots
1. Enter system setup.
Entries Read puts an R to the left of all the entries. Clear Log clears the Event Log.
POST Behavior
Fastboot
(On
default)
When enabled, this feature reduces computer startup time by bypassing some compatibility
steps. Off does not skip any steps during computer startup. On starts the system more quickly.
Numlock Key
(On
default)
Determines the functionality of the numeric keys on the right side of your keyboard. Off
commands the right keypad keys to function as arrows. On commands the right keypad keys to
function as numbers.
POST
Hotkeys
Determines whether the sign-on screen displays a message stating the keystroke sequence
that is required to enter the Setup program or the Quickboot feature. Setup & Boot Menu
displays both messages
(F2=Setup and F12=Boot Menu). Setup displays the setup message only (F2=Setup). Boot Menu displays the Quickboot message only (F12=Boot Menu). None displays no message.
Keyboard
Errors
When set to Report (enabled) and an error is detected during POST, the BIOS will display the
error message and prompt you to press to continue or press to enter System
Setup.
When set to Do Not Report (disabled) and an error is detected during POST, the BIOS will
display the error message and continue booting the system.
NOTE: To boot to a USB device, the device must be bootable. To make sure that your device is bootable, check the device documentation.
NOTE: If you are booting to a USB floppy drive, you must first set the floppy drive to OFF in system setup.
NOTE: To boot to a USB device, the device must be bootable. To make sure your device is bootable, check the device documentation.2. Use the arrow keys to highlight the Boot Sequence menu option and press to access the menu.
3. Press the up- and down-arrow keys to move through the list of devices.
4. Press the spacebar to enable or disable a device (enabled devices have a checkmark).
5. Press plus (+) or minus (–) to move a selected device up or down the list.
Clearing Forgotten Passwords
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Locate the 3-pin password jumper (PSWD) on the system board, and attach the jumper plug to pins 2 and 3 to clear the password.
3. Close the computer cover.
4. Connect your computer and monitor to electrical outlets, and turn them on.
5. After the Microsoft® Windows® desktop appears on your computer, shut down your computer. Turn off the monitor and disconnect it from the electrical
outlet.
6. Disconnect the computer power cable from the electrical outlet, and press the power button to ground the system board.
7. Open the computer cover.
8. Locate the 3-pin password jumper (PSWD) on the system board and attach the jumper to pins 1 and 2 to re-enable the password feature.
9. Close the computer cover.
10. Connect your computer and devices to electrical outlets, and turn them on.
NOTE: Write down your current boot sequence in case you want to restore it.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
NOTE: When you receive your computer, the jumper plug is attached to pins 1 and 2.
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network port or device and then plug it into the computer.Clearing CMOS Settings
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Reset the current CMOS settings:
a. Locate the 3-pin CMOS jumper (RTCRST) on the system board.
b. Remove the jumper plug from pins 2 and 3.
c. Place the jumper plug on pins 1 and 2 and wait for approximately 5 seconds.
d. Replace the jumper plug on pins 2 and 3.
3. Close the computer cover.
4. Connect your computer and devices
Back to Contents Page
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network port or device and then plug it into the computer.Back to Contents Page
System Setup
Dell™ Dimension™ 5100 Service Manual
Overview
Entering System Setup
System Setup Options
Boot Sequence
Clearing Forgotten Passwords
Clearing CMOS Settings
Overview
Use system setup as follows:
l To change the system configuration information after you add, change, or remove any hardware in your computer
l To set or change a user-selectable option such as the user password
l To read the current amount of memory or set the type of hard drive installed
Before you use system setup, it is recommended that you write down the system setup screen information for future reference.
Entering System Setup
1. Turn on (or restart) your computer.
2. When the blue DELL™ logo is displayed, you must watch for the F2 prompt to appear.
3. Once this F2 prompt appears, press immediately.
4. If you wait too long and the operating system logo appears, continue to wait until you see the Microsoft® Windows® desktop. Then, shut down your
computer and try again.
System Setup Screens
The system setup screen displays current or changeable configuration information for your computer. Information on the screen is divided into three areas: the
options list, active options field, and key functions.
NOTICE: Unless you are an expert computer user, do not change the settings for this program. Certain changes can make your computer work
incorrectly.
NOTE: The F2 prompt indicates that the keyboard has initialized. This prompt can appear very quickly, so you must watch for it to display, and then
press . If you press before you are prompted, this keystroke will be lost.
Options List — This field appears on the left side of
the system setup window. The field is a scrollable list
containing features that define the configuration of
your computer, including installed hardware, power
conservation, and security features.
Scroll up and down the list with the up- and downarrow keys. As an option is highlighted, the Option
Field displays more information about that option
and the option's current and available settings. By
pressing or the left and right arrow keys,
you can toggle between a primary topic (collapsed)
and subtopics (expanded).
Option Field — This field contains information about
each option. In this field you can view your current
settings and make changes to your settings.
Use the right and left arrow keys to highlight an
option. Press to make that selection active.System Setup Options
Key Functions — This field appears below the Option
Field and lists keys and their functions within the
active system setup field.
NOTE: Depending on your computer and installed devices, the items listed in this section may not appear, or may not appear exactly as listed.
System
Processor
Info
Displays the following information for the processor installed in the system: Processor Type, Processor Clock Speed, Processor Bus Speed, Processor Cache Size, Processor ID
number, whether the processor is Hyperthreading Capable or multiple-core capable, and if
the processor has 64-bit Technology.
Memory Info
Displays the amount of Installed Memory, Memory Speed, Memory Channel Mode, and a
description of the Memory Technology. This option also displays a table that describes the memory size, whether the memory module is ECC capable, single or dual rank, type, and
organization.
PCI Info Displays the contents of each PCI slot.
Date/Time Controls the system's internal calendar and clock.
Boot
Sequence
(Diskette
drive
default)
Determines the order in which the system searches for boot devices during system startup.
NOTE: If you insert a boot device and restart the computer, this option appears in the system
setup menu. To boot from a USB memory device, select the USB device and move it so it
becomes the first device in the list.
Drives
Diskette
Drive
(Internal
default)
Enables and disables the floppy drives and sets read permission for the internal floppy drive. Off disables all floppy drives. USB enables the USB floppy drive. Internal enables the internal
floppy drive. Read Only enables the internal drive controller and allows the internal floppy
drive read-only permission.
NOTE: Operating systems with USB support will recognize USB floppy drives regardless of this
setting.
Drives 0
through 3
(On
default)
Enables or disables an ATA or SATA device (such as hard-drive, CD drive, or DVD drive). On
enables the interface so that the device can be used.
Displays the Controller type (ATA or SATA), Port number the drive is using, Drive ID number,
Capacity, and whether the drive is controlled by the BIOS.
SATA
Operation
(Normal
default)
Determines the integrated SATA controller's operating mode:
Normal – native mode, which provides the highest drive performance and optimal flexibility.
Combination – combination mode, which offers compatibility with versions of the operating
system that do not support SATA drives.
Onboard Devices
Integrated NIC
(On default)
Enables or disables the integrated NIC controller. Settings are On, Off, or On w/ PXE. When the On w/ PXE setting is active (available only for setting up a future boot
process), the computer prompts you to press .
Pressing this key combination causes a menu to display that allows you to select a method
for booting from a network server. If a boot routine is not available from the network
server, the computer attempts to boot from the next device in the boot sequence list.
Integrated
Audio
Controller
Enables or disables the onboard audio controller.
Front USB Ports
(On default)
Enables or disables the front USB ports.
USB for Flexbay
(On default)
On enables internal USB for FlexBay.
NOTE: This USB option appears only if a FlexBay device is installed.
Video
Primary
Video
(Auto
Specifies which video controller is primary when two video controllers are present on the
computer. Auto enables the add-in video controller. Onboard enables the integrated video
controller.default)
Video
Memory Size
(8 MB
default)
Configures the system memory allocation reserved for the integrated video controller. Settings
are 1MB and 8MB.
Performance
HyperThreading
(On default)
Determines whether the physical processor appears as one or two logical processors.
The performance of some applications improve with additional logical processors installed. On enables hyperthreading.
SpeedStep
(On default)
Enables SpeedStep for all supported processors in the computer.
Hard Drive
Acoustics
(Bypass default)
l Bypass (default) — Your computer does not test or change the current acoustics mode setting.
l Quiet — The hard drive operates at its most quiet setting.
l Suggested — The hard drive operates at the level suggested by the drive manufacturer.
l Performance — The hard drive operates at its maximum speed.
NOTE: Switching to performance mode will cause the drive heads to move faster, causing
the hard drive to be noisier. However, some drives may not see an increase in data
transfer rates.
NOTE: Changing the acoustics setting does not alter your hard drive image.
Security
Admin
Password
(Not Set
default)
Displays the current status of your System Setup program's password security feature and
allows you to verify and assign a new admin password.
System
Password
(Not Set
default)
Displays the current status of the system's password security feature and allows a new system
password to be assigned and verified.
Password
Changes
Determines the interaction between the System password and the Admin password. Locked
prevents a user without a valid Admin password from being able to modify the System
password. Unlocked allows a user with a valid Admin password to modify the system
password.
Execute
Disable
(On
default)
Enables or disables Execute Disable memory protection technology.
Power Management
AC
Recovery
(Off
default)
Determines how the system responds when AC power is re-applied after a power loss. Off
commands the system to stay off when the power is re-applied. You must press the front-panel
power button before the system turns on. On commands the system to turn on when the power
is re-applied. Last commands the system to return to the last power state the system was in
just before it was turned off.
Auto
Power On
(Off
default)
Sets the computer to automatically turn on. Off disables this feature. Everyday turns the
computer on every day at the time set in Auto Power Time. Weekdays turns the computer on
every day from Monday through Friday at the time set in Auto Power Time.
NOTE: This feature does not work if you turn off your computer using a power strip or surge
protector.
Auto
Power
Time
Sets time to automatically turn on the computer.
Time is kept in the standard 12-hour format (hours:minutes). Change the startup time by
pressing the right- or left-arrow key to increase or decrease the numbers, or type numbers in
both the date and time fields.
Suspend
Mode
Sets the computer's suspend mode. The options are S1, a suspend state where the computer is
running in a low-power mode, and S3, a standby state where the power is reduced or turned off
for most components, however, system memory remains active.
Maintenance
Load
Defaults Restores System Setup options to their factory defaults.Boot Sequence
This feature allows you to change the boot sequence for devices.
Option Settings
l Diskette Drive — The computer attempts to boot from the floppy drive. If the floppy disk in the drive is not bootable, if no floppy disk is in the drive, or if
there is no floppy drive installed in the computer, the computer generates an error message.
l Hard Drive — The computer attempts to boot from the primary hard drive. If no operating system is on the drive, the computer generates an error message.
l CD Drive — The computer attempts to boot from the CD drive. If no CD is in the drive, or if the CD has no operating system, the computer generates an
error message.
l USB Flash Device — Insert the memory device into a USB port and restart the computer. When F12 = Boot Menu appears in the upper-right corner of
the screen, press . The BIOS detects the device and adds the USB flash option to the boot menu.
Changing Boot Sequence for the Current Boot
You can use this feature, for example, to restart your computer to a USB device such as a floppy drive, memory key, or CD-RW drive.
1. If you are booting to a USB device, connect the USB device to a USB connector (see "Front View of the Computer" and "Back View of the Computer").
2. Turn on (or restart) your computer.
3. When F2 = Setup, F12 = Boot Menu appears in the upper-right corner of the screen, press .
If you wait too long and the operating system logo appears, continue to wait until you see the Microsoft Windows desktop. Then shut down your
computer and try again.
The Boot Device Menu appears, listing all available boot devices. Each device has a number next to it.
4. At the bottom of the menu, enter the number of the device that is to be used for the current boot only.
For example, if you are booting to a USB memory key, highlight USB Flash Device and press .
Changing Boot Sequence for Future Boots
Event Log Allows you to view the Event Log. Entries are marked R for Read and U for Unread. Mark All
Entries Read puts an R to the left of all the entries. Clear Log clears the Event Log.
POST Behavior
Fastboot
(On
default)
When enabled, this feature reduces computer startup time by bypassing some compatibility
steps. Off does not skip any steps during computer startup. On starts the system more quickly.
Numlock Key
(On
default)
Determines the functionality of the numeric keys on the right side of your keyboard. Off
commands the right keypad keys to function as arrows. On commands the right keypad keys to
function as numbers.
POST
Hotkeys
Determines whether the sign-on screen displays a message stating the keystroke sequence
that is required to enter the Setup program or the Quickboot feature. Setup & Boot Menu
displays both messages
(F2=Setup and F12=Boot Menu). Setup displays the setup message only (F2=Setup). Boot Menu displays the Quickboot message only (F12=Boot Menu). None displays no message.
Keyboard
Errors
When set to Report (enabled) and an error is detected during POST, the BIOS will display the
error message and prompt you to press to continue or press to enter System
Setup.
When set to Do Not Report (disabled) and an error is detected during POST, the BIOS will
display the error message and continue booting the system.
NOTE: To boot to a USB device, the device must be bootable. To make sure that your device is bootable, check the device documentation.
NOTE: If you are booting to a USB floppy drive, you must first set the floppy drive to OFF in system setup.
NOTE: To boot to a USB device, the device must be bootable. To make sure your device is bootable, check the device documentation.1. Enter system setup.
2. Use the arrow keys to highlight the Boot Sequence menu option and press to access the menu.
3. Press the up- and down-arrow keys to move through the list of devices.
4. Press the spacebar to enable or disable a device (enabled devices have a checkmark).
5. Press plus (+) or minus (–) to move a selected device up or down the list.
Clearing Forgotten Passwords
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Locate the 3-pin password jumper (PSWD) on the system board, and attach the jumper plug to pins 2 and 3 to clear the password.
3. Close the computer cover.
4. Connect your computer and monitor to electrical outlets, and turn them on.
5. After the Microsoft® Windows® desktop appears on your computer, shut down your computer. Turn off the monitor and disconnect it from the electrical
outlet.
6. Disconnect the computer power cable from the electrical outlet, and press the power button to ground the system board.
7. Open the computer cover.
8. Locate the 3-pin password jumper (PSWD) on the system board and attach the jumper to pins 1 and 2 to re-enable the password feature.
9. Close the computer cover.
NOTE: Write down your current boot sequence in case you want to restore it.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
NOTE: When you receive your computer, the jumper plug is attached to pins 1 and 2.
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network port or device and then plug it into the computer.10. Connect your computer and devices to electrical outlets, and turn them on.
Clearing CMOS Settings
1. Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
2. Reset the current CMOS settings:
a. Locate the 3-pin CMOS jumper (RTCRST) on the system board.
b. Remove the jumper plug from pins 2 and 3.
c. Place the jumper plug on pins 1 and 2 and wait for approximately 5 seconds.
d. Replace the jumper plug on pins 2 and 3.
3. Close the computer cover.
4. Connect your computer and devices
Back to Contents Page
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
NOTICE: To connect a network cable, first plug the cable into the network port or device and then plug it into the computer.Back to Contents Page
Specifications
Dell™ Dimension™ 5100 Service Manual
Processor Expansion Bus
Memory Connectors
Computer Information Controls and Lights
Video Power
Audio Physical
Drives Environmental
Processor
Processor type Intel® Pentium® 4 5XXX and 6XXX processors with Hyper-Threading technology
NOTE: Not all Pentium 4 processors support HyperThreading technology.
Level 1 (L1) cache 16 KB
Level 2 (L2) cache 1 MB for Pentium 5XXX processors
2 MB for Pentium 6XXX processors
(depending on your computer configuration)
pipelined-burst, eight-way set associative, write-back
SRAM
Memory
Type 400-MHz and 533-MHz DDR2 unbuffered SDRAM
Memory connectors four
Memory capacities 256 MB, 512 MB, or 1 GB non-ECC
Maximum memory 4 GB
NOTE: See "Addressing Memory With 4-GB
Configurations" to verify the amount of memory
available to the operating system.
BIOS address F0000h
Computer Information
Chipset Intel 945G Express
DMA channels eight
Interrupt levels 24
BIOS chip (NVRAM) 4 Mb
NIC Integrated network interface capable of 10/100
communication
System clock 800- or 1066-MHz data rate
Video
Type Integrated Intel Graphics Media Accelerator 950
(GMA950)
Audio
Type Sigmatel STAC9220
Expansion Bus
Bus type PCI 2.3
PCI Express x1 and x16
Bus speed PCI: 33 MHz
PCI Express:
x1 slot bidirectional speed - 500 MB/s
x16 slot bidirectional speed - 8 GB/s
PCI
connectors twoconnector size 120 pins
connector data width (maximum) 32 bits
PCI Express
connector one x1
connector size 36 pins
connector data width (maximum) 1 PCI Express lane
PCI Express
connector one x16
connector size 164 pins
connector data width (maximum) 16 PCI Express lanes
Drives
Externally accessible:
one 3.5-inch FlexBay (may contain an optional floppy
drive or an optional Media Card Reader)
two 5.25-inch drive bays
Available devices Serial ATA drives (2), floppy drive, USB memory
devices, CD drive, CD-RW drive, DVD drive, DVD-RW
drive, DVD and CD-RW combo drive, and Media Card
Reader
Internally accessible: two bays for 1-inch high serial ATA hard drives
Connectors
External connectors:
Video 15-hole connector
Network adapter RJ-45 connector
USB two front-panel and five back-panel USB 2.0-
compliant connectors
Audio five connectors for line-in, line-out, microphone/ sidesurround, surround, and center/subwoofer connector
(LFE channel); two front-panel connectors for
headphones and microphone
System board connectors:
Primary IDE drive one 40-pin connector
Serial ATA two 7-pin connectors
FlexBay Drive one USB 10-pin header for optional Media Card
Reader (3.5-inch bay device)
Floppy drive one 33-pin connector
Fan one 5-pin connectors
PCI 2.3 two 120-pin connectors
PCI Express x1 one 36-pin connector
PCI Express x16 one 164-pin connector
Controls and Lights
Power button push button
Power light green light — Blinking green in sleep state; solid
green for power-on state.
amber light — Blinking amber indicates a problem with the power supply inside the computer. If the
system cannot boot and there is a solid amber light,
this indicates a problem with the system board (see
"Power Problems" in your computer Owner's Manual).
Hard-drive access light green
Link integrity light (on integrated network adapter) green light — A good connection exists between a
10-Mbps network and the computer.
orange light — A good connection exists between a
100-Mbps network and the computer.
off (no light) — The computer is not detecting a
physical connection to the network.
Activity light (on integrated network adapter) yellow blinking light
Diagnostic lights four lights on the front panel (see "Diagnostic
Lights")
Standby power light AUX_PWR on the system board
Power
DC power supply:Back to Contents Page
Wattage 305 W
Heat dissipation 1039 BTU/hr
Voltage (see the safety instructions in the
Product Information Guide for important voltage
setting information)
90 to 135 V and 180 to 265 V at 50/60 Hz
Backup battery 3-V CR2032 lithium coin cell
Physical
Height 41.4 cm (16.3 inches)
Width 18.8 cm (7.4 inches)
Depth 45.7 cm (18.0 inches)
Weight 12.7 kg (28 lb)
Environmental
Temperature:
Operating 10° to 35°C (50° to 95°F)
Storage –40° to 65°C (–40° to 149°F)
Relative humidity 20% to 80% (noncondensing)
Maximum vibration:
Operating 0.25 G at 3 to 200 Hz at 0.5 octave/min
Storage 0.5 G at 3 to 200 Hz at 1 octave/min
Maximum shock:
Operating bottom half-sine pulse with a change in velocity of 20
inches/sec (50.8 cm/sec)
Storage 27-G faired square wave with a velocity change of
200 inches/sec (508 cm/sec)
Altitude:
Operating –15.2 to 3048 m (–50 to 10,000 ft)
Storage –15.2 to 10,668 m (–50 to 35,000 ft)Back to Contents Page
Specifications
Dell™ Dimension™ 5100 Service Manual
Processor
Memory
Computer Information
Video
Audio
Drives
Expansion Bus
Connectors
Controls and Lights
Power
Physical
Environmental
Processor
Processor type Intel® Pentium® 4 5XXX and 6XXX processors with Hyper-Threading technology
NOTE: Not all Pentium 4 processors support HyperThreading technology.
Level 1 (L1) cache 16 KB
Level 2 (L2) cache 1 MB for Pentium 5XXX processors
2 MB for Pentium 6XXX processors
(depending on your computer configuration)
pipelined-burst, eight-way set associative, write-back
SRAM
Memory
Type 400-MHz and 533-MHz DDR2 unbuffered SDRAM
Memory connectors four
Memory capacities 256 MB, 512 MB, or 1 GB non-ECC
Maximum memory 4 GB
NOTE: See "Addressing Memory With 4-GB
Configurations" to verify the amount of memory
available to the operating system.
BIOS address F0000h
Computer Information
Chipset Intel 945G Express
DMA channels eight
Interrupt levels 24
BIOS chip (NVRAM) 4 Mb
NIC Integrated network interface capable of 10/100
communication
System clock 800- or 1066-MHz data rate
Video
Type Integrated Intel Graphics Media Accelerator 950
(GMA950)
Audio
Type Sigmatel STAC9220
Expansion Bus
Bus type PCI 2.3
PCI Express x1 and x16
Bus speed PCI: 33 MHz
PCI Express:
x1 slot bidirectional speed - 500 MB/s
x16 slot bidirectional speed - 8 GB/s
PCIconnectors two
connector size 120 pins
connector data width (maximum) 32 bits
PCI Express
connector one x1
connector size 36 pins
connector data width (maximum) 1 PCI Express lane
PCI Express
connector one x16
connector size 164 pins
connector data width (maximum) 16 PCI Express lanes
Drives
Externally accessible:
one 3.5-inch FlexBay (may contain an optional floppy
drive or an optional Media Card Reader)
two 5.25-inch drive bays
Available devices Serial ATA drives (2), floppy drive, USB memory
devices, CD drive, CD-RW drive, DVD drive, DVD-RW
drive, DVD and CD-RW combo drive, and Media Card
Reader
Internally accessible: two bays for 1-inch high serial ATA hard drives
Connectors
External connectors:
Video 15-hole connector
Network adapter RJ-45 connector
USB two front-panel and five back-panel USB 2.0-
compliant connectors
Audio five connectors for line-in, line-out, microphone/ sidesurround, surround, and center/subwoofer connector
(LFE channel); two front-panel connectors for
headphones and microphone
System board connectors:
Primary IDE drive one 40-pin connector
Serial ATA two 7-pin connectors
FlexBay Drive one USB 10-pin header for optional Media Card
Reader (3.5-inch bay device)
Floppy drive one 33-pin connector
Fan one 5-pin connector
PCI 2.3 two 120-pin connectors
PCI Express x1 one 36-pin connector
PCI Express x16 one 164-pin connector
Controls and Lights
Power button push button
Power light green light — Blinking green in sleep state; solid
green for power-on state.
amber light — Blinking amber indicates a problem with the power supply inside the computer. If the
system cannot boot and there is a solid amber light,
this indicates a problem with the system board (see
"Power Problems" in your computer Owner's Manual).
Hard-drive access light green
Link integrity light (on integrated network adapter) green light — A good connection exists between a
10-Mbps network and the computer.
orange light — A good connection exists between a
100-Mbps network and the computer.
off (no light) — The computer is not detecting a
physical connection to the network.
Activity light (on integrated network adapter) yellow blinking light
Diagnostic lights four lights on the front panel (see "Diagnostic
Lights")
Standby power light AUX_PWR on the system boardBack to Contents Page
Power
DC power supply:
Wattage 305 W
Heat dissipation 1039 BTU/hr
Voltage (see the safety instructions in the
Product Information Guide for important voltage
setting information)
90 to 135 V and 180 to 265 V at 50/60 Hz
Backup battery 3-V CR2032 lithium coin cell
Physical
Height 41.3 cm (16.3 inches)
Width 18.7 cm (7.4 inches)
Depth 45.9 cm (18.0 inches)
Weight 14.2 kg (32 lb)
Environmental
Temperature:
Operating 10° to 35°C (50° to 95°F)
Storage –40° to 65°C (–40° to 149°F)
Relative humidity 20% to 80% (noncondensing)
Maximum vibration:
Operating 0.25 G at 3 to 200 Hz at 0.5 octave/min
Storage 0.5 G at 3 to 200 Hz at 1 octave/min
Maximum shock:
Operating bottom half-sine pulse with a change in velocity of 20
inches/sec (50.8 cm/sec)
Storage 27-G faired square wave with a velocity change of
200 inches/sec (508 cm/sec)
Altitude:
Operating –15.2 to 3048 m (–50 to 10,000 ft)
Storage –15.2 to 10,668 m (–50 to 35,000 ft)Back to Contents Page
Technical Overview
Dell™ Dimension™ 5100 Service Manual
Inside View of Your Computer
System Board Components
Power Supply DC Connector Pin Assignments
Inside View of Your Computer
Follow the procedures in "Before You Begin."
System Board Components
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.Power Supply DC Connector Pin Assignments
DC Main Power Connector P1 DC Processor Power Connector P2
DC Peripheral Connectors P3 and P5
DC FDD Connector P7
Pin Number Signal Name 18-AWG Wire
1 +3.3 VDC* Orange
2 +3.3 VDC* Orange
3 COM Black
4 +5VDC Red
5 COM Black
6 +5 VDC Red
7 COM Black
8 POK Gray
9 +5 VFP Purple
10 +12 VBDC White
11 +12 VBDC White
12 +3.3 VDC* Orange
13 +3.3 VDC*/SE* Orange
14 –12 VDC Blue
15 COM Black
16 PS-ON Green
17 COM Black
18 COM Black
19 COM Black
20 NA NA
21 +5 VDC Red
22 +5 VDC Red
23 +5 VDC Red
24 COM Black
*The orange +3.3 VDC output wires must be 16 AWG. The +3.3 VDC terminals are high current type (9 A current rating/Molex-HCS type).
*The +3.3VDC/SE is a brown sense wire for +3.3VDC and is optional.
Pin Number Signal Name 18-AWG Wire
1 COM Black
2 COM Black
3 +12 VADC Yellow
4 +12 VADC Yellow
Pin Number Signal Name 18-AWG Wire
1 +3.3 VDC Orange
2 COM Black
3 +5 VADC Red
4 COM Black
5 +12 VBDC White
Pin Number Signal Name 18-AWG Wire
1 +5 VDC Red
2 COM Black
3 COM Black
4 +12 VADC YellowDC Peripheral Connectors P8 and P9
Back to Contents Page
Pin Number Signal Name 18-AWG Wire
1 +12 VBDC White
2 COM Black
3 COM Black
4 +5 VDC RedBack to Contents Page
Technical Overview
Dell™ Dimension™ 5100 Service Manual
Inside View of Your Computer
System Board Components
Power Supply DC Connector Pin Assignments
Inside View of Your Computer
System Board Components
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.Power Supply DC Connector Pin Assignments
DC Main Power Connector P1 DC Processor Power Connector P2
DC Peripheral Connectors P3 and P5
DC FDD Connector P7
Pin Number Signal Name 18-AWG Wire
1 +3.3 VDC* Orange
2 +3.3 VDC* Orange
3 COM Black
4 +5VDC Red
5 COM Black
6 +5 VDC Red
7 COM Black
8 POK Gray
9 +5 VFP Purple
10 +12 VBDC White
11 +12 VBDC White
12 +3.3 VDC* Orange
13 +3.3 VDC*/SE* Orange
14 –12 VDC Blue
15 COM Black
16 PS-ON Green
17 COM Black
18 COM Black
19 COM Black
20 NA NA
21 +5 VDC Red
22 +5 VDC Red
23 +5 VDC Red
24 COM Black
*The orange +3.3 VDC output wires must be 16 AWG. The +3.3 VDC terminals are high current type (9 A current rating/Molex-HCS type).
*The +3.3VDC/SE is a brown sense wire for +3.3VDC and is optional.
Pin Number Signal Name 18-AWG Wire
1 COM Black
2 COM Black
3 +12 VADC Yellow
4 +12 VADC Yellow
Pin Number Signal Name 18-AWG Wire
1 +3.3 VDC Orange
2 COM Black
3 +5 VADC Red
4 COM Black
5 +12 VBDC White
Pin Number Signal Name 18-AWG Wire
1 +5 VDC Red
2 COM Black
3 COM Black
4 +12 VADC YellowDC Peripheral Connectors P8 and P9
Back to Contents Page
Pin Number Signal Name 18-AWG Wire
1 +12 VBDC White
2 COM Black
3 COM Black
4 +5 VDC RedBack to Contents Page
Dell™ Dimension™ 5100 Service Manual
If you purchased a Dell™ n Series computer, any references in this document to Microsoft® Windows® operating systems are not applicable.
Information in this document is subject to change without notice. © 2005 Dell Inc. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc. is strictly forbidden.
Trademarks used in this text: Dell, the DELL logo, and Dimension are trademarks of Dell Inc.; Intel and Pentium are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation; Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Dell Inc. disclaims any
proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than its own.
Model DCSM
September 2005 Rev. A01
Back to Contents Page
NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer.
NOTICE: A NOTICE indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem.
CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death.Back to Contents Page
Advanced Troubleshooting
Dell™ Dimension™ 5100 Service Manual
Dell Diagnostics
System Lights
Diagnostic Lights
Beep Codes
Dell Diagnostics
When to Use the Dell Diagnostics
If you experience a problem with your computer, perform the checks in this section and run the Dell Diagnostics before you contact Dell for technical
assistance.
It is recommended that you print these procedures before you begin.
Enter system setup to review your computer's configuration information, and ensure that the device you want to test displays in system setup and is active.
Start the Dell Diagnostics from either your hard drive or from the optional Drivers and Utilities CD (ResourceCD).
Starting the Dell Diagnostics From Your Hard Drive
1. Turn on (or restart) your computer.
2. When the DELL™ logo appears, press immediately.
If you wait too long and the operating system logo appears, continue to wait until you see the Microsoft® Windows® desktop. Then shut down your
computer and try again.
3. When the boot device list appears, highlight Boot to Utility Partition and press .
4. When the Dell Diagnostics Main Menu appears, select the test you want to run.
Starting the Dell Diagnostics From the Optional Drivers and Utilities CD
1. Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD.
2. Shut down and restart the computer.
When the DELL logo appears, press immediately.
If you wait too long and the Windows logo appears, continue to wait until you see the Windows desktop. Then shut down your computer and try again.
3. When the boot device list appears, highlight IDE CD-ROM Device and press .
4. Select the IDE CD-ROM Device option from the CD boot menu.
5. Select the Boot from CD-ROM option from the menu that appears.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
NOTE: The Drivers and Utilities CD (ResourceCD) is optional, and as such, may not ship with all computers.
NOTICE: The Dell Diagnostics works only on Dell™ computers.
NOTE: If you see a message stating that no diagnostics utility partition has been found, run the Dell Diagnostics from your (optional) Drivers and Utilities
CD.
NOTE: The next steps change the boot sequence for one time only. On the next start-up, the computer boots according to the devices specified in
system setup.6. Type 1 to start the ResourceCD menu.
7. Type 2 to start the Dell Diagnostics.
8. Select Run the 32 Bit Dell Diagnostics from the numbered list. If multiple versions are listed, select the version appropriate for your computer.
9. When the Dell Diagnostics Main Menu appears, select the test you want to run.
Dell Diagnostics Main Menu
1. After the Dell Diagnostics loads and the Main Menu screen appears, click the button for the option you want.
2. If a problem is encountered during a test, a message appears with an error code and a description of the problem. Write down the error code and
problem description and follow the instructions on the screen.
If you cannot resolve the error condition, contact Dell (see your computer Owner's Manual for information about how to contact Dell).
3. If you run a test from the Custom Test or Symptom Tree option, click the applicable tab described in the following table for more information.
4. When the tests are completed, if you are running the Dell Diagnostics from the Drivers and Utilities CD, remove the CD.
5. Close the test screen to return to the Main Menu screen. To exit the Dell Diagnostics and restart the computer, close the Main Menu screen.
System Lights
Your power button light and hard-drive activity light may indicate a computer problem.
Option Function
Express Test Performs a quick test of devices. This test typically takes 10 to 20 minutes and requires no interaction on your part. Run Express Test first to
increase the possibility of tracing the problem quickly.
Extended
Test
Performs a thorough check of devices. This test typically takes 1 hour or more and requires you to answer questions periodically.
Custom Test Tests a specific device. You can customize the tests you want to run.
Symptom
Tree
Lists the most common symptoms encountered and allows you to select a test based on the symptom of the problem you are having.
NOTE: The Service Tag for your computer is located at the top of each test screen. If you contact Dell, technical support will ask for your Service Tag.
Your computer's Service Tag is listed in the system information option in system setup.
Tab Function
Results Displays the results of the test and any error conditions encountered.
Errors Displays error conditions encountered, error codes, and the problem description.
Help Describes the test and may indicate requirements for running the test.
Configuration Displays your hardware configuration for the selected device.
The Dell Diagnostics obtains configuration information for all devices from system setup, memory, and various internal tests, and it displays
the information in the device list in the left pane of the screen. The device list may not display the names of all the components installed on
your computer or all devices attached to your computer.
Parameters Allows you to customize the test by changing the test settings.
Power Light Problem Description Suggested Resolution
Solid green Power is on, and the computer is operating
normally.
No corrective action is required.
Blinking green The computer is in the suspended state
(Microsoft® Windows® 2000 and Windows
XP).
Press the power button, move the mouse, or press a key on the keyboard to wake the computer.
Blinks green several times and
then turns off
A configuration error exists. Check the diagnostic lights to see if the specific problem is identified.
Solid amber The Dell Diagnostics is running a test, or a
device on the system board may be faulty
or incorrectly installed.
If the Dell Diagnostics is running, allow the testing to complete.
Check the diagnostic lights to see if the specific problem is identified. Diagnostic Lights
To help you troubleshoot a problem, your computer has four diagnostic lights labeled "1," "2," "3," and "4" on the front panel. When the computer starts
normally, the lights flash. After the computer starts, all four lights display solid green. If the computer malfunctions, the color and sequence of the lights
identify the problem.the patterns or codes on the lights change as the boot process completes. If the POST portion of system boot completes successfully, all
four lights display solid green. If the computer malfunctions during the POST process, the pattern displayed on the lights may help identify where in the
process the computer halted.
If the computer does not boot, contact Dell for technical assistance (see your
computer Owner's Manual for information about how to contact Dell).
Blinking amber A power supply or system board failure has
occurred.
Check the diagnostic lights to see if the specific problem is identified. Also,
see "Power Problems" in your computer Owner's Manual.
Solid green and a beep code
during POST
A problem was detected while the BIOS was executing.
See "Beep Codes" for instructions on diagnosing the beep code. Also, check
the diagnostic lights to see if the specific problem is identified.
Solid green power light and no
beep code and no video during
POST
The monitor or the graphics card may be
faulty or incorrectly installed.
Check the diagnostic lights to see if the specific problem is identified. See
"Video and Power Problems" in your computer Owner's Manual.
Solid green power light and no
beep code but the computer
locks up during POST
An integrated system board device may be
faulty.
Check the diagnostic lights to see if the specific problem is identified. If the
problem is not identified, contact Dell for technical assistance. See your
computer Owner's Manual for information on how to contact Dell.
Hard-Drive Activity Light
Problem Description Suggested Resolution
Solid green The hard-drive activity light is on when the computer reads data from or writes data to the hard drive. The light might also be on when a device such as a CD player is operating.
No corrective action is
required.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
Light Pattern Problem Description Suggested Resolution
The computer is in a normal "off" condition,
has successfully booted to the operating
system, or a possible pre-BIOS failure has
occurred.
Plug the computer into a working electrical outlet and press the power button. Also see
"Power Problems" in your computer Owner's Manual.
A possible processor failure has occurred. Contact Dell (see your computer Owner's Manual for information about how to contact Dell).
Memory modules are detected, but a memory
failure has occurred.
l If you have two or more memory modules installed, remove the modules, reinstall
one module, and then restart the computer. If the computer starts normally, reinstall
an additional module. Continue until you have identified a faulty module or
reinstalled all modules without error.
l If available, install properly working memory of the same type into your computer.
l If the problem persists, contact Dell (see your computer Owner's Manual for
information about how to contact Dell).
A possible graphics card failure has occurred. l If the computer has a graphics card, remove the card, and then restart the
computer.
l If the problem still exists, install a graphics card that you know works and restart
the computer.
l If the problem persists or the computer has integrated graphics, contact Dell (see
your computer Owner's Manual for information about how to contact Dell).
A possible floppy or hard drive failure has
occurred.
Reseat all power and data cables and restart the computer.
A possible USB failure has occurred. Reinstall all USB devices, check cable connections, and then restart the computer.
No memory modules are detected. l If you have two or more memory modules installed, remove the modules, reinstall
one module, and then restart the computer. If the computer starts normally, reinstall
an additional module. Continue until you have identified a faulty module or
reinstalled all modules without error.
l If available, install properly working memory of the same type into your computer.
l If the problem persists, contact Dell (see your computer Owner's Manual for
information about how to contact Dell).
Memory modules are detected, but a memory
configuration or compatibility error exists.
l Ensure that no special memory module/memory connector placement requirements
exist (see "Memory").
l Verify that the memory modules that you are installing are compatible with your
computer (see "Memory").
l If the problem persists, contact Dell (see your computer Owner's Manual for
information about how to contact Dell).Beep Codes
Your computer might emit a series of beeps during start-up if the monitor cannot display errors or problems. This series of beeps, called a beep code, identifies
a problem. One possible beep code (code 1-3-1) consists of one beep, a burst of three beeps, and then one beep. This beep code tells you that the computer
encountered a memory problem.
If your computer beeps during start-up:
1. Write down the beep code.
2. Run the Dell Diagnostics to identify a more serious cause.
3. Contact Dell for technical assistance (see your computer Owner's Manual for information about how to contact Dell).
A possible expansion card failure has
occurred.
1. Determine if a conflict exists by removing a card (not a graphics card) (see "Cards")
and restarting the computer.
2. If the problem persists, reinstall the card that you removed, remove a different card,
and then restart the computer.
3. Repeat this process for each card. If the computer starts normally, troubleshoot the
last card removed from the computer for resource conflicts (see "Resolving Software
and Hardware Compatibilities" in your computer Owner's Manual).
4. If the problem persists, contact Dell (see your computer Owner's Manual for
information about how to contact Dell).
Another failure has occurred. l Ensure that the cables are properly connected to the system board from the hard
drive, CD drive, and DVD drive (see "System Board Components").
l If there is an error message on your screen identifying a problem with a device
(such as the floppy drive or hard drive), check the device to ensure that it is
functioning properly.
l The operating system is attempting to boot from a device (such as the floppy drive
or hard drive); check system setup to ensure that the boot sequence is correct for
the devices installed on your computer.
l Check the computer message that appears on your monitor screen.
l If the problem persists, contact Dell (see your computer Owner's Manual for
information about how to contact Dell).
The computer is in a normal operating
condition after POST.
NOTE: The diagnostic lights are not lit after
the system successfully boots to the
operating system.
None.
Code Cause
1-1-2 Microprocessor register failure
1-1-3 NVRAM read/write failure
1-1-4 ROM BIOS checksum failure
1-2-1 Programmable interval timer failure
1-2-2 DMA initialization failure
1-2-3 DMA page register read/write failure
1-3 Video Memory Test failure
1-3-1 through 2-4-4 Memory not being properly identified or used
3-1-1 Slave DMA register failure
3-1-2 Master DMA register failure
3-1-3 Master interrupt mask register failure
3-1-4 Slave interrupt mask register failure
3-2-2 Interrupt vector loading failure
3-2-4 Keyboard Controller Test failure
3-3-1 NVRAM power loss
3-3-2 Invalid NVRAM configuration
3-3-4 Video Memory Test failure
3-4-1 Screen initialization failure
3-4-2 Screen retrace failure
3-4-3 Search for video ROM failure
4-2-1 No timer tick
4-2-2 Shutdown failure
4-2-3 Gate A20 failureBack to Contents Page
4-2-4 Unexpected interrupt in protected mode
4-3-1 Memory failure above address 0FFFFh
4-3-3 Timer-chip counter 2 failure
4-3-4 Time-of-day clock stopped
4-4-1 Serial or parallel port test failure
4-4-2 Failure to decompress code to shadowed memory
4-4-3 Math-coprocessor test failure
4-4-4 Cache test failureBack to Contents Page
Advanced Troubleshooting
Dell™ Dimension™ 5100 Service Manual
Dell Diagnostics
System Lights
Diagnostic Lights
Beep Codes
Dell Diagnostics
When to Use the Dell Diagnostics
If you experience a problem with your computer, perform the checks in this section and run the Dell Diagnostics before you contact Dell for technical
assistance.
Start the Dell Diagnostics from either your hard drive or from the optional Drivers and Utilities CD (ResourceCD).
Starting the Dell Diagnostics From Your Hard Drive
1. Turn on (or restart) your computer.
2. When the DELL™ logo appears, press immediately.
If you wait too long and the operating system logo appears, continue to wait until you see the Microsoft® Windows® desktop. Then shut down your
computer and try again.
3. When the boot device list appears, highlight Boot to Utility Partition and press .
4. When the Dell Diagnostics Main Menu appears, select the test you want to run.
Starting the Dell Diagnostics From the Optional Drivers and Utilities CD
1. Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD.
2. Shut down and restart the computer.
When the DELL logo appears, press immediately.
If you wait too long and the Windows logo appears, continue to wait until you see the Windows desktop. Then shut down your computer and try again.
3. When the boot device list appears, highlight IDE CD-ROM Device and press .
4. Select the IDE CD-ROM Device option from the CD boot menu.
5. Select the Boot from CD-ROM option from the menu that appears.
6. Type 1 to start the ResourceCD menu.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
NOTE: The Drivers and Utilities CD (ResourceCD) is optional, and as such, may not ship with all computers.
NOTICE: The Dell Diagnostics works only on Dell™ computers.
.
NOTE: If you see a message stating that no diagnostics utility partition has been found, run the Dell Diagnostics from your (optional) Drivers and Utilities
CD.
NOTE: The next steps change the boot sequence for one time only. On the next start-up, the computer boots according to the devices specified in
system setup.7. Type 2 to start the Dell Diagnostics.
8. Select Run the 32 Bit Dell Diagnostics from the numbered list. If multiple versions are listed, select the version appropriate for your computer.
9. When the Dell Diagnostics Main Menu appears, select the test you want to run.
Dell Diagnostics Main Menu
1. After the Dell Diagnostics loads and the Main Menu screen appears, click the button for the option you want.
2. If a problem is encountered during a test, a message appears with an error code and a description of the problem. Write down the error code and
problem description and follow the instructions on the screen.
If you cannot resolve the error condition, contact Dell (see your computer Owner's Manual for information about how to contact Dell).
3. If you run a test from the Custom Test or Symptom Tree option, click the applicable tab described in the following table for more information.
4. When the tests are completed, if you are running the Dell Diagnostics from the Drivers and Utilities CD, remove the CD.
5. Close the test screen to return to the Main Menu screen. To exit the Dell Diagnostics and restart the computer, close the Main Menu screen.
System Lights
Your power button light and hard-drive activity light may indicate a computer problem.
Option Function
Express Test Performs a quick test of devices. This test typically takes 10 to 20 minutes and requires no interaction on your part. Run Express Test first to
increase the possibility of tracing the problem quickly.
Extended
Test
Performs a thorough check of devices. This test typically takes 1 hour or more and requires you to answer questions periodically.
Custom Test Tests a specific device. You can customize the tests you want to run.
Symptom
Tree
Lists the most common symptoms encountered and allows you to select a test based on the symptom of the problem you are having.
NOTE: The Service Tag for your computer is located at the top of each test screen. If you contact Dell, technical support will ask for your Service Tag.
Your computer's Service Tag is listed in the system information option in system setup.
Tab Function
Results Displays the results of the test and any error conditions encountered.
Errors Displays error conditions encountered, error codes, and the problem description.
Help Describes the test and may indicate requirements for running the test.
Configuration Displays your hardware configuration for the selected device.
The Dell Diagnostics obtains configuration information for all devices from system setup, memory, and various internal tests, and it displays
the information in the device list in the left pane of the screen. The device list may not display the names of all the components installed on
your computer or all devices attached to your computer.
Parameters Allows you to customize the test by changing the test settings.
Power Light Problem Description Suggested Resolution
Solid green Power is on, and the computer is operating
normally.
No corrective action is required.
Blinking green The computer is in the suspended state
(Microsoft® Windows® 2000 and Windows
XP).
Press the power button, move the mouse, or press a key on the keyboard to wake the computer.
Blinks green several times and
then turns off
A configuration error exists. Check the diagnostic lights to see if the specific problem is identified.
Solid amber The Dell Diagnostics is running a test, or a
device on the system board may be faulty
or incorrectly installed.
If the Dell Diagnostics is running, allow the testing to complete.
Check the diagnostic lights to see if the specific problem is identified.
If the computer does not boot, contact Dell for technical assistance (see your
computer Owner's Manual for information about how to contact Dell).Diagnostic Lights
To help you troubleshoot a problem, your computer has four diagnostic lights labeled "1," "2," "3," and "4" on the front panel. When the computer starts
normally, the lights flash. After the computer starts, all four lights display solid green. If the computer malfunctions, the color and sequence of the lights
identify the problem.
Blinking amber A power supply or system board failure has
occurred.
Check the diagnostic lights to see if the specific problem is identified. Also,
see "Power Problems" in your computer Owner's Manual.
Solid green and a beep code
during POST
A problem was detected while the BIOS was executing.
See "Beep Codes" for instructions on diagnosing the beep code. Also, check
the diagnostic lights to see if the specific problem is identified.
Solid green power light and no
beep code and no video during
POST
The monitor or the graphics card may be
faulty or incorrectly installed.
Check the diagnostic lights to see if the specific problem is identified. See
"Video and Power Problems" in your computer Owner's Manual.
Solid green power light and no
beep code but the computer
locks up during POST
An integrated system board device may be
faulty.
Check the diagnostic lights to see if the specific problem is identified. If the
problem is not identified, contact Dell for technical assistance. See your
computer Owner's Manual for information on how to contact Dell.
Hard-Drive Activity Light
Problem Description Suggested Resolution
Solid green The hard-drive activity light is on when the computer reads data from or writes data to the hard drive. The light might also be on when a device such as a CD player is operating.
No corrective action is
required.
CAUTION: Before you begin any of the procedures in this section, follow the safety instructions in the Product Information Guide.
Light Pattern Problem Description Suggested Resolution
The computer is in a normal "off" condition,
has successfully booted to the operating
system, or a possible pre-BIOS failure has
occurred.
Plug the computer into a working electrical outlet and press the power button. Also see
"Power Problems" in your computer Owner's Manual.
A possible processor failure has occurred. Contact Dell (see your computer Owner's Manual for information about how to contact Dell).
Memory modules are detected, but a memory
failure has occurred.
l If you have two or more memory modules installed, remove the modules, reinstall
one module, and then restart the computer. If the computer starts normally, reinstall
an additional module. Continue until you have identified a faulty module or
reinstalled all modules without error.
l If available, install properly working memory of the same type into your computer.
l If the problem persists, contact Dell (see your computer Owner's Manual for
information about how to contact Dell).
A possible graphics card failure has occurred. l If the computer has a graphics card, remove the card, and then restart the
computer.
l If the problem still exists, install a graphics card that you know works and restart
the computer.
l If the problem persists or the computer has integrated graphics, contact Dell (see
your computer Owner's Manual for information about how to contact Dell).
A possible floppy or hard drive failure has
occurred.
Reseat all power and data cables and restart the computer.
A possible USB failure has occurred. Reinstall all USB devices, check cable connections, and then restart the computer.
No memory modules are detected. l If you have two or more memory modules installed, remove the modules, reinstall
one module, and then restart the computer. If the computer starts normally, reinstall
an additional module. Continue until you have identified a faulty module or
reinstalled all modules without error.
l If available, install properly working memory of the same type into your computer.
l If the problem persists, contact Dell (see your computer Owner's Manual for
information about how to contact Dell).
Memory modules are detected, but a memory
configuration or compatibility error exists.
l Ensure that no special memory module/memory connector placement requirements
exist (see "Memory").
l Verify that the memory modules that you are installing are compatible with your
computer (see "Memory").
l If the problem persists, contact Dell (see your computer Owner's Manual for
information about how to contact Dell).
A possible expansion card failure has
occurred.
1. Determine if a conflict exists by removing a card (not a graphics card) (see "Cards")
and restarting the computer.
2. If the problem persists, reinstall the card that you removed, remove a different card,
and then restart the computer.
3. Repeat this process for each card. If the computer starts normally, troubleshoot the
last card removed from the computer for resource conflicts (see "Resolving Software Beep Codes
Your computer might emit a series of beeps during start-up if the monitor cannot display errors or problems. This series of beeps, called a beep code, identifies
a problem. One possible beep code (code 1-3-1) consists of one beep, a burst of three beeps, and then one beep. This beep code tells you that the computer
encountered a memory problem.
If your computer beeps during start-up:
1. Write down the beep code.
2. Run the Dell Diagnostics to identify a more serious cause.
3. Contact Dell for technical assistance (see your computer Owner's Manual for information about how to contact Dell).
and Hardware Compatibilities" in your computer Owner's Manual).
4. If the problem persists, contact Dell (see your computer Owner's Manual for
information about how to contact Dell).
Another failure has occurred. l Ensure that the cables are properly connected to the system board from the hard
drive, CD drive, and DVD drive (see "System Board Components").
l If there is an error message on your screen identifying a problem with a device
(such as the floppy drive or hard drive), check the device to ensure that it is
functioning properly.
l The operating system is attempting to boot from a device (such as the floppy drive
or hard drive); check system setup to ensure that the boot sequence is correct for
the devices installed on your computer.
l If the problem persists, contact Dell (see your computer Owner's Manual for
information about how to contact Dell).
The computer is in a normal operating
condition after POST.
NOTE: The diagnostic lights are not lit after
the system successfully boots to the
operating system.
None.
Code Cause
1-1-2 Microprocessor register failure
1-1-3 NVRAM read/write failure
1-1-4 ROM BIOS checksum failure
1-2-1 Programmable interval timer failure
1-2-2 DMA initialization failure
1-2-3 DMA page register read/write failure
1-3 Video Memory Test failure
1-3-1 through 2-4-4 Memory not being properly identified or used
3-1-1 Slave DMA register failure
3-1-2 Master DMA register failure
3-1-3 Master interrupt mask register failure
3-1-4 Slave interrupt mask register failure
3-2-2 Interrupt vector loading failure
3-2-4 Keyboard Controller Test failure
3-3-1 NVRAM power loss
3-3-2 Invalid NVRAM configuration
3-3-4 Video Memory Test failure
3-4-1 Screen initialization failure
3-4-2 Screen retrace failure
3-4-3 Search for video ROM failure
4-2-1 No timer tick
4-2-2 Shutdown failure
4-2-3 Gate A20 failure
4-2-4 Unexpected interrupt in protected mode
4-3-1 Memory failure above address 0FFFFh
4-3-3 Timer-chip counter 2 failure
4-3-4 Time-of-day clock stoppedBack to Contents Page
4-4-1 Serial or parallel port test failure
4-4-2 Failure to decompress code to shadowed memory
4-4-3 Math-coprocessor test failure
4-4-4 Cache test failure
Quick Start
Guida rapida | Démarrage rapide
البدء السريع | Schnellstart
Uniquely Dell
support.dell.com/manuals | www.dell.com
Information in this document is subject to change
without notice.
© 2011 Dell Inc. All rights reserved.
Trademarks used in this text: Dell™, the DELL logo,
and Inspiron™ are trademarks of Dell Inc.
2011 - 02
Regulatory model: D11M
Regulatory type: D03M004
Computer model: Dell Inspiron 620
Le informazioni contenute nel presente documento
sono soggette a modifica senza preavviso.
© 2011 Dell Inc. Tutti i diritti riservati.
Marchi commerciali utilizzati nel presente documento:
Dell™, il logo DELL e Inspiron™ sono marchi
commerciali di Dell Inc.
2011 - 02
Modello normativo: D11M
Tipo normativo: D03M004
Modello di computer: Dell Inspiron 620
Les informations de ce document sont sujettes à
modification sans préavis.
© 2011 Dell Inc. Tous droits réservés.
Marques mentionnées dans ce document : Dell™, le
logo DELL et Inspiron™ sont des marques de Dell Inc.
2011 - 02
Modèle réglementaire : D11M
Type réglementaire : D03M004
Modèle de l’ordinateur : Dell Inspiron 620
Die in diesem Dokument enthaltenen Informationen
können ohne vorherige Ankündigung geändert
werden.
© 2011 Dell Inc. Alle Rechte vorbehalten.
In diesem Text verwendete Marken: Dell™, das DELL
Logo und Inspiron™ sind Marken von Dell Inc.
2011 - 02
Modellnummer: D11M
Modelltyp: D03M004
Computermodell: Dell Inspiron 620
المعلومات الواردة بهذا المستند عرضة للتغيير دون إشعار.
حقوق النشر © لعام 2011 لشركة .Dell Inc كافة الحقوق محفوظة.
العالمات التجارية المستخدمة في هذا النص: ™Dell وشعار DELL
و™Inspiron هي عالمات تجارية لشركة .Dell Inc
2011 - 02
الطراز التنظيمي: D11M
النوع التنظيمي: D03M004
طراز الكمبيوتر: الطراز Inspiron 620 من Dell
Connect the power
cable
Collegare il cavo di alimentazione
Branchez le câble d’alimentation
Schließen Sie das Netzkabel an
توصيل كابل الطاقة
Connect the
network cable
(optional)
Collegare il cavo di rete (opzionale)
Branchez le câble réseau (facultatif)
Schließen Sie das Netzwerkkabel an (optional)
توصيل كابل الشبكة )اختياري(
Press the power
button
Premere il pulsante di accensione
Appuyez sur le bouton d’alimentation
Drücken Sie den Betriebsschalter
اضغط على زر الطاقة
Connect the
keyboard and
mouse
Collegare la tastiera e il mouse
Branchez le clavier et la souris
Schließen Sie Tastatur und Maus an
توصيل لوحة المفاتيح والماوس
Connection Type
Tipo di collegamento
Type de connexion
Verbindungstyp
نوع التوصيل
Computer
Computer
Ordinateur
Computer
الكمبيوت
Cable and Adapter
Cavo e adattatore
Câble et adaptateur
Kabelund Adapter
الكابل والمهايئ
Display
Schermo
Écran
Display
الشاشة
VGA VGA
DVI DVI
DVI VGA
HDMI HDMI
HDMI DVI
Connect the display
Collegare lo schermo
Branchez l’écran
Schließen Sie den Bildschirm an
توصيل الشاشة
Printed in PolandFeatures
1. Media Card Reader
2. Optical drive bays (2)
3. USB 2.0 connectors (2)
4. Microphone or line-in connector
5. Headphone connector
6. Power button and light
7. Hard drive activity light
8. Power supply light
9. Voltage selector switch
10. Power connector
11. Network connector and light
12. USB 2.0 connectors (6)
13. HDMI connector
14. VGA connector
15. Microphone connector
16. Expansion card slots (4)
17. Security cable slot
18. Padlock slot
19. Service tag and express service code
20. Front L/R line-out connector
21. Line-in connector
الميزات
1. قارئ بطاقات وسائط
2. فتحات إضافة محركات أقراص ضوئية )فتحتان(
)موصالن( USB 2.0 موصالت .3
4. ميكروفون أو موصل دخل خط
5. موصل سماعة رأس
6. زر ومصباح الطاقة
7. مصباح نشاط محرك األقراص الثابتة
8. مصباح مصدر الطاقة
9. مفتاح تحديد الجهد الكهربائي
10. موصل التيار
11. موصل ومصباح الشبكة
)موصالت ستة( USB 2.0 موصالت .12
HDMI موصل .13
VGA موصل .14
15. موصل ميكروفون
16. فتحات بطاقات التوسعة )4 فتحات(
17. فتحة كابل األمان
18. فتحة قفل
19. رقم الصيانة ورمز الخدمة السريعة
20. موصل خرج خط أمامي أيمن/أيسر
21. موصل دخل خط
Fonctionnalités
1. Lecteur de carte multimédia
2. Baies de lecteur optique (2)
3. Connecteurs USB 2.0 (2)
4. Microphone ou connecteur d’entrée
5. Prise casque
6. Bouton et voyant d’alimentation
7. Voyant d’activité du disque dur
8. Voyant d’alimentation
9. Sélecteur de tension
10. Connecteur d’alimentation
11. Connecteur et voyant réseau
12. Connecteurs USB 2.0 (6)
13. Connecteur HDMI
14. Connecteur VGA
15. Connecteur de microphone
16. Logements de carte d’extension (4)
17. Logement pour câble de sécurité
18. Logement pour cadenas
19. Numéro de service et code de service
express
20. Connecteur de sortie droite/gauche
avant
21. Connecteur d’entrée
Caratteristiche
1. Lettore di schede multimediali
2. Alloggiamenti delle unità ottiche (2)
3. Connettori USB 2.0 (2)
4. Microfono o connettore linea di ingresso
5. Connettore della cuffia
6. indicatore e pulsante di accensione
7. Indicatore di attività del disco rigido
8. indicatore dell’alimentatore
9. Selettore di tensione
10. Connettore di alimentazione
11. Connettore e indicatore di rete
12. Connettori USB 2.0 (6)
13. Connettore HDMI
14. Connettore VGA
15. Connettore del microfono
16. Alloggiamento per schede di
espansione (4)
17. Alloggiamento cavo di sicurezza
18. Alloggiamento per lucchetto
19. Numero di servizio e codice del servizio
espresso
20. Connettore della linea in uscita L/R
anteriore
21. Connettore linea di ingresso
Merkmale
1. Medienkartenlesegerät
2. Schächte für optisches Laufwerk (2)
3. USB 2.0-Anschlüsse (2)
4. Mikrofonanschluss/Line-In-Anschluss
5. Kopfhöreranschluss
6. Betriebsschalter und -anzeige
7. Aktivitätsanzeige für die Festplatte
8. Anzeige des Netzteils
9. Spannungswahlschalter
10. Netzanschluss
11. Netzwerkanschluss und -anzeige
12. USB 2.0-Anschlüsse (6)
13. HDMI-Anschluss
14. VGA-Anschluss
15. Mikrofonanschluss
16. Erweiterungskartensteckplätze (4)
17. Sicherheitskabelsteckplatz
18. Einschub für Vorhängeschloss
19. Service-Tag-Nummer und ExpressServicecode
20. L/R Line-Out-Anschluss (vorn)
21. Line-In-Anschluss
More Information
• To learn about the features and advanced
options available on your desktop, click
Start→ All Programs→ Dell Help
Documentation or go to
support.dell.com/manuals.
• To contact Dell for sales, tech support,
or customer service issues, go to
dell.com/ContactDell. Customers in the
United States, can call 800-WWW-DELL
(800-999-3355).
Ulteriori informazioni
• Per informazioni sulle funzionalità e le opzioni
avanzate disponibili sul computer desktop,
fare clic su Start→ Tutti i programmi→ Dell
Help Documentation oppure visitare il sito
support.dell.com/manuals.
• Per rivolgersi a Dell per problematiche relative
alla vendita, al supporto tecnico o all’assistenza
clienti, visitare il sito dell.com/ContactDell. Per
i clienti negli Stati Uniti, chiamare il numero
800-WWW-DELL (800-999-3355).
En savoir plus
• Pour en savoir plus sur les fonctionnalités
et les options avancées de votre poste de
travail, cliquez sur Démarrer→ Tous les
programmes→ Documentation de l’aide Dell
ou visitez la page support.dell.com/manuals.
• Pour contacter Dell en cas de problèmes
concernant les ventes, le support technique
ou le service client, consultez la page
dell.com/ContactDell. Aux États-Unis,
appelez le 800-WWW-DELL (800-999-3355).
Weitere Informationen
• Weitere Informationen zu den Merkmalen
und erweiterten Optionen Ihres Desktops
finden Sie unter Start→ Programme→ Dell
Hilfedokumentation oder unter
http://support.euro.dell.com.
• Antworten auf alle Fragen zum Verkauf sowie
unseren technischen Support und unseren
Kundenservice finden Sie ebenfalls unter
http://support.euro.dell.com. Kunden in
den USA erreichen uns unter der Nummer
800-WWW-DELL (800-999-3355).
مزيد من المعلومات
• للتعرف على الميزات والخيارات المتقدمة المتوفرة في
الكمبيوتر المكتبي الذي بحوزتك، انقر فوق Start )ابدأ(←
Dell Help ←)البرامج كافة( All Programs
Documentation )وثائق تعليمات Dell( أو انتقل إلى
.support.dell.com/manuals
• لالتصال بشركة Dell لالستفسار عن مسائل تتعلق بالمبيعات أو
الدعم الفني أو خدمة العمالء، انتقل إلى
dell.com/ContactDell. بالنسبة للعمالء في الواليات
المتحدة، يُرجى االتصال على 800-WWW-DELL
.)800-999-3355(
Información para NOM o Norma Oficial Mexicana
(sólo para México)
La información que se proporciona a
continuación aparecerá en el dispositivo
que se describe en este documento, en
conformidad con los requisitos de la Norma
Oficial Mexicana (NOM):
Importador:
Dell México S.A. de C.V.
Paseo de la Reforma 2620 - Piso 11°
Col. Lomas Altas
11950 México, D.F.
Número de modelo reglamentario: D11M
Voltaje de entrada: 115/230 V CA
Frecuencia de entrada: 50/60 Hz
Corriente nominal de salida: 6 A/7 A
Para obtener información detallada,
lea la información sobre seguridad incluida
con su equipo. Para obtener información
adicional sobre prácticas recomendadas de
seguridad, visite
dell.com/regulatory_compliance.
8
9
10
14
15
13
12
11
16
19
17
18
20
21
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
Views
Viste | Vues | Ansichten | المناظر
GUIDE DE RÉFÉRENCE
INSPIRON™GUIDE DE RÉFÉRENCE
Modèle réglementaire : D11M Type réglementaire : D11M001
INSPIRON™Remarques, précautions et avertissements
REMARQUE : une REMARQUE fournit des informations importantes qui vous aident à
mieux utiliser votre ordinateur.
PRÉCAUTION : une PRÉCAUTION vous avertit d'un risque d'endommagement du
matériel ou de perte de données et vous indique comment éviter le problème.
AVERTISSEMENT : un AVERTISSEMENT signale un risque d'endommagement du matériel,
de blessure corporelle ou de mort.
__________________
Les informations de ce document sont sujettes à modification sans préavis.
© 2011 Dell Inc. Tous droits réservés.
La reproduction de ce document, de quelque manière que ce soit, sans l'autorisation écrite de Dell Inc. est strictement
interdite.
Marques mentionnées dans ce document : Dell™, le logo DELL, Inspiron™, Solution Station™, et DellConnect™ sont des
marques de Dell Inc. ; Intel® ,Celeron® et Pentium® sont des marques déposées et Core™ est une marque d'Intel Corporation
aux États-Unis et dans d'autres pays ; Microsoft®, Windows® et le logo du bouton Démarrer Windows sont soit des marques
commerciales soit des marques déposées de Microsoft Corporation aux Etats-Unis et/ou dans d'autres pays ; Blu-ray Disc™
est une marque de Blu-ray Disc Association ; Bluetooth® est une marque déposée de Bluetooth SIG, Inc. utilisée par Dell sous
licence.
Les autres marques et appellations commerciales utilisées dans ce document font référence aux entités propriétaires des
marques ou des noms de produit. Dell Inc. ne revendique aucun droit de propriété sur les marques et les appellations
commerciales ne lui appartenant pas.
2011 - 03 Rév. A003
Installation de l'ordinateur de bureau
Inspiron......................... 5
Considérations préalables
à l'installation .......................5
Branchement de l'écran...............6
Branchement du clavier et de la souris...8
Branchement du câble réseau
(en option) .........................9
Branchement du câble d'alimentation ...10
Appui sur le bouton d'alimentation.....10
Installation du système d'exploitation... 11
Création d'un support de récupération
système (recommandé) ..............12
Installation du tuner TV (facultatif) .....13
Connexion à Internet (facultatif).......13
Utilisation de l'ordinateur de bureau
Inspiron........................ 16
Fonctionnalités du panneau avant . . . . .16
Fonctionnalités du panneau arrière . . . 20
Connecteurs du panneau arrière ......22
Fonctionnalités logicielles ............24
Dell DataSafe Online Backup..........25
Dell Stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Résolution des problèmes ........ 28
Codes sonores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Problèmes liés au réseau.............29
Problèmes d'alimentation . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Problèmes de mémoire .............32
Blocages et problèmes logiciels ......33
Table des matières4
Table des matières
Utilisation des outils de support
technique ...................... 35
Centre de support Dell ..............35
Mes Téléchargements Dell............36
Messages système . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Utilitaire de résolution de problèmes
matériels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Dell Diagnostics ................... 40
Restauration du système
d'exploitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Restauration du système . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
Dell DataSafe Local Backup.......... 44
Support de récupération système......47
Dell Factory Image Restore .......... 48
Accès à l'aide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Support technique et service clientèle...51
DellConnect .......................52
Services en ligne....................52
Service d'état des commandes
automatisé ........................53
Informations sur les produits..........54
Retour d'articles pour réparation dans le
cadre de la garantie ou pour avoir . . . . .54
Avant d'appeler.....................56
Contacter Dell .....................57
Recherche d'informations et de
ressources supplémentaires . . . . . . 58
Caractéristiques ................ 60
Annexe ........................ 65
Informations sur la norme NOM ou
Norme Officielle Mexicaine (pour le
Mexique uniquement) ...............65
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665
Cette section indique comment installer
l'ordinateur de bureau Dell Inspiron 620.
AVERTISSEMENT : avant de commencer
toute procédure de cette section,
lisez les informations de sécurité
fournies avec votre ordinateur.
Pour plus d'informations sur les
meilleures pratiques en matière de
sécurité, consultez la page d'accueil
Regulatory Compliance (Conformité à
la réglementation) à l'adresse suivante :
www.dell.com/regulatory_compliance.
Considérations
préalables à l'installation
Lorsque vous installez votre ordinateur,
assurez-vous que la source d'alimentation
électrique est facilement accessible, que la
ventilation est adaptée et que la surface est
plane.
Une mauvaise ventilation peut provoquer
une surchauffe de l'ordinateur. Pour éviter
cela, assurez-vous de laisser au moins
10,2 cm (4 pouces) à l'arrière de l'ordinateur
et au moins 5,1 cm (2 pouces) sur chacun
des autres côtés. Ne placez jamais votre
ordinateur dans un espace clos, tel qu'un
placard ou un tiroir, lorsque l'appareil est sous
tension.
Installation de l'ordinateur de bureau
Inspiron INSPIRON6
Installation de l'ordinateur de bureau Inspiron
Branchement de l'écran
Si vous avez acheté la carte graphique séparée disponible en option, connectez l'écran à l'aide
du connecteur qui se trouve sur cette carte. Sinon, connectez-le au connecteur VGA ou HDMI
intégré.
REMARQUE : les connecteurs VGA et HDMI intégrés seront désactivés et protégés par un
couvercle si votre ordinateur possède une carte graphique séparée.
Utilisez le câble approprié en fonction des connecteurs disponibles sur l'ordinateur et l'écran.
Il se peut que vous deviez utiliser un adaptateur approprié (DVI à VGA ou HDMI à DVI) pour
connecter votre écran à la carte graphique séparée, si le connecteur de votre écran et celui de
la carte graphique diffèrent.
Vous pouvez acheter les adaptateurs DVI à VGA, HDMI à DVI ainsi que des câbles HDMI ou DVI
supplémentaires à l'adresse www.dell.com.
REMARQUE : lors du branchement d'un seul écran, reliez l'écran à UN SEUL connecteur de
l'ordinateur.
REMARQUE : votre ordinateur prend en charge la fonction d'écrans multiples Intel
(désactivée par défaut). Cette fonction vous permet de connecter votre ordinateur à
plusieurs écrans simultanément. Pour activer cette fonction, accédez à l'utilitaire de
configuration du système (BIOS) et définissez le paramètre Intel Multiple Monitor
Feature (Fonction d'écrans multiples Intel) sur Auto (Automatique) dans la section
Advanced Graphic Configuration (Configuration graphique avancée).7
Installation de l'ordinateur de bureau Inspiron
Consultez le tableau suivant afin d'identifier les connecteurs disponibles sur l'ordinateur et l'écran.
Type de
connexion
Ordinateur Câble Écran
VGA à VGA
(câble VGA)
DVI à DVI
(câble DVI)
DVI à VGA
(adaptateur DVI à
VGA + câble VGA)
HDMI à HDMI
(câble HDMI)
HDMI à DVI
(adaptateur HDMI à
DVI + câble DVI)8
Installation de l'ordinateur de bureau Inspiron
Branchement du clavier
et de la souris
Branchez le clavier et la souris USB aux
connecteurs USB du panneau arrière de
l'ordinateur.9
Installation de l'ordinateur de bureau Inspiron
Branchement du câble
réseau (en option)
Une connexion réseau n'est pas requise
pour terminer l'installation de l'ordinateur.
Cependant, si vous avez une connexion
réseau ou Internet utilisant une connexion
câblée (p. ex. un périphérique haut débit ou
une prise Ethernet), vous pouvez effectuer
son branchement maintenant.
REMARQUE : utilisez uniquement un
câble Ethernet (connecteur RJ45) pour
brancher votre connecteur réseau. Ne
branchez pas de câble téléphonique
(connecteur RJ11) au connecteur réseau.
Pour relier l'ordinateur à un périphérique réseau
ou haut débit, branchez l'une des extrémités
du câble réseau sur un port réseau ou sur
un périphérique haut débit. Branchez l'autre
extrémité du câble réseau au connecteur réseau
(connecteur RJ45) situé sur le panneau arrière
de votre ordinateur. Un déclic indique que le
câble réseau est correctement inséré.10
Installation de l'ordinateur de bureau Inspiron
Branchement du câble
d'alimentation
Appui sur le bouton
d'alimentation11
Installation de l'ordinateur de bureau Inspiron
Installation du système
d'exploitation
Votre ordinateur Dell est préconfiguré avec
le système d'exploitation Microsoft Windows.
Pour procéder à la première installation
de Windows, suivez les instructions qui
s'affichent à l'écran. Ces étapes sont
obligatoires et peuvent prendre un certain
temps. Les écrans d'installation de Windows
vous guident à travers plusieurs procédures
qui vous permettent notamment d'accepter
des contrats de licence, de définir des
préférences et de configurer une connexion
Internet.
PRÉCAUTION : veillez à ne pas
interrompre le processus d'installation
du système d'exploitation. Vous
risqueriez de rendre votre ordinateur
inutilisable et de devoir réinstaller le
système d'exploitation.
REMARQUE : pour optimiser le
fonctionnement de l'ordinateur, nous
vous recommandons de télécharger et
d'installer les derniers BIOS et pilotes
pour votre ordinateur, disponibles à
l'adresse support.dell.com.
REMARQUE : pour plus d'informations
sur le système d'exploitation et ses
fonctionnalités, reportez-vous à l'adresse
support.dell.com/MyNewDell.12
Installation de l'ordinateur de bureau Inspiron
Création d'un support
de récupération système
(recommandé)
REMARQUE : nous vous recommandons
de créer un support de récupération
système, immédiatement après
l'installation de Microsoft Windows.
Le support de récupération système vous
permet de restaurer votre ordinateur à
son état d'exploitation lorsque vous l'avez
acheté, tout en préservant les fichiers de
données (sans recourir au disque du système
d'exploitation). Vous pouvez utiliser le support
de récupération système si les modifications
apportées au matériel, aux logiciels, aux
pilotes et aux autres paramètres du système
empêchent l'ordinateur de fonctionner
correctement.
La création d'un support de restauration du
système requiert les éléments suivants :
• Dell DataSafe Local Backup
• Une clé USB avec une capacité minimum
de 8 Go ou un DVD-R/DVD+R/Blu-ray Disc
REMARQUE : Dell DataSafe Local Backup
ne prend pas en charge les disques
réinscriptibles.
Pour créer un support de récupération système :
1. Insérez le disque ou la clé USB dans
l'ordinateur.
2. Cliquez sur Démarrer → Tous les
programmes→ Dell DataSafe Local Backup.
3. Cliquez sur Créer un support de récupération.
4. Suivez les instructions qui s'affichent.
REMARQUE : pour en savoir plus
sur la restauration de votre système
d'exploitation à l'aide du support de
récupération système, reportez-vous à
la rubrique « Support de récupération
système », page 47.13
Installation de l'ordinateur de bureau Inspiron
Installation du tuner TV
(facultatif)
REMARQUE : la disponibilité du tuner TV
peut varier d'une région à l'autre.
Pour installer le tuner TV :
1. Branchez le câble d'antenne numérique/
TV ou le câble de l'adaptateur au
connecteur d'entrée d'antenne de votre
ordinateur.
2. Allumez l'ordinateur.
3. Cliquez sur Démarrer → Tous
les programmes→ Windows Media
Center→ Tâches→ Paramètres→ TV.
4. Suivez les instructions qui s'affichent.
Connexion à Internet
(facultatif)
Pour vous connecter à Internet, vous devez
disposer d'un modem externe ou d'une
connexion réseau et d'un fournisseur d'accès
Internet (FAI).
Si vous n'avez pas commandé de modem USB
externe ou d'adaptateur réseau sans fil à
l'achat, vous pouvez vous en procurer à
l'adresse www.dell.com.
Configuration d'une connexion
filaire
• Si vous utilisez une ligne téléphonique
commutée, branchez le cordon
téléphonique sur le modem USB externe en
option et sur la prise téléphonique murale
avant de configurer la connexion Internet. 14
Installation de l'ordinateur de bureau Inspiron
• Si vous utilisez une connexion ADSL ou
modem câble/satellite, contactez votre
fournisseur d'accès Internet ou votre
prestataire de services mobiles pour
obtenir les instructions relatives à la
configuration.
Pour terminer la configuration de votre
connexion Internet filaire, suivez les
instructions fournies dans la section
« Configuration d'une connexion Internet » à
la page 15.
Configuration d'une connexion
sans fil
REMARQUE : pour configurer votre
routeur sans fil, reportez-vous à la
documentation fournie avec le routeur.
Vous devez vous connecter à votre routeur
sans fil pour pouvoir utiliser une connexion
Internet sans fil.
Pour configurer une connexion à un routeur
sans fil :
1. Enregistrez et fermez tous les fichiers, puis
quittez tous les programmes.
2. Cliquez sur Démarrer → Panneau de
configuration.
3. Dans la zone de recherche, saisissez
réseau, puis cliquez sur Centre Réseau et
partage→ Connexion à un réseau.
4. Pour procéder à la configuration, suivez les
instructions qui s'affichent. 15
Installation de l'ordinateur de bureau Inspiron
Configuration d'une connexion
Internet
Les fournisseurs d'accès Internet (FAI) et leurs
offres varient selon les pays. Contactez votre
fournisseur d'accès Internet pour prendre
connaissance des offres disponibles dans
votre pays.
Si vous n'arrivez plus à vous connecter à
Internet, il est possible que le fournisseur
d'accès Internet subisse une interruption
de service. Contactez-le pour vérifier l'état
du service ou essayez de vous connecter
ultérieurement.
Munissez-vous des informations
communiquées par votre fournisseur
d'accès Internet. Si vous ne disposez d'aucun
fournisseur, l'Assistant Connexion à Internet
peut vous aider à en trouver un.
Pour configurer la connexion Internet :
1. Enregistrez et fermez tous les fichiers, puis
quittez tous les programmes.
2. Cliquez sur Démarrer → Panneau de
configuration.
3. Dans la zone de recherche, saisissez
réseau, puis cliquez sur Centre Réseau et
partage→ Configurer une nouvelle
connexion ou un nouveau réseau→ Se
connecter à Internet.
La fenêtre Se connecter à Internet apparaît.
REMARQUE : si vous ne savez pas quel
type de connexion choisir, cliquez sur
Comment choisir ou contactez votre
fournisseur d'accès Internet.
4. Suivez les instructions qui s'affichent et
terminez la configuration à l'aide des
informations de configuration remises par
votre fournisseur.16
Utilisation de l'ordinateur de bureau Inspiron
Cette section fournit des informations sur les fonctionnalités disponibles sur votre ordinateur
de bureau Inspiron.
Fonctionnalités du panneau avant
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
INSPIRON17
Utilisation de l'ordinateur de bureau Inspiron
1 Lecteur optique (2) : permet de lire ou
de graver des CD, DVD et disques Bluray (en option).
2 Connecteurs USB 2.0 (2) : permettent
de connecter un périphérique USB,
comme une souris, un clavier, une
imprimante, un lecteur externe ou un
lecteur MP3.
3
Microphone ou connecteur
d'entrée audio : permet de connecter
un microphone ou recevoir un signal
audio à traiter avec des logiciels audio.
4 Connecteur pour casque : permet
de connecter un casque.
REMARQUE : pour le branchement à un
haut-parleur ou à un périphérique audio
sous tension, utilisez le connecteur
de sortie ligne situé à l'arrière de votre
ordinateur.
5 Bouton et voyant d'alimentation :
pour allumer ou éteindre l'ordinateur.
Le voyant central indique l'état de
l'alimentation :
• Eteint: l'ordinateur est éteint, en mode
veille prolongée ou n'est pas connecté
à une source d'alimentation.
• Blanc fixe : l'ordinateur est allumé.
• Orange fixe : l'ordinateur est en mode
Veille/Sommeil ou un problème s'est
produit au niveau de la carte système
ou de l'alimentation. Pour obtenir de
l'aide, contactez Dell (voir la section
« Contacter Dell », page 57).
• Orange clignotant: signale un
problème au niveau de la carte
système ou de l'alimentation. Pour
obtenir de l'aide, contactez Dell (voir la
section « Contacter Dell », page 57).
• REMARQUE: pour en savoir plus
sur les problèmes d'alimentation,
reportez-vous à la rubrique
« Problèmes d'alimentation », page 30.18
Utilisation de l'ordinateur de bureau Inspiron
6 Voyant d'activité du disque dur:
s'allume lorsque l'ordinateur lit ou écrit
des données. Il clignote lorsqu'une
activité est en cours d'exécution sur le
disque dur.
PRÉCAUTION : pour éviter toute
perte de données, n'éteignez
jamais l'ordinateur lorsque le
voyant d'activité du disque dur
clignote.
7 Lecteur de carte multimédia : permet
de consulter et de partager rapidement
et facilement des photos numériques,
de la musique et des vidéos enregistrées
sur une carte multimédia.
8 Bouton d'éjection du lecteur optique
(2) : permet d'ouvrir le lecteur optique.19
Utilisation de l'ordinateur de bureau Inspiron 20
Utilisation de l'ordinateur de bureau Inspiron
Fonctionnalités du panneau arrière
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
821
Utilisation de l'ordinateur de bureau Inspiron
1 Voyant du bloc d'alimentation :
indique l'énergie disponible pour le bloc
d'alimentation.
REMARQUE : le voyant du bloc
d'alimentation n'est pas disponible sur
tous les ordinateurs.
2 Sélecteur de tension : permet de
sélectionner la tension correspondant à
votre région
3 Connecteur d'alimentation : permet
de brancher le câble d'alimentation.
L'aspect de ce connecteur peut varier.
4 Connecteurs du panneau arrière :
permettent de brancher des
périphériques USB, audio, vidéo et autres
à leur emplacement réservé.
5 Logements pour cartes d'extension :
permettent d'accéder aux connecteurs
des cartes PCI Express installées.
6 Numéro de série et code de service
express : permettent d'identifier votre
ordinateur lorsque vous accédez au site
Web, ou que vous appelez, le support
technique de Dell.
7 Emplacement du cadenas : permet
d’attacher un cadenas standard pour
éviter tout accès non autorisé à
l’intérieur de votre ordinateur.
8 Emplacement pour câble de sécurité :
permet de rattacher à l'ordinateur
un câble de sécurité vendu dans le
commerce.
REMARQUE : avant d'acheter un câble
de sécurité, vérifiez qu'il est adapté à
l'emplacement pour câble de sécurité de
votre ordinateur.22
Utilisation de l'ordinateur de bureau Inspiron
Connecteurs du panneau arrière
1
2
3
4
5
6
723
Utilisation de l'ordinateur de bureau Inspiron
1 Connecteurs USB 2.0 (6) :
permettent de connecter des
périphériques USB, comme les souris,
les claviers, les imprimantes, les lecteurs
externes ou les lecteurs MP3.
2
Connecteur HDMI : se connecte
au connecteur HDMI de votre écran ou
téléviseur.
3 Connecteur VGA : permet
de connecter un moniteur ou un
projecteur.
4 Connecteur de microphone :
pour brancher un microphone ou un
câble pour entrer des données audio.
5 Connecteur de sortie gauche/
droite avant: permet de brancher des
haut-parleurs gauche/droite avant.
6 Connecteur d'entrée : permet de
connecter des périphériques
d'enregistrement ou de lecture
(microphone, magnétophones, lecteurs
de CD ou magnétoscopes).
7 Connecteur réseau et voyant:
permet de connecter votre ordinateur
à un périphérique réseau ou large
bande si vous utilisez un réseau filaire.
Les deux voyants près du connecteur
signalent l'état et l'activité sur une
connexion réseau filaire.24
Utilisation de l'ordinateur de bureau Inspiron
Fonctionnalités
logicielles
Productivité et communication
Vous pouvez utiliser votre ordinateur pour
créer des présentations, des brochures, des
cartes de vœux, des prospectus et des feuilles
de calcul. Vous pouvez également retoucher
et visualiser des photographies et des images
numériques. Reportez-vous à votre bon
de commande pour connaître les logiciels
installés sur votre ordinateur.
Une fois connecté à Internet, vous pouvez
consulter des sites Web, configurer un
compte de messagerie et envoyer et
télécharger des fichiers.
Divertissement et multimédia
Vous pouvez utiliser votre ordinateur pour
regarder des vidéos, jouer, créer vos propres
CD, DVD, disques Blu-Ray (en option), écouter
de la musique et des stations de radio. Votre
lecteur optique peut prendre en charge
plusieurs formats de disque comme les CD,
les DVD et les disques Blu-ray (en option).
Vous pouvez télécharger ou copier des
images et des vidéos à partir de périphériques
portables, comme un appareil photo
numérique ou un téléphone portable.
D'autres logiciels en option vous permettent
d'organiser et de créer des fichiers de
musique et de vidéo, qui peuvent être gravés
sur un disque, copiés sur des appareils
portables (lecteur MP3 ou lecteur multimédia
portable, par exemple) ou lus et affichés
directement sur un téléviseur, un projecteur et
une installation home cinema.25
Utilisation de l'ordinateur de bureau Inspiron
Dell DataSafe Online
Backup
REMARQUE : il se peut que Dell DataSafe
Online Backup ne soit pas disponible
dans votre région.
REMARQUE : une connexion haut débit
est recommandée pour des vitesses de
chargement/téléchargement rapides.
Dell DataSafe Online est un service de
sauvegarde et de récupération automatisé
qui vous aide à protéger vos données et vos
fichiers importants des accidents comme un
vol, un incendie ou une catastrophe naturelle.
Vous pouvez accéder au service sur votre
ordinateur à l'aide d'un compte -protégé par
un mot de passe. Pour plus d'informations,
consultez le site DellDataSafe.com.
Pour planifier des sauvegardes :
1. Cliquez deux fois sur l'icône Dell DataSafe
Online dans la zone de notification de
votre bureau.
2. Suivez les instructions à l'écran.
Dell Stage
Le logiciel Dell Stage fournit un accès à vos
contenus multimédias et applications MultiTouch préférés.
Pour lancer Dell Stage, cliquez sur Démarrer
→ Tous les programmes→ Dell Stage→
Dell Stage.
REMARQUE: vous pouvez également lancer
directement certaines applications de Dell
Stage via le menu Tous les programmes.
Vous pouvez personnaliser Dell Stage de la
façon suivante :
• Réorganiser un raccourci d'application :
cliquez sur le raccourci de l'application et
maintenez le bouton de la souris enfoncé
jusqu'à ce qu'il clignote, puis faites-le glisser
vers l'emplacement souhaité sur Dell Stage.
• Réduire : faites glisser la fenêtre Dell Stage
vers le bas de l'écran.
• Personnaliser : sélectionnez l'icône des
paramètres, puis choisissez l'option souhaitée.26
Utilisation de l'ordinateur de bureau Inspiron
Les applications disponibles sur Dell Stage
sont les suivantes :
REMARQUE : il se peut que certaines
applications ne soient pas disponibles en
fonction des sélections effectuées lors de
l'achat de votre ordinateur.
•MUSIC: écoutez de la musique ou parcourez
vos fichiers musicaux par album, artiste ou
titre de chanson. Vous pouvez également
écouter des stations de radio Internet du
monde entier. L'application Napster en option
vous permet de télécharger des chansons
lorsque vous êtes connecté à Internet.
•DOCUMENTS : accédez rapidement au
dossier Documents de votre ordinateur.
•PHOTO : affichez, organisez ou retouchez
vos photos. Vous pouvez également créer
des diaporamas et des ensembles de
photos, puis les télécharger sur Facebook
ou Flickr une fois connecté à Internet.
•DELL WEB : obtenez un aperçu d'un
maximum de quatre pages Web de votre
choix. Cliquez ou appuyez sur l'aperçu
de la page Web pour l'ouvrir dans le
navigateur.
•VIDEO : visionnez des vidéos. L'application
CinemaNow disponible en option vous
permet d'acheter ou de louer des films et
des émissions télévisées une fois connecté
à Internet.
•SHORTCUTS : accédez rapidement aux
programmes fréquemment utilisés.
• Web Tile : obtenez un aperçu d'un
maximum de quatre pages Web de votre
choix. Cette application vous permet
d'ajouter, de modifier ou de supprimer un
aperçu de page Web. Cliquez sur l'aperçu
de la page Web pour l'ouvrir dans le
navigateur. Vous pouvez également créer
plusieurs icônes Web via la galerie des
applications.27
Utilisation de l'ordinateur de bureau Inspiron 28
Cette section contient des informations
de dépannage de votre ordinateur. Si vous
n'arrivez pas à résoudre un problème en
suivant les consignes ci-dessous, consultez
la section « Utilisation des outils de support
technique » à la page 35 ou « Contacter Dell »
à la page 57.
AVERTISSEMENT : seul un technicien
qualifié est autorisé à retirer le capot
de l'ordinateur. Consultez le Manuel de
maintenance à l'adresse
support.dell.com/manuals pour des
instructions techniques plus poussées.
Codes sonores
Votre ordinateur peut émettre une série de
signaux sonores au démarrage s'il rencontre
une erreur ou un problème. Cette série de
signaux, appelée « code sonore », permet
d'identifier les problèmes de fonctionnement
de l'ordinateur. Si cela se produit, notez le
code sonore et contactez Dell (reportez-vous
à la section « Contacter Dell », page 57) pour
obtenir de l'aide.
REMARQUE : pour remplacer des
pièces, veuillez vous reporter au Manuel
de maintenance disponible à l'adresse
support.dell.com/manuals.
Résolution des problèmes INSPIRON29
Résolution des problèmes
Code
sonore Problème éventuel
Un seul Défaillance possible de la carte
système : échec de la somme de
contrôle du BIOS en mémoire
ROM.
Deux Aucune RAM détectée
REMARQUE : si vous avez installé
ou remplacé vous-même le
module de mémoire, assurezvous qu'il est correctement inséré.
Trois Défaillance possible de la carte
système : erreur liée aux puces
Quatre Défaillance de lecture/écriture en
mémoire vive
Cinq Défaillance de l'horloge temps
réel
Six Défaillance de la carte ou de la
puce vidéo
Sept Défaillance du processeur
Problèmes liés au réseau
Connexions sans fil
Si vous avez perdu la connexion réseau : le
routeur sans fil est hors ligne ou la fonction
sans fil a été désactivée sur l'ordinateur.
• Vérifiez votre routeur sans fil pour vous
assurer qu'il est sous tension et connecté
à votre source de données (modem câble
ou concentrateur réseau).
• Rétablissez la connexion à votre
routeur sans fil (consultez la section
« Configuration d'une connexion sans fil »,
page 14).
• Il se peut que des interférences perturbent
ou interrompent la connexion sans fil.
Essayez de rapprocher l'ordinateur du
routeur sans fil.30
Résolution des problèmes
Connexions filaires
Si la connexion réseau est coupée — Le câble
réseau est mal branché ou est endommagé.
• Vérifiez le câble réseau pour vous assurer
qu'il est correctement branché et ne
présente aucun dommage.
• Le voyant d'intégrité de liaison figurant sur
le connecteur réseau intégré vous permet
de vérifier que votre connexion fonctionne
et vous renseigne sur son état :
– Vert (gauche) : une bonne connexion
est établie entre un réseau
10/100 Mbits/s et l'ordinateur.
– Orange (gauche) : une connexion
de bonne qualité est établie entre un
réseau à 1000 Mb/s et l'ordinateur.
– Éteint : l'ordinateur ne détecte aucune
connexion physique au réseau.
REMARQUE : le voyant d'intégrité de
liaison du connecteur réseau ne sert que
pour les connexions filaires. Le voyant
d'intégrité de liaison n'indique pas l'état
des connexions sans fil.
Problèmes d'alimentation
Si le voyant d'alimentation est éteint:
l'ordinateur est en veille prolongée, hors
tension ou n'est pas alimenté.
• Appuyez sur le bouton d'alimentation.
L'ordinateur redémarre normalement s'il
est éteint ou en état de veille prolongée.
• Rebranchez le câble d'alimentation sur le
connecteur d'alimentation situé à l'arrière
de l'ordinateur et sur la prise électrique.
• Si l'ordinateur est branché sur une barrette
d'alimentation, vérifiez que celle-ci est
branchée sur une prise électrique et qu'elle
est allumée.
• Contournez également les périphériques de
protection contre les surtensions électriques,
les barrettes d'alimentation et les rallonges
d'alimentation pour vérifier que l'ordinateur
est correctement sous tension.
• Vérifiez que la prise électrique fonctionne
en la testant avec un autre appareil,
comme une lampe.31
Résolution des problèmes
• Vérifiez que le voyant du bloc
d'alimentation à l'arrière de l'ordinateur
est allumé. S'il est éteint, il s'agit peut-être
d'une défaillance de l'alimentation ou du
câble d'alimentation.
• Si le problème persiste, contactez Dell (voir
la section « Contacter Dell », page 57).
Voyant d'alimentation blanc fixe et aucune
réponse de l'ordinateur: l'écran n'est peut-
être pas branché ou alimenté en énergie.
• Vérifiez que l'écran est branché correctement,
puis éteignez-le et rallumez-le.
• Si le problème persiste, contactez Dell (voir
la section « Contacter Dell », page 57).
Si le voyant d'alimentation est orange fixe :
L'ordinateur est en mode Veille/Sommeil ou
un problème s'est produit au niveau de la
carte système ou de l'alimentation.
• Appuyez sur une touche du clavier,
déplacez la souris ou appuyez sur le
bouton d'alimentation pour revenir au
fonctionnement normal.
• Si le problème persiste, contactez Dell (voir
la section « Contacter Dell », page 57).
Si le voyant d'alimentation est orange
clignotant: l'ordinateur a détecté une
erreur lors de l'autotest de la mise sous
tension (POST). Il se peut qu'un problème
soit survenu au niveau de la carte système
ou de l'alimentation. Pour obtenir de l'aide,
contactez Dell (voir la section « Contacter
Dell », page 57).
Si vous rencontrez des interférences qui
gênent la réception sur votre ordinateur:
un signal parasite crée des interférences
qui interrompent ou perturbent les autres
signaux. Les interférences peuvent être dues à
divers facteurs :
• Rallonges utilisées pour le clavier, la souris
et l'alimentation.
• Trop de périphériques raccordés à une
même multiprise.
• Plusieurs multiprises raccordées à la même
prise électrique.32
Résolution des problèmes
Problèmes de mémoire
Si un message indiquant une mémoire
insuffisante s'affiche :
• Enregistrez et fermez tous les fichiers
ouverts, puis quittez tous les programmes
que vous n'utilisez pas pour vérifier si cela
permet de résoudre le problème.
• Reportez-vous à la documentation
du logiciel pour connaître la mémoire
minimale requise pour son exécution.
Le cas échéant, installez davantage de
mémoire (reportez-vous au Guide de
maintenance disponible sur
support.dell.com/manuals).
• Réinstallez les modules de mémoire
(reportez-vous au Guide de maintenance
sur le site support.dell.com/manuals) pour
vérifier que votre ordinateur communique
bien avec la mémoire.
• Si le problème persiste, contactez Dell (voir
la section « Contacter Dell », page 57).
Si d'autres problèmes de mémoire se
produisent:
• Veillez à suivre les consignes d'installation
de la mémoire (reportez-vous au Guide
maintenance sur le site
support.dell.com/manuals).
• Vérifiez si la barrette de mémoire est
compatible avec votre ordinateur. Votre
ordinateur prend en charge la mémoire de
type DDR3. Pour plus d'informations sur le
type de mémoire pris en charge par votre
ordinateur, voir « Spécifications de base »,
page 60.
• Exécutez Dell Diagnostics (reportez-vous à
la section « Dell Diagnostics », page 40).
• Réinstallez les modules de mémoire
(reportez-vous au Guide de maintenance
sur le site support.dell.com/manuals) pour
vérifier que votre ordinateur communique
bien avec la mémoire.
• Si le problème persiste, contactez Dell (voir
la section « Contacter Dell », page 57).33
Résolution des problèmes
Blocages et problèmes
logiciels
Si l'ordinateur ne démarre pas : vérifiez que
le câble d'alimentation est bien branché sur
l'ordinateur et sur la prise secteur.
Si un programme ne répond plus : terminez
le programme :
1. Appuyez simultanément sur
<Échap>.
2. Cliquez sur Applications.
3. Cliquez sur le programme qui ne répond plus.
4. Cliquez sur End Task (Fin de tâche).
Si un programme se bloque fréquemment:
consultez la documentation du logiciel. Le
cas échéant, désinstallez puis réinstallez le
programme.
REMARQUE : les logiciels sont
généralement fournis avec une
documentation ou un CD comprenant
les instructions d'installation.
Si l'ordinateur ne répond plus ou si un écran
bleu uni s'affiche :
PRÉCAUTION : vous risquez de perdre
des données si vous ne parvenez pas à
arrêter le système d'exploitation.
Si vous n'obtenez aucune réponse lorsque
vous appuyez sur une touche du clavier ou
lorsque vous déplacez la souris, appuyez sur
le bouton d'alimentation et maintenez-le
enfoncé pendant au moins 8 à 10 secondes
(jusqu'à ce que l'ordinateur s'éteigne), puis
redémarrez votre ordinateur.
Si le programme est conçu pour un système
d'exploitation Microsoft Windows antérieur,
exécutez l'Assistant Compatibilité des
programmes. L'Assistant Compatibilité des
programmes configure un programme afin
qu'il fonctionne dans un environnement
similaire au système d'exploitation Microsoft
Windows antérieur.34
Résolution des problèmes
Pour exécuter l'Assistant Compatibilité des
programmes :
1. Cliquez sur Démarrer → Panneau de
configuration→ Programmes→ Exécuter
des programmes plus anciens avec cette
version de Windows.
2. Dans l'écran d'accueil, cliquez sur Suivant.
3. Suivez les instructions qui s'affichent.
Si d'autres problèmes logiciels surviennent:
• Sauvegardez vos fichiers immédiatement.
• Utilisez un logiciel antivirus pour analyser
le disque dur ou les CD.
• Enregistrez et fermez les fichiers ouverts et
quittez tous les programmes, puis arrêtez
l'ordinateur à l'aide du menu Démarrer .
• Consultez la documentation fournie avec
le logiciel ou contactez son éditeur pour
obtenir des informations détaillées sur le
dépannage :
– Vérifiez que le programme est
compatible avec le système
d'exploitation installé sur l'ordinateur.
– Vérifiez que le matériel du système
répond à la configuration matérielle
minimale requise pour l'exécution du
logiciel. Consultez la documentation
du logiciel pour de plus amples
informations.
– Vérifiez que le programme est
correctement installé et configuré.
– Vérifiez que les pilotes de périphériques
n'entrent pas en conflit avec le
programme.
– Le cas échéant, désinstallez puis
réinstallez le programme.
– Notez le message d'erreur affiché pour
le communiquer au support technique
Dell et obtenir de l'aide.35
Centre de support Dell
Toute l'assistance dont vous avez besoin –
un seul emplacement.
Le Centre d'assistance Dell Support
Center fournit des notifications à propos
des systèmes, des solutions pour améliorer
les performances, des informations sur les
systèmes et des liens vers d'autres outils et
services de diagnostic Dell.
Pour démarrer l'application, cliquez sur
Démarrer → Tous les programmes→
Dell→ Dell Support Center (Centre
d'assistance Dell)→ Launch Dell Support
Center (Démarrer le Centre d'assistance Dell).
La page d'accueil du Centre d'assistance
Dell affiche le numéro de modèle de votre
ordinateur, le numéro de service, le code de
service express, le statut de la garantie et des
notifications indiquant comment améliorer les
performances de votre ordinateur.
La page d'accueil fournit également des liens
vers :
Vérification de l'ordinateur: exécutez
des diagnostics matériels, découvrez quel
programme occupe le plus de mémoire sur
votre disque dur et suivez les modifications
apportées chaque jour à votre ordinateur.
Utilitaires de vérification de l'ordinateur
• Gestionnaire d'espace disque : gérez votre
disque dur grâce à une représentation
visuelle de l'espace occupé par chaque
type de fichier.
• Historique des performances et de la
configuration : surveillez les événements
système et les modifications au fil du
temps. Cet utilitaire affiche toutes
les analyses, tous les tests, toutes les
modifications du système, tous les
événements critiques et tous les points de
restauration avec l'indication du jour.
Utilisation des outils de support technique INSPIRON36
Utilisation des outils de support technique
Informations détaillées sur le système :
affichez des informations détaillées sur les
configurations du matériel et du système
d'exploitation ; accédez à des copies de vos
contrats de service, informations de garantie
et options de renouvellement de garantie.
Obtenir de l'aide : affichez les options du
Support technique Dell, Support client, Visites
guidées et formations, Outils en ligne, Modes
d'emploi, Informations de garantie, FAQ, etc.
Sauvegarde et restauration : créez un
support de récupération, lancez l'outil de
récupération et sauvegardez les fichiers en
ligne.
Solutions pour améliorer les performances
du système : procurez-vous des solutions
logicielles et matérielles qui vous aideront à
améliorer les performances de votre système.
Pour plus d'informations sur le Centre
d'assistance Dell Support Center et le
téléchargement et l'installation des outils
de support disponibles, accédez à la page
DellSupportCenter.com.
Mes Téléchargements
Dell
REMARQUE : il se peut que Mes
Téléchargements Dell ne soit pas
disponible dans votre région.
Certains logiciels préinstallés sur votre
nouvel ordinateur Dell ne disposent pas de
CD ou DVD de récupération. Ces logiciels
sont disponibles en ligne sur la page Mes
Téléchargements Dell. Vous pouvez à partir
de ce site Web télécharger tous les logiciels
disponibles pour les réinstaller ou créer votre
propre support de sauvegarde.
Pour vous enregistrer et utiliser Mes
Téléchargements Dell :
1. Rendez-vous sur
DownloadStore.dell.com/media.
2. Suivez les instructions à l'écran pour vous
enregistrer et télécharger le logiciel.
3. Réinstallez le logiciel ou créez un support
de sauvegarde à utiliser ultérieurement.37
Utilisation des outils de support technique
Messages système
Si votre ordinateur rencontre un problème
ou une erreur, il peut afficher un message
système qui vous permettra d'en identifier la
cause et vous renseignera sur les mesures à
prendre pour résoudre le problème.
REMARQUE : si le message affiché
par l'ordinateur ne figure pas parmi les
exemples suivants, reportez-vous à la
documentation du système d'exploitation
ou du programme qui était en cours
d'exécution au moment où le message
est apparu contactez Dell (consultez la
section « Contacter Dell » à la page 57)
pour obtenir de l'aide.
Alert! Previous attempts at booting this
system have failed at checkpoint [nnnn]
(Alerte ! Les précédentes tentatives
d'amorçage de ce système ont échoué
au point de reprise [nnnn]). For help in
resolving this problem, please note this
checkpoint and contact Dell Technical
Support (Pour obtenir de l'aide afin de
résoudre ce problème, veuillez noter le point
de reprise et contacter le Support technique
Dell) : l'ordinateur n'a pas réussi à exécuter la
procédure d'amorçage après trois tentatives
consécutives à cause de la même erreur.
Pour obtenir de l'aide, contactez Dell (voir la
section « Contacter Dell », page 57).
CMOS checksum error or RTC is reset,
BIOS Setup default has been loaded (Erreur
somme de contrôle CMOS ou réinitialisation
RTC, la configuration par défaut du BIOS a
été chargée) : défaillance possible de la carte
système ou pile de l'horloge en temps réel
déchargée. Remplacez la pile (reportez-vous
à la Notice d'entretien à l'adresse
support.dell.com/manuals) ou contactez Dell
(consultez la section « Contacter Dell » à la
page 57) pour obtenir de l'aide.
CPU fan failure : Défaillance du ventilateur
du processeur. Le ventilateur du processeur
doit être remplacé. Consultez le Guide de
maintenance à l'adresse
support.dell.com/manuals38
Utilisation des outils de support technique
Hard-disk drive failure (défaillance du
lecteur de disque dur) : défaillance possible
du lecteur de disque dur lors de l'auto-test
de démarrage (POST). Pour obtenir de l'aide,
contactez Dell (voir la section « Contacter
Dell », page 57).
Hard-disk drive read failure (défaillance de
lecture du lecteur de disque dur) : défaillance
possible du lecteur de disque dur lors du test
de démarrage du disque dur. Pour obtenir
de l'aide, contactez Dell (voir la section
« Contacter Dell », page 57).
Keyboard failure (défaillance du clavier) :
remplacez le clavier ou vérifiez s'il est branché
correctement.
No boot device available (aucun
périphérique d'amorçage disponible) :
absence de partition d'amorçage sur le disque
dur, le câble du disque dur est mal branché ou
aucun périphérique d'amorçage n'existe.
• Si le disque dur est le périphérique
d'amorçage, assurez-vous que les câbles
sont connectés et que le disque est
correctement installé et partitionné en tant
que périphérique d'amorçage.
• Accédez au programme de configuration
du système et vérifiez que les informations
de séquence d'amorçage sont correctes
(voir le Guide de maintenance sur le site
support.dell.com/manuals).
No timer tick interrupt (absence
d'interruption de cadence de l'horloge) :
puce sur la carte système peut-être
défectueuse ou défaillance de la carte
système (voir le Guide de maintenance sur le
site support.dell.com/manuals) ou contactez
Dell (voir la section « Contacter Dell » page
57) pour obtenir de l'aide.39
Utilisation des outils de support technique
USB over current error (erreur de surintensité
USB) : déconnectez le périphérique USB. Votre
périphériqueUSB a besoin d'une alimentation
en électricité plus importante pour fonctionner
correctement. Utilisez une source d'alimentation
externe pour connecter le périphériqueUSB ou,
si votre périphérique possède deux câblesUSB,
connectez-les tous les deux.
CAUTION - Hard Drive SELF MONITORING
SYSTEM has reported that a parameter
has exceeded its normal operating range.
Dell recommends that you back up your
data regularly. A parameter out of range
may or may not indicate a potential hard
drive problem (PRECAUTION : le système
d'autosurveillance de disque dur indique
qu'un paramètre se situe en dehors de la
plage de fonctionnement normal. Dell vous
recommande de sauvegarder régulièrement
vos données. Un paramètre en dehors de
la plage de fonctionnement normal peut
indiquer un éventuel problème de disque
dur): erreur SMART, défaillance possible du
disque dur. Pour obtenir de l'aide, contactez
Dell (voir la section « Contacter Dell », page 57).
Utilitaire de résolution de
problèmes matériels
Si un périphérique n'est pas détecté pendant
la configuration du système d'exploitation
ou s'il est détecté mais n'est pas configuré
correctement, servez-vous de l'Utilitaire de
résolution des problèmes matériels pour
résoudre ce problème d'incompatibilité.
Pour lancer l'utilitaire de résolution des
problèmes matériels :
1. Cliquez sur Démarrer → Aide et
support.
2. Saisissez utilitaire de résolution
des problèmes matériels dans le
champ de recherche, puis appuyez sur
pour lancer la recherche.
3. Dans les résultats de la recherche,
sélectionnez l'option décrivant le mieux le
problème et effectuez les étapes suivantes
de dépannage.40
Utilisation des outils de support technique
Dell Diagnostics
Si vous rencontrez un problème avec votre
ordinateur, procédez aux vérifications
décrites dans la section « Blocages et
problèmes logiciels », page 33 et exécutez
Dell Diagnostics avant de contacter Dell pour
obtenir une assistance technique.
REMARQUE : le programme Dell
Diagnostics fonctionne uniquement sur
les ordinateurs Dell.
Vérifiez que le périphérique que vous
souhaitez tester s'affiche dans l'utilitaire de
configuration du système et qu'il est activé.
Pour accéder à l'utilitaire de configuration
système (BIOS), mettez l'ordinateur sous
tension (ou redémarrez-le) et appuyez sur
lorsque le logo DELL apparaît.
Démarrage de Dell ePSA
Diagnostics
ePSA (Enhanced Pre-boot System
Assessment) teste des périphriques tels que la
carte système, le clavier, l'écran, la mémoire,
le disque dur, etc.
1. Mettez l'ordinateur sous tension (ou
redémarrez-le).
2. Lorsque le logo Dell apparaît, appuyez
immédiatement sur .
REMARQUE : si vous tardez trop et que le
logo du système d'exploitation apparaît,
patientez jusqu'à ce que le Bureau
de Microsoft Windows s'affiche, puis
éteignez votre ordinateur et réessayez.
3. Sélectionnez Diagnostics dans le menu
d'amorçage et appuyez sur .
4. Suivez les instructions qui s'affichent.41
Utilisation des outils de support technique
Si un périphérique ne passe pas le test,
celui-ci s'arrête et l'ordinateur émet un
signal sonore. Notez le(s) code(s) d'erreur
qui s'affichent à l'écran, puis contactez Dell
(reportez-vous à la section « Contacter Dell »
à la page 57) pour obtenir de l'aide.
• Pour arrêter ePSA et redémarrer votre
ordinateur, appuyez sur .
• Pour passer au test suivant, appuyez sur .
• Pour réexécuter un test ayant échoué,
appuyez sur .
Si ePSA réussit, le message suivant s'affiche
« Do you want to run the remaining
memory tests ? This will take about
30 minutes or more. Do you want to
continue ? (Recommended) » (Voulezvous exécuter les tests de mémoire restants ?
Cette opération dure au moins 30 minutes.
Voulez-vous continuer ? (recommandé).)
Si vous rencontrez des problèmes avec
la mémoire, appuyez sur , sinon
appuyez sur . Le message suivant
apparaît : « Enhanced Pre-boot System
Assessment Complete. (Évaluation du
système de préamorçage terminée.) »
5. Cliquez sur Quitter pour redémarrer
l'ordinateur.
Démarrage de Dell PC Checkup
Dell PC Checkup analyse et teste le matériel
de votre ordinateur. Il propose des solutions
automatisées pour les problèmes de
configuration les plus courants.
1. Cliquez sur Démarrer → Tous les
programmes→ Dell→ Centre de support
Dell→ Lancer PC Checkup.
2. Sélectionnez le test à exécuter et suivez les
instructions qui s'affichent à l'écran.
REMARQUE : si une erreur est signalée à
la fin des tests, notez le(s) périphérique(s)
et le(s) (s) ayant échoué. Pour obtenir
de l'aide, contactez Dell (voir la section
« Contacter Dell », page 57).
3. Fermez la fenêtre pour quitter PC Checkup.42
Vous pouvez restaurer le système d'exploitation de votre ordinateur à l'aide des options suivantes :
PRÉCAUTION : si vous utilisez Dell Factory Image Restore ou le disque du système
d'exploitation, vous perdrez tous les fichiers de données de votre ordinateur. Si possible,
sauvegardez toutes les données avant de lancer ces options.
Option Utilisation
Restauration du système en tant que première solution
Dell DataSafe Local Backup si la restauration du système ne permet pas de résoudre votre
problème.
Support de récupération
système
si une défaillance du système d'exploitation vous empêche
d'utiliser la Restauration du système ou DataSafe Local Backup.
lors de l'installation des logiciels installés en usine par Dell sur
un disque dur nouvellement installé.
Dell Factory Image Restore pour restaurer votre ordinateur à son état d'exploitation initial,
lorsqu'il vous a été livré.
Disque Operating System
(Système d'exploitation)
pour installer uniquement le système d'exploitation sur votre
ordinateur.
REMARQUE : le disque Operating System (Système d'exploitation) est en option et n'est pas
fourni avec tous les ordinateurs.
Restauration du système d'exploitation INSPIRON43
Restauration du système d'exploitation
Restauration du système
Les systèmes d'exploitation Microsoft
Windows proposent une option de
restauration du système qui vous permet
de restaurer l'ordinateur à un état antérieur
(sans affecter les fichiers de données) si les
modifications apportées au matériel, aux
logiciels ou à d'autres paramètres du système
empêchent l'ordinateur de fonctionner
correctement. Toute modification apportée
à votre ordinateur par la restauration du
système est totalement réversible.
PRÉCAUTION : Effectuez des
sauvegardes régulières de vos fichiers
de données. La fonction Restauration
du système n'assure ni la surveillance
ni la restauration de vos données
personnelles.
Démarrage de la restauration du
système
1. Cliquez sur Démarrer .
2. Dans la zone Rechercher, saisissez
Restauration du système, puis
appuyez sur .
REMARQUE : la fenêtre Contrôle de
compte d'utilisateur peut apparaître. Si
vous êtes administrateur de l'ordinateur,
cliquez sur Continuer. Sinon, prenez
contact avec votre administrateur pour
pouvoir poursuivre.
3. Cliquez sur Suivant et suivez les
instructions qui s'affichent.
Si la fonction Restauration du système n'a pas
résolu le problème, vous pouvez annuler la
dernière restauration du système.44
Restauration du système d'exploitation
Annulation de la dernière
restauration du système
REMARQUE : avant de procéder à
l'annulation de la dernière restauration
du système, sauvegardez et fermez tous
les fichiers ouverts, et quittez tous les
programmes. Vous ne devez en aucun
cas modifier, ouvrir ni supprimer des
fichiers ou des programmes tant que
la restauration du système n'est pas
terminée.
1. Cliquez sur Démarrer .
2. Dans la zone Rechercher, saisissez
Restauration du système, puis
appuyez sur .
3. Cliquez sur Annuler ma dernière
restauration, puis sur Suivant.
DellDataSafe Local Backup
PRÉCAUTION : l'utilisation de Dell
DataSafe Local Backup pour restaurer
votre système d'exploitation supprime
définitivement tous les programmes ou
les pilotes installés sur votre ordinateur
après l'avoir reçu. Créez une sauvegarde
des applications que vous devez installer
sur votre ordinateur avant d'utiliser Dell
DataSafe Local Backup. N'utilisez Dell
DataSafe Local Backup que si la fonction
Restauration du système n'a pas résolu
votre problème de système d'exploitation.
PRÉCAUTION : Bien que la fonction
Dell DataSafe Local Backup soit
conçue pour préserver les fichiers de
données de votre ordinateur, nous vous
recommandons de sauvegarder ces
fichiers avant de l'utiliser.
REMARQUE : il se peut que Dell DataSafe
Local Backup ne soit pas disponible dans
votre pays.45
Restauration du système d'exploitation
REMARQUE : si Dell DataSafe Local
Backup n'est pas disponible sur votre
ordinateur, utilisez Dell Factory Image
Restore (Restauration de l'image d'usine
Dell), (reportez vous à « Dell Factory
Image Restore », page 48) pour restaurer
votre système d'exploitation.
Vous pouvez utiliser Dell DataSafe Local
Backup pour restaurer le disque dur à l'état
dans lequel il se trouvait lorsque vous avez
acheté l'ordinateur tout en préservant les
fichiers de données.
Dell DataSafe Local Backup vous permet de :
• Sauvegarder et restaurer votre ordinateur à
son état d'exploitation antérieur
• Créer un support de récupération
système (voir « Création d'un support de
récupération système (recommandé) »
page 12)
Dell DataSafe Local Backup Basic
Pour restaurer le système d'exploitation et
les logiciels installés en usine par Dell tout en
conservant les fichiers de données :
1. Éteignez l'ordinateur.
2. Déconnectez tous les périphériques
(lecteur USB, imprimante, etc.) reliés à
votre ordinateur et retirez tout matériel
interne que vous avez ajouté récemment.
3. Allumez l'ordinateur.
4. Lorsque le logo DELL apparaît, appuyez
plusieurs fois sur afin d'accéder à la
fenêtre Options de démarrage avancées.
REMARQUE : si vous tardez trop et que le
logo du système d'exploitation apparaît,
patientez jusqu'à ce que le Bureau
de Microsoft Windows s'affiche, puis
éteignez votre ordinateur et réessayez.
5. Sélectionnez Repair Your Computer
(Réparer l'ordinateur).46
Restauration du système d'exploitation
6. Sélectionnez Dell DataSafe Restore
and Emergency Backup dans le menu
System Recovery Options (Options
de récupération système) et suivez les
instructions qui apparaissent.
REMARQUE : le processus de
restauration peut prendre une heure
voire plus selon le volume des données à
restaurer.
REMARQUE : pour plus d'informations,
reportez-vous à la base de
connaissances, article nº 353560,
disponible sur le site support.dell.com.
Mise à niveau vers Dell DataSafe
Local Backup Professional
REMARQUE : il est possible que Dell
DataSafe Local Backup Professional soit
installé sur votre ordinateur, si vous l'avez
commandé lors de votre achat.
Dell DataSafe Local Backup Professional
fournit des fonctionnalités supplémentaires
vous permettant de :
• Sauvegarder et restaurer votre ordinateur
sur la base des types de fichiers.
• Sauvegarder les fichiers sur un
périphérique de stockage local
• Planifier des sauvegardes automatiques
Pour effectuer une mise à niveau vers Dell
DataSafe Local Backup Professional :
1. Cliquez deux fois sur l'icône Dell DataSafe
Local Backup Online dans la zone de
notification de votre Bureau.
2. Cliquez sur UPGRADE NOW ! (METTRE à
NIVEAU MAINTENANT !)
3. Suivez les instructions qui s'affichent.47
Restauration du système d'exploitation
Support de récupération
système
PRÉCAUTION : bien que le support
de récupération système soit conçu
pour préserver les fichiers de données
de votre ordinateur, nous vous
recommandons de sauvegarder ces
fichiers avant de l'utiliser.
Vous pouvez utiliser le support de
récupération système, créé à l'aide de Dell
DataSafe Local Backup, pour restaurer le
disque dur à l'état dans lequel il se trouvait
lorsque vous avez acheté l'ordinateur tout en
préservant les fichiers de données.
Utilisez le support de récupération système
dans les cas où :
• Une défaillance du système d'exploitation
vous empêche d'utiliser les options de
récupération installées sur votre ordinateur.
• Une défaillance du disque dur empêche la
récupération des données.
Pour restaurer le système d'exploitation et les
logiciels installés en usine par Dell sur votre
ordinateur à l'aide du support de récupération
système :
1. Insérez le disque ou la clé USB de
récupération système et redémarrez votre
ordinateur.
2. Lorsque le logo DELL apparaît, appuyez
immédiatement sur .
REMARQUE : si vous tardez trop et que le
logo du système d'exploitation apparaît,
patientez jusqu'à ce que le Bureau
de Microsoft Windows s'affiche, puis
éteignez votre ordinateur et réessayez.
3. Sélectionnez le périphérique d'amorçage
approprié dans la liste et appuyez sur
.
4. Suivez les instructions qui s'affichent.48
Restauration du système d'exploitation
Dell Factory Image Restore
PRÉCAUTION: l'utilisation de Dell
Factory Image Restore pour restaurer
votre système d'exploitation supprime
définitivement toutes les données qui
figurent sur le disque dur ainsi que
tous les programmes et tous les pilotes
installés après que vous avez reçu votre
ordinateur. Dans la mesure du possible,
sauvegardez toutes vos données avant
d'utiliser cette option. Utilisez Dell Factory
Image Restore uniquement si la fonction
Restauration du système n'a pas résolu
votre problème de système d'exploitation.
REMARQUE : Dell Factory Image Restore
peut ne pas être disponible dans certains
pays ou sur certains ordinateurs.
REMARQUE : si Dell Factory Image
Restore n'est pas disponible sur votre
ordinateur, utilisez Dell DataSafe Local
Backup (reportez vous à « Dell DataSafe
Local Backup », page 44) pour restaurer
votre système d'exploitation.
Utilisez Dell Factory Image Restore
pour restaurer le système d'exploitation
uniqiuement en dernier recours. Cette
option restaure le disque dur à l'état de
fonctionnement dans lequel il se trouvait
lorsque vous avez acheté l'ordinateur. Tous les
programmes ou fichiers ajoutés depuis que
vous avez reçu votre ordinateur, notamment
les fichiers de données, sont définitivement
supprimés du disque dur. Les fichiers de
données incluent les documents, feuilles
de calcul, messages électroniques, photos
numériques, fichiers audio, etc. Si possible,
sauvegardez toutes les données avant de
lancer Dell Factory Image Restore.
Démarrage de Dell Factory Image
Restore
1. Allumez l'ordinateur.
2. Lorsque le logo DELL apparaît, appuyez
plusieurs fois sur afin d'accéder à la
fenêtre Options de démarrage avancées.49
Restauration du système d'exploitation
REMARQUE : si vous tardez trop et que le
logo du système d'exploitation apparaît,
patientez jusqu'à ce que le Bureau
de Microsoft Windows s'affiche, puis
éteignez votre ordinateur et réessayez.
3. Sélectionnez Repair Your Computer
(Réparer votre ordinateur).
La fenêtre System Recovery Options
(Options de récupération système)
apparaît.
4. Sélectionnez une disposition de clavier,
puis cliquez sur Next (Suivant).
5. Pour accéder aux options de réparation,
ouvrez une session en tant qu'utilisateur
local. Pour accéder à l'invite de
commande, saisissez administrateur
dans le champ Nom d'utilisateur puis
cliquez sur OK.
6. Cliquez sur Dell Factory Image Restore.
L'écran de bienvenue Dell Factory Image
Restore apparaît.
REMARQUE: selon la configuration de
votre ordinateur, vous devrez peut-être
sélectionner Dell Factory Tools (Outils
d'usine Dell), puis Dell Factory Image
Restore (Restauration d'image d'usine Dell).
7. Cliquez sur Next (Suivant).
L'écran Confirm Data Deletion (Confirmer
la suppression des données) apparaît.
REMARQUE : si vous ne souhaitez pas
effectuer la restauration d'image d'usine,
cliquez sur Cancel (Annuler).
8. Cochez la case pour confirmer le
reformatage du disque dur et la restauration
des logiciels du système à l'état d'origine,
puis cliquez sur Next (Suivant).
Le processus de restauration commence ;
il peut prendre au moins cinq minutes.
Un message apparaît lorsque le système
d'exploitation et les applications pré-
installées en usine ont été restaurés à leur
état de sortie d'usine.
9. Cliquez sur Finish (Terminer) pour
redémarrer votre ordinateur.50
Si vous rencontrez un problème lié à
l'ordinateur, effectuez les étapes suivantes
pour diagnostiquer et résoudre ce problème :
1. Reportez-vous à la section « Résolution
des problèmes » à la page 28 pour
obtenir des informations et connaître
les procédures de résolution relatives au
problème rencontré par votre ordinateur.
2. Reportez-vous à la section « Dell
Diagnostics » à la page 40 pour connaître
les procédures d'exécution de Dell
Diagnostics.
3. Remplissez la « Liste de vérification de
diagnostics », page 56.
4. Utilisez la gamme complète de services
en ligne de Dell disponibles sur le site Web
de support technique (support.dell.com)
pour obtenir de l'aide concernant les
procédures d'installation et de dépannage.
Reportez-vous à la section « Services
en ligne » à la page 52 pour obtenir la
liste exhaustive des services de support
technique Dell en ligne.
5. Si les étapes précédentes ne vous ont pas
permis de résoudre le problème, reportezvous à la section « Avant d'appeler »,
page 56.
REMARQUE : appelez le support
technique de Dell depuis un téléphone
proche de l'ordinateur afin qu'un
technicien puisse vous guider dans la
procédure de dépannage.
REMARQUE : il se peut que le système de
code du service express de Dell ne soit
pas disponible dans votre pays.
Accès à l'aide INSPIRON51
Accès à l'aide
Lorsque le système téléphonique automatisé
de Dell vous y invite, saisissez votre code
de service express pour acheminer votre
appel vers l'équipe de support technique
appropriée. Si vous ne disposez pas d'un
code de service express, ouvrez le dossier
Dell Accessories (Accessoires Dell), doublecliquez sur l'icône Express Service Code
(Code de service express) et suivez les
instructions qui s'affichent.
REMARQUE : certains services ne sont
pas toujours disponibles en dehors des
États-Unis. Contactez votre représentant
Dell local pour en savoir plus.
Support technique et
service clientèle
Le service de support technique de Dell est
à votre disposition pour répondre à toutes
les questions relatives au matériel Dell. Notre
équipe de support technique utilise des tests
de diagnostic informatisés pour répondre
plus rapidement et plus efficacement à vos
questions.
Pour contacter le service de support
technique Dell, reportez-vous à la section
« Avant d'appeler » à la page 56, puis
recherchez les informations de contact qui
s'appliquent à votre pays ou rendez-vous sur
le site support.dell.com.52
Accès à l'aide
DellConnect
DellConnect, outil d'accès en ligne simple,
permet à un technicien de support technique
de Dell d'accéder à votre ordinateur, par une
connexion haut débit, afin de diagnostiquer
les problèmes et de les résoudre sous votre
supervision. Pour plus d'informations, rendezvous sur le site www.dell.com/DellConnect.
Services en ligne
Pour en savoir plus sur les produits et services
Dell, consultez les sites suivants :
• www.dell.com
• www.dell.com/ap (pays d'Asie et du
Pacifique uniquement)
• www.dell.com/jp (Japon uniquement)
• www.euro.dell.com (Europe uniquement)
• www.dell.com/la (pays d'Amérique latine
et des Caraïbes)
• www.dell.ca (Canada uniquement)
Vous pouvez accéder au support technique
de Dell par l'intermédiaire des sites et adresses
e-mail suivants :
Sites Web de support technique Dell
• support.dell.com
• support.jp.dell.com (Japon uniquement)
• support.euro.dell.com (Europe uniquement)
• supportapj.dell.com (Asie/Pacifique
uniquement)53
Accès à l'aide
Adresses e-mail du support
technique Dell :
• mobile_support@us.dell.com
• support@us.dell.com
• la-techsupport@dell.com (pays d'Amérique
latine et des Caraïbes uniquement)
• apsupport@dell.com (pays d'Asie et du
Pacifique uniquement)
Adresses e-mail des services
Marketing et Ventes de Dell
• apmarketing@dell.com (pays d'Asie et du
Pacifique uniquement)
• sales_canada@dell.com (Canada
uniquement)
FTP (File Transfert Protocol [protocole
de transfert de fichiers]) anonyme
• ftp.dell.com
Connectez-vous en tant qu'utilisateur :
anonyme et utilisez votre adresse e-mail
comme mot de passe.
Service d'état des
commandes automatisé
Pour vérifier l'état de vos commandes de
produits Dell, rendez-vous sur le site Web
support.dell.com ou appelez le service
automatisé d'état des commandes.
Un enregistrement vous demande les
informations nécessaires pour repérer votre
commande et en faire un rapport.
Si vous avez rencontré un problème lié à votre
commande, tel que des pièces manquantes
ou non adaptées, ou une facturation erronée,
contactez le Service clientèle de Dell. Gardez
votre facture ou votre bordereau d'expédition
à portée de main lorsque vous appelez.
Pour obtenir le numéro de téléphone à
appeler depuis votre pays, consultez la
section « Contacter Dell » à la page 57.54
Accès à l'aide
Informations sur les
produits
Pour obtenir des informations sur les autres
produits disponibles auprès de Dell ou si vous
souhaitez passer commande, rendez-vous
sur le site Web www.dell.com. Pour obtenir
le numéro de téléphone à appeler à partir de
votre pays ou pour parler à un représentant
du service des ventes, consultez la section
« Contacter Dell » à la page 57.
Retour d'articles pour
réparation dans le cadre
de la garantie ou pour
avoir
Préparez tous les articles à retourner, pour
réparation ou avoir, comme indiqué ci-après :
REMARQUE : avant de retourner le
produit à Dell, assurez-vous d'avoir
sauvegardé toutes les données du ou des
disques dur ou de tout autre périphérique
de stockage du produit. Supprimez
toutes les informations personnelles,
privées et confidentielles, et retirez
tous les supports amovibles, tels que
CD et cartes PC. Nous déclinons toute
responsabilité en ce qui concerne vos
informations confidentielles, propriétaires
ou personnelles, et en cas de perte ou
d'endommagement des données ou des
supports amovibles qui seraient renvoyés
avec le produit.55
Accès à l'aide
1. Appelez Dell pour obtenir un numéro
d'autorisation de retour du matériel et
inscrivez-le lisiblement et bien en vue sur
l'emballage. Pour obtenir le numéro de
téléphone à appeler depuis votre pays,
consultez la section « Contacter Dell » à la
page 57.
2. Joignez une copie de la facture et une
lettre décrivant le motif du retour.
3. Joignez une copie de la liste de vérification
des diagnostics (voir « Liste de vérification
des diagnostics », page 56), indiquant
les tests effectués et tous les messages
d'erreur mentionnés par Dell Diagnostics
(voir « Dell Diagnostics », page 40).
4. Joignez tous les accessoires qui
accompagnent le/les article(s) renvoyé(s)
(câble de l'adaptateur secteur, logiciels,
guides, etc.) s'il s'agit d'un retour pour
avoir.
5. Empaquetez l'équipement à renvoyer dans
son emballage d'origine (ou équivalent).
REMARQUE : les frais d'expédition sont
à votre charge. Vous devez également
assurer les produits retournés et
assumer les risques de perte en cours
d'expédition. Les envois en contre
remboursement ne sont pas acceptés.
REMARQUE : en cas de manquement
à l'une des conditions précitées, Dell
refusera le retour à la réception et vous
renverra les éléments.56
Accès à l'aide
Avant d'appeler
REMARQUE : munissez-vous de votre
code de service express lorsque vous
appelez. Ce code permet au système
d'assistance téléphonique automatisé
de Dell de diriger votre appel plus
efficacement. Le système peut également
demander le numéro de série (situé à
l'arrière de votre ordinateur).
Localisation de votre numéro de
série et du code de service express
Le numéro de série et le code de service
express de votre ordinateur se trouvent
sur une étiquette située à l'arrière de
l'ordinateur(voir « Fonctionnalités du panneau
arrière » page 20).
N'oubliez pas de remplir la liste de vérification
des diagnostics ci-dessous. Si possible,
allumez votre ordinateur avant de contacter
Dell pour obtenir de l'aide et appelez d'un
téléphone qui se trouve à proximité de votre
ordinateur. Vous serez peut-être invité à
saisir certaines commandes au clavier, à
fournir des informations détaillées sur le
fonctionnement de l'ordinateur ou à essayer
d'autres méthodes de dépannage uniquement
possibles sur ce dernier. Assurez-vous que la
documentation de l'ordinateur est disponible.
Liste de vérification des diagnostics
• Nom :
• Date :
• Adresse :
• Numéro de téléphone :
• Numéro de série et code de service
express (situés sur une étiquette placée à
l'arrière de l'ordinateur) :57
Accès à l'aide
• Numéro d'autorisation de retour du
matériel (s'il vous a été fourni par le
support technique Dell) :
• Système d'exploitation et version :
• Périphériques :
• Cartes d'extension :
• Êtes-vous connecté à un réseau ? Oui/Non
• Réseau, version et carte réseau :
• Programmes et versions :
Consultez la documentation de votre système
d'exploitation pour déterminer le contenu
des fichiers de démarrage de l'ordinateur. Si
l'ordinateur est connecté à une imprimante,
imprimez chaque fichier. Le cas échéant,
notez le contenu de chaque fichier avant
d'appeler Dell.
• Message d'erreur, code sonore ou code de
diagnostic :
• Description du problème et procédures de
dépannage effectuées :
Contacter Dell
Depuis les États-Unis, appelez le
800-WWW-DELL (800-999-3355).
REMARQUE : si vous n'avez pas de
connexion Internet, vous trouverez nos
coordonnées sur votre confirmation de
commande, bordereau d'expédition, facture
ou dans le catalogue de produits Dell.
Dell fournit plusieurs options de service et de
support technique en ligne et par téléphone.
Leur disponibilité variant d'un pays à l'autre,
il est possible que certains services ne soient
pas proposés dans votre pays.
Pour prendre contact avec Dell pour
des questions commerciales, de support
technique ou de service clientèle :
1. Visitez le site www.dell.com/ContactDell.
2. Sélectionnez votre pays ou région.
3. Sélectionnez le lien correspondant au service
ou au support technique dont vous avez besoin.
4. Choisissez la méthode de contact qui vous
convient.58
Recherche d'informations et de
ressources supplémentaires
Si vous voulez : Consultez :
réinstaller le système d'exploitation « Support de récupération système »,
page 47
exécuter un programme de diagnostics pour votre
ordinateur
« Dell Diagnostics », page 40
réinstaller le logiciel système « Mes Téléchargements Dell », page 36
trouver plus d'informations à propos du système
d'exploitation Microsoft Windows et de ses
fonctionnalités
support.dell.com
mettre à niveau votre ordinateur en remplaçant ou
en ajoutant des composants, comme par exemple
un nouveau disque dur
Réinstaller ou remplacer une pièce usée ou défectueuse
le Manuel de maintenance sur le site
support.dell.com/manuals
REMARQUE: dans certains pays,
l'ouverture de l'ordinateur et le
remplacement de pièces peuvent
annuler la garantie. Consultez votre
garantie et les politiques de retour
avant toute intervention à l'intérieur
de votre ordinateur.
INSPIRON59
Recherche d'informations et de ressources supplémentaires
Si vous voulez : Consultez :
trouver des informations sur les meilleures pratiques en
matière de sécurité pour votre ordinateur
consulter les informations sur la garantie, les conditions
d'utilisation (États-Unis uniquement), les consignes
de sécurité, les informations sur les réglementations,
l'ergonomie et le contrat de licence utilisateur final.
les documents de sécurité et de
garantie fournis avec votre ordinateur ;
reportez-vous également à la page
Regulatory Compliance (Conformité à
la réglementation), à l'adresse
www.dell.com/regulatory_compliance
accéder au numéro de série/code de service express
de votre ordinateur: vous devez fournir un numéro de
série pour identifier votre ordinateur sur le site
support.dell.com ou pour contacter le support technique.
l'arrière de votre ordinateur.
« Centre d'assistance Dell Support
Center », page 35
accéder aux pilotes et aux téléchargements ;
fichiers lisez-moi.
bénéficier du support technique et d'une aide
relative aux produits
vérifier l'état de vos commandes
trouver des solutions et des réponses à des
questions courantes
trouver des informations sur des mises à jour de
dernière minute concernant des modifications
techniques apportées à votre ordinateur ou des
documents de référence destinés aux techniciens
ou aux utilisateurs expérimentés
support.dell.com60
Cette section fournit des informations qui peuvent vous être utiles lors de la configuration de
votre ordinateur, de sa mise à niveau ou de la mise à jour de ses pilotes.
REMARQUE : les offres peuvent varier d'un pays à l'autre. Pour plus d'informations sur
la configuration de votre ordinateur, consultez la section Informations détaillées sur le
système dans le Centre d'assistance Dell Support Center.
Pour démarrer le Centre d'assistance Dell Support Center, cliquez sur Démarrer → Tous
les programmes→ Dell→ Dell Support Center (Centre d'assistance Dell Support Center)→
Launch Dell Support Center (Démarrer le Centre d'assistance Dell Support Center).
Caractéristiques
Modèle de l'ordinateur
Dell Inspiron 620
Processeur
Type Intel Core i3
Intel Core i5
Intel Celeron
Intel Pentium double
cœur
Jeu de puces du système
Type Intel H61
Lecteurs et disques
Accessibles de
l'intérieur
deux baies de lecteur
de 3,5 pouces pour les
disques durs SATA
INSPIRON61
Caractéristiques
Lecteurs et disques
Accessibles de
l'extérieur
deux baies de lecteur
de 5,25 pouces pour un
lecteur combiné SATA
DVD+/-RW/
Blu-ray Disc (en option)/
Blu-ray Disc
réinscriptible (en option)
Mémoire
Connecteurs
pour module de
mémoire
deux connecteurs
accessibles à
l'utilisateur
Capacité des
barrettes de
mémoire
1 Go, 2 Go et 4 Go
Type de mémoire mémoire non ECC
uniquement DDR3
1333 MHz
Mémoire
minimale
1 Go
Mémoire
Mémoire
maximale
8 Go
Configurations
possibles de la
mémoire
2 Go, 3 Go, 4 Go, 6 Go
et 8 Go
REMARQUE : pour obtenir des
instructions sur la mise à niveau de
la mémoire, consultez le Manuel de
maintenance à l'adresse
support.dell.com/manuals.
Audio
Contrôleur audio Son haute définition,
canal 5.1 intégré62
Caractéristiques
Vidéo
UMA
Contrôleur
vidéo
Intel HD Graphics
Séparée
Contrôleur
vidéo
AMD Radeon HD 6450
AMD Radeon HD 6670
NVIDIA Geforce G420
Connecteurs internes
PCI Express x1 trois connecteurs à
36 broches
PCI Express x16 un connecteur à
164 broches
SATA quatre connecteurs à 7
broches
Connecteurs externes
Audio :
Panneau
avant :
un connecteur de
casque/de hautparleurs stéréo et
un connecteur de
microphone (entrée)
Panneau
arrière
trois connecteurs pour
la prise en charge 5.1
Carte réseau un connecteur RJ45
USB deux connecteurs
frontaux et six
connecteurs arrière
USB 2.0
VGA un connecteur
15 broches femelle
HDMI un connecteur à
19 broches
Lecteur de carte
multimédia
lecteur de carte 8 en 163
Caractéristiques
Batterie
Type 3 V CR-2032
pile bouton au lithium
Alimentation
Bloc d'alimentation secteur
Consommation
en watts
300 W
Tension d'entrée 100-127 VCA/
200-240 VCA
Fréquence
d'entrée
50/60 Hz
Courant d'entrée 9 A (8 A)/4,5 A
Communication
Carte réseau LAN Ethernet
10/100/1000 sur la carte
système
Sans fil (en option) Wi-Fi
Caractéristiques physiques
Hauteur 368,20 mm (14,5 po)
Largeur 182,80 mm (7,20 po)
Profondeur 448,80 mm (17,67 po)
Poids 8,94 kg (19,71 livres)64
Caractéristiques
Environnement informatique
Plage de températures :
Fonctionnement 10°C à 35°C
(50°F à 95°F)
Stockage –40°C à 65°C
(–40°F à 149°F)
Humidité relative
(maximale)
20 à 80 % (sans
condensation)
Choc maximal (en fonctionnement,
mesuré avec Dell Diagnostics exécuté sur
une impulsion demi-sinusoïdale de 2 ms ;
également mesuré en position de repos des
têtes du disque dur et impulsion demisinusoïdale de 2 ms pour le stockage) :
Fonctionnement 40 G pour 2 ms avec
un changement de
vitesse de 51 cm/s
(20 pouces/s)
Environnement informatique
à l'arrêt 50 G pour 26 ms avec
un changement de
vitesse de 813 cm/s
(320 pouces/s)
Vibration maximale (avec un spectre de
vibration aléatoire simulant l'environnement
utilisateur) :
Fonctionnement 0,25 GRMS
à l'arrêt 2,20 GRMS
Altitude (maximale) :
Fonctionnement –15,2 à 3 048 m
(–50 à 10 000 pieds)
Stockage –15,2 à 10 668 m
(–50 à 35 000 pieds)
Niveau de
contaminants
atmosphériques
G2 ou inférieur,
tel que défini par
la norme
ISA-S71.04-198565
Annexe
Informations sur la norme NOM ou Norme Officielle
Mexicaine (pour le Mexique uniquement)
Les informations suivantes sont fournies sur le(s) appareil(s) décrit(s) dans ce document
conformément aux dispositions de la Norme Officielle Mexicaine (NOM) :
Importateur:
Dell Mexico S.A. de C.V.
Paseo de la Reforma 2620 – Piso 11°
Col. Lomas Altas
11950 Mexico, D.F.
Numéro
de modèle
réglementaire
Type
règlementaire
Tension
d'entrée
Fréquence
d'entrée
Courant d'entrée
nominal
D11M D11M001 115 V/230 VCA 50/60 Hz 7 A/4 A ou 6 A/2,1 A
Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous aux consignes de sécurité fournies avec votre ordinateur.
Pour plus d'informations sur les meilleures pratiques en matière de sécurité, reportez-vous au
site www.dell.com/regulatory_compliance.
INSPIRON66
A
adresses électroniques
support technique 53
adresses électroniques de support
technique 53
aide
obtention d’aide et d’assistance 50
appeler Dell 56
C
caractéristiques 60
CD, lecture et création 24
connecteur HDMI 23
connecteur réseau
emplacement 23
connecteurs à l’avant 16
connexion
câble réseau en option 9
écran 6
Internet 13
connexion à Internet 13
connexion FTP, anonyme 53
connexion réseau
dépannage 30
connexion réseau sans fil 29
contacter Dell en ligne 57
D
DataSafe Local Backup 44
DellConnect 52
Dell Diagnostics 40
Dell Factory Image Restore 48
Index INSPIRON67
Index
Dell Stage 25
DVD, lecture et création 24
E
emplacement pour câble de sécurité 21
expédition de produits
retour ou réparation 55
F
FAI
fournisseur d’accès Internet 13
fonctionnalités logicielles 24
fonctions de l’ordinateur 24
L
liste de vérification des diagnostics 56
M
Messages système 37
N
numéro de série 56
O
options de réinstallation du système 42
P
pilotes et téléchargements 59
problèmes de mémoire
résolution 32
problèmes logiciels 33
problèmes matériels
diagnostic 39
problèmes, résolution 28
produits
informations et achat 5468
Index
R
recherche d’informations supplémentaires 58
résolution des problèmes 28
ressources, recherche supplémentaire 58
restauration d’une image d’usine 48
Restauration du système 43
retours dans le cadre de la garantie 54
S
service clientèle 51
sites d’assistance
dans le monde entier 52
support de restauration du système 47
T
tuner TV 13
U
USB 2.0
connecteurs à l’arrière 23
Utilitaire de résolution de problèmes
matériels 39
V
voyant d’activité du disque dur 18
W
Windows
Assistant Compatibilité des programmes 33
Safety information
About this user’s guide
Features of your new product
Introduction
Getting started
Network setup (Dell 1130n only)
Basic setup
Media and tray
Printing
Management tools
Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Supplies
Specifications
Appendix
Glossary
www.dell.com | www.support.dell.com
Dell 1130
Dell 1130nadjusting
tray size
booklet printing
booklets
change percentage of your document
cleaning
inside
outside
cleaning a machine
control panel
convention
duplex printing (manual)
printer driver
Embedded Web Service
general information
favorites settings, for printing
features
features
machine features
power saving feature
print media feature
printer driver
supplied software
font setting
front view
glossary
jam
clearing paper
tips for avoiding paper jams
Linux
common Linux problems
driver installation for network connected
driver installation for USB cable connected
printer properties
printing
supplied softwares
system requirements
unifled driver configurator
loading
paper in manual tray
paper in the tray1
special media
Macintosh
common Macintosh problems
driver installation for network connected
adjusting
tray size
booklet printing
booklets
change percentage of your document
cleaning
inside
outside
cleaning a machine
control panel
convention
duplex printing (manual)
printer driver
Embedded Web Service
general information
favorites settings, for printing
features
features
machine features
power saving feature
print media feature
printer driver
supplied software
font setting
front view
glossary
jam
clearing paper
tips for avoiding paper jams
Linux
common Linux problems
driver installation for network connected
driver installation for USB cable connected
printer properties
printing
supplied softwares
system requirements
unifled driver configurator
loading
paper in manual tray
paper in the tray1
special mediaCopyright
Information in this document is subject to change without notice.
©2010 Dell Inc. All rights reserved.
Reproduction of these materials in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc. is strictly
forbidden.
Trademarks used in this text: Dell, the DELL logo, and Dell Toner Management System are trademarks of Dell Inc.;
Microsoft, Windows, Windows Vista, and Windows Server are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and/or other countries. Adobe and Acrobat Reader are either registered trademarks or trademarks of
Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.
Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to the entities claiming the marks and names
of their products.
Dell Inc. disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than its own.
Refer to the 'LICENSE.txt' file in the provided CD-ROM for the open source license information.
REV. 1.00Safety information
These warnings and precautions are included in order to prevent injury to you and others, as well as preventing any
potential damage to your machine. Be sure to read and understand all of these instructions before using the machine.
Use common sense for operating any electrical appliance and whenever using your machine. Also, follow all warnings
and instructions marked on the machine and in the accompanying literature. After reading this section, keep it in a safe
place for future reference.
Important safety symbols
This section explains the meanings of all icons and signs in the user's guide. These safety symbols are in order,
according to the degree of danger.
Explanation of all icons and signs used in the user’s guide:
Warning Hazards or unsafe practices that may result in severe personal injury or death.
Caution Hazards or unsafe practices that may result in minor personal injury or property damage.
Do not attempt.
Do not disassemble.
Do not touch.
Unplug the power cord from the wall socket.
Make sure the machine is grounded to prevent electric shock.
Call the service center for help.
Follow directions explicitly.
Operating environment
Warning
Do not use if the power cord is damaged or if the
electrical outlet is not grounded.
This could result in electric shock or fire.
Do not bend, or place heavy
objects on the power cord.
Stepping on or allowing the
power cord to be crushed by a
heavy object could result in electric shock
or fire.
Do not place anything on top of the machine (water, small
metal or heavy objects, candles, lit cigarettes, etc.).
This could result in electric shock or fire.
Do not remove the plug by
pulling on the cord; do not
handle the plug with wet
hands.
This could result in electric shock or fire.
If the machine gets overheated, it releases smoke, makes
strange noises, or generates an odd odor, immediately
turn off the power switch and unplug the machine.
This could result in electric shock or fire.
Caution
During an electrical storm or for a period
of non-operation, remove the power plug
from the electrical outlet.
This could result in electric shock or fire.
If the plug does not easily enter the electrical outlet, do
not attempt to force it in.
Call an electrician to change the electrical outlet, or this
could result in electric shock.
Be careful, the paper output area is hot.
Burns could occur.
Do not allow pets to chew on the AC power, telephone or
PC interface cords.This could result in electric shock or fire and/or injury to
your pet.
If the machine has been dropped, or if the cabinet
appears damaged, unplug the machine from all
interface connections and request assistance from
qualified service personnel.
Otherwise, this could result in electric shock or fire.
If the machine does not operate properly after these
instructions have been followed, unplug the machine from
all interface connections and request assistance from
qualified service personnel.
Otherwise, this could result in electric shock or fire.
If the machine exhibits a sudden and distinct
change in performance, unplug the machine from all
interface connections and request assistance from
qualified service personnel.
Otherwise, this could result in electric shock or fire.
Operating method
Caution
Do not forcefully pull the paper
out during printing.
It can cause damage to the
machine.
When printing large quantities, the bottom part of the
paper output area may get hot. Do not allow children to
touch.
Children may be burned.
Be careful not to put your hand
between the machine and paper
tray.
You may get injured.
When removing jammed paper, do not use tweezers or
sharp metal objects.
It can cause damage to the machine.
Do not block or push objects into the
ventilation opening.
This could result in elevated component
temperatures which can cause damage or
fire.
Do not allow too many papers to stack up in the paper output
tray.
It could cause damage to the machine.
Use care to avoid paper cuts when
replacing paper or removing jammed paper.
You may get hurt.
This machine's power interception device is the power cord.
To switch off the power supply, remove the power cord from the
electrical outlet.
Installation / Moving
Warning
Do not place the machine in an area with dust, humidity or water leaks.
This could result in electric shock or fire.
Caution
When moving the machine, turn
the power off and disconnect all
cords; then lift the machine with
at least two people.
The machine could fall, causing human injury
or machine damage.
Do not put a cover over the machine or place it in an airtight
location, such as a closet.
If the machine is not well-ventilated, this could result in fire.
Do not place the machine on an unstable
surface.
The machine could fall, causing human injury
or machine damage.
Make sure you plug the power cord into a grounded electrical
outlet.
Otherwise, this could result in electric shock or fire.
The machine should be connected to the
power level which is specified on the label.
If you are unsure and want to check the
power level you are using, contact the
electrical utility company.
Do not overload wall outlets and extension cords.
This can diminish performance, and could result in electric shock or
fire.
Use only No.26 AWG
[a]
or larger,
telephone line cord, if necessary.
Use the power cord supplied with your machine for safe operation.
If you are using a cord which is longer than 2 meters (79”) with a
140V machine, then the gauge should be 16 AWG or larger.Otherwise, it can cause damage to the
machine. Otherwise, it can cause damage to the machine, and could result in
electric shock or fire.
[a]
AWG: American Wire Gauge
Maintenance / Checking
Caution
Unplug this product from the wall outlet before cleaning the
inside of the machine. Do not clean the machine with benzene,
paint thinner or alcohol; do not spray water directly into the
machine.
This could result in electric shock or fire.
Keep cleaning supplies
away from children.
Children may get hurt.
When you are working inside the machine replacing supplies or
cleaning the inside, do not operate the machine.
You may get injured.
Do not disassemble,
repair or rebuild the
machine by yourself.
It can cause damage to
the machine. Call a certified
technician when the machine needs
repair.
Keep the power cable and the contact surface of the plug clean from dust
or water.
This could result in electric shock or fire.
To clean and operate the
machine, strictly follow the user's
guide provided with the machine.
Otherwise, it can cause damage to
the machine.
Do not remove any covers or guards that are fastened with screws.
The machine should only be repaired by Dell service technician.
Supply usage
Caution
Do not disassemble the toner cartridge.
Toner dust can be dangerous to humans.
When storing supplies such as toner
cartridges, keep them away from
children.
Toner dust can be dangerous to
humans.
Do not burn any of the supplies such as toner
cartridge or fuser unit.
It can cause an explosion or fire.
Using recycled supplies, such as toner, can
cause damage to the machine.
In case of damage due to the use of recycled
supplies, a service fee will be charged.
When changing the toner cartridge or removing jammed paper,
be careful not to let toner dust touch your body or clothes.
Toner dust can be dangerous to humans.About this user’s guide
This user’s guide provides information about basic understanding of the machine as well as detailed explanation on each
step during actual usage.
Read the safety information before using the machine.
If you have a problem using the machine, refer to the troubleshooting chapter. (See Troubleshooting.)
Terms used in this user’s guide are explained in the glossary chapter. (See Glossary.)
All illustrations in this user’s guide may differ from your machine depending on its options or models.
The procedures in this user’s guide are mainly based on Windows XP.
Convention
Some terms in this guide are used interchangeably, as below:
Document is synonymous with original.
Paper is synonymous with media, or print media.
Machine refers to printer or MFP.
The following table offers the conventions of this guide:
Convention Description Example
Bold For texts on the display or button names on the machine. Cancel
Note Provides additional information or detailed specification of the
machine function and feature.
The date format may differ from
country to country.
Caution Gives users information to protect the machine from possible
mechanical damage or malfunction.
Do not touch the green underside
of the toner cartridge.
Footnote Provides additional more detailed information on certain words
or a phrase.
a. pages per minute
(“Crossreference”)
Guides users to a reference page for the additional detailed
information.
(See Finding more information.)
Finding more information
You can find information for setting up and using your machine from the following resources, either as a print-out or
on screen.
Material
name
Description
Quick
Install
Guide
This guide provides information on setting up your machine and this requires that you follow the
instructions in the guide to prepare the machine.
User’s
Guide
This guide provides you with step-by-step instructions for using your machine’s full features, and
contains information for maintaining your machine, troubleshooting and replacing supplies.
Printer
Driver
Help
This help provides you with help information on printer driver and instructions for setting up the options
for printing. (See Using help.)
Dell
website
If you have Internet access, you can get help, support, printer drivers, manuals, and order information
from the Dell websites www.dell.com or support.dell.com.Features of your new product
Your new machine is equipped with a number of special features that improve the quality of the documents you print.
Special Features
Print with excellent quality and speed
You can print with a resolution of up to 1,200 x 600 dpi (Dell 1130) and up to 1,200 x 1,200 dpi
(Dell 1130n) effective output.
Dell 1130 prints up to 18 ppm, A4-sized paper or up to 19 ppm, letter sized paper. Dell 1130n
prints up to 24 ppm, A4-sized paper and letter-sized paper.
Handle many different types of printable material
Manual tray supports plain paper in various sizes, letterhead, envelopes, labels, custom-sized
media, postcards, and heavy paper.
The 250-sheet tray supports plain paper.
Create professional documents
Print Watermarks. You can customize your documents with words, such as “Confidential”. (See
Using watermarks.)
Print Posters. The text and pictures of each page of your document are magnified and printed
across the sheet of paper and can then be taped together to form a poster. (See Printing posters.)
You can use preprinted forms and letterhead with plain paper. (See Using overlay.)
Save time and money
To save paper, you can print multiple pages on one single sheet of paper. (See Printing multiple
pages on one sheet of paper.)
This machine automatically conserves electricity by substantially reducing power consumption when
not in use.
To save paper, you can print on both sides of the paper (Manual). (See Printing on both sides of
paper (Manual).)
Print in various environments
You can print with Windows as well as Linux and Macintosh systems.
Your machine is equipped with a USB interface.
The Dell 1130n comes with a built-in Network interface, 10/100 BaseTX.
IPv6
This machine supports IPv6 (Dell 1130n only).Features by Models
The machine is designed to support all of your document needs from printing to more advanced networking solutions
for your business.
Features by models include:
FEATURES Dell 1130 Dell 1130n
Hi-Speed USB 2.0
●
[a] ●
Network Interface Ethernet 10/100 BaseTX wired LAN ●
Duplex (2-sided) printing (Manual) ● ●
[a]
USB 1.1
( ●: Included, Blank: Not available)Introduction
This chapter gives you an overview of your machine:
This chapter includes:
Machine overview
Control panel overview
Understanding the control panel
Machine overview
Front view
This illustration may differ from your machine depending on its model.
1 Document output tray 6 Manual feeder
2 Control panel 7 Manual feeder guide
3 Front cover handle 8 Output support
4 Front cover 9 Toner cartridge
5 Tray 1
Rear viewThis illustration may differ from your machine depending on its model.
1 Rear cover 3 USB port
2 Network Port
[a]
4 Power receptacle
[a]
Dell 1130n only.
Control panel overview
This control panel may differ from your machine depending on its model.
1 Jam Shows the status of jam occurrence of your machine. (See LEDs.)
2 Online/Error Shows the status of your machine. (See LEDs.)
3 Cancel Stops an operation at any time. Also there are more functions. (See Understanding the
control panel.)
4 Power Turns power on or off. (See Understanding the control panel.)
Understanding the control panel
LEDs
The color of the LEDs indicates the machine's current status.
LED Status Description
Jam ( ) Orange On A paper jam has occurred. (See Clearing paper jams.)
Online/Error
( )
Off The machine is off-line.Green On The machine is in power saver mode.
The machine is on-line and can receive data from the computer.
Blinking When the LED blinks slowly, the machine is receiving data from the computer.
When the LED blinks rapidly , the machine is printing data.
Red On The cover is open. Close the cover.
There is no paper in the tray. Load paper in the tray.
The machine has stopped due to a major error.
Your system has some problems. If this problem occurs, contact your service
representative.
The toner cartridge has almost reached its estimated cartridge life
[a]
. It is
recommended to replace the toner cartridge. (See Replacing the toner
cartridge.)
Blinking A minor error has occurred and the machine is waiting for the error to be
cleared. When the problem is cleared, the machine resumes.
Toner is low. Replace the cartridge. The estimated cartridge life
[a]
of toner is
close. Prepare a new cartridge for replacement. You may temporarily increase
the printing quality by redistributing the toner. (See Redistributing toner.)
[a]
Estimated cartridge life means the expected or estimated toner cartridge life, which indicates the average
capacity of print-outs and is designed pursuant to ISO/IEC 19752. The number of pages may be affected by
operating environment, printing interval, media type, and media size. Some amount of toner may remain in the
cartridge even when red LED turned on and the printer stops printing.
Dell does not recommend using non-genuine Dell toner cartridge such as refilled or re-manufactured. Dell
cannot guarantee non-genuine Dell toner cartridge's quality. Service or repair required as a result of using nongenuine Dell toner cartridges will not be covered under the machine warranty.
All printing errors will be appear in the Printer Status Monitor program window. If the problem persists, call for
service.
Buttons
(Cancel button)
By pressing the (cancel button), you can:
Function Description
Printing
demo
page
[a]
In Ready mode, press and hold this button for about 2 seconds until the status LED blinks slowly,
and release. (See Printing a demo page.)
Printing
configuration
sheet
[b]
In Ready mode, press and hold this button for about 5 seconds until the status LED blinks fast, and
release. (See Printing a machine report.)
Printing a
cleaning
sheet
[b]
In Ready mode, press and hold this button for about 10 seconds until the status LED blinks slowly,
and release. (See Cleaning the inside.)
Cancel print
job
Press (cancel button) during printing. The red LED blinks while the print job is cleared from both
the machine and the computer and then the machine returns to ready mode. This may take some
time depending on the size of the print job.
Manual print Press (cancel button) each time you load a sheet of paper in the
manual tray when you select Manual Feeder for Source from your software application.
[a]
When you print the demo page for Dell 1130, configuration sheet is printed as well.
[b]
Dell 1130n only
(Power button)
This button must be used to turn the machine on/off.
Turning on the machine
1. Plug in the power cord.
2. Press (power) on the control panel.If you want to turn the power off, press and hold this button for 1 second.Getting started
This chapter gives you step-by-step instructions for setting up the USB connected machine and software.
This chapter includes:
Setting up the hardware
Printing a demo page
Supplied software
System requirements
Installing USB connected machine’s driver
Sharing your machine locally
Setting up the hardware
This section shows the steps to set up the hardware, as is explained in the Quick Install Guide. Make sure you read the
Quick Install Guide first and follow the steps below:
Location
1. Select a stable location.
Select a level, stable place with adequate space for air circulation. Allow extra space to open covers and trays.
The area should be well ventilated and away from direct sunlight or sources of heat, cold, and humidity. Do not
set the machine close to the edge of your desk or table.
Printing is suitable for altitudes under 1,000 m (3,281 ft). Refer to the altitude setting to optimize your printing.
(See Altitude adjustment.)
Place the machine on a flat, stable surface so that there is no incline greater than 2 mm (0.08 inch). Otherwise,
printing quality may be affected.
2. Unpack the machine and check all the enclosed items.3. Remove tape holding the machine.
4. Install the toner cartridge.
5. Load paper. (See Loading paper in the tray.)
6. Make sure that all cables are connected to the machine.
7. Turn the machine on. (See Turning on the machine.)
This equipment will be inoperable when mains power fails.
Printing a demo page
Print a demo page to make sure that the machine is operating correctly.
To print a demo page:
In ready mode, press and hold the (cancel button) for about 2 seconds.
Supplied software
After you have set up your machine and connected it to your computer, you must install the printer software using the
supplied CD. The software CD provides you with the following software.
OS Contents
Windows Printer driver: Use this driver to take full advantage of your machine’s features.
Printer Status Monitor: This program allows you to monitor the machine’s status and alerts you
when an error occurs during printing.
Printer Settings Utility (Dell 1130n only): This program allows you to set up printer’s other options
from your computer desktop.
Dell Toner Management System™: Displays the status of the printer and the name of the job when
send a job to print. The Dell Toner Management System™window also displays the level of toner
remaining and allows you to order replacement toner cartridge.
Firmware Update Utility: This program helps you to update printer’s firmware.
SetIP (Dell 1130n only): Use this program to set your machine’s TCP/IP addresses.
Macintosh Printer Driver: Use this driver to take full advantage of your machine’s features.
Linux Unified Linux Driver: Use this driver to take full advantage of your machine’s features.
System requirements
Before you begin, ensure that your system meets the following requirements:
Microsoft® Windows®
Your machine supports the following Windows operating systems.
OPERATING
SYSTEM
Requirement (recommended)
CPU RAM
free HDD
space
Windows 2000 Intel® Pentium® II 400 MHz (Pentium III 933 MHz) 64 MB (128
MB)
600 MB
Windows XP Intel® Pentium® III 933 MHz (Pentium IV 1 GHz) 128 MB (256
MB)
1.5 GB
Windows Server®
2003
Intel® Pentium® III 933 MHz (Pentium IV 1 GHz) 128 MB (512
MB)
1.25 GB to 2
GB
Windows Server
2008
Intel® Pentium® IV 1 GHz (Pentium IV 2 GHz) 512 MB (2048
MB)
10 GB
Windows Vista® Intel® Pentium® IV 3 GHz 512 MB (1024
MB)
15 GB
Windows 7 Intel® Pentium® IV 1 GHz 32-bit or 64-bit processor or higher 1 GB (2 GB) 16 GB
Support for DirectX® 9 graphics with 128 MB memory (to enable the Aero theme).
DVD-R/W Drive
Windows Server Intel® Pentium® IV 1 GHz (x86) or 1.4 GHz (x64) processors 512 MB (2048 10 GB2008 R2 (2 GHz or faster) MB)
Internet Explorer® 5.0 or higher is the minimum requirement for all Windows operating systems.
Administrator rights are required to install the software.
Windows Terminal Services is compatible with this machine.
Macintosh
OPERATING
SYSTEM
Requirements (recommended)
CPU RAM
free HDD
space
Mac OS X 10.3 ~
10.4
Intel Processors
PowerPC G4/ G5
128 MB for a PowerPC based Mac
(512 MB)
512 MB for a Intel-based Mac (1 GB)
1 GB
Mac OS X 10.5 Intel Processors
867 MHz or faster Power PC
G4/ G5
512 MB (1 GB) 1 GB
Mac OS X 10.6 Intel Processors 1 GB (2 GB) 1 GB
Linux
Item Requirement (recommended)
Operating system RedHat Enterprise Linux WS 4, 5 (32/64 bit)
Fedora Core 2~10 (32/64 bit)
SuSE Linux 9.1 (32 bit)
OpenSuSE 9.2, 9.3, 10.0, 10.1, 10.2, 10.3, 11.0, 11.1 (32/64 bit)
Mandrake 10.0, 10.1 (32/64 bit)
Mandriva 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 (32/64 bit)
Ubuntu 6.06, 6.10, 7.04, 7.10, 8.04, 8.10 (32/64 bit)
SuSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 9, 10 (32/64 bit)
Debian 3.1, 4.0, 5.0 (32/64 bit)
CPU Pentium IV 2.4 GHz (Intel Core™2)
RAM 512 MB (1024 MB)
Free HDD space 1 GB (2 GB)
Installing USB connected machine’s driver
A locally connected machine is a machine directly attached to your computer using the USB cable. If your machine is
attached to a network, skip the following steps below and go on to installing network connected machine’s driver. (See
Installing network connected machine’s driver.)
Only use an USB cable shorter than 3 m (118 in. ).
Windows
You can install the machine software using the typical or custom method.
The following steps below are recommended for most users who use a machine directly connected to your computer.
All components necessary for machine operations will be installed.
1. Make sure that the machine is connected to the computer and powered on.
If the “Found New Hardware Wizard” window appears during the installation procedure, click Cancel in
close the window.
2. Insert the supplied software CD into your CD/DVD drive.
The software CD should automatically run and an installation window should appear.
If the installation window does not appear, click Start and then Run. Type X:\Setup.exe, replacing “X”
with the letter which represents your CD/DVD drive. Click OK.
If you use Windows Vista, Windows 7 and Windows 2008 Server R2 click Start > All programs >
Accessories > Run.
Type X:\Setup.exe replacing “X” with the letter which represents your CD/DVD drive and click OK.If the AutoPlay window appears in Windows Vista, Windows 7 and Windows 2008 Server R2, click Run
Setup.exe in Install or run program field, and click Continue or Yes in the User Account Control
windows.
3. Click Next.
If necessary, select a language from the drop-down list.
4. Select Typical installation for a local printer. Then, click Next.
The Custom allows you to select the machine’s connection and choose individual component to install. Follow
the on-screen instructions.
If your machine is not connected to the computer, the following window will appear.After connecting the machine, click Next.
If you don’t want to connect the printer at this time, click Next, and No on the following screen. The
installation starts and a test page will not print at the end of the installation.
The installation window in this user guide may differ depending on the machine and interface in use.
5. After the installation is finished, a window asking you to print a test page appears. If you choose to print a test
page, select the checkbox and click Next. Otherwise, just click Next and skip to step 7.
6. If the test page prints out correctly, click Yes.
If not, click No to reprint it.
7. Click Finish.
If the printer driver does not work properly, follow the steps below to repair or reinstall the driver.
1. Make sure that the machine is connected to your machine and powered on.
2. From the Start menu, select Programs or All Programs > Dell > Dell Printers > your printer
driver name > Maintenance.
3. Select the option as you wish, follow the instruction on the window.
Macintosh
The software CD that came with your machine provides you with the PPD file that allows you to use the CUPS driver
or Apple LaserWriter driver (only available when you use a machine which supports the PostScript driver) for printing
on a Macintosh computer.
1. Make sure that the machine is connected to your computer and powered on.
2. Insert the supplied software CD into your CD/DVD drive.
3. Double-click the CD-ROM icon that appears on your Macintosh desktop.
4. Double-click the MAC_Installer folder.
5. Double-click the Installer OS X icon.
6. Enter the password and click OK.
7. The Dell Installer window opens. Click Continue.
8. Select Easy Install and click Install. Easy Install is recommended for most users. All components necessary
for machine operations will be installed.
If you select Custom Install, you can choose individual components to install.
9. When the message which warns that all applications will close on your computer appears, click Continue.
10. After the installation is finished, click Quit.
11. Open the Applications folder > Utilities > Print Setup Utility.
For Mac OS X 10.5~10.6, open the Applications folder > System Preferences and click Print & Fax.
12. Click Add on the Printer List.
For Mac OS X 10.5~10.6, click the “+” icon; a display window will pop up.
13. For Mac OS X 10.3, select the USB tab.
For Mac OS X10.4, click Default Browser and find the USB connection.
For Mac OS X 10.5~10.6, click Default and find the USB connection.14. For Mac OS X 10.3, if Auto Select does not work properly, select Dell in Printer Model and your machine name
in Model Name.
For Mac OS X 10.4, if Auto Select does not work properly, select Dell in Print Using and your machine
name in Model.
For Mac OS X 10.5~10.6, if Auto Select does not work properly, select Select a driver to use... and your
machine name in Print Using.
Your machine appears on the Printer List, and is set as the default machine.
15. Click Add.
If the printer driver does not work properly, uninstall the driver and reinstall it.
Follow steps below to uninstall the driver for Macintosh.
1. Make sure that the machine is connected to your computer and powered on.
2. Insert the supplied software CD into your CD/DVD drive.
3. Double-click CD-ROM icon that appears on your Macintosh desktop.
4. Double-click the MAC_Installer folder.
5. Double-click the Installer OS X icon.
6. Enter the password and click OK.
7. The Dell Installer window opens. Click Continue.
8. Select Uninstall and click Uninstall.
9. When the message which warns that all applications will close on your computer appears, Click
Continue.
10. When the uninstall is done, click Quit.
Linux
Follow the steps below to install the driver for Linux. While installing the driver, the Unified Linux Driver package will
automatically be installed as well.
The supplied software CD provides you with the Unified Linux Driver package for using your machine with a
Linux computer easily in UI based management tool. (See Using the Unified Linux Driver Configurator.)
1. Make sure that the machine is connected to your computer and powered on.
2. When the Administrator Login window appears, type in root in the Login field and enter the system password.
You must log in as a super user (root) to install the machine software. If you are not a super user, ask your
system administrator.
3. Insert the supplied software CD into your CD/DVD drive.
The software CD will run automatically.
If the software CD does not run automatically, click the icon at the bottom of the desktop. When the Terminal
screen appears, type in the following:
If the software CD is secondary master and the location to mount is /mnt/cdrom,
[root@localhost root]#mount -t iso9660 /dev/hdc /mnt/cdrom
[root@localhost root]#cd /mnt/cdrom/Linux
[root@localhost Linux]#./install.sh
If you still failed to run the software CD type the followings in sequence:
[root@localhost root]#umount /dev/hdc
[root@localhost root]#mount -t iso9660 /dev/hdc /mnt/cdrom
The installation program runs automatically if you have an autorun software package installed and
configured.
4. When the welcome screen appears, click Next.5. When the installation is complete, click Finish.
The installation program has added the Unified Driver Configurator desktop icon and the Unified Driver group to the
system menu for your convenience. If you have any difficulties, consult the on screen help that is available through
your system menu or can otherwise be called from the driver package Windows applications, such as Unified Driver
Configurator or Image Manager.
Installing the driver in the text mode:
If you do not use the graphical interface or have been unable to install the driver, you have to use the driver
in the text mode.
Follow the steps 1 to 3, then type [root@localhost Linux]# ./install.sh. Follow the instructions on the
terminal screen. The installation is completed.
When you want to uninstall the driver, follow the installation instructions above, but type [root@localhost
Linux]# ./uninstall.sh on the terminal screen.
If the printer driver does not work properly, uninstall the driver and reinstall it.
Follow the steps below steps to uninstall the driver for Linux.
1. Make sure that the machine is connected to your computer and powered on.
2. When the Administrator Login window appears, type in “root” in the Login field and enter the system
password.
You must log in as a super user (root) to uninstall the printer driver. If you are not a super user, ask
your system administrator.
3. Insert the supplied software CD into your CD/DVD drive.
The software CD will run automatically.
If the software CD does not run automatically, click the icon at the bottom of the desktop. When the
Terminal screen appears, type in:
If the software CD is secondary master and the location to mount is /mnt/cdrom,
[root@localhost root]#mount -t iso9660 /dev/hdc /mnt/cdrom
[root@localhost root]#cd /mnt/cdrom/Linux
[root@localhost Linux]#./uninstall.sh
The installation program runs automatically if you have an autorun software package installed and
configured.
4. Click Uninstall.
5. Click Next.
6. Click Finish.
Sharing your machine locally
Follow the steps below to set up the computers to share your machine locally.
If the Host computer is directly connected to the machine with USB cable and is also connected to the local network
environment, the client computer connected to the local network can use the shared machine through the host
computer to print.1 Host computer A computer which is directly connected to the machine by USB cable.
2 Client computers Computers which use the machine shared through the host computer.
Windows
Setting up a host computer
1. Install your printer driver. (See Installing USB connected machine’s driver, Installing network connected
machine’s driver.)
2. Click the Windows Start menu.
3. For Windows 2000, select Settings > Printers.
For Windows XP/Server 2003, select Printers and Faxes.
For Windows Server 2008/Vista, select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
For Windows 7, select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and Printers.
For Windows Server 2008 R2, select Control Panel > Hardware > Devices and Printers.
4. Right click your printer icon.
5. For Windows XP/Server 2003/ Server 2008/Vista, press Properties.
For Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2, from context menus, select the Printer properties.
If Printer properties item has ► mark, you can select other printer drivers connected with selected
printer.
6. Select the Sharing tab.
7. Check the Change Sharing Options.
8. Check the Share this printer.
9. Fill in the Share Name field. Click OK.
Setting up a client computer
1. Install your printer driver. (See Installing USB connected machine’s driver, Installing network connected
machine’s driver.)
2. Click the Windows Start menu.
3. Select All programs > Accessories > Windows Explorer.
4. Enter the IP address of the host computer in the address bar and press Enter in your keyboard.
In case host computer requires User name and Password, fill in User ID and password of the host
computer account.
5. Right click the printer icon you want to share and select Connect.
6. If a set up complete message appears, click OK.
7. Open the file you want to print and start printing.
Macintosh
The following steps are for Mac OS X 10.5~10.6. Refer to Mac Help for other OS versions.
Setting up a host computer
1. Install your printer driver. (See Macintosh.)
2. Open the Applications folder > System Preferences and click Print & Fax.
3. Select the printer to share in the Printers list.
4. Select Share this printer.
Setting up a client computer1. Install your printer driver. (See Macintosh.)
2. Open the Applications folder > System Preferences and click Print & Fax.
3. Click the “+” icon.
A display window showing the name of your shared printer appears.
4. Select your machine and click Add.Network setup (Dell 1130n only)
This chapter gives you step-by-step instructions for setting up the network connected machine and software.
This chapter includes:
Network environment
Introducing useful network programs
Using a wired network
Installing network connected machine’s driver
IPv6 Configuration
Network environment
You need to set up the network protocols on the machine to use it as your network machine.
The following table shows the network environments supported by the machine:
Item Requirements
Network interface Ethernet 10/100 Base-TX
Network operating system Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/Server 2008/Vista/7/2008 Server R2
Various Linux OS
Mac OS X 10.3 ~ 10.6
Network protocols TCP/IPv4
DHCP, BOOTP
DNS, WINS, Bonjour, SLP, UPnP
Standard TCP/IP Printing (RAW), LPR, IPP
SNMPv 1/2/3, HTTP, IPSec
TCP/IPv6 (DHCP, DNS, RAW, LPR, SNMPv 1/2/3, HTTP, IPSec
(See IPv6 Configuration.)
Introducing useful network programs
There are several programs available to setup the network settings in network environment.
Before using the programs below, set the IP address first.
Embedded Web Service
Web server embedded on your network machine, which allows you to:
Configure the network parameters necessary for the machine to connect to various network environments.
Customize machine settings.
(See Using Embedded Web Service (Dell 1130n only).)
SetIP
This utility program allows you to select a network interface and manually configure the IP addresses for use with
the TCP/IP protocol. (See IP setting using SetIP Program)
TCP/IPv6 is not supported by this program.
Using a wired network
You must set up the network protocols on your machine to use it on your network. This chapter will show you how this
is accomplished.
You can use network after connecting network cable to a corresponding port on your machine.Printing network configuration report
You can print a Network Configuration Report from the machine's control panel that will show the current
machine’s network settings. This will help you to set up a network and troubleshooting problems.
To print the report:
In ready mode, press and hold the (cancel button) for about 5 seconds. You can find your machine’s MAC address
and IP address.
For example:
MAC Address : 00:15:99:41:A2:78
IP Address : 192.0.0.192
Setting IP address
Firstly, you have to set up an IP address for network printing and managements. In most cases a new IP address
will be automatically assigned by a DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) server located on the network.
In a few situations the IP address must be set manually. This is called a static IP and is often required in corporate
Intranets for security reasons.
DHCP IP assignment: Connect your machine to the network, and wait a few minutes for the DHCP server to
assign an IP address to the machine. Then, print the Network Configuration Report as explained above. If the
report shows that the IP address has changed, the assignment was successful. You will see the new IP address in
the report.
Static IP assignment: Use SetIP program to change the IP address from your computer.
In an office environment, we recommend that you contact a network administrator to set this address for you.
IP setting using SetIP Program
This program is for manually setting the network IP address of your machine using its MAC address to
communicate with the machine. A MAC address is the hardware serial number of the network interface and can
be found in the Network Configuration Report.
For using SetIP program, disable the computer firewall before continuing by performing the following:
1. Open Start > All programs > Control Panel.
2. Double click Security Center.
3. Click Windows Firewall.
4. Disable the firewall.
Installing the program
1. Insert the supplied software CD provided with your machine. When the driver CD runs automatically, close
that window.
2. Start Windows Explorer and open the X drive. (X represents your CD/DVD drive.)
3. Double-click Application > SetIP.
4. Double-click Setup.exe to install this program.
5. Click OK. If necessary, select a language from the drop-down list.
6. Follow the instructions in the window and complete the installation.
Starting the program
1. Connect your machine to the network with a network cable.
2. Turned on the machine.
3. From the Windows Start menu, select All Programs > Dell Printers > SetIP > SetIP.
4. Click on the icon (third from left) in the SetIP window to open the TCP/IP configuration window.
5. Enter the machine’s new information into the configuration window as follows. In a corporate intranet, you
may need to have this information assigned by a network manager before proceeding.MAC Address : Find the machine’s MAC address from the Network Configuration Report and enter it
without the colons. For example, 00:15:99:29:51:A8 becomes 0015992951A8.
IP Address: Enter a new IP address for your printer.
For example, if your computer’s IP address is 192.168.1.150, enter 192.168.1.X. (X is number between 1
and 254 other than the computer’s address.)
Subnet Mask: Enter a Subnet Mask.
Default Gateway: Enter a Default Gateway.
6. Click Apply, and then click OK. The machine will automatically print the Network Configuration Report.
Confirm that all the settings are correct.
7. Click Exit to close the SetIP program.
8. If necessary, restart the computer’s firewall.
Network parameter setting
You can also set up the various network settings through the network administration programs such as Embedded
Web Service.
Restoring factory default settings
You may need to reset the machine to the factory default settings when machine that you are using is connected to
new network environment.
Restoring factory default settings using Embedded Web Service
1. Start a web browser and enter your machine’s new IP address in the browser window.
For example,
2. When the Embedded Web Service window opens, click Network Settings.
3. Click Reset. Then, click Clear for network.
4. Turn off and restart machine to apply settings.
Installing network connected machine’s driver
Windows
You can set up the machine driver, follow the steps below.
This is recommended for most users. All components necessary for machine operations will be installed.
1. Make sure that the machine is connected to the network and powered on.
2. Insert the supplied software CD into your CD/DVD drive.
The software CD should automatically run and an installation window appear.
If the installation window does not appear, click Start and then Run. Type X:\Setup.exe, replacing “X”
with the letter which represents your drive. Click OK.
If you use Windows Vista, Windows 7 and Windows 2008 Server R2 click Start > All programs >
Accessories > Run.Type X:\Setup.exe replacing “X” with the letter which represents your drive and click OK.
If the AutoPlay window appears in Windows Vista, Windows 7 and Windows 2008 Server R2, click Run
Setup.exe in Install or run program field, and click Continue or Yes in the User Account Control
windows.
3. Click Next.
If necessary, select a language from the drop-down list.
4. Select Typical installation for a network printer. Then, click Next.
The Custom Installation allows you to select the machine’s connection and choose individual component to
install. Follow the guide on the window.
5. The list of printers available on the network appears. Select the printer you want to install from the list and then
click Next.If you do not see your printer on the list, click Update to refresh the list, or select Add TCP/IP Port to add
your printer to the network. To add the printer to the network, enter the port name and the IP address for
the printer.
To verify your printer’s IP address, print a Network Configuration page. (By pressing the (cancel button)
for about 5 seconds, then release. (Example IP Address is 13.121.52.104)
To find a shared network printer (UNC Path), select Shared Printer [UNC] and enter the shared name
manually or find a shared printer by clicking the Browse button.
If you cannot find your machine in network, please turn off the firewall and click Update.
For Windows operating system, Start > Control Panel and start windows firewall, and deactivate this
option. For other operating system, refer to its on-line guide.
6. After the installation is finished, a window asking you to print a test page appears. If you choose to print a test
page, select the checkbox and click Next. Otherwise, just click Next and skip to step 8.
7. If the test page prints out correctly, click Yes.
If not, click No to reprint it.
8. Click Finish.
After the driver setup, you may enable firewall.
If the printer driver does not work properly, follow the steps below to repair or reinstall the driver.
1. Make sure that the machine is connected to your machine and powered on.
2. From the Start menu, select Programs or All Programs > Dell > Dell Printers > your printer
driver name > Maintenance.
3. Select the option as you wish, follow the instruction on the window.
Macintosh
1. Make sure that the machine is connected to your network and powered on. Also, your machine’s IP address
should have been set.
2. Insert the supplied software CD into your CD/DVD drive.
3. Double-click the CD-ROM icon that appears on your Macintosh desktop.
4. Double-click the MAC_Installer folder.
5. Double-click the Installer OS X icon.
6. Enter the password and click OK.
7. The Dell Installer window opens. Click Continue.
8. Select Easy Install and click Install. Easy Install is recommended for most users. All components necessary
for machine operations will be installed.
If you select Custom Install, you can choose individual components to install.
9. The message which warns that all applications will close on your computer appears. Click Continue.
10. After the installation is finished, click Quit.
11. Open the Applications folder > Utilities > Print Setup Utility.
For Mac OS X 10.5~10.6, open the Applications folder > System Preferences and click Print & Fax.12. Click Add on the Printer List.
For Mac OS X 10.5~10.6, click the “+” icon; a display window will pop up.
13. For Mac OS X 10.3, select the IP Printing tab.
For Mac OS X10.4, click IP Printer.
For Mac OS X 10.5~10.6, click IP.
14. Select Socket/HP Jet Direct in Printer Type.
When printing a document containing many pages, printing performance may be enhanced by choosing
Socket for Printer Type option.
15. Enter the machine’s IP address in the Printer Address field.
16. Enter the queue name in the Queue Name field. If you cannot determine the queue name for your machine
server, try using the default queue first.
17. For Mac OS X 10.3, if Auto Select does not work properly, select Dell in Printer Model and your machine name
in Model Name.
For Mac OS X 10.4, if Auto Select does not work properly, select Dell in Print Using and your machine
name in Model.
For Mac OS X 10.5~10.6, if Auto Select does not work properly, select Select a driver to use... and your
machine name in Print Using.
Your machine appears on the Printer List, and is set as the default machine.
18. Click Add.
If the printer driver does not work properly, uninstall the driver and reinstall it.
Follow steps below to uninstall the driver for Macintosh.
1. Make sure that the machine is connected to your computer and powered on.
2. Insert the supplied software CD into your CD/DVD drive.
3. Double-click CD-ROM icon that appears on your Macintosh desktop.
4. Double-click the MAC_Installer folder.
5. Double-click the Installer OS X icon.
6. Enter the password and click OK.
7. The Dell Installer window opens. Click Continue.
8. Select Uninstall and click Uninstall.
9. When the message which warns that all applications will close on your computer appears, Click
Continue.
10. When the uninstall is done, click Quit.
Linux
Install Linux Driver
1. Make sure that the machine is connected to your network and powered on. Also, your machine’s IP address
should have been set.
2. Insert the supplied software CD into your CD/DVD drive.
3. Double-click CD-ROM icon that appears on your Linux desktop.
4. Double-click the Linux folder.
5. Double-click the install.sh icon.
6. The Dell Installer window opens. Click Continue.
7. The Add printer wizard window opens. Click Next.
8. Select Network printer and click Search button.
9. The Printer’s IP address and model name appears on list field.
10. Select your machine and click Next.
Add network Printer
1. Double-click the Unified Driver Configurator.
2. Click Add Printer…
3. The Add printer wizard window opens. Click Next.
4. Select Network printer and click the Search button.
5. The printer’s IP address and model name appears on list field.
6. Select your machine and click Next.
Input the printer description and Next7.
8. When the add printer is done, click Finish.
IPv6 Configuration
TCP/IPv6 is supported properly only in Windows Vista or higher.
If the IPv6 network seems not working, set all the network setting to the factory defaults and try again. (See
Restoring factory default settings.)
To use the IPv6 network environment, follow the next procedure to use the IPv6 address:
The machine is provided with IPv6 feature on.
1. Connect your machine to the network with a network cable.
2. Turned on the machine.
3. Print a Network Configuration Report from the machine’s control panel that will check IPv6 addresses.
4. Select Start > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers > Add Printer.
5. Click Add a local printer on the Add Printer windows.
6. Follow the instruction on the window.
If the machine does not work in the network environment, activate IPv6. Refer to the next section followed by.
Printing network configuration report
You can print a Network Configuration Report from the machine's control panel that will show the current
machine’s network settings. This will help you to set up a network and troubleshooting problems.
To print the report:
In ready mode, press and hold the (cancel button) for about 5 seconds. You can find your machine’s MAC address
and IP address.
For example:
MAC Address : 00:15:99:41:A2:78
IP Address : 192.0.0.192
Setting IPv6 addresses
Machine supports following IPv6 addresses for network printing and managements.
Link-local Address: Self-configured local IPv6 address. (Address starts with FE80.)
Stateless Address: Automatically configured IPv6 address by a network router.
Stateful Address: IPv6 address configured by a DHCPv6 server.
Manual Address: Manually configured IPv6 address by a user.
Manual address configuration
1. Start a web browser such as Internet Explorer that supports IPv6 addressing as a URL. (See Using Embedded
Web Service (Dell 1130n only).)
For IPv4, enter the IPv4 address (http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx) in the address field and press the Enter key or
click Go.
2. When the Embedded Web Service window opens, click Network Settings.
3. Click TCP/IP.
4. Enable the Manual Address In the TCP/IPv6 section.
5. Select the Router Prefix and click the Add button, then the router prefix will automatically be entered into the
address field.
Enter the rest of address. (ex: 3FFE:10:88:194::AAAA. “A” is the hexadecimal 0 through 9, A through F.)
6. Click the Apply button.
Installing printer driver
Driver installation for network printer in IPv6 network environment is same as TCP/IPv4. (See Installing network
connected machine’s driver.)
Select TCP/IP Port and when the list of machines is displayed, simply select your machine's IPv6 address.
Using Embedded Web Service
1. Start a web browser such as Internet Explorer that supports IPv6 addressing as a URL .
2. Select one of the IPv6 addresses (Link-local Address, Stateless Address, Stateful Address, Manual
Address) from Network Configuration Report.3. Enter the IPv6 addresses. (ex: http://[FE80::215:99FF:FE66:7701])
Address must be enclosed in '[]' brackets.Basic setup
After installation is complete, you may want to set the machine’s default settings. Refer to the next section if you would
like to set or change values. This chapter gives you step-by-step instructions for setting up the machine.
This chapter includes:
Altitude adjustment
Setting the default tray and paper
Changing font setting (Dell 1130n only)
Altitude adjustment
The print quality is affected by atmospheric pressure, which is determined by the height of the machine above sea
level. The following information will guide you on how to set your machine to the best print quality or best quality of
print.Before you set the altitude value, find the altitude where you are using the machine.
1. High 1
2. High 2
3. High 3
4. Normal
For Dell 1130
1. Install the driver. (See Installing USB connected machine’s driver or Installing network connected machine’s
driver.)
2. Click the Windows Start menu.
For Windows 2000, select Settings > Printers.
For Windows XP/Server 2003, select Printer and Faxes.
For Windows Server 2008/Vista, select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
For Windows 7, select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and Printers.
For Windows Server 2008 R2, select Control Panel > Hardware > Devices and Printers.
3. Select the your machine’s driver and right-click to open Properties.
4. In printer driver properties, select Device Options.
5. Select necessary options in the Altitude Adjustment drop-down list.
6. Click OK.
For Dell 1130n
You can altitude adjustment in Printer Settings Utility.
1. You can launch it from the Start menu, select Programs or All Programs > Dell > Dell Printers > your
printer driver name > Printer Settings Utility.
2. Select necessary options in the Altitude Adjustment drop-down list.
3. Click the Apply button.
This can also be adjusted via Embedded Web Service.
Setting the default tray and paper
You can select the tray and paper you would like to keep using for printing job.In the computer
Windows
1. Click the Windows Start menu.
2. For Windows 2000, select Settings > Printers.
For Windows XP/Server 2003, select Printer and Faxes.
For Windows Server 2008/Vista, select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
For Windows 7, select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and Printers.
For Windows Server 2008 R2, select Control Panel > Hardware > Devices and Printers.
3. Right-click your machine.
4. For Windows XP/Server 2003/Server 2008/Vista, press Printing Preferences.
For Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2, from context menus, select the Printing Preferences.
If Printing Preferences item has ► mark, you can select other printer drivers connected with selected
printer.
5. Click Paper tab.
6. Select tray and its options, such as paper size and type.
7. Press OK.
Macintosh
Macintosh does not support this function. Macintosh users need to change the default setting manually each time
they want to print using other settings.
1. Open a Macintosh application and select the file you want to print.
2. Open the File menu and click Print.
3. Go to Paper Feed pane.
4. Open the File menu and click Print.
5. Go to Paper Feed.
6. Set appropriate tray from which you want to print.
7. Go to Paper pane.
8. Set paper type to correspond to the paper loaded in the tray from which you want to print.
9. Click Print to print.
Using power saving feature
When you are not using the machine for a while, use this feature to save power.
For Dell 1130
1. Install the driver. (See Installing USB connected machine’s driver or Installing network connected machine’s
driver.)
2. Click the Windows Start menu.
For Windows 2000, select Settings > Printers.
For Windows XP/Server 2003, select Printer and Faxes.
For Windows Server 2008/Vista, select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
For Windows 7, select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and Printers.
For Windows Server 2008 R2, select Control Panel > Hardware > Devices and Printers.
3. Select the your machine’s driver and right-click to open Properties.
4. In printer driver properties, select Device Options.
5. Select the time you want, in the Power Save drop-down list.
6. Click OK.
For Dell 1130n
You change power save in Printer Settings Utility.
1. You can launch it from the Start menu, select Programs or All Programs > Dell > Dell Printers > your
printer driver name > Printer Settings Utility.
2. Click Power Save. Select the appropriate value from the dropdown list, and then click Apply.
Changing font setting (Dell 1130n only)Your machine has preset font setting depending on your region or country.
If you want to change the font or set the font for special condition, such as the DOS environment, you can change the
font setting as follows:
1. Ensure that you have installed the printer driver with the provided software CD.
2. If you are a Windows user, you can launch it from the Start menu, select Programs or All Programs > Dell >
Dell Printers > your printer driver name > Printer Settings Utility.
3. Click Emulation Type.
4. Select your preferred font.
5. Click Apply.
Following information shows the proper font list for corresponding languages.
Russian: CP866, ISO 8859/5 Latin Cyrillic
Hebrew: Hebrew 15Q, Hebrew-8, Hebrew-7 (Israel only)
Greek: ISO 8859/7 Latin Greek, PC-8 Latin/Greek
Arabic & Farsi: HP Arabic-8, Windows Arabic, Code Page 864, Farsi, ISO 8859/6 Latin Arabic
OCR: OCR-A, OCR-BMedia and tray
This chapter provides information on how to load print media into your machine.
This chapter includes:
Selecting print media
Changing the tray size
Loading paper in the tray
Printing on special media
Using the output support
Selecting print media
You can print on a variety of print media, such as plain paper, envelopes, labels, and transparencies. Always use print
media that meet the guidelines for use with your machine.
Guidelines to select the print media
Print media that does not meet the guidelines outlined in this user’s guide may cause the following problems:
Poor print quality
Increased paper jams
Premature wear on the machine.
Properties, such as weight, composition, grain, and moisture content, are important factors that affect the machine’s
performance and the output quality. When you choose print materials, consider the following:
The type, size and weight of the print media for your machine are described in print media specifications. (See
Print media specifications.)
Desired outcome: The print media you choose should be appropriate for your project.
Brightness: Some print media are whiter than others and produce sharper, more vibrant images.
Surface smoothness: The smoothness of the print media affects how crisp the printing looks on the paper.
Some print media may meet all of the guidelines in this section and still not produce satisfactory results. This
may be the result of improper handling, unacceptable temperature and humidity levels, or other variables
over which cannot be controlled.
Before purchasing large quantities of print media, ensure that it meets the requirements specified in this
user’s guide.
Using print media that does not meet these specifications may cause problems, requiring repairs. Such repairs
are not covered by the warranty or service agreements.
The amount of paper put into the tray may differ according to media type used. (See Print media
specifications.)
Media sizes supported in each mode
Mode Size Type Source
Simplex printing For details about paper size, see Print
media specifications.
For details about paper type, see Print
media specifications.
tray 1
manual
tray
Duplex printing
(Manual)
[a]
Letter, A4, Legal, US Folio, Oficio Plain, Color, Preprinted, Recycled, Bond,
Archive
tray 1
[a]
75 to 90 g/m2
(20~24 lb bond) only
Changing the tray size
The tray is preset to Letter or A4 size, depending on your country. To change the size, you need to adjust the paper
guides.1. Support guide
2. Paper length guide
3. Guide lock
4. Paper width guide
1. With one hand press and hold the guide lock, and with the other hand, hold the paper length guide and support
guide together. Slide the paper length guide and support guide to locate them in the correct paper size slot.
2. Flex or fan the edge of the paper stack to separate the pages before loading papers. Insert the paper into the tray.
3. After inserting paper into the tray, adjust the support guide so that it lightly touches the paper stack.
4. Squeeze the paper width guides and slide them to the desired paper size marked at the bottom of the tray.
Do not push the paper width guide too far causing the media to warp.
If you do not adjust the paper width guide, it may cause paper jams.Do not use a paper with more than 6 mm curl.
Loading paper in the tray
Tray 1
1. Pull out the paper tray . And adjust the tray size to the media size you are loading. (See Changing the tray size.)
2. Flex or fan the edge of the paper stack to separate the pages before loading papers.
3. And place paper with the side you want to print facing down.
4. Set the paper type and size for the tray 1. (See Setting the default tray and paper.)
If you experience problems with paper feeding, check whether the paper meets the media specification. (See
Print media specifications.)
Manual tray
The manual tray can hold special sizes and types of print material, such as postcards, note cards, and envelopes. It
is useful for single page printing on letterhead or colored paper.
Tips on using the manual tray
If you select Manual Feeder for Source from your software application, you need to press (cancel button)
each time you print a page and load only one type, size and weight of print media at a time in the manual
tray.
To prevent paper jams, do not add paper while printing. This also applies to other types of print media.
Print media should be loaded face up with the top edge going into the manual tray first and be placed in the
center of the tray.
Always load the specified print media only to avoid paper jams and print quality problems. (See Print media
specifications.)
Flatten any curl on postcards, envelopes, and labels before loading them into the manual tray.
1. Load the paper in the manual tray.Do not force the paper beyond the surface with mark when loading.
When printing the special media, you must follow the loading guideline. (See Printing on special
media.)
When papers overlap when printing using manual tray, open tray 1 and remove overlapping papers
then try printing again.
When paper does not feed well while printing, push the paper in manually until it starts feeding
automatically.
2. Squeeze the manual tray paper guides and adjust them to the width of the paper. Do not force them too
much, or the paper will bent resulting in a paper jam or skew.
3. To print in application, open an application and start the print menu.
4. Open Printing Preferences. (See Opening printing preferences.)
5. Press the Paper tab in Printing Preferences, and select an appropriate paper type.
For example, if you want to use a label, set the paper type to Label.
6. Select Manual Feeder in paper source, then press OK.
7. Start printing in application.
If you are printing multiple pages, load the next sheet after the first page prints out, and press the
(cancel button). Repeat this step for every page to be printed.
Printing on special media
The table below shows the available special media for each tray.
When using special media, we recommend you feed one paper at a time. Check the maximum input number of
media for each tray. (See Print media specifications.)
Types Tray 1 Manual tray
Plain ● ●
Thick ● ●
Thin ● ●
Bond ●
Color ●
CardStock ●
Labels ●
Transparency ●
Envelope ●
Preprinted ●
Cotton ●
Recycled ● ●
Archive ● ●
( ●: supported, Blank: Not supported)
The media types are shown in the Printing Preferences. This paper type option allows you to set the type of paper to
be loaded in the tray. This setting appears in the list, so that you can select it. This will let you get the best quality
printout. If not, the desired print quality may not be achieved.
2Plain: 60 to 120 g/m (16 to 32 lb) Normal plain paper.
Thick: 90 (24 lb) thick paper.
Thin: 60 to 70 g/m2
(16 to 19 lb) thin paper.
Bond: 105 to 120 g/m2
(28 to 32 lb) bond.
Color: 75 to 90 g/m2
(20 to 24 lb) color-backgrounded paper.
CardStock: 105 to 163 g/m2
(24 to 43 lb) cardstock.
Labels: 120 to 150 g/m2
(32 to 40 lb) labels.
Transparency: 138 to 146 g/m2
(37 to 39 lb) transparency paper.
Envelope: 75 to 90 g/m2
(20 to 24 lb) envelope.
Preprinted: 75 to 90 g/m2
(20 to 24 lb) preprinted/letterhead paper.
Cotton: 75 to 90 g/m2
(20 to 24 lb) cotton paper.
Recycled: 75 to 90 g/m2
(20 to 24 lb) recycled paper.
When you use recycled paper, printouts might be wrinkled.
Archive: 70 to 90 g/m2
(19 to 24 lb) If you need to keep the print-out for a long period time, such as archives,
select this option.
Envelope
Successful printing on envelopes depends upon the quality of the envelopes.
To print an envelope, the stamp area is on the left side and the end of the envelope with the stamp area enters the
printer first and center of the manual tray.
If envelopes are printed out with wrinkles, crease or black bold lines, open the rear cover and pull down the pressure
lever and try printing again. Keep the rear cover opened during printing.
1. Pressure lever
When selecting envelopes, consider the following factors:
Weight: The weight of the envelope paper should not exceed 90 g/m2
otherwise, jam may occur.
Construction: Prior to printing, envelopes should lie flat with less than 6 mm curl, and should not contain air.
Condition: Envelopes should not be wrinkled, nicked, nor damaged.
Temperature: Use envelopes that are compatible with the heat and pressure of the machine during
operation.
Use only well-constructed envelopes with sharp-and well-creased folds.
Do not use stamped envelopes.
Do not use envelopes with clasps, snaps, windows, coated lining, self-adhesive seals, or other synthetic
materials.Do not use damaged or poorly made envelopes.
Be sure the seam at both ends of the envelope extends all the way to the corner of the envelope.
1. Acceptable
2. Unacceptable
Envelopes with a peel-off adhesive strip or with more than one flap that folds over to seal must use adhesives
compatible with the machine’s fusing temperature about 170°C (338 °F) for 0.1 second. The extra flaps and
strips might cause wrinkling, creasing, or jams, and may even damage the fuser.
For the best print quality, position margins no closer than 15 mm from the edges of the envelope.
Avoid printing over the area where the envelope’s seams meet.
Transparency
To avoid damaging the machine, only use transparencies designed for use in laser printers.
Transparencies used in the machine must be able to withstand machine’s fusing temperature.
Place them on a flat surface after removing them from the machine.
Do not leave unused transparencies in the paper tray for long periods of time. Dust and dirt may accumulate on
them, resulting in spotty printing.
To avoid smudging caused by fingerprints, handle them carefully.
To avoid fading, do not expose printed transparencies to prolonged sunlight.
Ensure that transparencies are not wrinkled, curled, or have any torn edges.
Do not use transparencies that separates from the backing sheet.
To prevent transparencies from sticking to each other, do not let the printed sheets stack up as they are begin
printed out.
Labels
To avoid damaging the machine, use only labels designed for use in laser machines.
When selecting labels, consider the following factors:
Adhesives: The adhesive material should be stable at your machine’s fusing temperature about 170°C (338
°F).
Arrangement: Only use labels with no exposed backing between them. Labels can peel off sheets that have
spaces between the labels, causing serious jams.
Curl: Prior to printing, labels must lie flat with no more than 13 mm of curl in any direction.
Condition: Do not use labels with wrinkles, bubbles, or other indications of separation.
Make sure that there is no exposed adhesive material between labels. Exposed areas can cause labels to peel off
during printing, which can cause paper jams. Exposed adhesive can also cause damage to machine components.
Do not run a sheet of labels through the machine more than once. The adhesive backing is designed for only a
single pass through the machine.Do not use labels that are separating from the backing sheet or are wrinkled, bubbled, or otherwise damaged.
Card stock/Custom-sized paper
Postcards, cards and other custom-sized materials can be printed with this machine.
Do not print on media smaller than 76 mm (3.00 inches) wide or 127 mm (5.00 inches) long.
In the software application, set margins at least 6.4 mm (0.25 inches) away from the edges of the material.
If media weight is over 160 g/m2
(43 lb), try printing in the rear cover (face up).
Letterhead/Preprinted paper
Single-sided Double-sided
Tray1 Face down Face up
Manual tray Face up Face down
Letterhead/ Preprinted paper must be printed with heat-resistant ink that will not melt, vaporize, or release
hazardous emissions when subjected to the machine’s fusing temperature about 170°C (338 °F) for 0.1 second.
Letterhead/ Preprinted paper ink must be non-flammable and should not adversely affect machine rollers.
Forms and letterhead should be sealed in a moisture-proof wrapping to prevent changes during storage.
Before you load letterhead/preprinted paper, verify that the ink on the paper is dry. During the fusing process,
wet ink can come off preprinted paper, reducing print quality.
Photo
Make sure not to use the inkjet photo paper with this machine. It could cause damage to the machine.
Glossy
Load one paper to the manual tray at a time, glossy side facing up.
Recommended media: Glossy paper (Letter) for this machine by HP Brochure Paper (Product: Q6611A) only.
Recommended media: Glossy paper (A4) for this machine by HP Superior Paper 160 glossy (Product:
Q6616A).
Using the output support
The surface of the output tray may become hot if you print a large number of pages at once. Make sure that you
do not touch the surface, and do not allow children near it.
The printed pages stack on the output support, and the output support will help the printed pages to align. The printer
sends output to the output tray by default. To use the output tray, make sure that the rear cover is closed.If you are using A5 paper, fold the output tray. Otherwise, printed pages might be mis-aligned or jammed.Printing
This chapter explains common printing tasks.
This chapter includes:
Printer driver features
Basic printing
Opening printing preferences
Using help
Using special print features
Changing the default print settings
Setting your machine as a default machine
Printing to a file (PRN)
Macintosh printing
Linux printing
The procedures in this chapter are mainly based on Windows XP.
Printer driver features
Your printer drivers support the following standard features:
Paper orientation, size, source, and media type selection
Number of copies
In addition, you can use various special printing features. The following table shows a general overview of features
supported by your printer drivers:
Some models or operating system may not support the certain feature(s) in the following table.
Printer driver
Feature Windows
Machine quality option ●
Poster printing ●
Multiple pages per sheet ●
Booklet printing (manual) ●
Fit to page printing ●
Reduce and enlarge printing ●
Different source for first page ●
Watermark ●
Overlay ●
Double-sided printing (manual) ●
( ●: supported, Blank: Not supported)
Basic printing
Your machine allows you to print from various Windows, Macintosh, or Linux applications. The exact steps for printing a
document may vary depending on the application you use.
Your Printing Preferences window that appears in this user’s guide may differ depending on the machine in
use. However, the composition of the Printing Preferences window is similar. Check the operating system(s)
that are compatible with your machine. Refer to the OS compatibility section of Printer Specifications. (See
System requirements.)
When you select an option in Printing Preferences, you may see a warning mark, , or . An exclamationmark ( ) means you can select that certain option but it is not recommended, and ( ) mark means you
cannot select that option due to the machine’s setting or environment.
The following procedure describes the general steps required for printing from various Windows applications.
Macintosh basic printing. (See Macintosh printing.)
Linux basic printing. (See Linux printing.)
The following Printing Preferences window is for Notepad in Windows XP. Your Printing Preferences window may
differ, depending on your operating system or the application you are using.
1. Open the document you want to print.
2. Select Print from the File menu. The Print window appears.
3. Select your machine from the Select Printer list.
The basic print settings including the number of copies and print range are selected within the Print window.
To take advantage of the printer features provided by your printer driver, click Properties or Preferences in
the application’s Print window to change the print setting. (See Opening printing preferences.)
4. To start the print job, click OK or Print in the Print window.
Canceling a print job
If the print job is waiting in a print queue or print spooler, cancel the job as follows:
1. Click the Windows Start menu.
2. For Windows 2000, select Settings > Printers.
For Windows XP/Server 2003, select Printer and Faxes.
For Windows Server 2008/Vista, select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
For Windows 7, select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and Printers.
For Windows Server 2008 R2, select Control Panel > Hardware > Devices and Printers.
3. For Windows 2000, XP, Server 2003 and Vista, double-click your machine.
For Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2, right click your printer icon > context menus > See what’s
printing.
If See what’s printing item has ► mark, you can select other printer drivers connected with selected
printer.
4. From the Document menu, select Cancel.
You can also access this window by simply double-clicking the machine icon ( ) in the Windows task bar.
You can also cancel the current job by pressing on the control panel.
Opening printing preferencesYou can preview the settings you selected on the upper right of the Printing Preferences.
1. Open the document you want to print.
2. Select Print from the file menu. The Print window appears.
3. Select your machine from the Select Printer.
4. Click Properties or Preferences.
Using a favorite setting
The Presets option, which is visible on each preferences tab except for Dell tab, allows you to save the current
preferences settings for future use.
To save a Presets item:
1. Change the settings as needed on each tab.
2. Enter a name for the item in the Presets input box.
3. Click Add. When you save Presets, all current driver settings are saved.
If you click Add, the Add button changes to Update button. Select more options and click Update, settings will be
added to the Presets you made.
To use a saved setting, select it from the Presets drop down list. The machine is now set to print according to the
setting you selected.
To delete saved setting, select it from the Presets drop down list and click Delete.
You can also restore the printer driver’s default settings by selecting Default Preset from the Presets drop down
list.Using help
Click the question mark from the upper-right corner of the window and click on any option you want to know about.
Then a pop up window appears with information about that option's feature which is provided from the driver.
If you want to search information via a keyword, click the Dell tab in the Printing Preferences window, and enter a
keyword in the input line of the Help option. To get information about supplies, driver update or registration and so
on, click appropriate buttons.
Using special print features
Special print features include:
Printing multiple pages on one sheet of paper.
Printing posters.
Printing booklets (Manual).
Printing on both sides of paper (Manual).
Change percentage of your document.
Fitting your document to a selected paper size.
Using watermarks.
Using overlay.
Advanced Options.
Printing multiple pages on one sheet of paper
You can select the number of pages to print on a single sheet of paper. To print more than one page per sheet, the
pages will be reduced in size and arranged in the order you specify. You can print up to 16 pages on one sheet.
1. To change the print settings from your software application, access Printing Preferences. (See Opening printing
preferences.)
2. Click the Basic tab, select Multiple Pages Per Side in the Type drop-down list.
3. Select the number of pages you want to print per sheet (2, 4, 6, 9, or 16) in the Pages per Side drop-down list.
4. Select the page order from the Page Order drop-down list, if necessary.
5. Check Print Page Border to print a border around each page on the sheet.
6. Click the Paper tab, select the Size, Source, and Type.
7. Click OK or Print until you exit the Print window.
Printing posters
This feature allows you to print a single-page document onto 4, 9, or 16 sheets of paper, for the purpose of pasting
the sheets together to form one poster-size document.
1. To change the print settings from your software application, access Printing Preferences. (See Opening printing
preferences.)
2. Click the Basic tab, select Poster Printing in the Type drop-down list.
3. Select the page layout you want.
Specification of the page layout:
Poster 2x2: Document will be enlarged and be divided into 4 pages.
Poster 3x3: Document will be enlarged and be divided into 9 pages.
Poster 4x4: Document will be enlarged and be divided into 16 pages.
4. Select the Poster Overlap value. Specify Poster Overlap in millimeters or inches by selecting the radio button
on the upper right of Basic tab to make it easier to paste the sheets together.5. Click the Paper tab, select the Size, Source, and Type.
6. Click OK or Print until you exit the Print window.
7. You can complete the poster by pasting the sheets together.
Printing booklets (Manual)
This feature prints your document on both sides of a paper and arranges the pages so that the paper can be folded
in half after printing to produce a booklet.
If you want to make a booklet, you need to print on Letter, Legal, A4, US Folio, or Oficio sized print media.
1. To change the print settings from your software application, access the Printing Preferences. (See Opening
printing preferences.)
2. Click the Basic tab, select Booklet Printing from the Type drop-down list.
3. Click the Paper tab, select the Size, Source, and Type.
The Booklet Printing option is not available for all paper sizes. In order to find out the available paper size
for this feature, select the available paper size in the Size option on the Paper tab.
If you select an unavailable paper size, this option can be automatically canceled. Select only available
paper. (paper without or mark).
4. Click OK or Print until you exit the Print window.
5. After printing, fold and staple the pages.
Printing on both sides of paper (Manual)
You can print on both sides of a paper; duplex. Before printing, decide how you want your document oriented. You
can use this feature with Letter, Legal, A4, US Folio, or Oficio sized paper. (See Print media specifications.)
We recommend not to print on both sides of the special media, such as labels, envelopes, or thick paper to
print on both sides of paper. It may cause a paper jam or damage the machine.
The Double-Sided Printing (Manual) feature is available only for the tray 1.
1. To change the print settings from your software application, access Printing Preferences. (See Opening printing
preferences.)
2. Click the Advanced tab.
3. From the Double-Sided Printing (Manual) section, select the binding option you want.
None
Long Edge: This option is the conventional layout used in bookbinding.
Short Edge: This option is the conventional layout used in calendars.
4. Click the Paper tab, select the Size, Source, and Type.
5. Click OK or Print until you exit the Print window.
If your machine does not have a duplex unit, you should complete the printing job manually. The machine
prints every other page of the document first. After that, a message appears on your computer. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the printing job.
Change percentage of your document
You can change the size of a document to appear larger or smaller on the printed page by typing in a percentage
you want.
1. To change the print settings from your software application, access Printing Preferences. (See Opening printing
preferences.)
2. Click the Paper tab.
3. Enter the scaling rate in the Percentage input box.
You can also click the up/down arrows to select the scaling rate.
4. Select the Size, Source, and Type in Paper Options.
5. Click OK or Print until you exit the Print window.
Fitting your document to a selected paper size
This printer feature allows you to scale your print job to any selected paper size regardless of the document size.
This can be useful when you want to check fine details on a small document.
1. To change the print settings from your software application, access Printing Preferences. (See Opening printing
preferences.)
2. Click the Paper tab.
3. Select the paper size you want from the Fit to Page.
4. Select the Size, Source, and Type in Paper Options.
5. Click OK or Print until you exit the Print window.
Using watermarks
The watermark option allows you to print text over an existing document. For example, you use it when you want to
have large gray letters reading “DRAFT” or “CONFIDENTIAL” printed diagonally across the first page or all pages of a
document.
There are several predefined watermarks that come with the machine. They can be modified, or you can add new
ones to the list.
Using an existing watermark
1. To change the print settings from your software application, access Printing Preferences. (See Opening
printing preferences.)
2. Click the Advanced tab, and select the desired watermark from the Watermark drop-down list. You will see
the selected watermark in the preview image.
3. Click OK or Print until you exit the print window.
Creating a watermark
1. To change the print settings from your software application, access Printing Preferences. (See Opening
printing preferences.)
2. From the Advanced tab, select Edit from the Watermark drop-down list. The Edit Watermarks window
appears.
3. Enter a text message in the Watermark Message box. You can enter up to 256 characters. The message
displays in the preview window.When the First Page Only box is checked, the watermark prints on the first page only.
4. Select watermark options.
You can select the font name, style, size, and shade from the Font Attributes section, as well as set the
angle of the watermark from the Message Angle section.
5. Click Add to add a new watermark to the Current Watermarks list.
6. When you have finished editing, click OK or Print until you exit the Print window.
To stop printing the watermark, select None from the Watermark drop-down list.
Editing a watermark
1. To change the print settings from your software application, access Printing Preferences. (See Opening
printing preferences.)
2. Click the Advanced tab, select Edit from the Watermark drop-down list. The Edit Watermarks window
appears.
3. Select the watermark you want to edit from the Current Watermarks list and change the watermark
message and options.
4. Click Update to save the changes.
5. Click OK or Print until you exit the Print window.
Deleting a watermark
1. To change the print settings from your software application, access Printing Preferences. (See Opening
printing preferences.)
2. Click the Advanced tab, select Edit from the Watermark drop-down list. The Edit Watermarks window
appears.
3. Select the watermark you want to delete from the Current Watermarks list and click Delete.
4. Click OK or Print until you exit the Print window.
Using overlay
An overlay is text and/or images stored in the computer hard disk drive (HDD) as a special file format that can be
printed on any document. Overlays are often used to take the place of letterhead paper. Rather than using
preprinted letterhead, you can create an overlay containing exactly the same information that is currently on your
letterhead. To print a letter with your company’s letterhead, you do not need to load preprinted letterhead paper in
the machine just print the letterhead overlay on your document.
Creating a new page overlay
To use a page overlay, you must create a new page overlay containing your logo or image.
1. Create or open a document containing text or an image for use in a new page overlay. Position the items
exactly as you wish them to appear when printed as an overlay.
2. To save the document as an overlay, access Printing Preferences. (See Opening printing preferences.)
3. Click the Advanced tab, and select Edit from the Text drop-down list. Edit Overlay window appears.
4. In the Edit Overlay window, click Create.
5. In the Save As window, type a name of up to eight characters in the File name box. Select the destination
path, if necessary. (The default is C:\Formover.)
6. Click Save. The name appears on the Overlay List.
7. Click OK or Print until you exit the Print window.
8. The file is not printed. Instead, it is stored on your computer hard disk drive.
The overlay document size must be the same as the document you print with the overlay. Do not create an
overlay with a watermark.
Using a page overlay
After an overlay has been created, it is ready to be printed with your document. To print an overlay with a
document:
1. Create or open the document you want to print.
2. To change the print settings from your software application, access Printing Preferences. (See Openingprinting preferences.)
3. Click the Advanced tab.
4. Select the desired overlay from the Text drop-down list.
5. If the overlay file you want does not appear in the Text drop-down list, select Edit from the list and click
Load. Select the overlay file you want to use.
If you have stored the overlay file you want to use in an external source, you can also load the file when you
access the Open window.
After you select the file, click Open. The file appears in the Overlay List box and is available for printing.
Select the overlay from the Overlay List box.
6. If necessary, check Confirm Page Overlay When Printing box. If this box is checked, a message window
appears each time you submit a document for printing, asking you to confirm your wish to print an overlay on
your document.
If this box is not checked and an overlay has been selected, the overlay automatically prints with your
document.
7. Click OK or Print until you exit the Print window.
The selected overlay prints on your document.
The resolution of the overlay document must be the same as that of the document you will print with the
overlay.
Deleting a page overlay
You can delete page overlays that you no longer use.
1. In the Printing Preferences window, click the Advanced tab.
2. Select Edit in the Overlay drop down list.
3. Select the overlay you want to delete from the Overlay List box.
4. Click Delete.
5. When a confirming message window appears, click Yes.
6. Click OK or Print until you exit the Print window.
Advanced Options
Use the following Graphics options to adjust the print quality for your specific printing needs.
1. To change the print settings from your software application, access Printing Preferences. (See Opening printing
preferences.)
2. Click the Graphics tab.
This options you can select may vary depending on your printer model.
Refer to the online help for each option’s information provided from the Printing Preferences.
Font/ Text: Select Darken Text to print texts darker than on a normal document. Use All Text Black to
prints solid black, regardless of the color it appears on the screen.
Advanced (Dell 1130n only): You can set advanced settings by clicking the Advanced button.
True Type Options: This option determines what the driver tells the printer about how to image the
text in your document. Select the appropriate setting according to the status of your document.
Download as Outline: When this option is selected, the driver will download any TrueType fonts
that are used in your document not already stored (resident) on your printer. If, after printing a
document, you find that the fonts did not print correctly, choose Download as bit image and
resubmit your print job. The Download as bit image setting is often useful when printing Adobe®.
Download as Bit Image: When this option is selected, the driver will download the font data as
bitmap images. Documents with complicated fonts, such as Korean or Chinese, or various other
fonts, will print faster in this setting.
Print as Graphics: When this option is selected, the driver will download any fonts as graphics.
When printing documents with high graphic content and relatively few TrueType fonts, printing
performance (speed) may be enhanced in this setting.
Use Printer Fonts: When Use Printer Fonts is checked, the printer uses the fonts that are stored in
its memory (resident fonts) to print your document, rather than downloading the fonts used in your
document. Because downloading fonts takes time, selecting this option can speed up your printing time.
When using Printer fonts, the printer will try to match the fonts used in your document to those stored
in its memory. If, however, you use fonts in your document that are very different from those resident
in the printer, your printed output will appear very different from what it looks like on the screen.
Graphic Controller: Fine Edge allows user to emphasize edges of texts and fine lines for improving
readability.
Toner Save: Selecting this option extends the life of your toner cartridge and reduces your cost per pagewithout a significant reduction in print quality.
Printer Setting: If you select this option, this feature is determined by the setting you’ve made from
the machine.
On: Select this option to allow the printer to use less toner on each page.
Off: If you do not need to save toner when printing a document, select this option.
Darkness: The option adjusts the toner density on print outputs. The values are Normal, Light, and Dark.
For Dell 1130n, you change darknesss in the Printer Settings Utility.
3. Click OK or Print until you exit the Print window.
Changing the default print settings
Most Windows applications will override settings you specify in the printer driver. Change all print settings
available in the software application first, and change any remaining settings using the printer driver.
1. Click the Windows Start menu.
2. For Windows 2000, select Settings > Printers.
For Windows XP/Server 2003, select Printers and Faxes.
For Windows Server 2008/Vista, select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
For Windows 7, select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and Printers.
For Windows Server 2008 R2, select Control Panel > Hardware > Devices and Printers.
3. Right-click your machine.
4. For Windows XP/Server 2003/Server 2008/Vista, press Printing Preferences.
For Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2, from context menus, select the Printing preferences.
If Printing preferences item has ► mark, you can select other printer drivers connected with selected printer.
5. Change the settings on each tab.
6. Click OK.
If you want to change the settings for each print job, change it in Printing Preferences.
Setting your machine as a default machine
1. Click the Windows Start menu.
2. For Windows 2000, select Settings > Printers.
For Windows XP/Server 2003, select Printers and Faxes.
For Windows Server 2008/Vista, select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
For Windows 7, select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and Printers.
For Windows Server 2008 R2, select Control Panel > Hardware > Devices and Printers.
3. Select your machine.
4. Right-click your machine and select Set as Default Printer.
For Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2
If Set as default printer item has ► mark, you can select other printer drivers connected with selected
printer.
Printing to a file (PRN)
You will sometimes need to save the print data as a file.
To create a file:
1. Check the Print to file box at the Print window.2. Click Print.
3. Type in the destination path and the file name, and then click OK.
For example c:\Temp\file name.
If you type in only the file name, the file is automatically saved in My Documents. The saved folder may
differ, depending on your operating system.
Macintosh printing
This chapter explains how to print using Macintosh. You need to set the print environment before printing.
USB connected (See Macintosh.)
Network connected (See Macintosh.)
Printing a document
When you print with a Macintosh, you need to check the printer driver setting in each application you use. Follow the
steps below to print from a Macintosh:
1. Open an application and select the file you want to print.
2. Open the File menu and click Page Setup (Document Setup in some applications).
3. Choose your paper size, orientation, scaling, other options, and make sure that your machine is selected. Click
OK.4. Open the File menu and click Print.
5. Choose the number of copies you want and indicate which pages you want to print.
6. Click Print.
Changing printer settings
You can use advanced printing features when using your machine.
Open an application and select Print from the File menu. The machine name, which appears in the printer
properties window may differ depending on the machine in use. Except for the name, the composition of the printer
properties window is similar to the following.
The setting options may differ depending on printers and Macintosh OS version.
Layout
The Layout tab provides options to adjust how the document appears on the printed page. You can print multiple
pages on one sheet of paper. Select Layout from the drop-down list under Orientation to access the following
features.
Pages per Sheet: This option determines how many pages to be printed on one page. (See Printing multiple
pages on one sheet of paper.)
Layout Direction: This option allows you to select the printing direction on a page similar to the examples on
UI.
Border: This option allows you to print a border around each page on the sheet.
Reverse Page Orientation: This option allows you to rotate paper 180 degrees.
Graphics
The Graphics tab provides options for selecting Resolution. Select Graphics from the drop-down list under
Orientation to access the graphic features.
Resolution (Quality): This option allows you to select the printing resolution. The higher the setting, thesharper the clarity of printed characters and graphics. The higher setting also may increase the time it takes
to print a document.
Darkness: This option allows you to enhance printouts. The available options are Normal, Light, and Dark.
Paper
Set Paper Type to correspond to the paper loaded in the tray from which you want to print. This will let you get
the best quality printout. If you load a different type of print material, select the corresponding paper type.
Printer Settings
Printer Settings tab provides Toner Save Mode, Reprint When Jammed, and Power Save options. Select
Printer Settings from the drop-down list under Orientation to access the following features:
Toner Save Mode: Selecting this option extends the life of your toner cartridge and reduces your cost per
page without a significant reduction in print quality.
Printer Setting: If you select this option, this feature is determined by the setting you’ve made from the
machine.
On: Select this option to allow the printer to use less toner on each page.
Off: If you do not need to save toner when printing a document, select this option.
Reprint When Jammed: When this option is checked, the machine retains the image of a printed page until
the machine signals that the page has successfully exited the machine. If a paper jam occurs, the printer will
reprint the last page sent from the computer after you have cleared the jam. (Dell 1130 only)
Power Save: When this option is checked, the machine turns to the power save mode after the selected
time.
Printing multiple pages on one sheet of paper
You can print more than one page on a single sheet of paper. This feature provides a cost-effective way to print
draft pages.
1. Open an application, and select Print from the File menu.
2. Select Layout from the drop-down list under Orientation. In the Pages per Sheet drop-down list, select the
number of pages you want to print on one sheet of paper.3. Select the other options you want to use.
4. Click Print, then the machine prints the selected the number of pages you want to print on one sheet of paper.
Linux printing
Printing from applications
There are a lot of Linux applications that allow you to print using Common UNIX Printing System (CUPS). You can
print on your machine from any such application.
1. Open an application, and select Print from the File menu.
2. Select Print directly using lpr.
3. In the LPR GUI window, select the model name of your machine from the printer list and click Properties.
4. Change the print job properties using the following four tabs displayed at the top of the window.General: This option allows you to change the paper size, the paper type, and the orientation of the
documents. It enables the duplex feature, adds start and end banners, and changes the number of pages
per sheet.
Text: This option allows you to specify the page margins and set the text options, such as spacing or
columns.
Graphics: This option allows you to set image options that are used when printing images/files, such as
color options, image size, or image position.
Advanced: This option allows you to set the print resolution, paper source and special print features.
If an option is grayed out, it means that the grayed out option is not supported.
5. Click Apply to apply the changes and close the Properties window.
6. Click OK in the LPR GUI window to start printing.
7. The Printing window appears, allowing you to monitor the status of your print job.
To abort the current job, click Cancel.
Printing files
You can print many different types of files on your machine using the standard CUPS way, directly from the
command line interface. The CUPS lpr utility allows you to do that. But the drivers package replaces the standard lpr
tool by a much more user-friendly LPR GUI program.
To print any document file:
1. Type lpr from the Linux shell command line and press Enter. The LPR GUI window appears.
When you type only lpr and press Enter, the Select file(s) to print window appears first. Just select any files
you want to print and click Open.
2. In the LPR GUI window, select your machine from the list, and change the print job properties.
3. Click OK to start printing.
Configuring printer properties
Using the Printer Properties window provided by the Printers configuration, you can change the various
properties for your machine as a printer.
1. Open the Unified Driver Configurator.
If necessary, switch to Printers configuration.
2. Select your machine on the available printers list and click Properties.
3. The Printer Properties window opens.The following five tabs display at the top of the window:
General: This option allows you to change the printer location and name. The name entered in this tab
displays on the printer list in Printers configuration.
Connection: This option allows you to view or select another port. If you change the machine port from USB
to parallel or vice versa while in use, you must re-configure the machine port in this tab.
Driver: Allows you to view or select another printer driver. By clicking Options, you can set the default
device options.
Jobs: This option shows the list of print jobs. Click Cancel job to cancel the selected job and select the
Show completed jobs check box to see previous jobs on the job list.
Classes: This option shows the class that your machine is in. Click Add to Class to add your machine to a
specific class or click Remove from Class to remove the machine from the selected class.
4. Click OK to apply the changes and close the Printer Properties window.Management tools
This chapter introduces management tools provided to help you make full use of your machine.
This chapter includes:
Introducing useful management tools
Using Embedded Web Service (Dell 1130n only)
Using the Printer Status Monitor
Introducing useful management tools
Using the printer settings utility
Firmware update utility
Using the Unified Linux Driver Configurator
Introducing useful management tools
The programs below help you to use your machine conveniently.
Using Embedded Web Service (Dell 1130n only).
Using the Printer Status Monitor.
Using the Unified Linux Driver Configurator.
Using Embedded Web Service (Dell 1130n only)
Your Embedded Web Service window that appears in this user’s guide may differ depending on the machine in use.
If you have connected your machine to a network and set up TCP/IP network parameters correctly, you can manage
the machine via Embedded Web Service, an embedded web server. Use Embedded Web Service to:
View the machine’s device information and check its current status.
Change TCP/IP parameters and set up other network parameters.
Change printer preference.
Set the email notifications advising of the machine’s status.
Get support for using the machine.
To access Embedded Web Service:
1. Access a web browser, such as Internet Explorer, from Windows.
Enter the machine IP address (http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx) in the address field and press the Enter key or click Go.
2. Your machine’s embedded website opens.
Embedded Web Service overview
Information tab: This tab gives you general information about your machine. You can check things, such as the
machine’s IP address, remaining amount of toner, ethernet information, firmware version, and so on. You can
also print reports such as an error report and so on.
Machine Settings tab: This tab allows you to set options provided by your machine.
Network Settings tab: This tab allows you to view and change the network environment. You can set things,
such as TCP/IP, enabling EtherTalk and so on.
Maintenance tab: This tab allows you to maintain your machine by upgrading firmware and setting security
information.
Support tab: This tab allows you to set contact information for sending email. You can also connect to Dell
website or download drivers by selecting Link.
E-mail notification setup
You can receive emails about your machine’s status by setting this option. By setting information such as IP
address, host name, e-mail address and SMTP server information, the machine status (toner cartridge shortage or
machine error) will be sent to the specified e-mail address automatically. This option may be used more frequently
by a machine administrator.1. Start a web browser, such as Internet Explorer, from Windows.
Enter the machine IP address (http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx) in the address field and press the Enter key or click Go.
2. Your machine’s embedded website opens.
3. From the Machine Settings, select E-mail Notification Setup.
4. Set required settings.
Set SMTP server information and other settings to use E-mail notification function. After setting the network
environment, select the recipient list. And just by clicking a radio button, you can select in what case you want to
receive an alert.
5. Click Apply.
Setting the contact information
Set the machine administrator information and this setting is necessary to use E-mail notification option.
1. Start a web browser, such as Internet Explorer, from Windows.
Enter the machine IP address (http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx) in the address field and press the Enter key or click Go.
2. Your machine’s embedded website opens.
3. Select Support.
4. Enter the name of machine administrator, phone number, location or E-mail address.
5. Click Apply.
If the firewall is activated, the E-mail may not be sent successfully. In that case, contact the a network
administrator.
Using the Printer Status Monitor
The Printer Status Monitor program can only be used in the Windows system.
Printer Status Monitor is a program that monitors and informs you of the machine status. Printer Status Monitor is
installed automatically when you install the machine software.
To use this program, you need the following system requirements:
Windows. Check for windows operating system(s) compatible with your machine. (See System requirements.)
Understanding Printer Status Monitor
If an error occurs while printing, you can check the error from the Printer Status Monitor.
You can launch it from the Start menu, select Programs or All Programs > Dell > Dell Printers > your printer
driver name > Printer Status Monitor.
The Printer Status Monitor program displays the current status of the machine, the estimated level of toner
remaining in the toner cartridge(s), and various other types of information.
1
Printing
Status
The Printer Status Monitor displays the current status of the printer.
2 Toner Level View the level of toner remaining in the toner cartridge(s).
3
Order
Supplies
Order replacement toner cartridge(s) online.
4
Help me When error occurs, Help me button appears. You can directly open troubleshooting section in
the user’s guide.
Opening the Troubleshooting Guide
Find solutions for problems by using the Troubleshooting Guide.Right-click the Printer Status Monitor icon and select Troubleshooting Guide.
Changing the Printer Status Monitor Program Settings
Right-click the Printer Status Monitor icon and select Options. Select the settings you want from the Options
window.
Using the Dell Toner Management System™
The printer status monitor displays the status of the printer (printer ready, printer offline, and error-check printer) and
the toner level (100%, 50%, Toner Low) for your printer. .
Using the printer settings utility
When you install the Dell software, the Printer Settings Utility is automatically installed.
To open the Printer Settings Utility.
If you are a Windows user, you can launch it from the Start menu, select Programs or All Programs > Dell > Dell
Printers > your printer driver name > Printer Settings Utility.
The Printer Settings Utility window provides several features.
For more information, click the help icon button.
Firmware update utility
Firmware Update Utility allows you to maintain your machine by upgrading firmware.
If you are a Windows user, you can launch it from the Start menu, select Programs or All Programs > Dell > Dell
Printers > your printer driver name > Firmware Update Utility.
Using the Unified Linux Driver Configurator
The supplied software CD provides you with the Unified Linux Driver package for using your machine with a Linux
computer.
Unified Linux Driver Configurator is a tool primarily intended for configuring machine devices.
After the driver is installed on your Linux system, the Unified Linux Driver Configurator icon will automatically be
created on your desktop.
Opening the Unified Driver Configurator
1. Double-click the Unified Driver Configurator on the desktop.
You can also click the Startup Menu icon and select Dell Unified Driver > Unified Driver Configurator.
2. Click each button on the left to switch to the corresponding configuration window.
1. Printers Configuration
2. Ports ConfigurationTo use the on screen help, click Help.
3. After changing the configurations, click Exit to close the Unified Driver Configurator.
Printers configuration
Printers configuration has the two tabs: Printers and Classes.
Printer tab
View the current system’s printer configuration by clicking on the machine icon button on the left side of the
Unified Driver Configurator window.1 Switches to Printers configuration.
2 Shows all of the installed machine.
3 Shows the status, model name and URI of your machine.
The printer control buttons are, as follows:
Refresh: Renews the available machines list.
Add Printer: Allows you to add a new machines.
Remove Printer: Removes the selected machine.
Set as Default: Sets the current selected machine as a default machine.
Stop/Start: Stops/starts the machine.
Test: Allows you to print a test page to ensure the machine is working properly.
Properties: Allows you to view and change the printer properties.
Classes tab
The Classes tab shows a list of available machine classes.1 Shows all of the machine classes.
2 Shows the status of the class and the number of machines in the class.
Refresh: Renews the classes list.
Add Class: Allows you to add a new machine class.
Remove Class: Removes the selected machine class.
Port configuration
In this window, you can view the list of available ports, check the status of each port and release a port that is
stalled in a busy state when its owner has terminated the job for any reason.1 Switches to Ports configuration.
2 Shows all of the available ports.
3 Shows the port type, device connected to the port, and status.
Refresh: Renews the available ports list.
Release port: Releases the selected port.Maintenance
This chapter provides information for maintaining your machine and the toner cartridge.
This chapter includes:
Printing a machine report
Using toner low alert (Dell 1130n only)
Cleaning a machine
Storing the toner cartridge
Tips for moving & storing your machine
Printing a machine report
You can print a configuration page to view current printer settings, or to help troubleshoot printer problems.
In ready mode, press and hold the (cancel button) for about 5 seconds.
A configuration page prints out.
For Dell 1130 this information is provided on the demo page.
Using toner low alert (Dell 1130n only)
If the amount of toner in the cartridge is low, the LED blinks red. You can set the option for this LED to
blink or not.
1. Install the driver. (See Installing USB connected machine’s driver or Installing network connected machine’s driver.)
2. You can launch it from the Start menu, select Programs or All Programs > Dell > Dell Printers > your printer
driver name > Printer Settings Utility.
3. Click Toner Low Alert. Select the appropriate setting and then click Apply.
Cleaning a machine
If printing quality problems occur or if you use your machine in a dusty environment, you need to clean your machine
regularly to keep the best printing condition and use your machine longer.
Cleaning the cabinet of the machine with cleaning materials containing large amounts of alcohol, solvent, or
other strong substances can discolor or distort the cabinet.
If your machine or the surrounding area is contaminated with toner, we recommend you use cloth or tissue
dampened with water to clean it. If you use a vacuum cleaner, toner blows in the air and might be harmful to
you.
Cleaning the outside
Clean the machine cabinet with a soft, lint-free cloth. Dampen the cloth slightly with water, but be careful not to let
any water drip onto or into the machine.
Printing a cleaning sheet (Dell 1130n only)
If you are experiencing blurred or smeared printouts, you can clear the problem by printing a cleaning sheet,
provided by your machine.
To print the cleaning sheet:
In ready mode, press and hold the (cancel button) for about 10 seconds.
OPC cleaning sheet: Cleans the OPC drum of the toner cartridge.
This process will produce a page with toner debris, which should be discarded.
Your machine automatically picks up a sheet of paper from the tray and prints out a cleaning sheet with dust or
toner particles on it.
Cleaning the inside
During the printing process, paper, toner, and dust particles can accumulate inside the machine. This buildup can
cause print quality problems, such as toner specks or smearing. Cleaning the inside of the machine clears and
reduces these problems.1. Turn the machine off and unplug the power cord. Wait for the machine to cool down.
2. Open the front cover and pull the toner cartridge out. Set it on a clean flat surface
To prevent damage to the toner cartridge, do not expose it to light for more than a few minutes. Cover
it with a piece of paper, if necessary.
Do not touch the green surface underside of the toner cartridge. Use the handle on the cartridge to
avoid touching this area.
3. With a dry, lint-free cloth, wipe away any dust and spilled toner from the toner cartridge area.
While cleaning the inside of the machine, be careful not to damage the transfer roller or any other inside
parts. Do not use solvents such as benzene or thinner to clean. Printing quality problems can occur and
cause damage to the machine.
4. Locate the long strip of glass (LSU) inside the machine and gently swab the glass to see if dirt turns the white
cotton black.
5. Reinsert the toner cartridge and close the front cover.
6. Plug in the power cord and turn the machine on.
Storing the toner cartridge
Toner cartridges contain components that are sensitive to light, temperature, and humidity. Dell suggests users follow
the recommendations to ensure the optimum performance, highest quality, and longest life from your new Dell toner
cartridge.Store this cartridge in the same environment as the printer it will be used in; this should be in controlled office
temperature and humidity conditions. The toner cartridge should remain in its original, unopened package until
installation – If original packaging is not available, cover the top opening of the cartridge with paper and store in a dark
cabinet.
Opening the cartridge package prior to use dramatically shortens its useful shelf and operating life. Do not store on the
floor. If the toner cartridge is removed from the printer, always store the cartridge:
Inside the protective bag from the original package.
Store lying flat (not standing on end) with the same side facing up as if they were installed in the machine.
Do not store consumables in;
Temperature greater than 40°C (104°F).
Humidity range less than 20% nor not greater than 80%.
An environment with extreme changes in humidity or temperature.
Direct sunlight or room light.
Dusty places.
A car for a long period of time.
An environment where corrosive gases are present.
An environment with salty air.
Handling instructions
Do not touch the surface of the photosensitive drum in the cartridge.
Do not expose the cartridge to unnecessary vibrations or shock.
Never manually rotate the drum, especially in the reverse direction; this can cause internal damage and toner
spillage.
Use of non-Dell and refilled toner cartridge
Dell does not recommend or approve the use of non-Dell brand toner cartridges in your printer including generic,
store brand, refilled, or remanufactured toner cartridges.
Dell’s printer warranty does not cover damage to the machine caused by the use of a refilled, remanufactured,
or non-Dell brand toner cartridge.
Estimated cartridge life
Estimated cartridge life (the life of the toner cartridge yield) depends on the amount of toner that print jobs require.
The actual print-out number may vary depending on the print density of the pages you print on, operating
environment, printing interval, media type, and/or media size. For example, if you print a lot of graphics, the
consumption of the toner is high and you may need to change the cartridge more often.
Tips for moving & storing your machine
When moving the machine, do not tilt or turn it upside down. Otherwise, the inside of the machine may be
contaminated by toner, which can cause damage to the machine or bad print quality.
When moving the machine, make sure at least two people are holding the machine securely.Troubleshooting
This chapter gives helpful information for what to do if you encounter an error.
This chapter includes:
Redistributing toner
Tips for avoiding paper curls
Tips for avoiding paper jams
Clearing paper jams
Solving other problems
Redistributing toner
When the toner cartridge is near the end of its life:
White streaks or light printing occurs.
The LED blinks red.
If this happens, you can temporarily improve print quality by redistributing the remaining toner in the cartridge. In
some cases, white streaks or light printing will still occur even after you have redistributed the toner.
1. Open the front cover.
2. Pull the toner cartridge out.
3. Thoroughly roll the cartridge five or six times to distribute the toner evenly inside the cartridge.
If toner gets on your clothing, wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash clothing in cold water. Hot water sets toner
into fabric.
Do not touch the green underside of the toner cartridge. Use the handle on the cartridge to avoid touching this
area.
4. Hold the toner cartridge by the handle and slowly insert the cartridge into the opening in the machine.
Tabs on the sides of the cartridge and corresponding grooves within the machine will guide the cartridge into the
correct position until it locks into place completely.5. Close the front cover. Ensure that the cover is securely closed.
Tips for avoiding paper curls
1. Open the rear cover.
2. Pull down the pressure lever on each side.
1. Pressure lever
Keep the rear cover opened during printing.
Only use when the printout has more than 20 mm curl.
Tips for avoiding paper jams
By selecting the correct media types, most paper jams can be avoided. When a paper jam occurs, refer to the next
guidelines.
Ensure that the adjustable guides are positioned correctly. (See Loading paper in the tray.)
Do not overload the tray. Ensure that the paper level is below the paper capacity mark on the inside of the tray.
Do not remove paper from the tray while your machine is printing.
Flex, fan, and straighten paper before loading.
Do not use creased, damp, or highly curled paper.
Do not mix paper types in a tray.
Use only recommended print media.
Ensure that the recommended side of the print media is facing down in the tray, or facing up in the manual tray.
Clearing paper jams
If a paper jam occurs, the LED on the control panel lights orange. Find and remove the jammed paper.
To resume printing after clearing paper jams, you must open and close the front cover.
To avoid tearing the paper, pull the jammed paper out slowly and gently. Follow the instructions in the following
sections to clear the jam.In tray
Click this link to open an animation about clearing a jam.
1. Open and close the front cover. The jammed paper is automatically ejected from the machine.
If the paper does not exit, go to the next step.
2. Pull out tray.
3. Remove the jammed paper by gently pulling it straight out.
If the paper does not move when you pull, or if you do not see the paper in this area, check the fuser area
around the toner cartridge. (See Inside the machine.)
4. Insert tray back into the machine until it snaps into place. Printing automatically resumes.
In the manual tray
Click this link to open an animation about clearing a jam.
1. If the paper is not feeding properly, pull the paper out of the machine.
2. Open and close the front cover to resume printing.Inside the machine
Click this link to open an animation about clearing a jam.
The fuser area is hot. Take care when removing paper from the machine.
1. Open the front cover and pull the toner cartridge out, lightly pushing it down.
2. Remove the jammed paper by gently pulling it straight out.
3. Replace the toner cartridge and close the front cover. Printing automatically resumes.
In exit area
Click this link to open an animation about clearing a jam.
1. Open and close the front cover. The jammed paper is automatically ejected from the machine.
If you do not see the jammed paper, go to next step.
2. Gently pull the paper out of the output tray.
If you do not see the jammed paper or if there is any resistance when you pull, stop and go to the next step.
3. Open the rear cover.
4. Pull the pressure levers down and remove the paper.
Return the pressure levers to their original position.1. Pressure lever
If you do not see the jammed paper, go to next step.
5. Pull the fuser cover levers down and remove the paper.
Return the fuser cover levers to their original position.
The fuser area is hot. Take care when removing paper from the machine.
6. Close the rear cover.
7. Open and close front cover, printing automatically resumes.
Solving other problems
The following chart lists some conditions that may occur and the recommended solutions. Follow the suggested
solutions until the problem is corrected. If the problem persists, call for service.
Power problems
Click this link to open an animation about power problems.
Condition Suggested solutions
The machine is not receiving power,
or the connection cable between the computer and the
machine is not connected properly.
Plug in the power cord and press (power) on the
control panel.
Disconnect the machine cable and reconnect it.
For Local PrintingFor Network Printing (Dell 1130n only)
Paper feeding problems
Condition Suggested solutions
Paper jams during printing. Clear the paper jam. (See Clearing paper jams.)
Paper sticks together. Check the maximum paper capacity of the tray. (See Print media specifications.)
Make sure that you are using the correct type of paper. (See Print media
specifications.)
Remove paper from the tray and flex or fan the paper.
Humid conditions may cause some paper to stick together.
Multiple sheets of paper do
not feed.
Different types of paper may be stacked in the tray. Load paper of only one type, size,
and weight.
Paper does not feed into
the machine.
Remove any obstructions from inside the machine.
Paper has not been loaded correctly. Remove paper from the tray and reload it
correctly.
There is too much paper in the tray. Remove excess paper from the tray.
The paper is too thick. Use only paper that meets the specifications required by the
machine. (See Print media specifications.)
The paper keeps jamming. There is too much paper in the tray. Remove excess paper from the tray. If you
are printing on special materials, use the manual tray.
An incorrect type of paper is being used. Use only paper that meets the
specifications required by the machine. (See Print media specifications.)
There may be debris inside the machine. Open the front cover and remove any
debris.
Transparencies stick
together in the paper exit.
Use only transparencies specifically designed for laser printers. Remove each
transparency as it exits from the machine.
Envelopes skew or fail to
feed correctly.
Ensure that the paper guides are against both sides of the envelopes.
Printing problems
Condition Possible cause Suggested solutions
The machine does not
print.
The machine is not
receiving power.
Check the power cord connections.
The machine is not
selected as the default
machine.
Select your machine as your default machine in your
Windows.
Check the machine for the following:
The front cover is not closed. Close the front cover.Paper is jammed. Clear the paper jam. (See Clearing paper jams.)
No paper is loaded. Load paper. (See Loading paper in the tray.)
The toner cartridge is not installed. Install the toner cartridge.
If a system error occurs, contact your service representative.
The connection cable
between the computer
and the machine is not
connected properly.
Disconnect the machine cable and reconnect it.
The connection cable
between the computer
and the machine is
defective.
If possible, attach the cable to another computer that is
working properly and print a job. You can also try using a
different machine cable.
The port setting is
incorrect.
Check the Windows printer setting to make sure that the
print job is sent to the correct port. If the computer has
more than one port, make sure that the machine is attached
to the correct one.
The machine may be
configured incorrectly.
Check the Printing Preferences to ensure that all of the
print settings are correct. (See Opening printing
preferences.)
The printer driver may be
incorrectly installed.
Repair the machine software. (See Installing USB connected
machine’s driver, Installing network connected machine’s
driver.)
The machine is
malfunctioning.
Check the LEDs on the control panel to see if the machine
is indicating a system error. Contact a service
representative.
Checking an error message is also possible from the
Printer Status Monitor on your computer.
The machine does not
print.
The document size is so
big that the hard disk
space of the computer is
insufficient to access the
print job.
Get more hard disk space and print the document again.
The output tray is full. It can hold up to 80 sheets of plain paper. Once the paper is
removed from the output tray, the machine resumes printing.
The machine selects
print materials from the
wrong paper source.
The paper option that
was selected in the
Printing Preferences
may be incorrect.
For many software applications, the paper source selection is
found under the Paper tab within the Printing Preferences.
Select the correct paper source. See the printer driver help
screen. (See Opening printing preferences.)
A print job is extremely
slow.
The job may be very
complex.
Reduce the complexity of the page or try adjusting the print
quality settings.
Half the page is blank. The page orientation
setting may be incorrect.
Change the page orientation in your application. See the
printer driver help screen.
The paper size and the
paper size settings do not
match.
Ensure that the paper size in the printer driver settings
matches the paper in the tray.Or, ensure that the paper size
in the printer driver settings matches the paper selection in
the software application settings you use.
The machine prints, but
the text is wrong,
garbled, or incomplete.
The machine cable is
loose or defective.
Disconnect the machine cable and reconnect. Try a print job
that you have already printed successfully. If possible, attach
the cable and the machine to another computer that you
know works and try a print job. Finally, try a new machine
cable.
The wrong printer driver
was selected.
Check the application’s printer selection menu to ensure that
your machine is selected.
The software application
is malfunctioning.
Try printing a job from another application.
The operating system is
malfunctioning.
Exit Windows and reboot the computer. Turn the machine off
and back on again.
If you are in a DOS
environment, the font
setting for your machine
may be set incorrectly.
See Changing font setting (Dell 1130n only).Pages print, but they are
blank.
The toner cartridge is
defective or out of toner.
Redistribute the toner, if necessary. If necessary, replace the
toner cartridge.
The file may have blank
pages.
Check the file to ensure that it does not contain blank pages.
Some parts, such as the
controller or the board,
may be defective.
Contact a service representative.
The machine does not
print PDF file correctly.
Some parts of graphics,
text, or illustrations are
missing.
Incompatibility between
the PDF file and the
Acrobat products.
Printing the PDF file as an image may enable the file to print.
Turn on Print As Image from the Acrobat printing options.
It will take longer to print when you print a PDF file as an
image.
The print quality of
photos is not good.
Images are not clear.
The resolution of the
photo is very low.
Reduce the photo size. If you increase the photo size in the
software application, the resolution will be reduced.
Before printing, the
machine emits vapor
near the output tray.
Using damp paper can
cause vapor during
printing.
This is not a problem. Just keep printing.
The machine does not
print special- sized
paper, such as billing
paper.
Paper size and paper size
setting do not match.
Set the correct paper size in the Edit... in the Paper tab in
the Printing Preferences. (See Opening printing
preferences.)
Printing quality problems
If the inside of the machine is dirty or paper has been loaded improperly, there might be a reduction in print quality.
See the table below to clear the problem.
Condition Suggested Solutions
Light or faded print If a vertical white streak or faded area appears on the page, the toner
supply is low. You may be able to temporarily extend the toner cartridge
life. (See Redistributing toner.) If this does not improve the print quality,
install a new toner cart
The paper may not meet paper specifications; for example, the paper may
be too moist or rough. (See Print media specifications.)
If the entire page is light, the print resolution setting is too low or the toner
save mode is on. Adjust the print resolution and turn the toner save mode
off. See the help screen of the printer driver.
A combination of faded or smeared defects may indicate that the toner
cartridge needs cleaning. (See Cleaning the inside.)
The surface of the LSU part inside the machine may be dirty. (See Cleaning
the inside.)
Toner specks The paper may not meet specifications; for example, the paper may be too
moist or rough. (See Print media specifications.)
The transfer roller may be dirty. Clean the inside of your machine. Contact
a service representative.
The paper path may need cleaning. Contact a service representative.
Dropouts If faded areas, generally rounded, occur randomly on the page:
A single sheet of paper may be defective. Try reprinting the job.
The moisture content of the paper is uneven or the paper has moist spots
on its surface. Try a different brand of paper. (See Print media
specifications.)
The paper lot is bad. The manufacturing processes can cause some areas to
reject toner. Try a different kind or brand of paper.
Change the printer option and try again. Go to Printing Preferences, click
Paper tab, and set type to Thick. (See Opening printing preferences.)
If these steps do not correct the problem, contact a service representative.
White Spots If white spots appear on the page:
The paper is too rough and a lot of dirt from a paper falls to the inner
devices within the machine, so the transfer roller may be dirty. Clean theinside of your machine. (See Cleaning the inside.)
The paper path may need cleaning. (See Cleaning the inside.)
Vertical lines If black vertical streaks appear on the page:
The surface (drum part) of the toner cartridge inside the machine has
probably been scratched. Remove the toner cartridge and install a new one.
(See Replacing the toner cartridge.)
If white vertical streaks appear on the page:
The surface of the LSU part inside the machine may be dirty. (See Cleaning
the inside.)
Black background If the amount of background shading becomes unacceptable:
Change to a lighter weight paper. (See Print media specifications.)
Check the environmental conditions: very dry conditions or a high level of
humidity (higher than 80% RH) can increase the amount of background
shading.
Remove the old toner cartridge and, install a new one. (See Replacing the
toner cartridge.)
Toner smear If toner smears on the page:
Clean the inside of the machine. (See Cleaning the inside.)
Check the paper type and quality. (See Print media specifications.)
Remove the toner cartridge and then, install a new one. (See Replacing the
toner cartridge.)
Vertical repetitive defects If marks repeatedly appear on the printed side of the page at even intervals:
The toner cartridge may be damaged. If you still have the same problem,
remove the toner cartridge and, install a new one. (See Replacing the toner
cartridge.)
Parts of the machine may have toner on them. If the defects occur on the
back of the page, the problem will likely correct itself after a few more
pages.
The fusing assembly may be damaged. Contact a service representative.
Background scatter Background scatter results from bits of toner randomly distributed on the
printed page.
The paper may be too damp. Try printing with a different batch of paper. Do
not open packages of paper until necessary so that the paper does not
absorb too much moisture.
If background scatter occurs on an envelope, change the printing layout to
avoid printing over areas that have overlapping seams on the reverse side.
Printing on seams can cause problems.
If background scatter covers the entire surface area of a printed page,
adjust the print resolution through your software application or in Printing
Preferences. (See Opening printing preferences.)
Misformed characters If characters are improperly formed and producing hollow images, the paper
stock may be too slick. Try different paper. (See Print media specifications.)
Page skew Ensure that the paper is loaded properly.
Check the paper type and quality. (See Print media specifications.)
Ensure that the guides are not too tight or too loose against the paper
stack.
Curl or wave Ensure that the paper is loaded properly.Check the paper type and quality. Both high temperature and humidity can
cause paper curl. (See Print media specifications.)
Turn the stack of paper over in the tray. Also try rotating the paper 180° in
the tray.
Wrinkles or creases Ensure that the paper is loaded properly.
Check the paper type and quality. (See Print media specifications.)
Turn the stack of paper over in the tray. Also try rotating the paper 180° in
the tray.
Back of printouts are dirty Check for leaking toner. Clean the inside of the machine. (See Cleaning the
inside.)
Solid Color or Black pages The toner cartridge may not be installed properly. Remove the cartridge and
reinsert it.
The toner cartridge may be defective. Remove the toner cartridge and install
a new one. (See Replacing the toner cartridge.)
The machine may require repair. Contact a service representative.
Loose toner Clean the inside of the machine. (See Cleaning the inside.)
Check the paper type and quality. (See Print media specifications.)
Remove the toner cartridge and then, install a new one. (See Replacing the
toner cartridge.)
If the problem persists, the machine may require repair. Contact a service
representative.
Character Voids Character voids are white areas within parts of characters that should be solid
black:
If you are using transparencies, try another type of transparency. Because
of the composition of transparencies, some character voids are normal.
You may be printing on the wrong surface of the paper. Remove the paper
and turn it around.
The paper may not meet paper specifications. (See Print media
specifications.)
Horizontal stripes If horizontally aligned black streaks or smears appear:
The toner cartridge may be installed improperly. Remove the cartridge and
reinsert it.
The toner cartridge may be defective. Remove the toner cartridge and install
a new one. (See Replacing the toner cartridge.)
If the problem persists, the machine may require repair. Contact a service
representative.
Curl If the printed paper is curled or paper does not feed into the machine:
Turn the stack of paper over in the tray. Also try rotating the paper 180° in
the tray.
Change the printer option and try again. Go to Printing Preferences, click
Paper tab, and set type to Thin. (See Opening printing preferences.)
An unknown image repetitively
appears on a few sheets or loose
toner, light print, or
contamination occurs.
Your machine is probably being used at an altitude of 1,000 m (3,281 ft) or
above.The high altitude may affect the print quality, such as loose toner or light
imaging. Change the correct altitude setting to your machine. (See Altitude
adjustment.)
Common Windows problemsCondition Suggested solutions
“File in Use” message appears
during installation.
Exit all software applications. Remove all software from the startup group, then
restart Windows. Reinstall the printer driver.
“General Protection Fault”,
“Exception OE”, “Spool 32”, or
“Illegal Operation” messages
appear.
Close all other applications, reboot Windows and try printing again.
“Fail To Print”, “A printer
timeout error occurred”
messages appear.
These messages may appear during printing. Just keep waiting until the machine
finishes printing. If the message appears in ready mode or after printing has
been completed, check the connection and/or whether an error has occurred.
Refer to Microsoft Windows User’s Guide that came with your computer for further information on Windows
error messages.
Common Linux problems
condition Suggested solutions
The machine
does not print.
Check if the printer driver is installed in your system. Open Unified Driver Configurator and
switch to the Printers tab in Printers configuration window to look at the list of available
machines. Make sure that your machine is displayed on the list. If not, open Add new printer
wizard to set up your device.
Check if the machine is started. Open Printers configuration and select your machine on the
printers list. Look at the description in the Selected printer pane. If its status contains
Stopped string, press the Start button. After that normal operation of the machine should be
restored. The “stopped” status might be activated when some problems in printing occurred.
Check if your application has special print option such as “-oraw”. If “-oraw” is specified in the
command line parameter, then remove it to print properly. For Gimp front-end, select “print” -
> “Setup printer” and edit command line parameter in the command item.
The machine
does not print
whole pages,
and output is
printed on half
the page.
It is a known problem that occurs when a color machine is used on version 8.51 or earlier of
Ghostscript, 64-bit Linux OS, and has been reported to bugs.ghostscript.com as Ghostscript Bug
688252. The problem is solved in AFPL Ghostscript v. 8.52 or above. Download the latest version
of AFPL Ghostscript from http://sourceforge.net/projects/ghostscript/ and install it to solve this
problem.
I encounter
error “Cannot
open port
device file”
when printing
a document.
Avoid changing print job parameters (via LPR GUI, for example) while a print job is in progress.
Known versions of CUPS server break the print job whenever print options are changed and then
try to restart the job from the beginning. Since Unified Linux Driver locks the port while printing,
the abrupt termination of the driver keeps the port locked and unavailable for subsequent print
jobs. If this situation occurs, try to release the port by selecting Release port in Port
configuration window.
Refer to Linux User’s Guide that came with your computer for further information on Linux error messages.
Common Macintosh problems
condition Suggested solutions
The machine does not print PDF files correctly.
Some parts of graphics, text, or illustrations are
missing.
Printing the PDF file as an image may enable the file to print.
Turn on Print As Image from the Acrobat printing options.
It will take longer to print when you print a PDF file as an
image.
The document has printed, but the print job has
not disappeared from the spooler in Mac OS X
10.3.2.
Update your Mac OS to OS Mac OS X 10.3.3. or higher.
Some letters are not displayed normally during
the Cover page printing.
Mac OS cannot create the font during the Cover page printing.
The English alphabet and numbers are displayed normally on the
Cover page.
When printing a document in Macintosh with
Acrobat Reader 6.0 or higher, colors print
incorrectly.
Make sure that the resolution setting in your machine driver
matches the one in Acrobat® Reader®.
Refer to Macintosh User’s Guide that came with your computer for further information on Macintosh error
messages.Supplies
This chapter provides information on purchasing supplies and maintenance parts available for your machine.
This chapter includes:
How to purchase
Available supplies
Replacing the toner cartridge
Available accessories may differ from country to country. Contact your sales representatives to obtain the list of
available accessories.
How to purchase
To order Dell-authorized supplies and accessories visit www.dell.com/supplies, or contact your local Dell dealer or
the retailer where you purchased your machine. You can also visit www.dell.com or support.dell.com, select your
country/region, and obtain information on calling for service.
Available supplies
When supplies reach their lifespan, you can order the following types of supplies for your machine:
Type Average yield
[a] Part name
Standard capacity toner cartridge Approx. 1,500 pages 3J11D
High capacity toner cartridge Approx. 2,500 pages 2MMJP
[a]
Declared yield value in accordance with ISO/IEC 19752.
To replace a toner cartridge see Replacing the toner cartridge.
Depending on the options and job mode used, the toner cartridge’s lifespan may differ.
You must purchase supplies, including toner cartridges, in the same country where you purchased your machine.
Otherwise, supplies will be incompatible with your machine since the system configuration of these vary from
country to country.
Dell does not recommend using non-genuine Dell toner cartridge such as refilled or remanufactured. Dell cannot
guarantee non-genuine Dell toner cartridge's quality. Service or repair required as a result of using non-genuine
Dell toner cartridges will not be covered under the machine warranty.
Replacing the toner cartridge
Click this link to open an animation about replacing a toner cartridge.
When the toner cartridge reaches its estimated cartridge life:
The Printer Status Monitor program window appears on the computer telling you the toner cartridge needs to be
replaced.
The machine stops printing.
At this stage, the toner cartridge needs to be replaced. Check the type of the toner cartridge for your machine. (See
Available supplies.)
1. Open the front cover.
2. Pull the toner cartridge out.3. Take a new toner cartridge out of its package.
4. Remove the paper protecting the toner cartridge by pulling the packing tape.
5. Locate the sealing tape at the end of the toner cartridge. Carefully pull the tape completely out of the cartridge and
discard it.
The sealing tape should be longer than 60 cm when correctly removed.
Holding the toner cartridge, pull the sealing tape straight to remove it from the cartridge. Be careful not
to cut the tape. If this happens, you cannot use the toner cartridge.
Refer to the helpful pictures on the cartridge wrapping paper.
6. Slowly shake the cartridge five or six times to distribute the toner evenly inside the cartridge. It will assure
maximum copies per cartridge.
If toner gets on your clothing, wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash clothing in cold water. Hot water sets toner
into fabric.
Do not touch the green underside of the toner cartridge. Use the handle on the cartridge to avoid touching this
area.
7. Hold the toner cartridge by the handle and slowly insert the cartridge into the opening in the machine.
Tabs on the sides of the cartridge and corresponding grooves within the machine will guide the cartridge into the
correct position until it locks into place completely.8. Close the front cover. Make sure that the cover is securely closed.Specifications
This chapter guides you about this machine’s specifications.
This chapter includes:
Hardware specifications
Environmental specifications
Electrical specifications
Print media specifications
The specification values here are based on preliminary data. See www.dell.com or support.dell.com for current
information.
Hardware specifications
Item Description
Dimension Height 197 mm (7.76 inches)
Depth 389 mm (15.31 inches)
Width 360 mm (14.17 inches)
Weight Machine with consumables Dell 1130: 7.25 Kg (15.98 lbs)
Dell 1130n: 7.30 Kg (16.09 lbs)
Package weight Paper 1.23 Kg (2.70 lbs)
Plastic 0.19 Kg (0.42 lbs)
Environmental specifications
Item Description
Noise Level
[a] Ready mode 26 dB(A)
Printing mode Dell 1130: 49 dB(A)
Dell 1130n: 50 dB(A)
Temperature Operation 10 to 32 °C (50 to 90 °F)
Storage (unpacked) 0 to 40 °C (32 to 104 °F)
Humidity Operation 20 to 80% RH
Storage (unpacked) 10 to 80% RH
[a]
Sound Pressure Level, ISO 7779. Configuration tested: machine basic installation, A4 paper, simplex printing.
Electrical specifications
Power requirements are based on the country/region where the device is sold. Do not convert operating voltages.
Doing so might damage the device and void the product warranty.
Item Description
Power rating
[a]
110 volt models AC 110 - 127 V
220 volt models AC 220 - 240 V
Power consumption Average operating mode Less than 360 W
Ready mode Dell 1130: Less than 45 W
Dell 1130n: Less than 60 W
Power save mode Dell 1130: Less than 4.5 WDell 1130n: Less than 6.5 W
Power off mode Less than 0.8 W
[a]
See the rating label on the machine for the correct voltage, frequency (hertz) and type of current for your
machine.
Print media specifications
Type Size Dimensions
Print media weight
[a]
/Capacity
[b]
Tray1 Manual tray
Plain paper Letter 216 x 279 mm
(8.50 x 11.00
inches)
60 to 120 g/m2
(16 to 32 lb bond)
250 sheets of
80 g/m2
(20 lb
bond)
60 to 220 g/m2
(16
to 43 lb bond)
1 sheet stacking
Legal 216 x 356 mm
(8.50 x 14.00
inches)
US Folio 216 x 330 mm
(8.50 x 13.00
inches)
A4 210 x 297 mm
(8.27 x 11.69
inches)
Oficio 216 x 343 mm
(8.50 x 13.50
inches)
JIS B5 182 x 257 mm
(7.17 x 10.12
inches)
60 to 90 g/m2
(16
to 24 lb bond)
150 sheets of
80 g/m2
(20 lb
bond)
ISO B5 176 x 250 mm
(6.93 x 9.84
inches)
Executive 184 x 267 mm
(7.25 x 0 inches)
A5 148 x 210 mm
(5.83 x 8.27
inches)
A6 105 x 148 mm
(4.13 x 5.83
inches)
Envelope Envelope Monarch 98 x 191 mm
(3.87 x 7.50
inches)
Not available in
tray1.
75 to 90 g/m2
(20
to 24 lb bond)
1 sheet stacking
Envelope No. 10 105 x 241 mm
(4.12 x 9.50
inches)
Envelope DL 110 x 220 mm
(4.33 x 8.66
inches)
Envelope C5 162 x 229 mm
(6.38 x 9.02
inches)
Envelope C6 114 x 162 mm
(4.49 x 6.38
inches)
Thick paper Refer to the Plain paper section Refer to the Plain
paper section
90 g/m2
(24 lb
bond)
90 g/m2
(24 lb
bond)
1 sheet stacking
Thin paper Refer to the Plain paper section Refer to the Plain
paper section
60 to 70 g/m2
(16 60 to 70 g/m2
(16to 19 lb bond) to 19 lb bond)
1 sheet stacking
Transparency Refer to the Plain paper section Refer to the Plain
paper section
Not available in
tray1.
138 to 146 g/m2
(36.81 to 38.91 lb
bond)
1 sheet stacking
Labels
[c] Letter, Legal, US Folio, A4, JIS B5, ISO
B5, Executive, A5, Statement
Refer to the Plain
paper section
Not available in
tray1.
120 to 150 g/m2
(32 to 40 lb bond)
1 sheet stacking
Card stock Letter, Legal, US Folio, A4, JIS B5, ISO
B5, Executive, A5, Statement, PostCard
4x6
Refer to the Plain
paper section
Not available in
tray1.
105 to 163 g/m2
(
28 to 43 lb bond)
1 sheet stacking
Minimum size (custom) 76 x 127 mm
(3.00 x 5.00
inches)
60 to 163 g/m2
(16 to 43 lb bond)
Maximum size (custom) 216 x 356 mm
(8.50 x 14.02
inches)
[a]
If media weight is over 120 g/m2
(32 lb), load a paper into the tray one by one.
[b]
Maximum capacity may differ depending on media weight, thickness and environmental conditions.
[c]
Smoothness: 100 to 250 (sheffield).Appendix
Dell technical support policy
Technician-assisted technical support requires the cooperation and participation of the customer in the troubleshooting
process and provides for restoration of the Operating System, application software, and hardware drivers to the
original default configuration as shipped from Dell, as well as the verification of appropriate functionality of the printer
and all Dell-installed hardware. In addition to this technician assisted technical support, online technical support is
available at Dell Support website at support.dell.com. Additional technical support options may be available for
purchase.
Dell provides limited technical support for the printer and any Dell-installed software and peripherals. Support for thirdparty software and peripherals is provided by the original manufacturer, including those purchased and/or installed
through Software & Peripherals (DellWare), ReadyWare, and Custom Factory Integration (CFI/DellPlus).
Contacting Dell
For customers in the United States, call 800-WWW-DELL (800-999-3355).
If you do not have an active Internet connection, you can find contact information on your purchase invoice,
packing slip, bill, or Dell product catalog.
Dell provides several online and telephone-based support and service options. Availability varies by country and
product, and some services may not be available in your area. To contact Dell for sales, technical support, or customer
service issues:
1. Visit support.dell.com, and verify your country or region in the Choose A Country/Region drop-down menu at the
bottom of the page.
2. Click Contact Us on the left side of the page, and select the appropriate service or support link based on your
need.
Warranty and return policy
Dell Inc. (“Dell”) manufactures its hardware products from parts and components that are new or equivalent to new in
accordance with industry-standard practices. For information about the Dell warranty for your printer, refer to the
Product Information Guide.Glossary
The following glossary helps you get familiar with the product by understanding the terminologies commonly used
with printing as well as mentioned in this user’s guide.
802.11
802.11 is a set of standards for wireless local area network (WLAN) communication, developed by the IEEE
LAN/MAN Standards Committee (IEEE 802).
802.11b/g
802.11b/g can share same hardware and use the 2.4 GHz band. 802.11b supports bandwidth up to 11 Mbps;
802.11g up to 54 Mbps. 802.11b/g devices may occasionally suffer interference from microwave ovens, cordless
telephones, and Bluetooth devices.
Access point
Access Point or Wireless Access Point (AP or WAP) is a device that connects wireless communication devices
together on wireless local area networks (WLAN), and acts as a central transmitter and receiver of WLAN radio
signals.
ADF
An Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) is a mechanism that will automatically feed an original sheet of paper so
that the machine can scan some amount of the paper at once.
AppleTalk
AppleTalk is a proprietary suite of protocols developed by Apple, Inc for computer networking. It was included in
the original Macintosh (1984) and is now deprecated by Apple in favor of TCP/IP networking.
BIT Depth
A computer graphics term describing the number of bits used to represent the color of a single pixel in a
bitmapped image. Higher color depth gives a broader range of distinct colors. As the number of bits increases, the
number of possible colors becomes impractically large for a color map. 1-bit color is commonly called as
monochrome or black and white.
BMP
A bitmapped graphics format used internally by the Microsoft Windows graphics subsystem (GDI), and used
commonly as a simple graphics file format on that platform.
BOOTP
Bootstrap Protocol. A network protocol used by a network client to obtain its IP address automatically. This is
usually done in the bootstrap process of computers or operating systems running on them. The BOOTP servers
assign the IP address from a pool of addresses to each client. BOOTP enables 'diskless workstation' computers to
obtain an IP address prior to loading any advanced operating system.
CCD
Charge Coupled Device (CCD) is a hardware which enables the scan job. CCD Locking mechanism is also used to
hold the CCD module to prevent any damage when you move the machine.
Collation
Collation is a process of printing a multiple-copy job in sets. When collation is selected, the device prints an entire
set before printing additional copies.
Control Panel
A control panel is a flat, typically vertical, area where control or monitoring instruments are displayed. They are
typically found in front of the machine.Coverage
It is the printing term used for a toner usage measurement on printing. For example, 5% coverage means that an
A4 sided paper has about 5% image or text on it. So, if the paper or original has complicated images or lots of
text on it, the coverage will be higher and at the same time, a toner usage will be as much as the coverage.
CSV
Comma Separated Values (CSV). A type of file format, CSV is used to exchange data between disparate
applications. The file format, as it is used in Microsoft Excel, has become a pseudo standard throughout the
industry, even among non-Microsoft platforms.
DADF
A Duplex Automatic Document Feeder (DADF) is a mechanism that will automatically feed and flip over an original
sheet of paper so that the machine can scan on both sides of the paper.
Default
The value or setting that is in effect when taking a printer out of its box state, reset, or initialized.
DHCP
A Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is a client-server networking protocol. A DHCP server provides
configuration parameters specific to the DHCP client host requesting, generally, information required by the client
host to participate on an IP network. DHCP also provides a mechanism for allocation of IP addresses to client
hosts.
DIMM
Dual Inline Memory Module (DIMM), a small circuit board that holds memory. DIMM stores all the data within the
machine like printing data, received fax data.
DNS
The Domain Name Server (DNS) is a system that stores information associated with domain names in a
distributed database on networks, such as the Internet.
Dot Matrix Printer
A dot matrix printer refers to a type of computer printer with a print head that runs back and forth on the page
and prints by impact, striking an ink-soaked cloth ribbon against the paper, much like a typewriter.
DPI
Dots Per Inch (DPI) is a measurement of resolution that is used for scanning and printing. Generally, higher DPI
results in a higher resolution, more visible detail in the image, and a larger file size.
DRPD
Distinctive Ring Pattern Detection. Distinctive Ring is a telephone company service which enables a user to use a
single telephone line to answer several different telephone numbers.
Duplex
A mechanism that will automatically flip over a sheet of paper so that the machine can print (or scan) on both
sides of the paper. A printer equipped with a Duplex can print double-sided of paper.
Duty Cycle
Duty cycle is the page quantity which does not affect printer performance for a month. Generally the printer has
the lifespan limitation such as pages per year. The lifespan means the average capacity of print-outs, usually
within the warranty period. For example, if the duty cycle is 48,000 pages per month assuming 20 working days,
a printer limits 2,400 pages a day.
ECM
Error Correction Mode (ECM) is an optional transmission mode built into Class 1 fax machines or fax modems. It
automatically detects and corrects errors in the fax transmission process that are sometimes caused by telephoneline noise.
Emulation
Emulation is a technique of one machine obtaining the same results as another.
An emulator duplicates the functions of one system with a different system, so that the second system behaves
like the first system. Emulation focuses on exact reproduction of external behavior, which is in contrast to
simulation, which concerns an abstract model of the system being simulated, often considering its internal state.
Ethernet
Ethernet is a frame-based computer networking technology for local area networks (LANs). It defines wiring and
signaling for the physical layer, and frame formats and protocols for the media access control (MAC)/data link
layer of the OSI model. Ethernet is mostly standardized as IEEE 802.3. It has become the most widespread LAN
technology in use during the 1990s to the present.
EtherTalk
A suite of protocols developed by Apple Computer for computer networking. It was included in the original
Macintosh (1984) and is now deprecated by Apple in favor of TCP/IP networking.
FDI
Foreign Device Interface (FDI) is a card installed inside the machine to allow a third party device such as a coin
operated device or a card reader. Those devices allow the pay-for-print service on your machine.
FTP
A File Transfer Protocol (FTP) is a commonly used protocol for exchanging files over any network that supports the
TCP/IP protocol (such as the Internet or an intranet).
Fuser Unit
The part of a laser printer that melts the toner onto the print media. It consists of a hot roller and a back-up
roller. After toner is transferred onto the paper, the fuser unit applies heat and pressure to ensure that the toner
stays on the paper permanently, which is why paper is warm when it comes out of a laser printer.
Gateway
A connection between computer networks, or between a computer network and a telephone line. It is very
popular, as it is a computer or a network that allows access to another computer or network.
Grayscale
A shades of gray that represent light and dark portions of an image when color images are converted to
grayscale; colors are represented by various shades of gray.
Halftone
An image type that simulates grayscale by varying the number of dots. Highly colored areas consist of a large
number of dots, while lighter areas consist of a smaller number of dots.
HDD
Hard Disk Drive (HDD), commonly referred to as a hard drive or hard disk, is a non-volatile storage device which
stores digitally-encoded data on rapidly rotating platters with magnetic surfaces.
IEEE
The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) is an international non-profit, professional organization
for the advancement of technology related to electricity.
IEEE 1284
The 1284 parallel port standard was developed by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). The
term "1284-B" refers to a specific connector type on the end of the parallel cable that attaches to the peripheral
(for example, a printer).
IntranetA private network that uses Internet Protocols, network connectivity, and possibly the public telecommunication
system to securely share part of an organization's information or operations with its employees. Sometimes the
term refers only to the most visible service, the internal website.
IP address
An Internet Protocol (IP) address is a unique number that devices use in order to identify and communicate with
each other on a network utilizing the Internet Protocol standard.
IPM
The Images Per Minute (IPM) is a way of measuring the speed of a printer. An IPM rate indicates the number of
single-sided sheets a printer can complete within one minute.
IPP
The Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) defines a standard protocol for printing as well as managing print jobs, media
size, resolution, and so forth. IPP can be used locally or over the Internet to hundreds of printers, and also
supports access control, authentication, and encryption, making it a much more capable and secure printing
solution than older ones.
IPX/SPX
IPX/SPX stands for Internet Packet Exchange/Sequenced Packet Exchange. It is a networking protocol used by the
Novell NetWare operating systems. IPX and SPX both provide connection services similar to TCP/IP, with the IPX
protocol having similarities to IP, and SPX having similarities to TCP. IPX/SPX was primarily designed for local area
networks (LANs), and is a very efficient protocol for this purpose (typically its performance exceeds that of TCP/IP
on a LAN).
ISO
The International Organization for Standardization (ISO) is an international standard-setting body composed of
representatives from national standards bodies. It produces world-wide industrial and commercial standards.
ITU-T
The International Telecommunication Union is an international organization established to standardize and
regulate international radio and telecommunications. Its main tasks include standardization, allocation of the radio
spectrum, and organizing interconnection arrangements between different countries to allow international phone
calls. A -T out of ITU-T indicates telecommunication.
ITU-T No. 1 chart
Standardized test chart published by ITU-T for document facsimile transmissions.
JBIG
Joint Bi-level Image Experts Group (JBIG) is an image compression standard with no loss of accuracy or quality,
which was designed for compression of binary images, particularly for faxes, but can also be used on other
images.
JPEG
Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) is a most commonly used standard method of lossy compression for
photographic images. It is the format used for storing and transmitting photographs on the World Wide Web.
LDAP
The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is a networking protocol for querying and modifying directory
services running over TCP/IP.
LED
A Light-Emitting Diode (LED) is a semiconductor device that indicates the status of a machine.
MAC address
Media Access Control (MAC) address is a unique identifier associated with a network adapter. MAC address is a
unique 48-bit identifier usually written as 12 hexadecimal characters grouped in pairs (e. g., 00-00-0c-34-11-
4e). This address is usually hard-coded into a Network Interface Card (NIC) by its manufacturer, and used as anaid for routers trying to locate machines on large networks.
MFP
Multi Function Peripheral (MFP) is an office machine that includes the following functionality in one physical body,
so as to have a printer, a copier, a fax, a scanner and etc.
MH
Modified Huffman (MH) is a compression method for decreasing the amount of data that needs to be transmitted
between the fax machines to transfer the image recommended by ITU-T T.4. MH is a codebook-based run-length
encoding scheme optimized to efficiently compress white space. As most faxes consist mostly of white space, this
minimizes the transmission time of most faxes.
MMR
Modified Modified READ (MMR) is a compression method recommended by ITU-T T.6.
Modem
A device that modulates a carrier signal to encode digital information, and also demodulates such a carrier signal
to decode transmitted information.
MR
Modified Read (MR) is a compression method recommended by ITU-T T.4. MR encodes the first scanned line using
MH. The next line is compared to the first, the differences determined, and then the differences are encoded and
transmitted.
NetWare
A network operating system developed by Novell, Inc. It initially used cooperative multitasking to run various
services on a PC, and the network protocols were based on the archetypal Xerox XNS stack. Today NetWare
supports TCP/IP as well as IPX/SPX.
OPC
Organic Photo Conductor (OPC) is a mechanism that makes a virtual image for print using a laser beam emitted
from a laser printer, and it is usually green or gray colored and a cylinder shaped.
An exposing unit of a drum is slowly worn away by its usage of the printer, and it should be replaced
appropriately since it gets scratches from grits of a paper.
Originals
The first example of something, such as a document, photograph or text, etc, which is copied, reproduced or
translated to produce others, but which is not itself copied or derived from something else.
OSI
Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) is a model developed by the International Organization for Standardization
(ISO) for communications. OSI offers a standard, modular approach to network design that divides the required
set of complex functions into manageable, self-contained, functional layers. The layers are, from top to bottom,
Application, Presentation, Session, Transport, Network, Data Link and Physical.
PABX
A private automatic branch exchange (PABX) is an automatic telephone switching system within a private
enterprise.
PCL
Printer Command Language (PCL) is a Page Description Language (PDL) developed by HP as a printer protocol
and has become an industry standard. Originally developed for early inkjet printers, PCL has been released in
varying levels for thermal, matrix printer, and page printers.
PDF
Portable Document Format (PDF) is a proprietary file format developed by Adobe Systems for representing two
dimensional documents in a device independent and resolution independent format.PostScript
PostScript (PS) is a page description language and programming language used primarily in the electronic and
desktop publishing areas. - that is run in an interpreter to generate an image.
Printer Driver
A program used to send commands and transfer data from the computer to the printer.
Print Media
The media like paper, envelopes, labels, and transparencies which can be used on a printer, a scanner, a fax or, a
copier.
PPM
Pages Per Minute (PPM) is a method of measurement for determining how fast a printer works, meaning the
number of pages a printer can produce in one minute.
PRN file
An interface for a device driver, this allows software to interact with the device driver using standard input/output
system calls, which simplifies many tasks.
Protocol
A convention or standard that controls or enables the connection, communication, and data transfer between two
computing endpoints.
PS
See PostScript.
PSTN
The Public-Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) is the network of the world's public circuit-switched telephone
networks which, on industrial premises, is usually routed through the switchboard.
RADIUS
Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) is a protocol for remote user authentication and accounting.
RADIUS enables centralized management of authentication data such as usernames and passwords using an AAA
(authentication, authorization, and accounting) concept to manage network access.
Resolution
The sharpness of an image, measured in Dots Per Inch (DPI). The higher the dpi, the greater the resolution.
SMB
Server Message Block (SMB) is a network protocol mainly applied to share files, printers, serial ports, and
miscellaneous communications between nodes on a network. It also provides an authenticated Inter-process
communication mechanism.
SMTP
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) is the standard for e-mail transmissions across the Internet. SMTP is a
relatively simple, text-based protocol, where one or more recipients of a message are specified, and then the
message text is transferred. It is a client-server protocol, where the client transmits an email message to the
server.
SSID
Service Set Identifier (SSID) is a name of a wireless local area network (WLAN). All wireless devices in a WLAN
use the same SSID in order to communicate with each other. The SSIDs are case-sensitive and have a maximum
length of 32 characters.
Subnet Mask
The subnet mask is used in conjunction with the network address to determine which part of the address is thenetwork address and which part is the host address.
TCP/IP
The Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and the Internet Protocol (IP); the set of communications protocols that
implement the protocol stack on which the Internet and most commercial networks run.
TCR
Transmission Confirmation Report (TCR) provides details of each transmission such as job status, transmission
result and number of pages sent. This report can be set to print after each job or only after failed transmissions.
TIFF
Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) is a variable-resolution bitmapped image format. TIFF describes image data that
typically come from scanners. TIFF images make use of tags, keywords defining the characteristics of the image
that is included in the file. This flexible and platform-independent format can be used for pictures that have been
made by various image processing applications.
Toner Cartridge
A kind of bottle within a machine like printer which contains toner. Toner is a powder used in laser printers and
photocopiers, which forms the text and images on the printed paper. Toner can be melted by the heat of the
fuser, causing it to bind to the fibers in the paper.
TWAIN
An industry standard for scanners and software. By using a TWAIN-compliant scanner with a TWAIN-compliant
program, a scan can be initiated from within the program.; an image capture API for Microsoft Windows and Apple
Macintosh operating systems.
UNC Path
Uniform Naming Convention (UNC) is a standard way to access network shares in Window NT and other Microsoft
products. The format of a UNC path is: \\\\
URL
Uniform Resource Locator (URL) is the global address of documents and resources on the Internet. The first part
of the address indicates what protocol to use, the second part specifies the IP address or the domain name where
the resource is located.
USB
Universal Serial Bus (USB) is a standard that was developed by the USB Implementers Forum, Inc., to connect
computers and peripherals. Unlike the parallel port, USB is designed to concurrently connect a single computer
USB port to multiple peripherals.
Watermark
A watermark is a recognizable image or pattern in paper that appears lighter when viewed by transmitted light.
Watermarks were first introduced in Bologna, Italy in 1282; they have been used by papermakers to identify their
product, and also on postage stamps, currency, and other government documents to discourage counterfeiting.
WEP
Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) is a security protocol specified in IEEE 802.11 to provide the same level of
security as that of a wired LAN. WEP provides security by encrypting data over radio so that it is protected as it is
transmitted from one end point to another.
WIA
Windows Imaging Architecture (WIA) is an imaging architecture that is originally introduced in Windows Me and
Windows XP. A scan can be initiated from within these operating systems by using a WIA-compliant scanner.
WPA
Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) is a class of systems to secure wireless (Wi-Fi) computer networks, which was
created to improve upon the security features of WEP.WPA-PSK
WPA-PSK (WPA Pre-Shared Key) is special mode of WPA for small business or home users. A shared key, or
password, is configured in the wireless access point (WAP) and any wireless laptop or desktop devices. WPA-PSK
generates a unique key for each session between a wireless client and the associated WAP for more advanced
security.
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Dell™ Inspiron™ 1150
Manual del propietario
Modelo PP08LNotas, Avisos y Precauciones
NOTA: Una NOTA proporciona información importante que le ayuda a utilizar su equipo de la mejor manera posible.
AVISO: Un AVISO indica la posibilidad de daños en el hardware o pérdida de datos, y le explica cómo evitar el
problema.
PRECAUCIÓN: Una PRECAUCIÓN indica un posible daño material, lesión corporal o muerte.
Abreviaturas y siglas
Para obtener una lista completa de las abreviaturas y siglas, consulte el archivo Dell™ Inspiron™ Help (Ayuda de
Dell™ Inspiron™). Para acceder al archivo de ayuda, consulte la página 9.
Si ha adquirido un equipo Dell™ Serie n, todas las referencias que aparecen en este documento relativas a los
sistemas operativos de Microsoft®
Windows®
no son aplicables.
____________________
La información contenida en este documento puede modificarse sin aviso previo.
© 2004 Dell Inc. Todos los derechos reservados.
Queda estrictamente prohibido realizar cualquier tipo de reproducción sin el consentimiento por escrito de Dell Inc.
Marcas comerciales utilizadas en este texto: Dell, el logotipo de DELL, AccessDirect, Inspiron, Dell Precision, Dimension, OptiPlex, Latitude,
PowerApp, PowerEdge, PowerConnect, PowerVault, Axim, TrueMobile y DellNet son marcas comerciales de Dell Inc.; Intel, Pentium, y Celeron
son marcas comerciales registradas de Intel Corporation; Microsoft y Windows son marcas comerciales registradas de Microsoft Corporation;
EMC es una marca comercial registrada de EMC Corporation; Bluetooth es una marca comercial propiedad de Bluetooth SIG, Inc. que Dell
Inc. utiliza bajo licencia.
Este documento puede incluir otras marcas y nombres comerciales para referirse a las entidades que son propietarias de los mismos o a sus
productos. Dell Inc. renuncia a cualquier interés sobre la propiedad de marcas y nombres comerciales que no sean los suyos.
Modelo PP08L
Noviembre de 2004 N/P F7577 Rev. A01Contenido 3
Contenido
Localización de información . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1 Descripción del equipo
Vista anterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Vista lateral izquierda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Vista lateral derecha. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Vista posterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Vista inferior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2 Configuración de su equipo
Conexión a Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Configuración de la conexión a Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Problemas con el módem y con la conexión a Internet . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Problemas con el correo electrónico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Instalación de una impresora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Cable de la impresora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Conexión de una impresora USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Problemas con la impresora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Dispositivos para protección de la alimentación . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Supresores de sobrevoltaje . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Acondicionadores de línea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Cómo apagar el equipo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3 Uso de la batería
Rendimiento de la batería . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Comprobación de la carga de la batería . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Contenido
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Medidor de energía . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Advertencia de bajo nivel de carga de la batería . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Carga de la batería . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Extracción de una batería . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Instalación de una batería . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Almacenamiento de una batería . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Problemas de alimentación eléctrica y de la batería . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Si la batería no se carga. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Si la batería dura poco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
4 Uso del teclado y de la superficie táctil
Botón Dell™ AccessDirect™. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Reprogramación del botón. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Teclado numérico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Métodos abreviados del teclado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Funciones del sistema. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Bandeja de CD o de DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Funciones de la pantalla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Administración de energía. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Funciones de la tecla con el logotipo de Microsoft
®
Windows
®
. . . . . 35
Superficie táctil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Personalización de la superficie táctil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Problemas con la superficie táctil o el ratón . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Problemas con el teclado externo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Caracteres inesperados . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
5 Uso de CD, DVD y otros dispositivos multimedia
Cómo utilizar los CD y DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Problemas con los CD o DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Si no puede reproducir un CD, CD-RW o DVD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Si no puede expulsar la bandeja de la unidad de CD, CD-RW o DVD . . . 39Contenido 5
Si oye un sonido de roce o chirrido inusual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Si la unidad de CD-RW deja de grabar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Problemas con el sonido y los altavoces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Si tiene problemas con los altavoces integrados . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Si tiene problemas con los altavoces externos . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Cómo copiar CD y DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Cómo copiar un CD o DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Cómo utilizar CD-R y CD-RW vacíos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Consejos prácticos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
6 Configuración de una red particular y una red de oficina
Conexión de un adaptador de red. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Asistente para configuración de redes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Problemas con la red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Conexión a una red de área local inalámbrica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Establecimiento del tipo de red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Conexión a una red inalámbrica en Microsoft
®
Windows
®
XP . . . . . 45
7 Solución de problemas
Dell Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Cuándo utilizar los Dell Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Mensajes de error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Problemas con el vídeo y la pantalla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Si la pantalla aparece en blanco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Si resulta difícil leer la pantalla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Si sólo se puede leer parte de la pantalla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Problemas con el escáner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Problemas con las unidades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Si no puede guardar un archivo en una unidad de disco flexible . . . . . 55
Si tiene problemas con una unidad de disco duro . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Problemas con la tarjeta PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Problemas generales del programa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566 Contenido
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Un programa se bloquea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Un programa no responde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Aparecen mensajes de error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Solución de otros problemas técnicos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Si el equipo se moja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Si el equipo se cae o se daña . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Controladores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
¿Qué es un controlador?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Identificación de controladores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Volver a instalar los controladores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Reinstalación manual de controladores para Windows XP . . . . . . . 60
Cómo resolver incompatibilidades de software y hardware . . . . . . . . . 61
Restauración de su sistema operativo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Cómo utilizar la función Restaurar sistema de MicrosoftWindows XP . . 61
Cómo utilizar la función Restaurar PC de Dell por Symantec . . . . . . . 62
8 Adición y sustitución de piezas
Antes de empezar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Herramientas recomendadas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Apagar el equipo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Unidad de disco duro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Devolución de una unidad de disco duro a Dell . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Memoria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Módem y minitarjeta PCI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Cómo cambiar el módem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Cómo agregar una minitarjeta PCI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Unidad de CD o DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Teclado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
9 Apéndice
Especificaciones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Contenido 7
Utilización del programa Configuración del sistema. . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Visión general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Visualización de las pantallas de configuración del sistema . . . . . . . 87
Pantallas de configuración del sistema. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Opciones más utilizadas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Optimización del rendimiento de la batería y el sistema . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Información general sobre el rendimiento del sistema . . . . . . . . . 88
Optimización del consumo de energía y del tiempo de carga
de la batería . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Velocidad variable del ventilador. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Política de soporte técnico de Dell (sólo EE.UU.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Definición de software y dispositivos periféricos “instalados por Dell” . . 90
Definición de software y dispositivos periféricos “de terceros” . . . . . 90
Cómo ponerse en contacto con Dell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Índice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1098 Contenido
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o mLocalización de información 9
Localización de información
NOTA: Es posible que algunas funciones no estén disponibles para su equipo o en determinados países.
NOTA: Su equipo puede incluir información adicional.
¿Qué busca? Aquí lo encontrará
• Información sobre la garantía
• Términos y condiciones (sólo en EE.UU.)
• Instrucciones de seguridad
• Información reglamentaria
• Información ergonómica
• End User License Agreement (Contrato de licencia de
usuario final)
Guía de información del producto Dell™
• Cómo instalar mi equipo Diagrama de instalación10 Localización de información
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
• Consejos sobre la utilización de Microsoft®
Windows®
• Cómo reproducir CD y DVD
• Cómo utilizar el modo de espera y el modo de
hibernación
• Cómo cambiar la resolución de la pantalla
• Cómo limpiar el equipo
Archivo de ayuda
1 Haga clic en el botón Inicio y en Ayuda y soporte
técnico.
2 Haga clic en Guías del usuario y del sistema y en Guías
del usuario.
3 Haga clic en Dell Inspiron Help (Ayuda de Dell
Inspiron).
• Etiqueta de servicio y código de servicio rápido
• Etiqueta de licencia de Microsoft Windows
Etiqueta de servicio y licencia de Microsoft Windows
Estas etiquetas están situadas en el panel inferior de su
equipo.
• Utilice la etiqueta de
servicio para
identificar el equipo
cuando utilice
support.dell.com o
póngase en contacto
con el servicio de asistencia técnica.
• Escriba el código de servicio urgente para dirigir su
llamada cuando se ponga en contacto con el servicio de
asistencia técnica.
¿Qué busca? Aquí lo encontraráLocalización de información 11
• Soluciones — Consejos y sugerencias para la solución de
problemas, artículos de técnicos, cursos en línea y
preguntas más frecuentes
• Comunidad — debates en línea con otros clientes de
Dell
• Actualizaciones — Información de actualización para
componentes como, por ejemplo, la memoria, la unidad
de disco duro y el sistema operativo
• Atención al cliente — Información de contacto, llamada
de servicio y estado de los pedidos, garantía e
información de reparación
• Servicio y asistencia — Historial de asistencia y estado
de las llamadas de servicio, contrato de servicio, debates
en línea con el personal de asistencia técnica
• Referencia — Documentación del equipo, detalles en la
configuración de mi equipo, especificaciones del
producto y documentación técnica
• Descargas — Controladores certificados, revisiones y
actualizaciones de software
• —Si vuelve a instalar el sistema operativo del equipo,
también debe volver a instalar la utilidad NSS.
NSS proporciona actualizaciones importantes del
sistema operativo y asistencia para las unidades de
disquete de 3,5 pulgadas de Dell™, procesadores Intel®
Pentium®
M, unidades ópticas y dispositivos USB. La
utilidad NSS es necesaria para el correcto
funcionamiento de su equipo Dell. El software detecta
automáticamente su equipo y sistema operativo e instala
las actualizaciones apropiadas a su configuración.
Sitio web Dell Support — support.dell.com
NOTA: Seleccione su región para ver el sitio web de
asistencia adecuado.
NOTA: Los clientes de empresas, instituciones
gubernamentales y educativas también pueden utilizar el
sitio web personalizado Dell Premier Support de
premier.support.dell.com. Es posible que este sitio web no
esté disponible en todas las regiones.
• Cómo utilizar Windows XP
• Documentación de mi equipo
• Documentación para los dispositivos (como, por
ejemplo, un módem)
Centro de ayuda y soporte técnico de Windows
1 Haga clic en el botón Inicio y en Ayuda y soporte
técnico.
2 Escriba una palabra o frase que describa el problema y, a
continuación, haga clic en el icono de flecha.
3 Haga clic en el tema que describa el problema.
4 Siga las instrucciones que aparecen en pantalla.
¿Qué busca? Aquí lo encontrará12 Localización de información
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o mDescripción del equipo 13
Descripción del equipo
Vista anterior
SE G U R O D E L A P A N T A L L A — Mantiene la pantalla cerrada.
PA N T A L L A — Para obtener más información sobre la pantalla, consulte la sección relativa al uso de la
pantalla en el archivo de ayuda de Dell Inspiron. Para acceder al archivo de ayuda, consulte la página 9.
Seguro de la pantalla
Pantalla
Altavoces (2)
Indicadores de
estado del teclado
Teclado
Indicadores de
estado del
dispositivo
Superficie táctil
Botones de la
superficie táctil
Botón de
alimentación
Botón Dell
AccessDirect14 Descripción del equipo
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
INDICADORES DE ESTADO DEL TECLADO
Los indicadores luminosos verdes situados sobre el teclado indican lo siguiente:
TE C L A D O — El teclado incluye tanto un teclado numérico como la tecla con el logotipo de Microsoft®
Windows®
. Para obtener información sobre los métodos abreviados de teclado, consulte la página 34.
AL T A V O C E S — Para ajustar el volumen de los altavoces integrados, pulse los métodos abreviados de
teclado de control del volumen. Para obtener más información, consulte la página 34.
Se ilumina cuando el teclado numérico está activado.
Se enciende cuando Bloq Mayús está activado.
Se ilumina cuando el bloqueo de desplazamiento está
activado.
9
ADescripción del equipo 15
INDICADORES DE ESTADO DEL DISPOSITIVO
Si el equipo está conectado a una toma de alimentación eléctrica, el indicador funciona de la
siguiente manera:
– Luz verde continua: la batería se está cargando.
Si el equipo utiliza alimentación de la batería, el indicador funciona de la siguiente manera:
– Apagado: la batería está cargada de forma correcta (o el equipo está apagado).
– Luz naranja parpadeante: la carga de la batería está baja.
– Luz naranja continua: la carga de la batería está demasiado baja.
BO T O N E S D E L A S U P E R F I C I E T Á C T I L — Los botones de la superficie táctil ofrecen las mismas funciones
que un mouse. Consulte la página 36 para obtener más información.
SU P E R F I C I E T Á C T I L — La superficie táctil y sus botones ofrecen las mismas funciones que un ratón.
Consulte la página 36 para obtener más información.
Se enciende al encender el equipo. Parpadea o se apaga en modo de
administración de energía.
Se ilumina cuando el equipo lee o escribe datos.
AVISO: Para evitar que se produzcan pérdidas de datos, no apague
nunca el equipo si el indicador parpadea.
Parpadea para indicar el estado de carga de la batería.16 Descripción del equipo
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
BO T Ó N D E A L I M E N T A C I Ó N — Pulse el botón de alimentación para encender el equipo o para activar o
desactivar un modo de administración de energía. Para obtener más información, consulte la sección
relativa a la administración de energía en el archivo de ayuda de Dell Inspiron. Para acceder al archivo de
ayuda, consulte la página 9.
AVISO: Para evitar la pérdida de datos, guarde y cierre todos los archivos abiertos y salga de todos los
programas abiertos antes de cerrar el equipo (consulte la página 28).
Si el equipo deja de responder, mantenga pulsado el botón de alimentación hasta que el equipo se apague
totalmente (esto puede tardar unos segundos).
BO T Ó N DE L L™ AC C E S SDI R E C T™ — Pulse este botón para iniciar un programa que se utiliza con
frecuencia, como herramientas educativas y de soporte. Si lo desea, puede reprogramar el botón para que
inicie el programa que prefiera. Para obtener más información, consulte la página 33).
Vista lateral izquierda
RA N U R A P A R A T A R J E T A PC — Admite una PC Card, como un módem o un adaptador de red. Para
obtener más información, consulte la sección relativa al uso de tarjetas PC en el archivo de ayuda de Dell
Inspiron. Para acceder al archivo de ayuda, consulte la página 9.
Ranura
para la PC Card
Conectores de audio (2)
Unidad CD o DVDDescripción del equipo 17
CONECTORES DE AUDIO
UN I D A D D E CD O DVD — Admite una unidad de CD, una unidad de DVD, una unidad de CD-RW o
una unidad combinada CD-RW/DVD.
Vista lateral derecha
BA T E R Í A/C O M P A R T I M E N T O D E L A B A T E R Í A — Si tiene instalada una batería, puede utilizar el equipo sin
conectarlo a una toma de corriente. Consulte la página 29.
Conecte los auriculares o los altavoces al conector
Conecte un micrófono al conector
Batería/
compartimento
de la batería Conector para módem
Rejillas de ventilación
Ranura para cable
de seguridad18 Descripción del equipo
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
CONECTOR DEL MÓDEM
RE J I L L A S D E V E N T I L A C I Ó N — El equipo utiliza un ventilador interno para permitir
que el aire circule a través de las rejillas y evitar así un sobrecalentamiento.
NOTA: El ventilador puede funcionar continuamente y su velocidad puede variar
según cómo se use. El ruido de los ventiladores es normal y no indica ningún
problema del equipo o de los ventiladores.
PRECAUCIÓN: No introduzca objetos ni permita que el polvo se acumule en las
rejillas de ventilación ni las bloquee. No almacene el equipo en un entorno con
poca ventilación, como un maletín cerrado, mientras esté en funcionamiento. La
circulación restringida de aire podría dañar el equipo o provocar un incendio.
RA N U R A P A R A C A B L E D E S E G U R I D A D — Sirve para conectar al equipo un
dispositivo antirrobo disponible en el mercado. Para obtener más información,
consulte las instrucciones incluidas con el dispositivo.
AVISO: Antes de comprar un dispositivo antirrobo, asegúrese de que encajará
en la ranura del cable de seguridad del equipo.
Conecte la línea telefónica al conector de módem.
Para obtener más información sobre el uso del módem,
consulte la documentación en línea del mismo incluida con
el equipo.Descripción del equipo 19
Vista posterior
RE J I L L A S D E V E N T I L A C I Ó N — El equipo utiliza un ventilador interno para permitir que el aire circule a
través de las rejillas y evitar así un sobrecalentamiento.
NOTA: El ventilador puede funcionar continuamente y su velocidad puede variar según cómo se use. El
ruido de los ventiladores es normal y no indica ningún problema del equipo o de los ventiladores.
PRECAUCIÓN: No introduzca objetos ni permita que el polvo se acumule en las rejillas de ventilación
ni las bloquee. No almacene el equipo en un entorno con poca ventilación, como un maletín cerrado,
mientras esté en funcionamiento. La circulación restringida de aire podría dañar el equipo o provocar
un incendio.
CO N E C T O R P A R A E L A D A P T A D O R D E CA — Conecte un adaptador de CA al equipo.
NOTA: Utilice sólo el adaptador de CA proporcionado con el equipo.
El adaptador de CA convierte la corriente alterna en la corriente continua que necesita el equipo. Puede
conectar el adaptador de CA al equipo independientemente de que esté encendido o apagado.
Conectores USB (2) Conector de red
Conector de vídeo
Conector del
adaptador de CA
Rejillas de
ventilación
Conector del adaptador de CA
Adaptador de CA20 Descripción del equipo
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
PRECAUCIÓN: El adaptador de CA funciona con tomas de alimentación eléctrica de todo el mundo.
No obstante, los conectores de alimentación y los enchufes múltiples varían de un país a otro. El uso de
un cable incompatible o la conexión incorrecta del cable al enchufe múltiple o a la toma eléctrica
puede dañar el equipo o provocar un incendio.
PRECAUCIÓN: Cuando utilice el adaptador de CA para suministrar alimentación al equipo o para
cargar la batería, sitúelo en un área ventilada, como un escritorio o en el suelo. No cubra el adaptador
de CA con papeles u otros objetos que reduzcan la ventilación; no utilice el adaptador de CA dentro de
un maletín.
AVISO: Cuando desconecte el cable del adaptador de CA del equipo, sujete el conector (no el cable) y
tire de él firmemente pero con cuidado, procurando no dañar el cable.
CONECTORES USB
CONECTOR DE VÍDEO
CONECTOR DE RED
AVISO: El conector de red es ligeramente más grande que el conector de módem. Para evitar dañar el
equipo, no conecte una línea telefónica al conector de red.
Conecta dispositivos USB, como un ratón, un teclado o una
impresora.
Conecta un monitor externo. Para obtener más información,
consulte la sección relativa al uso de la pantalla en el archivo
de ayuda de Dell Inspiron. Para acceder al archivo de ayuda,
consulte la página 9.
Conecta el equipo a una red. Los indicadores luminosos del
conector indican la actividad de las comunicaciones de red
con cable e inalámbricas.
Para obtener información sobre el uso del adaptador de red,
consulte la documentación en línea del mismo incluida con
el equipo.Descripción del equipo 21
Vista inferior
CU B I E R T A D E L A M I N I T A R J E T A PCI/M Ó D E M — Cubre el compartimento que contiene el módem y la
minitarjeta PCI. Consulte la página 71.
BA T E R Í A/C O M P A R T I M E N T O D E L A B A T E R Í A — Si tiene instalada una batería, puede utilizar el equipo sin
conectarlo a una toma de corriente. Consulte la página 29.
RE J I L L A S D E V E N T I L A C I Ó N — El equipo utiliza un ventilador interno para permitir que el aire circule a
través de las rejillas y evitar así un sobrecalentamiento.
NOTA: El ventilador puede funcionar continuamente y su velocidad puede variar según cómo se use. El
ruido de los ventiladores es normal y no indica ningún problema del equipo o de los ventiladores.
PRECAUCIÓN: No introduzca objetos ni permita que el polvo se acumule en las rejillas de ventilación
ni las bloquee. No almacene el equipo en un entorno con poca ventilación, como un maletín cerrado,
mientras esté en funcionamiento. La circulación restringida de aire podría dañar el equipo o provocar
un incendio.
SE G U R O D E L I B E R A C I Ó N D E L A B A T E R Í A — Libera la batería. Consulte la página 31 para obtener
instrucciones.
CU B I E R T A D E L M Ó D U L O D E M E M O R I A — Cubre el compartimiento que contiene los módulos de
memoria y el pasador de liberación de la unidad de CD o DVD. Consulte la página 68.
UN I D A D D E D I S C O D U R O — Almacena software y datos.
Cubierta del
módulo de memoria
Seguro de liberación
de la batería
Cubierta del
módem/minitarjeta
PCI
Batería/
compartimento
de la batería
Unidad de
disco duro
Rejilla de
ventilación22 Descripción del equipo
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o mConfiguración de su equipo 23
Configuración de su equipo
Conexión a Internet
NOTA: Los ISP y sus ofertas varían según el país.
Para conectarse a Internet, se necesita un módem o una conexión de red y un proveedor de servicios
de Internet (ISP), como por ejemplo, AOL o MSN. El ISP ofrecerá una o varias de las siguientes
opciones de conexión a Internet:
• Conexiones telefónicas que proporcionan acceso a Internet a través de una línea telefónica.
Las conexiones telefónicas son considerablemente más lentas que las conexiones ADSL y de
módem por cable.
• Conexiones ADSL que proporcionan acceso a Internet de alta velocidad a través de la línea
telefónica existente. Con una conexión ADSL, se puede acceder a Internet y utilizar el
teléfono en una sola línea simultáneamente.
• Conexiones de módem por cable que proporcionan acceso a Internet de alta velocidad a
través de la línea de TV por cable local.
Si utiliza una conexión telefónica, enchufe una línea telefónica al conector de módem del equipo y
a la toma de teléfono de la pared antes de configurar la conexión a Internet. Si utiliza una conexión
ADSL o de módem por cable, póngase en contacto con su ISP para obtener instrucciones de
configuración.
Configuración de la conexión a Internet
Para configurar una conexión para AOL o MSN:
1 Guarde y cierre los archivos que tenga abiertos y salga de todos los programas.
2 Haga doble clic en el icono MSN Explorer o AOL del escritorio de Microsoft®
Windows®
.
3 Siga las instrucciones de la pantalla para realizar la configuración.
Si el escritorio no contiene ningún icono MSN Explorer o AOL, o si desea configurar una conexión
a Internet con un ISP diferente:
1 Guarde y cierre los archivos que tenga abiertos y salga de todos los programas.
2 Haga clic en el botón Inicio y en Internet Explorer.
Aparece la ventana Asistente para conexión nueva
3 Haga clic en Conectarse a Internet.24 Configuración de su equipo
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
4 En la siguiente ventana, haga clic en la opción correspondiente:
• Si no dispone de un ISP y desea seleccionar uno, haga clic en Elegir de una lista de
proveedores de servicios Internet [ISP].
• Si el ISP ya le ha proporcionado la información de configuración, pero no ha recibido el
CD de instalación, haga clic en Establecer mi conexión manualmente.
• Si dispone de un CD, haga clic en Usar el CD que tengo de un proveedor de servicios
Internet [ISP].
5 Haga clic en Siguiente.
Si ha seleccionado Establecer mi conexión manualmente, siga con el step 6. De lo contrario,
siga las instrucciones de la pantalla para realizar la configuración.
NOTA: Si no sabe qué tipo de conexión seleccionar, póngase en contacto con su ISP.
6 Haga clic en la opción adecuada dentro de ¿Cómo desea conectar a Internet? y, a
continuación, haga clic en Siguiente.
7 Utilice la información de configuración proporcionada por el ISP para realizar la
configuración.
Si conectarse a la internet le está dando problemas, consulte el apartado “Problemas con el módem
y con la conexión a Internet”. Si no puede conectarse a internet pero lo ha podido hacer
anteriormente, puede ser que el ISP esté sufriendo una interrupción de servicio. Póngase en
contacto con su ISP para comprobar el estado de servicio o intente conectarse más tarde.
Problemas con el módem y con la conexión a Internet
AVISO: Conecte el módem únicamente a una toma de teléfono de pared analógica. Si conecta el módem
a una red de telefonía digital, se dañará.
AVISO: Los conectores de módem y de red tienen un aspecto similar. No conecte una línea telefónica al
conector de red.
NOTA: Si se puede conectar con el proveedor de servicios de Internet (ISP), esto quiere decir que el
módem funciona correctamente. Si está seguro de que el módem funciona correctamente y, aun así,
tiene problemas, póngase en contacto con su ISP.
CO M P R U E B E L A T O M A D E T E L É F O N O D E L A P A R E D — Desconecte la línea telefónica del módem y
conéctela a un teléfono. Espere el tono de marcado. Asegúrese de que tiene un servicio telefónico por
tonos. Intente conectar el módem a otra clavija de teléfono.
Las velocidades de conexión lentas pueden deberse a ruido telefónico, así como a las condiciones de la línea
telefónica o de la red. Póngase en contacto con su compañía telefónica o su administrador de red para
obtener más información.Configuración de su equipo 25
CO N E C T E E L M Ó D E M D I R E C T A M E N T E A L A T O M A D E T E L É F O N O D E L A P A R E D — Si dispone de otros
dispositivos telefónicos que comparten la línea, por ejemplo, un contestador automático, una máquina de
fax, un supresor de sobrevoltaje o un divisor de línea, omítalos y utilice la línea telefónica para conectar el
módem directamente a la toma de teléfono de la pared.
CO M P R U E B E L A C O N E X I Ó N — Verifique que la línea telefónica está conectada al módem.
CO M P R U E B E L A L Í N E A T E L E F Ó N I C A — Pruebe a utilizar otra línea telefónica. Si utiliza una línea con una
longitud de 3 metros (10 pies) o más, pruebe con una más corta.
TO N O D E M A R C A D O I R R E G U L A R — Si tiene servicio de buzón de voz, es posible que oiga un tono de
marcado irregular cuando tenga mensajes. Póngase en contacto con la compañía telefónica para obtener
instrucciones sobre la restauración del tono de marcado.
DE S A C T I V E L A L L A M A D A E N E S P E R A (T E L É F O N O D E R E T E N C I Ó N D E L L A M A D A) — Consulte en la
documentación de la compañía telefónica las instrucciones sobre cómo desactivar esta función. A
continuación, ajuste las propiedades de la conexión de acceso telefónico a redes.
1 Haga clic en el botón Inicio y en Panel de control.
2 Haga clic en Impresoras y otro hardware, en Opciones de teléfono y módem, seleccione la ficha Reglas de
marcado y, a continuación, haga clic en Editar....
3 En la ventana Editar ubicación, asegúrese de que la opción Deshabilitar llamada en espera al marcar: está
activada y, a continuación, seleccione el código adecuado según aparece en la guía telefónica.
4 Haga clic en Aplicar y en Aceptar.
5 Cierre la ventana Opciones de teléfono y módem.
6 Cierre la ventana Panel de control.
CO M P R U E B E Q U E E L M Ó D E M S E C O M U N I C A C O N WI N D O W S —
1 Haga clic en el botón Inicio y en Panel de control.
2 Haga clic en Impresoras y otro hardware y, a continuación, en Opciones de teléfono y módem.
3 Haga clic en la pestaña Módems.
4 Haga clic en el puerto COM para el módem.
5 Haga clic en Propiedades, en la pestaña Diagnósticos y en Consultar módem para comprobar que el
módem se comunica con Windows.
Si todos los comandos reciben respuestas, significa que el módem funciona correctamente.
Problemas con el correo electrónico
CO M P R U E B E Q U E E S T Á C O N E C T A D O A IN T E R N E T — Con el programa de correo electrónico Outlook
Express abierto, haga clic en Archivo. Si la opción Trabajar sin conexión está activada, desactívela y
conéctese a Internet.
Instalación de una impresora
AVISO: Complete la configuración del sistema operativo antes de conectar una impresora al equipo.
Consulte la información de configuración en la documentación proporcionada con la impresora, en
la que se describe cómo realizar las siguientes operaciones:
• Obtener e instalar controladores actualizados
• Conectar la impresora al equipo26 Configuración de su equipo
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
• Cargar el papel e instalar el cartucho de tóner o de tinta
• Ponerse en contacto con el fabricante para obtener asistencia técnica
Cable de la impresora
Es posible que la impresora se entregue sin ningún cable, por lo que si adquiere uno por separado,
asegúrese de que sea compatible con la impresora. Si ha adquirido un cable de la impresora al
mismo tiempo que el equipo, es posible que el cable se incluya en la caja del equipo.
Conexión de una impresora USB
NOTA: Puede conectar dispositivos USB con el equipo encendido.
1 Finalice la configuración del sistema operativo, en el caso de que todavía no lo haya hecho.
2 Instale el controlador de la impresora, si es necesario. Consulte la documentación incluida
con la impresora.
3 Conecte el cable de la impresora USB a los conectores USB del equipo y de la impresora. Los
conectores USB admiten sólo una posición de encaje.
Problemas con la impresora
CO M P R U E B E L A S C O N E X I O N E S D E L O S C A B L E S D E L A I M P R E S O R A — Asegúrese de que el cable de la
impresora está conectado correctamente al equipo (consulte la página 26).
PR U E B E L A T O M A D E C O R R I E N T E E L É C T R I C A — Asegúrese de que la toma de corriente eléctrica funciona;
para ello, pruébela con otro dispositivo, por ejemplo, una lámpara.
Cable de la
impresora
USB
Conector USB del
equipo
Conector USB
de la impresoraConfiguración de su equipo 27
CO M P R U E B E Q U E L A I M P R E S O R A E S T Á E N C E N D I D A — Consulte la documentación que se proporciona
con la impresora.
CO M P R U E B E Q U E WI N D O W S
®
R E C O N O C E L A I M P R E S O R A —
1 Haga clic en el botón Inicio.
2 Haga clic en Panel de control.
3 Haga clic en Impresoras y otro hardware.
4 Haga clic en Ver impresoras o impresoras de fax instaladas. Si aparece el modelo de la impresora, haga clic
con el botón derecho del ratón en el icono de la impresora.
5 Pulse Propiedades y, a continuación, pulse la ficha Puertos. Asegúrese de que la opción Imprimir en los
siguientes puertos es USB 001 (Puerto de la impresora).
VU E L V A A I N S T A L A R E L C O N T R O L A D O R D E L A I M P R E S O R A — Consulte la página 59.
Dispositivos para protección de la alimentación
Existen varios dispositivos que protegen contra las interrupciones y las fluctuaciones de la
alimentación eléctrica:
• Supresores de sobrevoltaje
• Acondicionadores de línea
• Sistemas de alimentación ininterrumpida (SAI)
Supresores de sobrevoltaje
Los supresores de sobrevoltaje y los enchufes múltiples equipados con protección contra
sobrevoltajes ayudan a evitar los daños derivados de los picos de voltaje, que pueden producirse
durante las tormentas con aparato eléctrico o inmediatamente después de las interrupciones en la
alimentación eléctrica. El nivel de protección suele ser proporcional al precio del supresor de
sobrevoltaje. Algunos fabricantes de supresores de sobrevoltaje proporcionan cobertura de garantía
para cierto tipo de daños. Lea con atención la garantía del dispositivo al elegir un supresor de
sobrevoltaje. Un dispositivo con una clasificación en julios más alta ofrece más protección.
Compare las clasificaciones en julios para determinar la efectividad relativa de los diferentes
dispositivos.
AVISO: La mayoría de los supresores de sobrevoltaje no protegen contra las fluctuaciones e
interrupciones de la alimentación eléctrica causadas por rayos. Cuando se produzca una tormenta con
aparato eléctrico, desconecte la línea telefónica de la toma de teléfono de pared y desenchufe el equipo
de la toma de corriente.
Muchos supresores de sobrevoltaje disponen de una toma de teléfono para proteger el módem.
Consulte la documentación del supresor de sobrevoltaje para obtener instrucciones sobre la
conexión del módem.
AVISO: No todos los supresores de sobrevoltaje ofrecen protección para el adaptador de red.
Desconecte el cable de red de la toma de red de pared durante una tormenta con aparato eléctrico.28 Configuración de su equipo
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Acondicionadores de línea
AVISO: Los acondicionadores de línea no protegen contra las interrupciones de la alimentación
eléctrica.
Los acondicionadores de línea están diseñados para mantener el voltaje de CA a un nivel bastante
constante.
Sistemas de alimentación ininterrumpida
AVISO: La interrupción de la alimentación eléctrica mientras se están guardando datos en la unidad de
disco duro puede provocar que se pierdan datos o que el archivo resulte dañado.
NOTA: Para prolongar al máximo el tiempo de funcionamiento de la batería, conecte únicamente el
equipo al SAI. Los demás dispositivos, como la impresora, puede conectarlos a un enchufe múltiple
independiente que proporcione protección contra sobrevoltajes.
Un SAI protege contra las fluctuaciones y las interrupciones de la alimentación eléctrica. Los
dispositivos SAI contienen una batería que proporciona alimentación eléctrica temporal a los
dispositivos conectados cuando se interrumpe la alimentación eléctrica. La batería se carga siempre
que haya alimentación de CA disponible. Consulte la documentación del fabricante del SAI para
obtener información sobre el tiempo de funcionamiento de la batería y asegurarse de que el
dispositivo está aprobado por Underwriters Laboratories (UL).
Cómo apagar el equipo
AVISO: Para evitar la pérdida de datos, guarde y cierre todos los archivos abiertos y salga de todos los
programas abiertos antes de cerrar el equipo.
NOTA: Si lo prefiere, en vez de apagar el equipo, puede configurarlo para que entre en el modo de
suspensión o de hibernación. Para obtener más información, consulte el archivo Dell Inspiron Help
(Ayuda de Dell Inspiron). Para acceder al archivo de ayuda, consulte la página 9.
1 Guarde y cierre los archivos abiertos, salga de todos los programas, haga clic en el botón Inicio
y luego en Apagar equipo.
2 En la ventana Apagar equipo, haga clic en Apagar.
El equipo se apaga cuando concluye el proceso de cierre del sistema.Uso de la batería 29
Uso de la batería
Rendimiento de la batería
NOTA: Las baterías de los equipos portátiles sólo están cubiertas durante el primer año de validez de la
garantía limitada del equipo. Para obtener más información sobre la garantía de Dell de su equipo,
consulte la Guía de información del producto.
Utilice una batería para suministrar energía al equipo cuando no esté conectado a una toma de
alimentación eléctrica. Se proporciona una batería en su compartimento correspondiente como
equipamiento estándar.
NOTA: El tiempo de funcionamiento de la batería (el tiempo que la batería puede mantener una carga)
disminuye con el tiempo. En función de la frecuencia y las condiciones de uso de la batería, es posible
que deba comprar una nueva batería durante la vida útil del equipo.
El tiempo de funcionamiento de la batería varía en función de las condiciones de funcionamiento.
La autonomía de la batería puede reducirse significativamente cuando se realizan, entre otras, las
siguientes operaciones:
NOTA: Se recomienda conectar el equipo a una toma de corriente eléctrica mientras se graba en un CD.
• Uso de unidades ópticas, especialmente unidades de DVD y CD-RW.
• Uso de dispositivos de comunicaciones inalámbricas, tarjeta PC o dispositivos USB.
• Uso de configuraciones de pantalla de mucho brillo.
• Uso de protectores de pantalla 3D u otros programas que utilizan mucha energía, como
juegos 3D y programas de ingeniería.
• Ejecución del equipo en modo de rendimiento máximo. Para obtener más información,
consulte la sección relativa a la administración de energía en el archivo de ayuda de Dell
Inspiron. Para acceder al archivo de ayuda, consulte la página 10.
Puede establecer las opciones de administración de energía para que se le avise cuando la carga de
la batería esté baja.
PRECAUCIÓN: El uso de baterías incompatibles puede aumentar el riesgo de incendio o explosión.
Sustituya la batería únicamente por baterías de Dell. La batería de iones de litio está diseñada para
funcionar con equipos Dell™. No utilice la batería de otros equipos en su equipo.
PRECAUCIÓN: No deseche las baterías en la basura doméstica. Cuando la batería ya no pueda
cargarse, solicite información a una empresa local de gestión de residuos o al departamento
responsable en materia de medio ambiente sobre el modo de desechar las baterías de iones de litio.
Consulte las instrucciones para desechar las baterías en la Guía de información del producto.
PRECAUCIÓN: El uso incorrecto de la batería puede aumentar el riesgo de incendio o quemadura
química. No perfore, incinere, desmonte o exponga la batería a temperaturas superiores a 65°C (149 °F).
Mantenga la batería fuera del alcance de los niños. Tenga mucho cuidado con las baterías dañadas o
que goteen. Las baterías dañadas pueden gotear y causar lesiones personales o daños en el equipo. 30 Uso de la batería
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Comprobación de la carga de la batería
La ventana y el icono del medidor de energía de Microsoft® Windows®
, y la advertencia de
batería baja proporcionan información sobre la carga de la batería.
Medidor de energía
El medidor de energía de Windows indica la carga que le queda a la batería. Para consultar el
medidor de energía, pulse dos veces en el icono de la barra de tareas. Para obtener más
información sobre la ficha Medidor de energía, consulte la sección relativa a la administración de
energía en el archivo de Ayuda de Dell Inspiron. Para acceder al archivo de ayuda, consulte la
página 10.
Si el equipo está conectado a una toma de corriente, aparece un icono .
Advertencia de bajo nivel de carga de la batería
AVISO: Para evitar la pérdida de datos o que éstos resulten dañados, tras una advertencia de batería
baja guarde inmediatamente el trabajo. A continuación, conecte el equipo a una toma de corriente
eléctrica. Si la carga de la batería se agota por completo, el modo de hibernación se activa
automáticamente.
Cuando se ha agotado aproximadamente un 90 % de la carga, una ventana emergente se lo
advierte. Para obtener más información sobre alarmas de bajo nivel de carga de batería, consulte la
sección relativa a la administración de energía en el archivo de ayuda de Dell Inspiron. Para acceder
al archivo de ayuda, consulte la página 10.
Carga de la batería
NOTA: el adaptador de CA tarda 3 horas aproximadamente en cargar una batería totalmente
descargada con el equipo apagado. El tiempo de carga es significativamente superior si el equipo está
encendido y funciona a una alta velocidad de procesador y niveles elevados de actividad del sistema. Si
se utiliza el equipo con niveles elevados de actividad durante un periodo prolongado de tiempo, puede
ser que la batería no se cargue.
Cuando se conecta el equipo a un enchufe de alimentación eléctrica o se instala una batería
mientras el equipo está conectado a una toma de corriente, éste comprueba la carga y la
temperatura de la batería. Si es necesario, el adaptador de CA cargará la batería y mantendrá la
carga.
Si la batería está caliente porque se ha estado usando en el equipo o porque ha permanecido en un
ambiente donde la temperatura es elevada, puede ser que no se cargue cuando se conecte el equipo
a una toma de alimentación eléctrica.
Si el indicador parpadea alternando entre el verde y el naranja, la batería está demasiado
caliente para iniciar la carga. Desconecte el equipo de la toma de corriente y espere a que tanto éste
como la batería se enfríen hasta alcanzar la temperatura ambiente. A continuación, conecte el
equipo a una toma de corriente y continúe cargando la batería.
NOTA: Puede dejar la batería en el equipo todo el tiempo que desee. Los circuitos internos de la batería
impiden que se sobrecargue.Uso de la batería 31
Para obtener más información sobre la resolución de problemas de la batería, consulte la sección
relativa a la administración de energía en el archivo de ayuda de Dell Inspiron. Para acceder al
archivo de ayuda, consulte la página 10.
Extracción de una batería
PRECAUCIÓN: Antes de realizar estos procedimientos, desconecte el módem del enchufe telefónico
de pared.
1 Compruebe que el equipo está apagado o conectado a una toma de corriente eléctrica.
2 Deslice y sostenga el pasador de la batería.
3 Extraiga la batería.
Instalación de una batería
Inserte la batería en el compartimento de la batería hasta que el pasador haga un “clic”.
Almacenamiento de una batería
Extraiga la batería cuando vaya a guardar el equipo durante un período largo. Las baterías se
descargan durante los almacenamientos prolongados. Tras un periodo prolongado de
almacenamiento, deberá cargar la batería completamente antes de utilizarla.
Problemas de alimentación eléctrica y de la batería
NOTA: Consulte el archivo Dell Inspiron Help (Ayuda de Dell Inspiron) para obtener información sobre el
modo de espera. Para acceder al archivo de ayuda, consulte la página 10.
Seguro de la
batería
Batería32 Uso de la batería
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
CO M P R U E B E E L I N D I C A D O R D E A L I M E N T A C I Ó N — Si el indicador de alimentación está encendido o
parpadea, significa que el equipo recibe alimentación. Si el indicador de alimentación parpadea, el equipo
está en modo de espera; pulse el botón de alimentación para salir del modo de espera. Si el indicador está
apagado, pulse el botón de alimentación para encender el equipo o para activar o desactivar un modo de
administración de energía. Si el equipo no se enciende, pulse y mantenga pulsado el botón de alimentación
durante unos segundos.
CA R G U E L A B A T E R Í A — Puede que la carga de batería se haya agotado.
1 Vuelva a instalar la batería.
2 Utilice el adaptador de CA para conectar el equipo a una toma de corriente.
3 Encienda el equipo.
CO M P R U E B E E L I N D I C A D O R D E E S T A D O D E L A B A T E R Í A — Si el indicador parpadea en color naranja o
muestra un color naranja continuo, significa que la carga de la batería está baja o agotada. Conecte el
equipo a un enchufe eléctrico.
Si el indicador parpadea en colores verde y naranja, significa que la batería está demasiado caliente para
cargarla. Apague el equipo (consulte la página 28), desconéctelo de la toma de corriente y, a continuación,
espere a que tanto éste como la batería se enfríen hasta alcanzar la temperatura ambiente.
Si el indicador de estado de la batería parpadea rápidamente en color naranja, puede que la batería esté
defectuosa. Póngase en contacto con Dell (consulte la página 90).
PR U E B E L A T O M A D E C O R R I E N T E E L É C T R I C A — Asegúrese de que la toma de corriente eléctrica funciona;
para ello, pruébela con otro dispositivo, por ejemplo, una lámpara.
CO M P R U E B E E L A D A P T A D O R D E CA — Compruebe las conexiones de cable del adaptador de CA. Si el
adaptador de CA tiene una luz, asegúrese de que esté encendida.
CO N E C T E E L E Q U I P O D I R E C T A M E N T E A U N A T O M A D E C O R R I E N T E E L É C T R I C A — Omita los dispositivos
protectores de la alimentación, regletas de enchufes y alargadores para comprobar que el equipo se
enciende.
EL I M I N E L A S P O S I B L E S I N T E R F E R E N C I A S — Apague los ventiladores, luces fluorescentes, lámparas
halógenas u otros aparatos cercanos.
AJ U S T E L A S P R O P I E D A D E S D E L A A L I M E N T A C I Ó N — Consulte el archivo Dell Inspiron Help (Ayuda de
Dell Inspiron) o busque la palabra clave en espera en el Centro de ayuda y soporte técnico. Para acceder a la
ayuda, consulte la página 10.
VU E L V A A C O L O C A R L O S M Ó D U L O S D E M E M O R I A — Si el indicador de alimentación del equipo se
enciende pero en la pantalla no se ve nada, vuelva a colocar los módulos de memoria (consulte la
página 68).
Si la batería no se carga
AP A G U E E L E Q U I P O — El tiempo de carga es significativamente superior si el equipo está encendido y
funciona a una alta velocidad de procesador y niveles elevados de actividad del sistema. Si se utiliza el
equipo con niveles elevados de actividad durante un periodo prolongado de tiempo, puede ser que la
batería no se cargue.
Si la batería dura poco
CO N S U L T E E L A P A R T A D O “RE N D I M I E N T O D E L A B A T E R Í A” E N L A P Á G I N A 29 — El tiempo de
funcionamiento puede reducirse significativamente bajo determinadas condiciones.
OP T I M I Z A C I Ó N D E L R E N D I M I E N T O D E L P R O C E S A D O R Y C O N S U M O D E E N E R G Í A — Consulte la
página 88.Uso del teclado y de la superficie táctil 33
Uso del teclado y de la superficie táctil
Botón Dell™ AccessDirect™
Presione este botón para iniciar un programa que se utiliza con frecuencia, como las herramientas
de soporte técnico y de formación o el explorador de Internet predeterminado.
Reprogramación del botón
Para cambiar la configuración del botón reprogramable o buscar información sobre el uso del
botón:
1 Pulse el botón Inicio → Panel de control → Impresoras y otro hardware → Teclado.
2 Pulse la ficha AccessDirect.
3 Pulse el botón Ayuda y siga las instrucciones que aparecen en la pantalla.
Teclado numérico
El teclado numérico funciona como el teclado numérico de un teclado externo. Cada tecla del
teclado numérico tiene varias funciones. Los números y símbolos del teclado numérico están
marcados en azul en la parte derecha de las teclas.
Teclado numérico34 Uso del teclado y de la superficie táctil
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Para activar el teclado, pulse . El indicador indica que el teclado numérico está
activo.
Para utilizar la función numérica cuando el teclado numérico esté activado, pulse y la tecla
que desee.
Para desactivar el teclado numérico, pulse de nuevo.
Métodos abreviados del teclado
Funciones del sistema
Bandeja de CD o de DVD
Funciones de la pantalla
Administración de energía
Abre la ventana Administrador de tareas de
Windows
Activa y desactiva el teclado numérico
Activa y desactiva el bloqueo de desplazamiento
Expulsa la bandeja fuera de la unidad.
Cambia la imagen de vídeo a la siguiente opción de
pantalla. Entre las opciones están la pantalla integrada,
un monitor externo y las dos pantallas a la vez.
Si está reproduciendo un DVD o viendo un vídeo,
está desactivado.
y tecla de flecha
hacia arriba
Aumenta el brillo únicamente en la pantalla integrada
(no en un monitor externo)
y tecla de fecha
hacia abajo
Reduce el brillo únicamente en la pantalla integrada (no
en un monitor externo)
Activa un modo de administración de energía. Puede
reprogramar este método abreviado de teclado para
activar otro modo de administración de energía
utilizando la ficha Opciones avanzadas de la ventana
Propiedades de Opciones de energía. Para obtener más
información, consulte la sección relativa a la
administración de energía en el archivo de ayuda de Dell
Inspiron. Para acceder al archivo de ayuda, consulte la
página 9.
9Uso del teclado y de la superficie táctil 35
Funciones de los altavoces
Funciones de la tecla con el logotipo de Microsoft®
Windows®
Para ajustar el funcionamiento del teclado, como la velocidad de repetición de los caracteres, pulse
el botón Inicio → Panel de control → Impresoras y otro hardware → Teclado. Siga las
instrucciones que aparecen en pantalla.
Aumenta el volumen de los altavoces integrados y de los
altavoces externos (si los hay)
Disminuye el volumen de los altavoces integrados y de
los altavoces externos (si los hay)
Activa y desactiva los altavoces integrados y los altavoces
externos (si los hay)
Tecla del logotipo de
Windows y
Minimiza todas las ventanas abiertas
Tecla del logotipo de
Windows y
Maximiza todas las ventanas
Tecla del logotipo de
Windows y
Ejecuta el Explorador de Windows
Tecla del logotipo de
Windows y
Abre el cuadro de diálogo Ejecutar
Tecla del logotipo de
Windows y
Abre el cuadro de diálogo Resultados de la búsqueda
Tecla del logotipo de
Windows y
Abre el cuadro de diálogo Resultados de búsquedaPC si el equipo está conectado a una red
Tecla del logotipo de
Windows y
Abre el cuadro de diálogo Propiedades del sistema36 Uso del teclado y de la superficie táctil
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Superficie táctil
La superficie táctil detecta la presión y el movimiento del dedo para permitir desplazar el cursor por
la pantalla. Utilice la superficie táctil y sus botones del mismo modo que un mouse.
• Para mover el cursor, deslice ligeramente el dedo por la superficie táctil.
• Para seleccionar un objeto, toque suavemente la superficie táctil o utilice el pulgar para
presionar el botón izquierdo de la misma.
• Para seleccionar y mover (o arrastrar) un objeto, sitúe el cursor sobre él y toque abajo-arribaabajo en la superficie táctil. En el segundo toque abajo, deje el dedo sobre la superficie táctil y
deslícelo por la superficie para mover el objeto seleccionado.
• Para hacer doble clic en un objeto, sitúe el cursor en él y, a continuación, toque dos veces la
superficie táctil o pulse el botón izquierdo de la misma dos veces.
Personalización de la superficie táctil
Puede desactivar la superficie táctil o ajustar su configuración utilizando la ventana Propiedades
del ratón.
1 Haga clic en el botón Inicio, en Panel de control y en Impresoras y otro hardware.
2 Haga clic en Ratón
3 En la ventana Propiedades del ratón, pulse la ficha Configuración de dispositivo.
Para desactivar la superficie táctil o el mouse, resalte el dispositivo y pulse Deshabilitar.
Superficie
táctil
Botones de la
superficie táctilUso del teclado y de la superficie táctil 37
Para cambiar la configuración de la superficie táctil o el mouse, resalte el dispositivo, pulse
Configuración, seleccione la configuración que desee y, a continuación, pulse Aplicar.
4 Pulse Aceptar para guardar la configuración y cerrar la ventana y, a continuación, pulse de
nuevo Aceptar para salir de la ventana Propiedades del ratón.
Problemas con la superficie táctil o el ratón
CO M P R U E B E L A C O N F I G U R A C I Ó N D E L A S U P E R F I C I E T Á C T I L —
1 Haga clic en el botón Inicio, en Panel de control y en Impresoras y otro hardware.
2 Haga clic en Ratón
3 Ajuste la configuración.
CO M P R U E B E E L C A B L E D E L M O U S E — Apague el equipo (consulte la página 28). Desconecte el cable del
ratón y examínelo para ver si está dañado. Vuelva a conectar el cable firmemente.
Si utiliza un cable alargador para el mouse, desconéctelo y conéctelo directamente al equipo.
PA R A C O M P R O B A R Q U E S E T R A T A D E U N P R O B L E M A C O N E L M O U S E , E X A M I N E L A S U P E R F I C I E
T Á C T I L —
1 Apague el equipo (consulte la página 28).
2 Desconecte el mouse.
3 Encienda el equipo.
4 En el escritorio de Windows, use la superficie táctil para mover el cursor, seleccione un icono y ábralo.
Si la superficie táctil funciona correctamente, esto quiere decir que el mouse debe estar defectuoso.
RE I N S T A L E E L C O N T R O L A D O R D E L A S U P E R F I C I E T Á C T I L — Consulte la página 59.
Problemas con el teclado externo
NOTA: Cuando conecta un teclado externo, el teclado integrado sigue conservando toda su
funcionalidad.
CO M P R U E B E E L C A B L E D E L T E C L A D O — Apague el equipo (consulte la página 28). Desconecte el cable
del teclado y examínelo para ver si está dañado. Vuelva a conectar correctamente el cable.
Si utiliza un cable alargador para el teclado, desconéctelo y conecte el teclado directamente al equipo.
CO M P R U E B E E L T E C L A D O E X T E R N O —
1 Apague el equipo (consulte la página 28), espere 1 minuto y vuelva a encenderlo.
2 Compruebe que los indicadores de números, mayúsculas y bloqueo de desplazamiento del teclado
parpadean durante la rutina de arranque.
3 En el escritorio de Windows®
, pulse el botón Inicio, seleccione Todos los programas, seleccione Accesorios
y pulse Bloc de notas.
4 Escriba algunos caracteres con el teclado externo y compruebe que aparecen en pantalla.
Si no puede seguir estos pasos, puede que tenga un teclado externo defectuoso. 38 Uso del teclado y de la superficie táctil
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
PA R A C O M P R O B A R Q U E S E T R A T A D E U N P R O B L E M A C O N E L T E C L A D O E X T E R N O, E X A M I N E E L T E C L A D O
I N T E G R A D O —
1 Apague el equipo (consulte la página 28).
2 Desconecte el teclado externo.
3 Encienda el equipo.
4 En el escritorio de Windows, pulse el botón Inicio, seleccione Todos los programas , Accesorios y Bloc de
notas.
5 Escriba algunos caracteres con el teclado externo y compruebe que aparecen en pantalla.
Si los caracteres aparecen ahora, pero no con el teclado externo, puede que tenga un teclado externo
defectuoso. Póngase en contacto con Dell (consulte la página 90).
Caracteres inesperados
DE S A C T I V E E L T E C L A D O N U M É R I C O — Pulse para desactivar el teclado numérico si se
muestran números en lugar de letras. Compruebe que el indicador luminoso del bloqueo numérico no esté
encendido.Uso de CD, DVD y otros dispositivos multimedia 39
Uso de CD, DVD y otros dispositivos
multimedia
Cómo utilizar los CD y DVD
Para obtener información sobre cómo utilizar CD y DVD en el equipo, consulte el archivo Dell
Inspiron Help (Ayuda de Dell Inspiron). Para acceder al archivo de ayuda, consulte la página 9.
Problemas con los CD o DVD
Si no puede reproducir un CD, CD-RW o DVD
NOTA: Debido a los diferentes tipos de archivo que se utilizan en todo el mundo, no todos los DVD
funcionan en todas las unidades de DVD.
La vibración de las unidades de CD de alta velocidad es normal y puede ocasionar ruido. Dicho
ruido no indica ningún defecto en la unidad o el CD.
AS E G Ú R E S E D E Q U E WI N D O W S
®
R E C O N O Z C A L A U N I D A D — Haga clic en el botón Inicio y, a
continuación, en Mi PC. Si no aparece la unidad, haga una búsqueda completa con el software antivirus
para comprobar si hay virus y eliminarlos. A veces los virus pueden impedir que Windows reconozca la
unidad. Inserte un disco de inicio y reinicie el equipo. Compruebe si el indicador de la unidad
parpadea, lo cual indica que el funcionamiento es correcto.
UT I L I C E O T R O D I S C O — Inserte otro disco para descartar la posibilidad de que el disco original sea
defectuoso.
ASEGÚRESE DE QUE EL CD ESTÉ BIEN ENCAJADO EN EL EJE DE LA BANDEJA DE LA UNIDAD DE CD
AJ U S T E E L C O N T R O L D E V O L U M E N D E WI N D O W S — Haga doble clic en el icono de altavoz que se
encuentra en la esquina inferior derecha de la pantalla. Asegúrese de que ha subido el volumen y no ha
silenciado el sonido.
LI M P I E L A U N I D A D O E L D I S C O — Consulte la sección relativa a la limpieza del equipo en el archivo Dell
Inspiron Help (Ayuda de Dell Inspiron) para obtener instrucciones. Para acceder al archivo de ayuda,
consulte la página 9.
Si no puede expulsar la bandeja de la unidad de CD, CD-RW o DVD
1 Compruebe que el equipo está apagado (consulte la página 28).
2 Enderece un clip sujetapapeles e introduzca un extremo en el orificio de expulsión situado en la parte
frontal de la unidad; empuje firmemente hasta que se expulse parcialmente la bandeja.
3 Tire de la bandeja hacia afuera suavemente hasta que se detenga.40 Uso de CD, DVD y otros dispositivos multimedia
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Si oye un sonido de roce o chirrido inusual
• Asegúrese de que el sonido no se debe al programa que se está ejecutando.
• Asegúrese de que el disco esté insertado correctamente.
Si la unidad de CD-RW deja de grabar
DE S A C T I V E E L M O D O D E S U S P E N S I Ó N E N WI N D O W S A N T E S D E G R A B A R E N U N CD-RW — Busque la
palabra clave en espera en el centro de ayuda y soporte técnico de Windows. Para acceder a la ayuda,
consulte la página 9.
CA M B I E L A V E L O C I D A D D E G R A B A C I Ó N A U N A V E L O C I D A D I N F E R I O R — Consulte los archivos de ayuda
relativos al software de creación de CD.
SA L G A D E L R E S T O D E P R O G R A M A S A B I E R T O S — Para mitigar el problema, salga del resto de programas
abiertos antes de grabar en el CD-RW.
Problemas con el sonido y los altavoces
Si tiene problemas con los altavoces integrados
AJ U S T E E L C O N T R O L D E L V O L U M E N D E WI N D O W S
®
— Haga doble clic en el icono de altavoz que se
encuentra en la esquina inferior derecha de la pantalla. Asegúrese de que ha subido el volumen y no ha
silenciado el sonido. Ajuste los controles de volumen para eliminar la distorsión.
AJ U S T E E L V O L U M E N U T I L I Z A N D O M É T O D O S A B R E V I A D O S D E T E C L A D O — Pulse para
desactivar (quitar el sonido) o volver a activar los altavoces integrados.
VU E L V A A I N S T A L A R E L C O N T R O L A D O R D E S O N I D O (A U D I O) — Consulte la página 59.
Si tiene problemas con los altavoces externos
NOTA: El control de volumen de algunos reproductores de MP3 anula la configuración de volumen de
Windows. Si ha estado escuchando canciones MP3, asegúrese de que el control de volumen no está
puesto al mínimo ni se ha desactivado.
CO M P R U E B E L A S C O N E X I O N E S D E L O S C A B L E S D E L O S A L T A V O C E S — Consulte el diagrama de
instalación proporcionado con los altavoces.
PR U E B E L A T O M A D E C O R R I E N T E E L É C T R I C A — Asegúrese de que la toma de corriente eléctrica funciona;
para ello, pruébela con otro dispositivo, por ejemplo, una lámpara.
CO M P R U E B E Q U E L O S A L T A V O C E S E S T Á N E N C E N D I D O S — Consulte el diagrama de instalación
proporcionado con los altavoces.
AJ U S T E E L C O N T R O L D E V O L U M E N D E WI N D O W S — Haga doble clic en el icono de altavoz que se
encuentra en la esquina inferior derecha de la pantalla. Asegúrese de que ha subido el volumen y no ha
silenciado el sonido. Ajuste los controles de volumen para eliminar la distorsión.
PR U E B E L O S A L T A V O C E S — Conecte el cable de audio del altavoz al conector de salida de línea del
equipo. Asegúrese de que el control de volumen de los auriculares esté activado. Reproduzca un CD de
música.
EJ E C U T E L A A U T O P R U E B A D E L O S A L T A V O C E S — En algunos sistemas de altavoces, el altavoz para bajas Uso de CD, DVD y otros dispositivos multimedia 41
frecuencias incluye un botón de autoprueba. Consulte la documentación incluida con los altavoces con el
fin de obtener las instrucciones para realizar autoprueba.
EL I M I N E L A S P O S I B L E S I N T E R F E R E N C I A S — Apague las luces fluorescentes, lámparas halógenas o
ventiladores cercanos para comprobar si se producen interferencias.
VU E L V A A I N S T A L A R E L C O N T R O L A D O R D E S O N I D O (A U D I O) — Consulte la página 59.
Cómo copiar CD y DVD
NOTA: Asegúrese de no incumplir la legislación sobre copyright al crear un CD.
Esta sección se aplica sólo a equipos que disponen de una unidad de CD-R, CD-RW, DVD+RW,
DVD+R o una unidad combinada de DVD/CD-RW.
Las siguientes instrucciones indican cómo realizar una copia exacta de un CD o DVD. También
puede utilizar Sonic RecordNow con otros fines, como la creación de CD de archivos de audio en el
equipo y la creación de CD de archivos MP3. Si desea obtener instrucciones, consulte la
documentación de Sonic RecordNow incluida en su equipo. Abra Sonic RecordNow, haga clic en el
icono de signo de interrogación de la parte superior derecha de la ventana y, a continuación, haga
clic en RecordNow Help (Ayuda de RecordNow) o RecordNow Tutorial (Guía de aprendizaje de
RecordNow).
Cómo copiar un CD o DVD
NOTA: Si dispone de una unidad combinada de DVD/CD-RW y tiene problemas de grabación,
compruebe si hay revisiones de software disponibles en el sitio web de soporte de Sonic:
support.sonic.com.
NOTA: La mayoría de los DVD comerciales están protegidos por las leyes de copyright y no se pueden
copiar con Sonic RecordNow.
1 Haga clic en el botón Inicio, seleccione Todos los programas→ Sonic→ RecordNow!→
RecordNow!
2 Haga clic en la ficha de datos o de audio, según el tipo de CD que desee copiar.
3 Haga clic en Exact Copy (Copia exacta).
4 Para copiar el CD o DVD:
• Si tiene una unidad de CD o DVD, asegúrese de que la configuración sea correcta y haga
clic en Copy (Copiar). El equipo lee el CD o DVD de origen y lo copia en una carpeta
temporal de la unidad de disco duro del equipo.
Cuando se le solicite, inserte un CD o DVD vacío en la unidad de CD o DVD y haga clic
en OK (Aceptar).
• Si dispone de dos unidades de CD o DVD, seleccione la unidad en la que ha insertado el
CD o DVD de origen y haga clic en Copy (Copiar). El equipo copia los datos del CD o
DVD en el CD o DVD vacío.42 Uso de CD, DVD y otros dispositivos multimedia
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Después de finalizar la copia del CD o DVD de origen, se expulsa automáticamente el CD o
DVD que ha creado.
Cómo utilizar CD-R y CD-RW vacíos
La unidad de CD-RW puede grabar dos tipos distintos de medios de grabación: discos CD-R y
CD-RW. Utilice CD-R vacíos para grabar música o almacenar permanentemente archivos de datos.
Después de crear un CD-R, no puede grabar en ese CD-R de nuevo sin cambiar el método de
grabación (consulte la documentación de Sonic para obtener más información). Utilice discos CDRW vacíos para grabar en CD, borrar, regrabar o actualizar datos en los CD.
Consejos prácticos
• Utilice el Explorador de Microsoft®
Windows®
para arrastrar y soltar archivos en un CD-R o
CD-RW sólo después de haber iniciado Sonic RecordNow y haber abierto un proyecto de
RecordNow.
• Utilice discos CD-R para grabar los CD de música que desee reproducir en equipos estéreo
normales.
Los discos CD-RW no se reproducen en la mayoría de los equipos estéreo domésticos o para
automóvil.
• No se pueden crear DVD de audio con Sonic RecordNow.
• Los archivos MP3 de música sólo se pueden reproducir en reproductores de MP3 o en equipos
en que se haya instalado software de BMP3.
• No ocupe toda la capacidad de un CD-R o CD-RW vacío al grabar; por ejemplo, no copie un
archivo de 650 MB en un CD vacío de 650 MB. La unidad de CD-RW necesita 1 ó 2 MB del
CD vacío para finalizar la grabación.
• Utilice un CD-RW vacío para practicar la grabación en CD hasta que se familiarice con las
técnicas de grabación en CD. Si comete un error, puede borrar los datos del CD-RW e
intentarlo de nuevo. También puede utilizar discos CD-RW vacíos para probar un proyecto
de archivos de música antes de grabarlos de forma permanente en un CD-R vacío.
• Consulte el sitio web de asistencia técnica de Sonic en support.sonic.com para obtener más
información.Configuración de una red particular y una red de oficina 43
Configuración de una red particular y una
red de oficina
Conexión de un adaptador de red
Antes de conectar el equipo a una red, es preciso instalar un adaptador de red y conectar un cable
de red.
Para conectar el cable de red:
1 Conecte el cable de red al conector del adaptador de red del equipo.
NOTA: Inserte el cable hasta que encaje en su posición y, a continuación, tire de él suavemente para
asegurarse de que está bien encajado.
2 Conecte el otro extremo del cable de red a un dispositivo de conexión de red, como una toma
de red de pared.
NOTA: No utilice un cable de red en una toma telefónica de la pared.
Asistente para configuración de redes
El sistema operativo Microsoft®
Windows®
XP proporciona un asistente para la configuración de
la red que le guiará en el proceso de compartición de archivos, impresoras o una conexión de
Internet entre equipos en un entorno doméstico o de pequeña oficina.
1 Haga clic en el botón Inicio, seleccione Todos los programas→ Accesorios→
Comunicaciones y, a continuación, haga clic en Asistente para configuración de redes.
2 En la pantalla de bienvenida, haga clic en Siguiente.
3 Haga clic en Lista de comprobación para crear una red.44 Configuración de una red particular y una red de oficina
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
NOTA: Al seleccionar el método de conexión Este equipo está conectado directamente a Internet, se
activará el servidor de seguridad integrado que incluye Windows XP.
4 Complete la lista de comprobación y los preparativos necesarios, y vuelva a la pantalla del
Asistente para configuración de red.
5 Siga las instrucciones que aparecen en pantalla.
Problemas con la red
NOTA: Un indicador de conexión verde o parpadeante también podría indicar la presencia de un enlace
de red inalámbrica en el área.
CO M P R U E B E E L C O N E C T O R D E L C A B L E D E R E D — Asegúrese de que el conector del cable de red está bien
conectado al conector del equipo y al enchufe de red de la pared.
CO M P R U E B E L O S I N D I C A D O R E S D E R E D D E L C O N E C T O R D E R E D — El color verde indica que la conexión
de red está activa. Si el indicador de estado no está en verde, pruebe a reemplazar el cable de red. El color
ámbar indica que el controlador del adaptador de red está cargado y que el adaptador detecta actividad.
CA M B I E E L C A B L E D E R E D — Pruebe a utilizar otro cable. Si hay más de un conector de red disponible,
intente enchufar el cable en un conector diferente.
RE I N I C I E E L E Q U I P O — Vuelva a intentar conectarse a la red.
PÓ N G A S E E N C O N T A C T O C O N E L A D M I N I S T R A D O R D E L A R E D — Compruebe que la configuración de la
red es correcta y que la red está en funcionamiento.
Conexión a una red de área local inalámbrica
NOTA: Estas instrucciones sobre la red no se aplican a los productos Bluetooth™ ni celulares.
Establecimiento del tipo de red
NOTA: La mayoría de las redes inalámbricas son redes de infraestructura. Configuración de una red particular y una red de oficina 45
Las redes inalámbricas se clasifican en dos categorías: redes de infraestructura y redes ad-hoc. Las
redes de infraestructura usan enrutadores o puntos de acceso para conectar varios equipos. Las
redes ad-hoc no usan enrutadores o puntos de acceso y se componen de equipos que difunden de
uno a otro.
Conexión a una red inalámbrica en Microsoft ®
Windows®
XP
La tarjeta inalámbrica requiere el software y los controladores adecuados para conectarse a una red.
El software ya está instalado. Si el software se extrae o se daña, siga las instrucciones que se incluyen
en la guía del usuario de su tarjeta de red inalámbrica. La guía del usuario también está disponible
en el sitio web Dell Support en support.dell.com.
Cuando encienda el equipo, aparecerá un mensaje emergente del icono de red en el área de
notificación siempre que se detecte una red en la zona para la que su equipo no esté configurado.
1 Haga clic en el mensaje emergente o en el icono de la red con el fin de configurar el equipo
para una de las redes inalámbricas disponibles.
La ventana Conexiones de red inalámbricas muestra las redes inalámbricas disponibles en la
zona.
Red de infraestructura Red ad-hoc46 Configuración de una red particular y una red de oficina
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
2 Haga clic en la red que desee configurar y, a continuación, haga clic en Conectar o haga doble
clic en el nombre de red de la lista. Si selecciona una red segura (identificada por un icono
), debe especificar una clave WEP o WPA cuando se le pida.
NOTA: La configuración de seguridad de la red es exclusiva de su red. Dell no puede proporcionar esta
información.
La red se configura automáticamente.
NOTA: Es posible que el equipo tarde hasta un minuto en conectarse a la red.
Después de configurar el equipo para la red inalámbrica que ha seleccionado, otro mensaje
emergente le notificará que el equipo está conectado a la red seleccionada. Configuración de una red particular y una red de oficina 47
Por lo tanto, cada vez que se conecte al equipo en el área de la red inalámbrica, el mismo
mensaje emergente le notificará la conexión a la red inalámbrica. 48 Configuración de una red particular y una red de oficina
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o mSolución de problemas 49
Solución de problemas
Dell Diagnostics
PRECAUCIÓN: Antes de comenzar cualquiera de los procedimientos de esta sección, siga las
instrucciones de seguridad que se encuentran en la Guía de información del producto.
Cuándo utilizar los Dell Diagnostics
Si tiene problemas con el equipo, realice las comprobaciones de la sección “Solución de problemas”
y ejecute los Dell Diagnostics antes de ponerse en contacto con Dell para solicitar asistencia
técnica.
AVISO: Los Dell Diagnostics sólo funcionan en los equipos Dell™.
Los Dell Diagnostics están situados en una partición oculta para la utilidad de diagnóstico
(Diagnostic) de la unidad de disco duro.
NOTA: Si el equipo no muestra ninguna imagen en la pantalla, póngase en contacto con Dell.
1 Apague el equipo.
2 Si el equipo está conectado (acoplado) a un dispositivo de acoplamiento, desacóplelo. Si
desea instrucciones, consulte la documentación incluida con el dispositivo de acoplamiento.
3 Conecte el equipo a un enchufe eléctrico.
4 Encienda el equipo. Cuando aparezca el logotipo de DELL™, pulse inmediatamente.
NOTA: Si no aparece nada en la pantalla, mantenga pulsado y pulse el botón de encendido del
equipo para iniciar Dell Diagnostics. El equipo ejecutará automáticamente la evaluación del sistema
previa al inicio.
Si espera demasiado y aparece el logotipo de Microsoft®
Windows®
, siga esperando hasta que
aparezca el escritorio de Windows. A continuación, apague el equipo mediante el menú
Inicio y vuelva a intentarlo.
5 Cuando aparezca la lista de dispositivos de inicio, resalte Diagnostics (Diagnósticos)y pulse
.
El equipo ejecutará la evaluación del sistema previa al inicio, una serie de pruebas iniciales de
la tarjeta del sistema, el teclado, la unidad de disco duro y la pantalla.
• Durante la evaluación, responda a las preguntas que puedan formularse.
• Si se detecta un fallo, el equipo se detiene y emite pitidos. Para detener la evaluación y
reiniciar el equipo, pulse ; para continuar con la siguiente prueba, pulse ; para
volver a probar el componente que falló, pulse . 50 Solución de problemas
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
• Si se detectaron fallos durante la evaluación del sistema previa al inicio, anote el código o
códigos de error y póngase en contacto con Dell antes de continuar con los Dell
Diagnostics.
Si la evaluación del sistema previa al inicio se realiza correctamente, recibirá el mensaje
Booting Dell Diagnostic Utility Partition. Press any key to continue
(Iniciando la partición de la utilidad Dell Diagnostic. Pulse cualquier tecla para continuar).
6 Presione cualquier tecla para iniciar los Dell Diagnostics desde la partición para la utilidad de
diagnóstico del disco duro.
7 Cuando aparezca el Main Menu (Menú principal) de Dell Diagnostics, seleccione la prueba
que desea ejecutar.
Menú principal de los Dell Diagnostics
1 Una vez se hayan cargado los Dell Diagnostics y aparezca la pantalla Main Menu (Menú
principal), haga clic en el botón de la opción que desea.
2 Si se produce un problema durante una prueba, aparecerá un mensaje con un código de error
y una descripción del problema. Anote el código de error y la descripción del problema, y siga
las instrucciones de la pantalla.
Si no puede resolver la condición del error, póngase en contacto con Dell.
NOTA: La etiqueta de servicio para su equipo está situada en la parte superior de cada pantalla de
prueba. Si se pone en contacto con Dell, el servicio de asistencia técnica le pedirá su etiqueta de
servicio.
Opción Función
Express Test (Prueba
rápida)
Realiza una prueba rápida de los dispositivos. Esta
prueba suele tardar de 10 a 20 minutos y no requiere
ninguna acción por parte del usuario. Ejecute primero
Express Test (Prueba rápida) para incrementar la
posibilidad de rastrear el problema rápidamente.
Extended Test (Prueba
extendida)
Realiza una prueba completa de los dispositivos. Esta
prueba suele tardar una o varias horas y requiere que
usted responda de manera periódica a una serie de
preguntas.
Custom Test (Prueba
personalizada)
Prueba un dispositivo específico. Puede personalizar las
pruebas que desee ejecutar.
Symptom Tree (Árbol de
síntomas)
Hace una lista de los síntomas más habituales que se
pueden encontrar y le permite seleccionar una prueba
basándose en el síntoma del problema que usted tiene.Solución de problemas 51
3 Si ejecuta una prueba desde la opción Custom Test (Prueba personalizada) o Symptom Tree
(Árbol de síntomas), haga clic en la pestaña correspondiente que se describe en la tabla
siguiente para obtener más información.
4 Cuando las pruebas hayan finalizado, cierre la pantalla de prueba para volver a la pantalla
Main Menu (Menú principal). Para salir de los Dell Diagnostics y reiniciar el equipo, cierre la
pantalla Main Menu (Menú principal).
Mensajes de error
Si el mensaje no aparece en la lista, consulte la documentación del sistema operativo o el programa
que se estaba ejecutando en el momento en que apareció el mensaje.
Ficha Función
Results (Resultado) Muestra el resultado de la prueba y las condiciones de
error encontradas.
Errors (Errores) Muestra las condiciones de error encontradas, los códigos
de error y la descripción del problema.
Help (Ayuda) Describe la prueba y puede indicar los requisitos para
ejecutarla.
Configuration
(Configuración)
Muestra la configuración de hardware del dispositivo
seleccionado.
Dell Diagnostics obtiene la información de configuración
de todos los dispositivos a partir de la configuración del
sistema, la memoria y varias pruebas internas, y la
muestra en la lista de dispositivos del panel izquierdo de
la pantalla. La lista de dispositivos puede que no muestre
los nombres de todos los componentes instalados en el
equipo o de todos los dispositivos conectados al equipo.
Parameters (Parámetros) Permite personalizar la prueba cambiando su
configuración.
TH E F I L E B E I N G C O P I E D I S T O O L A R G E F O R T H E D E S T I N A T I O N D R I V E (EL A R C H I V O Q U E S E E S T Á
C O P I A N D O E S D E M A S I A D O G R A N D E P A R A L A U N I D A D D E D E S T I N O) — El archivo que está
intentando copiar es demasiado grande y no cabe en el disco, o el disco está lleno. Pruebe a copiar el
archivo en otro disco o en un disco con mayor capacidad.
A F I L E N A M E C A N N O T C O N T A I N A N Y O F T H E F O L L O W I N G C H A R A C T E R S: \ / : * ? “ < > | (UN N O M B R E
D E A R C H I V O N O P U E D E C O N T E N E R N I N G U N O D E L O S C A R A C T E R E S S I G U I E N T E S: \ / : * ? “ < > |) —
No utilice estos caracteres en los nombres de archivo.52 Solución de problemas
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Problemas con el vídeo y la pantalla
Si la pantalla aparece en blanco
NOTA: Si utiliza un programa que requiere una resolución superior a la que admite el equipo, se
recomienda conectar un monitor externo.
IN S E R T B O O T A B L E M E D I A (IN S E R T E U N M E D I O D E A R R A N Q U E) — El sistema operativo está
intentando arrancar desde un disquete o CD que no es de arranque. Inserte un disco o un CD de inicio.
IN V A L I D C O N F I G U R A T I O N I N F O R M A T I O N-P L E A S E R U N SYS T E M SE T U P PR O G R A M (IN F O R M A C I Ó N D E
C O N F I G U R A C I Ó N N O V Á L I D A; E J E C U T E E L P R O G R A M A D E C O N F I G U R A C I Ó N D E L S I S T E M A) — La
información de configuración del sistema no coincide con la configuración de hardware. Este mensaje
es más probable tras instalar un módulo de memoria. Corrija las opciones apropiadas del programa de
configuración del sistema. Consulte el apartado “Utilización del programa Configuración del sistema”
en la página 86.
KE Y B O A R D C L O C K L I N E F A I L U R E (FA L L A D E L A L Í N E A D E R E L O J D E L T E C L A D O) — Para teclados
externos, compruebe la conexión del cable. Ejecute la prueba Keyboard Controller (Controladora de
teclado) tal como se describe en “Dell Diagnostics” (consulte la página 49).
KE Y B O A R D C O N T R O L L E R F A I L U R E (FA L L A D E L C O N T R O L A D O R D E L T E C L A D O) — Para teclados
externos, compruebe la conexión del cable. Reinicie el equipo y evite tocar el teclado o el mouse
durante la rutina de inicio. Ejecute la prueba Keyboard Controller tal como se describe en “Dell
Diagnostics” (consulte la página 49).
KE Y B O A R D D A T A L I N E F A I L U R E (FA L L A D E L A L Í N E A D E D A T O S D E L T E C L A D O) — Para teclados
externos, compruebe la conexión del cable. Ejecute la prueba Keyboard Controller tal como se describe
en “Dell Diagnostics” (consulte la página 49).
KE Y B O A R D S T U C K K E Y F A I L U R E (FA L L A D E T E C L A B L O Q U E A D A D E L T E C L A D O) — Para teclados
externos, compruebe la conexión del cable. Reinicie el equipo y evite tocar el teclado o las teclas
durante la rutina de inicio. Ejecute la prueba Stuck Key (Tecla bloqueada ) tal como se describe en
“Dell Diagnostics” (consulte la página 49).Solución de problemas 53
Si resulta difícil leer la pantalla
CO M P R U E B E E L I N D I C A D O R — Si el indicador parpadea significa que el equipo recibe
alimentación.
• Si el indicador parpadea, el equipo está en modo de espera. Pulse el botón de alimentación para
salir del modo de espera.
• Si el indicador está apagado, pulse el botón de alimentación.
• Si el indicador está encendido, puede que la configuración de administración de energía haya
hecho que se apague la pantalla. Pulse cualquier tecla o mueva el cursor para salir del modo de
suspensión.
CO M P R U E B E L A B A T E R Í A — Si utiliza una batería para la alimentación del equipo, puede que se haya
agotado. Conecte el equipo a un enchufe eléctrico con el adaptador de CA y enciéndalo.
PR U E B E L A T O M A D E C O R R I E N T E E L É C T R I C A — Asegúrese de que la toma de corriente eléctrica
funciona; para ello, pruébela con otro dispositivo, por ejemplo, una lámpara.
CO M P R U E B E E L A D A P T A D O R D E CA — Compruebe las conexiones de cable del adaptador de CA. Si el
adaptador de CA tiene un indicador, asegúrese de que está encendido.
CO N E C T E E L E Q U I P O D I R E C T A M E N T E A U N A T O M A D E C O R R I E N T E E L É C T R I C A — Omita los
dispositivos protectores de la alimentación, regletas de enchufes y alargadores para comprobar que el
equipo se enciende. Para acceder al archivo de ayuda, consulte la página 9.
AJ U S T E L A S P R O P I E D A D E S D E L A A L I M E N T A C I Ó N — Busque la palabra clave en esperaen el Centro de
ayuda y soporte técnico de Windows. Para acceder al archivo de ayuda, consulte la página 9.
CA M B I E L A I M A G E N D E V Í D E O — Si su equipo está conectado a un monitor externo, oprima
para cambiar la imagen de vídeo a la pantalla.
NOTE: Si está reproduciendo un DVD o viendo un vídeo, está desactivado.
AJ U S T E E L B R I L L O — Consulte el archivo Dell Inspiron Help (Ayuda de Dell Inspiron) para obtener
instrucciones sobre el ajuste del brillo. Para acceder al archivo de ayuda, consulte la página 9.
AL E J E D E L M O N I T O R O D E L E Q U I P O E L A L T A V O Z D E B A J A S F R E C U E N C I A S — Si el sistema de
altavoces externos incluye un altavoz para bajas frecuencias, asegúrese de que dicho altavoz se
encuentra como mínimo a 60 cm del monitor.54 Solución de problemas
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Si sólo se puede leer parte de la pantalla
Problemas con el escáner
EL I M I N E L A S P O S I B L E S I N T E R F E R E N C I A S — Apague los ventiladores, luces fluorescentes, lámparas
halógenas u otros aparatos cercanos.
OR I E N T E E L E Q U I P O H A C I A O T R A D I R E C C I Ó N — Evite los reflejos de la luz solar, que pueden causar
una calidad baja de la imagen.
AJ U S T E L A C O N F I G U R A C I Ó N D E P A N T A L L A D E WI N D O W S —
1 Haga clic en el botón Inicio y, a continuación, en Panel de control.
2 Haga clic en Apariencia y temas.
3 Haga clic sobre la zona que desea cambiar o en el icono Pantalla.
4 Pruebe valores diferentes en Calidad del color y Resolución de pantalla.
CO N S U L T E “ME N S A J E S D E E R R O R” — Si aparece un mensaje de error, consulte la página 51.
CO N E C T E U N M O N I T O R E X T E R N O —
1 Apague el equipo y conéctele un monitor externo.
2 Encienda el equipo y el monitor, y ajuste los controles de brillo y contraste del monitor.
Si el monitor externo funciona, es posible que el controlador de vídeo o la pantalla del equipo estén
defectuosos. Póngase en contacto con Dell (consulte la página 90).
CO M P R U E B E L A C O N E X I Ó N D E L C A B L E D E A L I M E N T A C I Ó N — Asegúrese de que el cable de
alimentación del escáner está debidamente conectado a una fuente de alimentación eléctrica en
funcionamiento y que el escáner está encendido.
CO M P R U E B E L A C O N E X I Ó N D E L C A B L E D E L E S C Á N E R — Asegúrese de que el cable del escáner está
debidamente conectado al equipo y al escáner.
DE S B L O Q U E E E L E S C Á N E R — Asegúrese de que el escáner no está bloqueado si éste dispone de una
lengüeta o un botón de bloqueo.
VU E L V A A I N S T A L A R E L C O N T R O L A D O R D E L E S C Á N E R — Consulte la documentación incluida con el
escáner para obtener instrucciones.Solución de problemas 55
Problemas con las unidades
NOTA: Para obtener información sobre cómo guardar archivos en un disquete, consulte el archivo Dell
Inspiron Help (Ayuda de Dell Inspiron). Para acceder al archivo de ayuda, consulte la página 9.
Si no puede guardar un archivo en una unidad de disco flexible
AS E G Ú R E S E D E Q U E WI N D O W S
®
R E C O N O C E L A U N I D A D — Haga clic en el botón Inicio y en Mi PC.
Si no aparece la unidad, haga una búsqueda completa con el software antivirus para comprobar si hay
virus y eliminarlos. A veces los virus pueden impedir que Windows reconozca la unidad. Inserte un
disco de inicio y reinicie el equipo. Compruebe si el indicador de la unidad parpadea, lo cual indica
que el funcionamiento es correcto.
AS E G Ú R E S E D E Q U E E L D I S C O N O E S T Á P R O T E G I D O C O N T R A E S C R I T U R A — No se pueden guardar
datos en un disco protegido contra escritura. Consulte la siguiente figura.
UT I L I C E O T R O D I S Q U E T E — Inserte otro disco para descartar la posibilidad de que el disco original sea
defectuoso.
VU E L V A A C O N E C T A R L A U N I D A D —
1 Guarde y cierre los archivos que estén abiertos, salga de todas las aplicaciones y apague el equipo.
2 Desconecte y vuelva a conectar la unidad.
3 Encienda el equipo.
LI M P I E L A U N I D A D — Consulte la sección relativa a la limpieza del equipo en el archivo Dell Inspiron
Help (Ayuda de Dell Inspiron) para obtener instrucciones. Para acceder al archivo de ayuda, consulte la
página 9.
Protegido contra
escritura
No protegido
contra escritura
Dorso del disquete56 Solución de problemas
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Si tiene problemas con una unidad de disco duro
Problemas con la tarjeta PC
Problemas generales del programa
NOTA: Normalmente el software incluye instrucciones de instalación en su documentación o en un
disquete o CD.
Un programa se bloquea
DE J E Q U E E L E Q U I P O S E E N F R Í E A N T E S D E E N C E N D E R L O — Una unidad de disco duro recalentada
puede impedir que se inicie el sistema operativo. Deje que el equipo vuelva a adoptar la temperatura
ambiente antes de encenderlo.
CO M P R U E B E L A U N I D A D P A R A V E R S I T I E N E E R R O R E S —
1 Haga clic en el botón Inicio y en Mi PC.
2 Haga clic con el botón derecho del ratón en la letra de la unidad (disco local) que desea examinar para
comprobar que no tiene errores y, a continuación, haga clic en Propiedades.
3 Haga clic en la ficha Herramientas.
4 En el grupo de opciones de Comprobación de errores, haga clic en Comprobar ahora.
5 Haga clic en Inicio.
CO M P R U E B E L A T A R J E T A PC — Asegúrese de que la tarjeta PC está insertada correctamente en el
conector.
AS E G Ú R E S E D E Q U E WI N D O W S
®
R E C O N O C E L A T A R J E T A — Haga doble clic en el icono Safely
Remove Hardware (Quitar hardware con seguridad) de la barra de tareas de Windows. Asegúrese de que
aparece la tarjeta.
SI T I E N E P R O B L E M A S C O N U N A T A R J E T A PC P R O P O R C I O N A D A P O R DE L L — Póngase en contacto
con Dell (consulte la página 90).
SI T I E N E P R O B L E M A S C O N U N A T A R J E T A PC N O P R O P O R C I O N A D A P O R DE L L — Póngase en
contacto con el fabricante de la tarjeta PC.
CO N S U L T E L A D O C U M E N T A C I Ó N D E L S O F T W A R E — Muchos fabricantes de software ofrecen sitios
Web con información que puede ayudarle a solucionar el problema. Asegúrese de que ha instalado y
configurado correctamente el programa. Vuelva a instalar el programa si fuera necesario.Solución de problemas 57
Un programa no responde
Aparecen mensajes de error
Solución de otros problemas técnicos
Si el equipo se moja
PRECAUCIÓN: Sólo debe realizar este procedimiento si tiene la certeza de que es seguro hacerlo. Si
el equipo está conectado a una toma de corriente, se recomienda apagar la alimentación de CA del
interruptor automático antes de desconectar los cables de la toma de corriente. Proceda con la
máxima precaución cuando retire cables mojados de una toma de corriente.
1 Apague el equipo (consulte la página 28), desconecte el adaptador de corriente alterna del
equipo y, a continuación, desconecte el adaptador de corriente alterna de la toma de
corriente.
FI N A L I C E E L P R O G R A M A —
1 Pulse simultáneamente .
2 Haga clic en la ficha Aplicaciones y seleccione el programa que no responde.
3 Haga clic en Finalizar tarea.
RE V I S E “ME N S A J E S D E E R R O R” E N L A P Á G I N A 51 — Localice el mensaje y lleve a cabo la acción
adecuada. Consulte la documentación del software.
VA Y A A L S I T I O W E B DE L L SU P P O R T — Vaya a support.dell.com para obtener ayuda sobre cuestiones
generales de uso, instalación y solución de problemas. Consulte el apartado “Política de soporte técnico
de Dell (sólo EE.UU.)” en la página 89 para obtener una descripción de la asistencia para el hardware y
el software proporcionada por Dell.
EN V Í E U N M E N S A J E D E C O R R E O E L E C T R Ó N I C O A DE L L — Vaya a support.dell.com y haga clic en Dell
E-Mail en la lista Comunicar. Envíe un mensaje de correo electrónico a Dell sobre el problema; en unas
horas recibirá una respuesta de Dell a través del correo electrónico. Consulte el apartado “Política de
soporte técnico de Dell (sólo EE.UU.)” en la página 89 para obtener una descripción de la asistencia
para el hardware y el software proporcionada por Dell.
PÓ N G A S E E N C O N T A C T O C O N DE L L — Si no puede solucionar el problema con la ayuda del sitio web
Dell™ Support ni con el servicio por correo electrónico, llame a Dell para solicitar asistencia técnica
(consulte la página 90). Consulte el apartado “Política de soporte técnico de Dell (sólo EE.UU.)” en la
página 89 para obtener una descripción de la asistencia para el hardware y el software proporcionada por
Dell.58 Solución de problemas
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
2 Apague los dispositivos externos que estén conectados y desconéctelos de sus fuentes de
alimentación y del equipo.
3 Descargue la electricidad estática de su cuerpo. Para ello, toque uno de los conectores
metálicos de la parte posterior del equipo.
4 Extraiga las tarjetas PC que estén instaladas y colóquelas en un lugar seguro para que se sequen.
5 Extraiga la batería.
6 Pase un paño por la batería y colóquela en un lugar seguro para que se seque.
7 Pase un paño por el monitor.
8 Extraiga la unidad de disco duro (consulte la página 66).
9 Extraiga el módulo o módulos de memoria (consulte la página 68).
10 Abra la pantalla y coloque el equipo con su lado derecho hacia arriba sobre dos libros u objetos
similares para permitir que el aire circule a su alrededor. Déjelo secar como mínimo durante
24 horas en un lugar seco a temperatura ambiente.
AVISO: No utilice medios artificiales, como un secador de pelo o un ventilador, para acelerar el secado.
PRECAUCIÓN: Para evitar recibir una descarga eléctrica, compruebe si el equipo está totalmente
seco antes de continuar con el procedimiento.
11 Descargue la electricidad estática de su cuerpo. Para ello, toque uno de los conectores
metálicos de la parte posterior del equipo.
12 Vuelva a colocar los módulos de memoria, la cubierta y los tornillos.
13 Vuelva a colocar la unidad de disco duro.
14 Reemplace las tarjetas PC que ha extraído.
15 Vuelva a colocar la batería.
16 Encienda el equipo y compruebe que funciona correctamente.
NOTA: Para obtener información sobre la cobertura de la garantía, consulte la Guía de información del
producto o el documento de la garantia por separado que se envío con su equipo.
Si el equipo no se enciende o no identifica los componentes dañados, póngase en contacto con
Dell (consulte la página 90).
Si el equipo se cae o se daña
1 Guarde y cierre los archivos que estén abiertos, salga de todas las aplicaciones y apague el
equipo (consulte la página 28).
2 Desconecte el adaptador de CA de la toma de corriente y del equipo.
3 Apague los dispositivos externos que estén conectados y desconéctelos de sus fuentes de
alimentación y del equipo.
4 Extraiga la batería y vuelva a colocarla.
5 Encienda el equipo.Solución de problemas 59
NOTA: Consulte la Guía de información del producto o el documento de la garantía que incluía su equipo
para obtener información sobre la garantía.
Si el equipo no se enciende o no puede identificar los componentes dañados, póngase en
contacto con Dell (consulte la página 90).
Controladores
¿Qué es un controlador?
Un controlador es un programa que controla un dispositivo, como por ejemplo una impresora, un
mouse o un teclado. Todos los dispositivos necesitan un controlador.
Un controlador funciona como traductor entre el dispositivo y los programas que lo utilizan. Cada
dispositivo posee un conjunto propio de comandos especializados que sólo su controlador puede
reconocer.
Muchos controladores como, por ejemplo, el controlador de la impresora, se suministran con el
sistema operativo Microsoft®
Windows®
. Deberá instalar los controladores si:
• Actualiza el sistema operativo.
• Reinstala el sistema operativo.
• Conecta o instala un nuevo dispositivo.
Si experimenta problemas con algún dispositivo, realice los pasos descritos en las secciones
siguientes para determinar si el origen del problema es el controlador y, en caso necesario,
actualizarlo.
Identificación de controladores
1 Haga clic en el botón Inicio y seleccione Panel de control.
2 En la ventana Panel de control, pulse Rendimiento y mantenimiento en Elija una categoría.
3 En la ventana Rendimiento y mantenimiento, pulse Sistema.
4 En la pantalla Propiedades del sistema, haga clic en la ficha Hardware.
5 Haga clic en Administrador de dispositivos.
6 En la ventana Administrador de dispositivos, desplácese hacia el final de la lista para ver si
algún dispositivo tiene un signo de exclamación (un círculo amarillo con un [!]) en el icono
del dispositivo.
Si aparece un signo de exclamación junto al nombre del dispositivo, deberá volver a instalar el
controlador o instalar uno nuevo.
Volver a instalar los controladores
AVISO: El sitio web Dell Support proporciona los controladores adecuados para los equipos Dell™. Si
instala controladores obtenidos de otras fuentes, puede que el equipo no funcione correctamente.60 Solución de problemas
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Cómo usar la desinstalación del controlador de dispositivo de Windows XP
Si se produce un problema en el equipo después de instalar o actualizar un controlador, utilice la
función Desintalación del controlador de dispositivo de Windows XP para restaurar la versión
previamente instalada del controlador.
Para usar la función Volver al controlador anterior de dispositivos:
1 Haga clic en el botón Inicio y seleccione Panel de control.
2 En la ventana Panel de control, pulse Rendimiento y mantenimiento en Elija una categoría.
3 En la ventana Rendimiento y mantenimiento, pulse Sistema.
4 En la pantalla Propiedades del sistema, haga clic en la ficha Hardware.
5 Haga clic en Administrador de dispositivos.
6 En la ventana Administrador de dispositivos, haga clic con el botón derecho en el dispositivo
para el que se instaló el nuevo controlador y, a continuación, haga clic en Propiedades.
7 Haga clic en la ficha Controladores.
8 Haga clic en Desinstalar controlador.
Si con esto no se soluciona el problema, utilice la función Restaurar sistema (consulte la página 61)
para que el sistema operativo vuelva al estado anterior a la instalación del nuevo controlador.
Reinstalación manual de controladores para Windows XP
El sitio web Dell Support proporciona los controladores adecuados para los equipos Dell™. Si instala
controladores obtenidos de otras fuentes, puede que el equipo no funcione correctamente.
1 Después de copiar los archivos de controlador en su unidad de disco duro, haga clic en el
botón Inicio y haga clic con el botón derecho del ratón en Mi PC.
2 Haga clic en Propiedades.
3 Haga clic en la ficha Hardware y en Administrador de dispositivos.
4 Haga doble clic en el tipo de dispositivo para el que va a instalar el controlador (por ejemplo,
Módems o Dispositivos de infrarrojos).
5 Haga doble clic en el nombre del dispositivo para el que está instalando el controlador.
6 Haga clic en la ficha Controlador y, a continuación, haga clic en Actualizar controlador.
7 Haga clic en Instalar desde una lista o ubicación específica (avanzado) y, a continuación,
haga clic en Siguiente.
8 Haga clic en Examinar y examine la ubicación en la que extrajo anteriormente los archivos del
controlador.
9 Cuando aparezca el nombre del controlador adecuado, haga clic en Siguiente.
10 Haga clic en Finalizar y reinicie el equipo.Solución de problemas 61
Cómo resolver incompatibilidades de software y hardware
Cómo usar el Solucionador de problemas de hardware de Windows XP:
1 Haga clic en el botón Inicio y, a continuación, haga clic en Ayuda y soporte técnico.
2 Escriba solucionador de problemas de hardware en el campo Buscar y haga clic en la
flecha para iniciar la búsqueda.
3 Haga clic en Solucionador de problemas de hardware en la lista Resultados de la búsqueda.
4 En la lista Solucionador de problemas de hardware, haga clic en Necesito resolver un
conflicto de hardware de mi equipo y haga clic en Siguiente.
Restauración de su sistema operativo
Puede restaurar su sistema operativo de la siguiente manera:
• La función Restaurar sistema de Microsoft Windows XP devuelve su equipo a un estado
operativo anterior sin que esto afecte a archivos de datos.
• La función Dell PC Restore by Symantec (Restaurar PC de Dell por Symantec) restaura su
unidad de disco duro al estado operativo que estaba cuando compró el equipo. La función PC
Restore (Restaurar PC) de Dell borra permanentemente todos los datos de la unidad de disco
duro y quita cualquier aplicación que se instaló después de haber recibido el equipo.
Cómo utilizar la función Restaurar sistema de MicrosoftWindows XP
El sistema operativo Microsoft WindowsXP dispone de la función Restaurar sistema que permite
regresar a un estado operativo anterior del equipo (sin que esto afecte a los archivos de datos) si los
cambios efectuados en el hardware, software u otros parámetros del sistema han dejado el equipo
en un estado operativo no deseado. Consulte el Centro de ayuda y soporte técnico de Windows
para obtener información sobre el uso de la función Restaurar sistema. Para acceder a la ayuda,
consulte la página 9.
AVISO: Realice copias de seguridad periódicas de los archivos de datos. La función Restaurar sistema
no supervisa ni recupera los archivos de datos.
NOTA: Los procedimientos de este documento se han escrito para la vista predeterminada de Windows,
por lo que podrían no funcionar si cambia el equipo Dell™ a la vista clásica de Windows.
Creación de un punto de restauración
1 Haga clic en el botón Inicio y seleccione Ayuda y soporte técnico.
2 Haga clic en Restaurar sistema.
3 Siga las instrucciones que aparecen en pantalla.
Restauración del equipo a un estado operativo anterior
Si se producen problemas después de instalar el controlador de un dispositivo, utilice la
Desinstalación del controlador de dispositivo (consulte la página 60) para resolver el problema. Si
esto no funciona, utilice Restaurar sistema.62 Solución de problemas
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
AVISO: Antes de restaurar el equipo a un estado operativo anterior, guarde y cierre los archivos
abiertos y salga de los programas activos. No cambie, abra ni elimine ningún archivo o programa hasta
que haya restaurado totalmente el sistema.
1 Haga clic en el botón Inicio, seleccione Todos los programas→ Accesorios→ Herramientas
del sistema y, a continuación, haga clic en Restaurar sistema.
2 Asegúrese de que ha seleccionado Restaurar mi equipo a un estado anterior y haga clic en
Siguiente.
3 En el calendario, haga clic en la fecha a la que desea restaurar el equipo.
La pantalla Selección de un punto de restauración proporciona un calendario que permite
ver y seleccionar puntos de restauración. Todas las fechas con puntos de restauración
disponibles aparecen en negrita.
4 Seleccione un punto de restauración y, a continuación, haga clic en Siguiente.
Si una fecha del calendario sólo tiene un punto de restauración, se seleccionará
automáticamente dicho punto. Si hay dos o más puntos de restauración disponibles, haga clic
en el punto de restauración que prefiera.
5 Haga clic en Siguiente.
La pantalla de Restauración finalizada aparece cuando la función Restaurar sistema ha
finalizado de recoger los datos y a continuación se reinicia el equipo.
6 Cuando el equipo se reinicie, haga clic en Aceptar.
Para cambiar el punto de restauración, puede repetir estos pasos usando un punto de restauración
distinto o bien puede deshacer la restauración.
Cómo deshacer la última operación de Restaurar sistema
AVISO: Antes de deshacer la última restauración del sistema, guarde y cierre todos los archivos
abiertos y cierre todos los programas. No cambie, abra ni elimine ningún archivo o programa hasta que
haya restaurado totalmente el sistema.
1 Haga clic en el botón Inicio, seleccione Todos los programas→ Accesorios→ Herramientas
del sistema y, a continuación, haga clic en Restaurar sistema.
2 Seleccione Deshacer la última restauración y haga clic en Siguiente.
Cómo utilizar la función Restaurar PC de Dell por Symantec
Utilice la función Dell PC Restore by Symantec (Restaurar PC de Dell por Symantec) solamente
como último recurso para restaurar su sistema operativo. La función PC Restore (Restaurar PC)
restaura su unidad de disco duro al estado operativo que estaba cuando compró el equipo.
Cualquier programa o archivo que se haya agregado desde que recibió su equipo— incluidos los
archivos de datos—se borrarán permanentemente de la unidad de disco duro. Los archivos de datos Solución de problemas 63
incluyen: documentos, hojas de cálculo, mensajes de correo electrónico, fotos digitales, archivos de
música, etc. Si es posible, cree una copia de seguridad de todos los datos antes de utilizar la función
Restaurar PC.
AVISO: Al utilizar la función Restaurar PC se borrarán permanentemente todos los datos de la unidad de
disco duro y se quitarán las aplicaciones que se instalaron después de haber recibido el equipo. Si es
posible, cree una copia de seguridad de los datos antes de utilizar la función Restaurar PC.
Para utilizar la función Restaurar PC:
1 Encienda el equipo.
Durante el proceso de inicio, aparecerá una barra azul con www.dell.com en la parte superior
de la pantalla.
2 Pulse en el momento exacto que vea la barra azul.
Si no pulsa a tiempo, deje que el equipo termine el reinicio y vuelva a
reiniciarlo de nuevo.
AVISO: Si no desea continuar con la función Restaurar PC, haga clic en Reiniciar en el siguiente paso.
3 En la pantalla siguiente que aparezca, haga clic en Restaurar.
4 En la pantalla siguiente, haga clic en Confirmar.
El proceso de restauración tardará de 6 a 10 minutos aproximadamente para finalizar.
5 Cuando se le indique, haga clic en Terminar para reiniciar el equipo.
NOTA: No apague el equipo manualmente. Haga clic en Terminar y deje que el equipo se reinicie
completamente.
6 Cuando se le indique, haga clic en Sí.
El equipo se reinicia. Puesto que el equipo se restaura a su estado operativo original, las
pantallas que aparecen, como, por ejemplo, la pantalla Contrato de licencia del usuario final,
son las mismas que aparecen cuando se enciede el equipo por primera vez.
7 Haga clic en Siguiente.
Aparece la pantalla Restaurar sistema y, a continuación, el equipo se reinicia.
8 Cuando el equipo se reinicie, haga clic en Aceptar.
Activación de la función Restaurar sistema
Si vuelve a instalar Windows XP con menos de 200 MB de espacio libre disponible en el disco duro,
se desactivará automáticamente la función Restaurar sistema. Para ver si la función Restaurar
sistema está activada:
1 Haga clic en el botón Inicio y en Panel de control .
2 Haga clic en Rendimiento y administración.
3 Haga clic en Sistema.64 Solución de problemas
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
4 Haga clic en la ficha Restaurar sistema.
5 Compruebe que no está activada la opción Desactivar Restaurar sistema.
Eliminación de la función PC Restore
AVISO: La función PC Restore (Restaurar PC) le permite restaurar el sistema operativo de su equipo al
estado que estaba cuando compró el equipo. Se recomienda que no elimine la función PC Restore de su
equipo, incluso si es para obtener espacio adicional en el disco duro. Si elimina la función PC Restore de
la unidad de disco duro, nunca podrá volver a recuperarla ni tampoco utilizarla para volver el sistema
operativo de su equipo al estado original.
1 Inicie el equipo como administrador local.
2 En el Explorador de Windows, vaya a c:\dell\utilities\DSR.
3 Haga doble clic en el nombre de archivo DSRIRRemv2.exe.
NOTA: Si no inicia el equipo como administrador local, aparecerá un mensaje indicándole que
debe hacerlo. Haga clic en Salir e inicie el equipo como administrador local.
Si no existe la partición para la función PC Restore, aparecerá un mensaje indicando que no
se ha encontrado la partición. Haga clic en Salir; no hay partición que borrar.
4 Haga clic en Aceptar para eliminar la partición.
5 Haga clic en Sí cuando aparezca un mensaje de confirmación.
Se borra la partición y la partición c:\ se expande para incluir el nuevo espacio de disco
disponible. Para comprobar el espacio disponible, haga clic con el botón derecho del ratón en
la unidad c:\ en el Explorador de Windows y seleccione Propiedades.
6 Haga clic en Terminar para cerrar la ventana PC Restore Removal (Eliminación de la función
PC Restore).
7 Reinicie el equipo.Adición y sustitución de piezas 65
Adición y sustitución de piezas
Antes de empezar
Este apartado proporciona procedimientos para quitar e instalar los componentes de su equipo. A
menos que se señale lo contrario, cada procedimiento asume que existen las siguientes condiciones:
• Ha realizado los pasos de la sección “Apagar el equipo.”
• Ha leído la información de seguridad de la Guía de información del producto.
Herramientas recomendadas
Los procedimientos de este documento podrían requerir el uso de las siguientes herramientas:
• Un destornillador pequeño de paletas planas
• Un destornillador Phillips
• Una punta trazadora de plástico pequeña
• CD o disquete de actualización del programa BIOS flash
Apagar el equipo
Utilice las siguientes directrices de seguridad para proteger su equipo de posibles daños y para
garantizar su propia seguridad personal.
PRECAUCIÓN: Antes de comenzar cualquiera de los procedimientos de esta sección, siga las
instrucciones de seguridad que se encuentran en la Guía de información del producto.
AVISO: Sólo un técnico certificado debe realizar reparaciones en el equipo. La garantía no cubre los
daños por reparaciones no autorizadas por Dell.
PRECAUCIÓN: Manipule los componentes y las tarjetas con precaución. No toque los componentes o
contactos ubicados en una tarjeta. Sostenga las tarjetas por sus bordes o por su soporte metálico de
montaje. Sujete un componente, como un procesador, por sus bordes y no por sus patas.
AVISO: Cuando desconecte un cable, tire de su conector o de su lazo liberador de tensión, y no del
cable mismo. Algunos cables cuentan con un conector que tiene lengüetas de sujeción; si está
desconectando un cable de este tipo, pulse las lengüetas de sujeción antes de desconectar el cable.
Cuando separe conectores, manténgalos alineados para evitar doblar las patas del conector. Además,
antes de conectar un cable, asegúrese de que los dos conectores estén orientados y alineados
correctamente. 66 Adición y sustitución de piezas
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
AVISO: Para evitar daños en el equipo, realice los pasos siguientes antes de empezar a trabajar dentro
del mismo.
1 Asegúrese de que la superficie de trabajo sea llana y esté limpia para evitar que la cubierta del
equipo se raye.
2 Apague el equipo.
3 Asegúrese de que el equipo y los dispositivos conectados estén apagados. Si el equipo o los
dispositivos conectados no se apagaron automáticamente cuando desactivó el equipo, pulse y
mantenga pulsado el botón de alimentación durante 4 segundos.
4 Si el equipo está conectado (acoplado) a un dispositivo de acoplamiento, desacóplelo. Si
desea instrucciones, consulte la documentación incluida con el dispositivo de acoplamiento.
AVISO: Para desconectar un cable de red, desconecte primero el cable del equipo y, a continuación, del
enchufe de red de la pared.
5 Desconecte del equipo todas las líneas telefónicas o de telecomunicaciones.
6 Desconecte el equipo y todos los dispositivos conectados de sus salidas eléctricas y, a
continuación, pulse el botón de alimentación para conectar a tierra la placa base.
AVISO: Para conectar un cable de red, primero conecte el cable a la toma de red de la pared y,
después, al equipo.
7 Retire las PC Card instaladas de la ranura para PC Card.
8 Cierre la pantalla y coloque el equipo hacia abajo en una superficie plana.
AVISO: Para evitar que se dañe la placa base, debe retirar la batería principal cuando abra el equipo.
9 Deslice y sostenga el pasador de liberación del compartimento de la batería y, a continuación,
extraiga la batería del compartimento.
10 Extraiga los módulos instalados.
11 Extraiga la unidad de disco duro.
Unidad de disco duro
PRECAUCIÓN: Si extrae la unidad de disco duro del equipo cuando la unidad está caliente, no toque
la caja metálica de dicha unidad.
AVISO: Para evitar la pérdida de datos, apague el equipo (consulte la página 28) antes de extraer la
unidad de disco duro. No extraiga la unidad de disco duro mientras el equipo se encuentre encendido,
en modo de suspensión o en modo de hibernación.
AVISO: Las unidades de disco duro son muy frágiles; basta un ligero golpe para dañarlas.
NOTA: Dell no garantiza la compatibilidad para las unidades de disco duro de otros fabricantes ni
proporciona asistencia técnica si sufren algún problema.Adición y sustitución de piezas 67
Para sustituir la unidad de disco duro en el compartimento correspondiente:
1 Siga las instrucciones que encontrará en el apartado “Antes de empezar” en la página 65.
2 Dé la vuelta al equipo y retire los tornillos de la unidad de disco duro.
AVISO: Cuando la unidad de disco duro no esté en el equipo, guárdela en un embalaje protector
antiestático. Consulte las instrucciones para desechar las baterías en la Guía de información del
producto.
3 Tire de la unidad de disco duro para extraerla del equipo.
4 Extraiga la nueva unidad de su embalaje.
Conserve el embalaje original para almacenar o transportar la unidad de disco duro.
AVISO: Ejerza una presión firme y constante para deslizar la unidad hasta que encaje en su sitio. Si
ejerce una fuerza excesiva, puede dañar el conector.
5 Inserte la unidad en el compartimento y empújela hasta que encaje totalmente en el
compartimento.
6 Vuelva a colocar los tornillos y apriételos.
7 Instale el sistema operativo para su equipo.
8 Instale los controladores y utilidades para su equipo.
Tornillos (2)
Unidad de
disco duro68 Adición y sustitución de piezas
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Devolución de una unidad de disco duro a Dell
Cuando devuelva la unidad de disco duro a Dell, utilice el embalaje de espuma original o un
embalaje similar. De lo contrario, la unidad de disco duro puede resultar dañada durante el
transporte.
Memoria
Puede aumentar la memoria del sistema mediante la instalación de módulos de memoria en la
placa base. Consulte la página 80 para obtener información sobre la memoria admitida por el
equipo. Instale únicamente módulos de memoria adecuados para su equipo.
1 Siga las instrucciones que aparecen en la sección “Antes de comenzar” de la página 65.
2 Dé la vuelta al equipo, afloje el tornillo cautivo de la cubierta del módulo de memoria y
levante la cubierta.
Unidad de
disco duro
Embalaje
de espumaAdición y sustitución de piezas 69
NOTA: Los módulos de memoria adquiridos a Dell están incluidos en la garantía del equipo.
3 Si va a cambiar un módulo de memoria, debe retirar el módulo existente.
a Separe cuidadosamente con las puntas de los dedos los ganchos de fijación que se
encuentran en los extremos del conector del módulo de memoria hasta que el módulo
salga de su sitio.
b Extraiga el módulo del conector.
Tornillo
cautivo
Cubierta del
módulo de
memoria
Ganchos de
fijación
Módulo de
memoria70 Adición y sustitución de piezas
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
4 Descargue la electricidad estática de su cuerpo e instale el nuevo módulo de memoria:
NOTA: Si el módulo de memoria no está instalado correctamente, es posible que el equipo no arranque.
Este fallo no se indicará mediante un mensaje de error.
a Alinee la muesca del conector del extremo del módulo con la lengüeta de la ranura del
conector.
b Deslice el módulo firmemente en la ranura formando un ángulo de 45 grados y gírelo
hasta que encaje en su sitio con un chasquido. Si no lo nota, retire el módulo y vuelva a
instalarlo.
5 Vuelva a colocar la cubierta.
AVISO: Si resulta difícil cerrar la cubierta del módulo de memoria, extraiga el módulo y vuelva a
instalarlo. Si fuerza la cubierta para cerrarla, puede dañar el equipo.
6 Inserte la batería en el compartimento correspondiente o conecte el adaptador de CA al
equipo y a una toma de corriente.
7 Encienda el equipo.
Al reiniciarse el equipo, éste detecta la memoria adicional y actualiza automáticamente la
información de configuración del sistema.
Para confirmar la cantidad de memoria que hay instalada en el equipo, haga clic en el botón Inicio,
seleccione Ayuda y soporte técnico y, a continuación, haga clic en Información del equipo.Adición y sustitución de piezas 71
Módem y minitarjeta PCI
1 Siga las instrucciones que encontrará en el apartado “Antes de empezar” en la página 65.
2 Dé la vuelta al equipo, afloje el tornillo cautivo de la cubierta del módem/minitarjeta PCI y
levante la cubierta.
3 Continúe con las instrucciones que correspondan de las secciones:
• Para agregar un módem, consulte la siguiente sección: “Cómo agregar un módem”.
• Para agregar una minitarjeta PCI, consulte la página 72.
Cómo cambiar el módem
1 Retire el módem actual:
a Extraiga los tornillos que fijan el módem en la placa base y guárdelos aparte.
b Tire de la lengüeta para sacar el módem de su conector de la placa base y desconecte el
cable del módem.
Tornillo cautivo
Cubierta del
módem/minitarjeta
PCI72 Adición y sustitución de piezas
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
2 Conecte el cable del módem al módem.
AVISO: Los conectores de cable tienen la forma adecuada para una correcta inserción; no fuerce las
conexiones.
3 Alinee el módem con los orificios para los tornillos e insértelo en el conector de la placa
base.
4 Coloque los tornillos para fijar el módem a la placa base.
5 Vuelva a colocar la cubierta.
Cómo agregar una minitarjeta PCI
PRECAUCIÓN: La normativa FCC prohibe terminantemente a los usuarios instalar minitarjetas PCI
LAN inalámbricas de 5 GHz (802.11a, 802.11a/b, 802.11a/b/g). Bajo ninguna circunstancia debe el
usuario instalar ningún dispositivo de dicho tipo. Sólo el personal de servicio técnico formado por Dell
tiene autorización para instalar una minitarjeta PCI LAN inalámbrica de 5 GHz.
Si extrae o instala una minitarjeta PCI de 2,4 GHz (802.11b, 802.11b/g), siga las instrucciones que se
indican a continuación. Sólo se pueden instalar los productos aprobados para su utilización en el
equipo portátil. Las minitarjetas PCI aprobadas sólo se pueden comprar a Dell.
NOTA: El usuario puede extraer e instalar las tarjetas PC LAN inalámbricas de 2,4 GHz.
Conector del cable del
módem
Cable del
módem
Lengüeta
de tiro
Tornillos (2)Adición y sustitución de piezas 73
Si pidió una minitarjeta PCI con el equipo, ya estará instalada.
1 Si no hay ninguna minitarjeta PCI instalada, vaya al paso 2. Si está sustituyendo una
minitarjeta PCI, retire la tarjeta existente.
a Desconecte la minitarjeta PCI de los cables conectados.
b Libere la minitarjeta PCI; para ello, separe las lengüetas metálicas de fijación hasta que
la tarjeta se levante ligeramente.
c Extraiga la minitarjeta PCI de su conector.
AVISO: Para evitar dañar la minitarjeta PCI, no coloque nunca cables encima o debajo de la tarjeta.
AVISO: Los conectores tienen la forma adecuada para garantizar que la inserción es correcta. Si
nota resistencia, compruebe los conectores y vuelva a alinear la tarjeta.
Minitarjeta PCI
Conector de minitarjeta
PCI
Cables de antena (2)
Lengüetas metálicas de
fijación (2)74 Adición y sustitución de piezas
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
2 Alinee la minitarjeta PCI con el conector hasta formar un ángulo de 45 grados y, a
continuación, presiónela para insertarla en el conector.
3 Conecte los cables de antena a la minitarjeta PCI.
4 Vuelva a colocar la cubierta.
Unidad de CD o DVD
1 Siga las instrucciones que encontrará en el apartado “Antes de empezar” en la página 65.
2 Dé la vuelta al equipo, afloje el tornillo cautivo de la cubierta del módulo de memoria y
levante la cubierta.
Minitarjeta PCI
Conector de
minitarjeta PCI
Cables de antena
(2)Adición y sustitución de piezas 75
3 Extraiga el tornillo “O” que se encuentra junto a la cubierta del módulo de memoria.
4 Apriete la palanca que se encuentra junto a los conectores del módulo de memoria en la
dirección a la flecha indicada en la palanca (es decir, hacia la unidad) para liberar la unidad.
5 Extraiga la unidad del compartimento.
Tornillo
cautivo
Cubierta del
módulo de
memoria
Tornillo
Palanca
Unidad CD o DVD76 Adición y sustitución de piezas
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
6 Inserte la nueva unidad en el compartimento hasta que quede totalmente encajada.
7 Vuelva a colocar el tornillo extraído en el paso 3.
8 Vuelva a colocar la cubierta del módulo de memoria y el tornillo.
Teclado
1 Siga las instrucciones que encontrará en el apartado “Antes de empezar” en la página 65.
2 Use un destornillador plano pequeño o una punta de plástico para levantar el extremo
derecho con muesca de la cubierta embellecedora y haga palanca en ella para extraerla.
3 Levante la cubierta y extráigala de las bisagras y del estuche inferior.
4 Extraiga los cuatro tornillos del teclado.
AVISO: Las teclas del teclado son frágiles, se desencajan fácilmente y resulta muy entretenido volver a
colocarlas. Tenga cuidado cuando extraiga y manipule el teclado.
5 Levante el teclado y apóyelo en las bisagras de la pantalla de modo que el conector del teclado
quede visible.
6 Tire del conector del teclado para desconectarlo del conector de interfaz de la placa base.
Cubierta con bisagrasAdición y sustitución de piezas 77
7 Extraiga el teclado.
AVISO: para evitar dañar las patas de los conectores, inserte firmemente el conector del teclado en el
conector de interfaz de la placa base y no invierta el conector del teclado.
8 Conecte el conector de teclado del otro teclado en el conector de interfaz de la placa base.
Conector de interfaz
Conector para teclado
Tornillos para
teclado (4)
Teclado78 Adición y sustitución de piezas
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
9 Inserte las cuatro pestañas de fijación del teclado en las ranuras correspondientes del
apoyamanos y vuelva a colocar el teclado.
Antes de intentar encajar completamente el teclado, asegúrese de que las cuatro pestañas de
fijación están encajadas.
10 Vuelva a colocar los cuatro tornillos del teclado.
11 Vuelva a colocar la cubierta.
Conector de interfaz
Conector para teclado
Tornillos para
teclado (4)
Teclado
Pestañas de
fijación (4)Apéndice 79
Apéndice
Especificaciones
NOTA: Las funciones de administración de energía limitan la velocidad del procesador cuando el equipo
funciona con batería, para mantener los requisitos de ventilación del sistema o para mantener los
requisitos de alimentación del sistema.
Microprocesador
Microprocesador Procesador Mobile Intel®
Pentium®
4 o
Intel Celeron®
Caché L1 8 KB (interna)
Caché L2 512 KB (Intel Pentium 4); 128 KB (Intel
Celeron)
Frecuencia de bus externa 400/533 MHz
Información del sistema
Conjunto de chips del sistema Intel 852GMV
Amplitud del bus de datos 64 bits
Amplitud del bus de DRAM 64 bits
Amplitud del bus de direcciones del
microprocesador
32 bits
Tarjeta PC
Controlador CardBus TI PCI1510
Conector de tarjetas PC admite una tarjeta del Tipo I o Tipo II
Tarjetas admitidas de 3,3 V y 5 V
Tamaño del conector de tarjetas PC de 68 patas
Amplitud de datos (máxima) PCMCIA de 16 bits
CardBus de 32 bits80 Apéndice
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Memoria
Conector del módulo de memoria 2 zócalos SODIMM a los que puede acceder
el usuario
Capacidades del módulo de memoria 64, 128, 256 y 512 MB
Tipo de memoria SODIMM de 2,5 V
Memoria estándar 128 MB
Memoria máxima 1 GB
Tiempo de acceso a memoria:
velocidad del reloj
266 MHz
Puertos y conectores
Vídeo conector de 15 orificios
Audio Conector de micrófono, conector de
auriculares o altavoces estéreo
USB (2) Conector de 4 patas compatible con USB 2.0
Módem Conector RJ-11
LAN Ethernet Conector RJ-45 (opcional en algunos países)
Comunicaciones
Módem:
Tipo v.92 56K MDC
Controlador softmodem
Interfaz Bus interno AC ’97
Adaptador de red tarjeta de sistema LAN Ethernet 10/100Apéndice 81
Vídeo
Tipo de vídeo Gráficos directos integrados AGP
Interfaz host AGP directo integrado
Controlador de vídeo Intel UMA integrada
Memoria de vídeo 1 MB con Intel DVMT hasta 32 MB (con
128 MB de memoria del sistema) o 64 MB
(con 256 MB o más de memoria del sistema)
Interfaz LCD SPWG-B
Audio
Tipo de audio AC’97 (soft audio)
Controlador de audio Sigmatel 9750
Conversión estereofónica 18 bits (de analógica a digital) y 20 bits (de
digital a analógica)
Interfaces:
Interna Bus PCI /AC’97
Externa Conector de entrada de micrófono, conector
de auriculares o altavoces estéreo
Altavoz Dos altavocesde 8 ohmios
Amplificador de altavoz interno Canal de 1,0 W en 8 ohmios
Controles de volumen Métodos abreviados de teclado, menús de
programa82 Apéndice
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Pantalla
Tipo (TFT matriz activa) XGA
Dimensiones: 14,1 ó 15 pulgadas
Altura:
14.1 pulgada
15 pulgada
214,3 mm (8,4 pulgadas)
228,1 mm (8,99 pulgadas)
Anchura:
14.1 pulgada
15 pulgada
285,7 mm (11,2 pulgadas)
304,1 mm (11,97 pulgadas)
Diagonal:
14.1 pulgada
15 pulgada
359.16 mm (14.1 pulgadas)
382.4 mm (15.1 pulgadas)
Resoluciones máximas 1024 x 768 a 16,8 millones de colores
Tiempo de respuesta (típico) 20 ms de subida (máximo)
30 ms de bajada (máximo)
Frecuencia de actualización 60 Hz
Ángulo de funcionamiento 0° (cerrado) a 180°
Ángulos de vista:
Horizontal ±40°
Vertical +10°/–30°
Separación entre píxeles 0,28 x 0,28 mm
Consumo eléctrico:
Panel con luz de fondo (normal) 5.2 W
Controles el brillo puede controlarse mediante
métodos abreviados del tecladoApéndice 83
Teclado
Número de teclas 85 (EE.UU. y Canadá); 86 (Europa);
90 (Japón)
Recorrido de tecla 2,7 mm ± 0,3 mm (0,11 pulgadas ± 0,016
pulgadas)
Espacio entre teclas 19,05 mm ± 0,3 mm (0,75 pulgadas ± 0,012
pulgadas)
Diseño QWERTY/AZERTY/Kanji
Superficie táctil
Resolución de posición X/Y (modo de
tabla de gráficos) 240 cpp
Tamaño:
Anchura 64,88 mm (2,55 pulgadas) área activa
mediante sensor
Altura Rectángulo de 48,88 mm (1,92 pulgadas)
Batería (8 celdas)
Tipo Ión de litio "inteligente" de 8 celdas (65
WHr)
Dimensiones:
Profundidad 122,5 mm (4,8 pulgadas)
Altura 19,2 mm (0,76 pulgadas)
Anchura 147,5 mm (5,8 pulgadas)
Peso 0,470 kg (1,03 lb)
Voltaje 14,8 VDC
Capacidad 4300 mAH
Vida útil Puede reducirse significativamente bajo
condiciones de mucho consumo.
Consulte la página 29 para obtener más
información acerca de la duración de la
batería.
Duración (aproximada) 300 ciclos de carga/descarga
0
Intervalo de temperatura:
Carga/Descarga 0° a 35°C (32° a 95°F)
En almacenamiento –40° a 65°C (–40° a 149°F)84 Apéndice
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Batería (12 celdas)
Tipo Ión de litio "inteligente" de 12 celdas (96
Whr)
Dimensiones:
Profundidad 122,5 mm (4,8 pulgadas)
Altura 19,2 mm (0,76 pulgadas)
Anchura 147,5 mm (5,8 pulgadas)
Peso 0,615 kg (1,35 lb)
Voltaje 14,8 VDC
Capacidad 6450 mAH
Vida útil Puede reducirse significativamente bajo
condiciones de mucho consumo.
Consulte la página 29 para obtener más
información acerca de la duración de la
batería.
Duración (aproximada) 300 ciclos de carga/descarga
0
Intervalo de temperatura:
Carga/Descarga 0° a 35°C (32° a 95°F)
En almacenamiento –40° a 65°C (–40° a 149°F)
Adaptador de CA
Voltaje de entrada De 100 a 240 V CA
Intensidad de entrada (máxima) 1,5 A
Frecuencia de entrada De 50 a 60 Hz
Intensidad de salida 5,62 A (máximo en pulso de 4 segundos);
4,62 A (continuo)
Potencia de salida 90 W estándar
Voltaje nominal de salida 19.5 V de CC
Dimensiones:
Altura 34,2 mm (1,35 pulgadas)
Anchura 60,9 mm (2,4 pulgadas)
Profundidad 153,4 mm (6,04 pulgadas)
Peso (con cables) 0,46 kg (1,0 lb)Apéndice 85
Intervalo de temperatura:
En funcionamiento 0° a 35°C (32° a 95°F)
En almacenamiento –40° a 65°C (–40° a 149°F)
Aspectos físicos
Altura
Pantalla de 14,1 pulgadas 44,5–47,95 mm (1,75 pulgadas–1,89
pulgadas)
Pantalla de 15 pulgadas 46,5–48,3 mm (1,83 pulgadas–1,90
pulgadas)
Anchura
Pantalla de 14,1 pulgadas 329 mm (12,9 pulgadas)
Pantalla de 15 pulgadas 335 mm (13,1 pulgadas)
Profundidad
Pantalla de 14,1 pulgadas 275 mm (10,8 pulgadas)
Pantalla de 15 pulgadas 275 mm (10,8 pulgadas)
Peso:
Con unidad de CD, batería de 8
celdas y pantalla de 14,1 pulgadas
3,3 kg (7,17 lb)
Con unidad de CD, batería de 12
celdas y pantalla de 14,1 pulgadas
3,4 kg (7,57 lb)
Con unidad de CD, batería de 8
celdas y pantalla de 15 pulgadas
3,5 kg (7,66 lb)
Con unidad de CD, batería de 12
celdas y pantalla de 15 pulgadas
3,7 kg (8,07 lb)
Aspectos ambientales
Intervalo de temperatura:
En funcionamiento 0° a 35°C (32° a 95°F)
En almacenamiento –40° a 65°C (–40° a 149°F)
Humedad relativa (máxima):
En funcionamiento del 10% al 90% (sin condensación)
En almacenamiento del 5% al 95% (sin condensación)
Adaptador de CA (continuación)86 Apéndice
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Utilización del programa Configuración del sistema
Visión general
NOTA: El sistema operativo puede configurar automáticamente la mayoría de las opciones disponibles en el
programa de configuración del sistema, anulando así las opciones establecidas por el usuario a través del
programa de configuración del sistema. Para obtener más información acerca de la configuración de funciones
del sistema operativo, consulte el centro de ayuda y soporte técnico. Para acceder a la ayuda, consulte la
página 9.
Las pantallas de configuración del sistema muestran la información y las selecciones de la
configuración actual del equipo, como:
• Configuración del sistema
• Secuencia de arranque
• Configuración de arranque (inicialización) y ajustes de configuración del dispositivo de
acoplamiento
• Selecciones de configuración básica de dispositivos
• Ajustes de seguridad del sistema y de la contraseña de la unidad de disco duro
AVISO: A menos que sea un usuario experto en informática o que el servicio de asistencia técnica de
Dell le pida que lo haga, no cambie la configuración de este programa. Determinados cambios pueden
hacer que el equipo no funcione correctamente.
Vibración máxima:
En funcionamiento 0,6 GRMS
En almacenamiento 1.3 GRMS
Impacto máximo (medido con la
unidad de disco duro en posición de
reposo y pulso de media onda de 2
ms):
En funcionamiento 122 G
En almacenamiento 163 G
Altitud (máxima):
En funcionamiento De –15.2 a 3048 m (de –50 a 10,000 pies)
En almacenamiento De –15.2 a 10,668 m (de –50 a 35,000 pies)
Aspectos ambientales (continuación)Apéndice 87
Visualización de las pantallas de configuración del sistema
1 Encienda (o reinicie) el equipo.
2 Cuando aparezca el logotipo de DELL™, pulse inmediatamente. Si tarda demasiado y
aparece el logotipo de Windows, espere hasta que se muestre el escritorio de Windows. A
continuación, apague el equipo (consulte la página 28) y vuelva a intentarlo.
Pantallas de configuración del sistema
NOTA: Para obtener información sobre un elemento específico de la pantalla de configuración del
sistema, resalte el elemento y consulte el área de Ayuda de la pantalla.
Se lista, en cada pantalla, a la izquierda las opciones de configuración del sistema. A la derecha de
cada opción se encuentra la selección o el valor de dicha opción. Puede cambiar las selecciones que
aparecen en blanco en la pantalla. Las opciones o valores que no se pueden cambiar (porque los
determina o calcula el equipo) aparecen con menos brillo.
En el cuadro que aparece en la esquina superior derecha de la pantalla se muestra información de
ayuda sobre la opción resaltada actualmente; en el que aparece en la esquina inferior derecha se
muestra información acerca del equipo. Las funciones clave del programa de configuración del
sistema aparecen en la parte inferior de la pantalla.
Opciones más utilizadas
Ciertas opciones requieren que reinicie el equipo para que la nueva configuración sea efectiva.
Cambio de la secuencia de arranque
La secuencia de arranque indica al equipo dónde debe buscar para localizar el software necesario
para iniciar el sistema operativo. Puede controlar la secuencia de inicio y activar o desactivar los
dispositivos mediante la página Boot Order (Orden de inicio) del programa de configuración del
sistema.
NOTA: Para cambiar la secuencia de arranque para una sola vez, consulte página 88.
La página Boot Order (Orden de inicio) muestra una lista general de los dispositivos de inicio que
se pueden instalar en el equipo, que incluyen, entre otros, los siguientes:
• Unidad de discos flexibles
• Unidad de disco duro de compartimento para módulos
• Unidad de disco duro interna
• Unidad de CD/DVD/CD-RW
Durante la rutina de inicio, el equipo comienza por la parte superior de la lista y examina los
archivos de inicio del sistema operativo. Cuando el equipo encuentra los archivos, deja de buscar e
inicia el sistema operativo.
Para controlar los dispositivos de inicio, seleccione (resalte) un dispositivo presionando la tecla de
flecha hacia arriba o hacia abajo y, a continuación, active o desactive el dispositivo o cambie su
orden en la lista.88 Apéndice
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
• Para activar o desactivar un dispositivo, resalte el elemento Los elementos activados aparecen
de color blanco y con un signo de exclamación a la izquierda; los elementos desactivados
aparecen de color azul o atenuados y sin triángulo.
• Pulse la tecla de flecha hacia la izquierda o hacia la derecha para cambiar la opción.
• Para cambiar la posición de un dispositivo en la lista, resáltelo y, a continuación, pulse o
(no se distingue entre mayúsculas y minúsculas) para desplazar hacia arriba o hacia
abajo el dispositivo resaltado.
Los cambios de la secuencia de inicio tendrán efecto tan pronto como los guarde y salga del
programa de configuración del sistema.
Arranque para una sola vez
Puede configurar una secuencia de inicio para una sola vez sin tener que entrar en el programa de
configuración del sistema. (También puede utilizar este procedimiento para iniciar desde los
Diagnósticos de Dell en la partición de la utilidad de diagnóstico de la unidad de disco duro).
1 Apague el equipo.
2 Si el equipo está conectado (acoplado) a un dispositivo de acoplamiento, desacóplelo. Si
desea instrucciones, consulte la documentación incluida con el dispositivo de acoplamiento.
3 Conecte el equipo a un enchufe eléctrico.
4 Encienda el equipo. Cuando aparezca el logotipo DELL, oprima inmediatamente . Si
tarda demasiado y aparece el logotipo de Windows, espere hasta que se muestre el escritorio
de Windows. A continuación, apague el equipo y vuelva a intentarlo.
5 Cuando aparezca el dispositivo de arranque, resalte el dispositivo desde el que desea arrancar
y pulse .
El equipo se iniciará desde el dispositivo seleccionado.
La próxima vez que reinicie el equipo, se restaurará el orden de inicio normal.
Optimización del rendimiento de la batería y el sistema
Información general sobre el rendimiento del sistema
El rendimiento del sistema puede verse reducido en determinadas condiciones para evitar que se
realice un apagado automático y se pierdan datos. Entre las condiciones en las que se reduce el
rendimiento se encuentran las siguientes:
CA L EN T AMI EN T O D E L P R O C E S A D O R — El rendimiento se reduce cuando la temperatura del sistema
sobrepasa los parámetros establecidos. Esta reducción del rendimiento ayuda a regular las temperaturas del
sistema y de la superficie, lo cual evita que el equipo se apague debido a la temperatura excesiva del
procesador.
REN DIMI EN T O D E L A D A P T A D O R D E CA — El rendimiento se reduce cuando el equipo funciona con
alimentación de CA y el consumo de energía sobrepasa los parámetros establecidos del adaptador de CA.
Esta reducción del rendimiento garantiza que el sistema no intenta consumir más de lo que el adaptador Apéndice 89
de CA puede suministrar.
CA P A CI D A D D E LA B A T E RÍ A — El rendimiento se reduce cuando el equipo funciona con batería y el
consumo de energía sobrepasa la capacidad nominal de la batería, sobrepasa los niveles de descarga segura
permitidos o cuando la temperatura de la superficie de la batería sobrepasa los 60 °C.
Optimización del consumo de energía y del tiempo de carga de la batería
El adaptador de CA tarda 3 horas aproximadamente en cargar una batería totalmente descargada
con el equipo apagado. El tiempo de carga es significativamente superior si el equipo está
encendido y funciona a una alta velocidad de procesador y niveles elevados de actividad del
sistema. Si el equipo funciona a elevados niveles de actividad del sistema durante periodos
prolongados de tiempo y la batería no se carga, intente operar con el equipo en modo de
administración de energía mínima. Este modo puede mejorar el tiempo de carga y la duración de la
batería. Según los niveles de actividad del sistema, el rendimiento del sistema puede verse
reducido. Para establecer el modo de administración de energía mínima:
NOTA: También puede pulsar el icono de medidor de energía de la barra de tareas.
1 Pulse el botón Inicio→ Panel de control→ Rendimiento y mantenimiento→ Opciones de
energía.
2 Seleccione la ficha Combinaciones de energía.
3 En el menú desplegable Combinaciones de energía, pulse Modo de bajo consumo.
Para obtener más información sobre la administración de energía, consulte el archivo de Ayuda de
Dell Inspiron. Para acceder al archivo de ayuda, consulte la .página 9
Velocidad variable del ventilador
El equipo utiliza una velocidad variable del ventilador a fin de evitar que el equipo se sobrecaliente.
El ventilador funciona continuamente y la velocidad de éste puede variar según el uso. El ruido de
los ventiladores es normal y no indica ningún problema del equipo o de los ventiladores.
Política de soporte técnico de Dell (sólo EE.UU.)
El soporte técnico asistido por personal técnico requiere la cooperación y la participación del
cliente en el proceso de solución de problemas y permite restaurar el sistema operativo, los
programas de software y los controladores de hardware a la configuración predeterminada original
de Dell, así como verificar el funcionamiento correcto del equipo y del hardware instalado por Dell.
Además de este soporte con intervención de un técnico, puede encontrar el mismo en línea en
support.dell.com. Puede que haya opciones de soporte técnico adicionales con cargo.
Dell proporciona asistencia técnica limitada para el equipo y el software y los periféricos instalados
por Dell
1
. La asistencia para software y periféricos de terceros corresponde al fabricante original e
incluye aquellos artículos comprados o instalados a través de Dell Software and Peripherals,
Readyware y Custom Factory Integration
2
.
1
Se ofrecen servicios de reparación conforme a los términos y condiciones de la garantía limitada y el servicio 90 Apéndice
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
de asistencia opcional contratado al comprar el equipo.
2
Todos los componentes estándar de Dell incluidos en un proyecto Custom Factory Integration (CFI) están
cubiertos por la garantía limitada estándar de Dell de su equipo. No obstante, Dell también amplía el programa de sustitución de piezas para incluir todos los componentes de hardware no estándar de terceros integrados a través de CFI durante todo el período de vigencia del contrato de asistencia para el equipo.
Definición de software y dispositivos periféricos “instalados por Dell”
El software instalado por Dell incluye el sistema operativo y parte de los programas de software
instalados en el equipo durante el proceso de fabricación (Microsoft®
Office, Norton Antivirus,
etc.)
Los dispositivos periféricos instalados por Dell incluyen las tarjetas internas de expansión, los
compartimentos para módulos Dell y los accesorios de la tarjeta PC. Además, se incluyen todos los
monitores, teclados, ratones, altavoces, micrófonos para módems telefónicos, estaciones de
acoplamiento/replicadores de puerto, productos de red y todos los cables correspondientes de la
marca Dell.
Definición de software y dispositivos periféricos “de terceros”
El software y los periféricos de terceros incluyen los periféricos, accesorios y programas de software
vendidos por Dell pero que no son de la marca Dell (impresoras, escáneres, cámaras, juegos, etc.).
El soporte para el software y los dispositivos periféricos de terceros lo proporciona el fabricante
original del producto.
Cómo ponerse en contacto con Dell
Para ponerse en contacto con Dell de forma electrónica, puede acceder a los siguientes sitios web:
• www.dell.com
• support.dell.com (soporte técnico)
• premiersupport.dell.com (soporte técnico para clientes de instituciones educativas,
gubernamentales, sanitarias y de grandes y medianas empresas, incluidos los clientes Premier,
Platinum y Gold)
Para obtener las direcciones web de su país, busque la sección correspondiente en la siguiente tabla.
NOTA: Los números de teléfono gratuitos son para uso dentro del país para el que aparecen.
Cuando necesite ponerse en contacto con Dell, utilice las direcciones electrónicas, los números de
teléfono y los códigos que se incluyen en la siguiente tabla. Si necesita ayuda para averiguar los
códigos que debe utilizar, póngase en contacto con un operador de telefonía local o internacional.Apéndice 91
País (Ciudad)
Código del país
Código de acceso internacional
Código de la ciudad
Nombre del departamento o área de servicio,
sitio web y dirección de correo electrónico
Códigos de área,
números locales y
números de teléfono gratuitos
Alemania (Langen)
Código de acceso internacional:
00
Código de país: 49
Código de ciudad: 6103
Sitio web: support.euro.dell.com
Correo electrónico:
tech_support_central_europe@dell.com
Asistencia técnica 06103 766-7200
Atención al cliente para particulares y pequeñas
empresas
0180-5-224400
Atención al cliente para cuentas globales 06103 766-9570
Atención al cliente para cuentas preferentes 06103 766-9420
Atención al cliente para grandes cuentas 06103 766-9560
Atención al cliente para cuentas públicas 06103 766-9555
Centralita 06103 766-7000
Anguilla Asistencia general gratuito: 800-335-0031
Antigua y Barbuda Asistencia general 1-800-805-5924
Antillas Neerlandesas Asistencia general 001-800-882-1519
Argentina (Buenos Aires)
Código de acceso internacional:
00
Código de país: 54
Código de ciudad: 11
Sitio web: www.dell.com.ar
Correo electrónico: us_latin_services@dell.com
Correo electrónico para equipos portátiles y de
sobremesa:
la-techsupport@dell.com
Correco electrónico para servidores y productos de
almacenamiento EMC®
:
la_enterprise@dell.com
Atención al cliente gratuito: 0-800-444-0730
Asistencia técnica gratuito: 0-800-444-0733
Servicios de asistencia técnica gratuito: 0-800-444-0724
Ventas 0-810-444-3355
Aruba Asistencia general gratuito: 800-157892 Apéndice
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Australia (Sydney)
Código de acceso internacional:
0011
Código de país: 61
Código de ciudad: 2
Correo electrónico (Australia):
au_tech_support@dell.com
Correo electrónico (Nueva Zelanda):
nz_tech_support@dell.com
Particulares y pequeñas empresas 1-300-655-533
Gobierno y empresas gratuito: 1-800-633-559
División de cuentas preferentes (PAD) gratuito: 1-800-060-889
Atención al cliente gratuito: 1-800-819-339
Asistencia técnica (para equipos portátiles y de
escritorio)
gratuito: 1-300-655-533
Asistencia técnica (servidores y estaciones de
trabajo)
gratuito: 1-800-733-314
Ventas corporativas gratuito: 1-800-808-385
Ventas de transacciones gratuito: 1-800-808-312
Fax gratuito: 1-800-818-341
Austria (Viena)
Código de acceso internacional:
900
Código de país: 43
Código de ciudad: 1
Sitio web: support.euro.dell.com
Correo electrónico:
tech_support_central_europe@dell.com
Ventas a particulares y pequeñas empresas 0820 240 530 00
Fax para particulares y pequeñas empresas 0820 240 530 49
Atención al cliente para particulares y pequeñas
empresas
0820 240 530 14
Atención al cliente para cuentas preferentes y
corporaciones
0820 240 530 16
Asistencia técnica a particulares y pequeñas
empresas
0820 240 530 14
Asistencia técnica a cuentas preferentes y
corporaciones
0660 8779
Centralita 0820 240 530 00
Bahamas Asistencia general gratuito: 1-866-278-6818
Barbados Asistencia general 1-800-534-3066
País (Ciudad)
Código del país
Código de acceso internacional
Código de la ciudad
Nombre del departamento o área de servicio,
sitio web y dirección de correo electrónico
Códigos de área,
números locales y
números de teléfono gratuitosApéndice 93
Bélgica (Bruselas)
Código de acceso internacional:
00
Código de país: 32
Código de ciudad: 2
Sitio web: support.euro.dell.com
Correo electrónico para clientes francófonos:
support.euro.dell.com/be/fr/emaildell/
Asistencia técnica 02 481 92 88
Fax de asistencia técnica 02 481 92 95
Atención al cliente 02 713 15 .65
Ventas corporativas 02 481 91 00
Fax 02 481 92 99
Centralita 02 481 91 00
Bermuda Asistencia general 1-800-342-0671
Bolivia Asistencia general gratuito: 800-10-0238
Brasil
Código de acceso internacional:
00
Código de país: 55
Código de ciudad: 51
Sitio web: www.dell.com/br
Atención al cliente, asistencia técnica 0800 90 3355
Fax de asistencia técnica 51 481 5470
Fax de atención al cliente 51 481 5480
Ventas 0800 90 3390
Brunei
Código de país: 673
Asistencia técnica al cliente (Penang, Malasia) 604 633 4966
Atención al cliente (Penang, Malasia) 604 633 4949
Ventas de transacciones (Penang, Malasia) 604 633 4955
Canadá (North York, Ontario)
Código de acceso internacional:
011
Estado de pedidos en línea: www.dell.ca/ostatus
AutoTech (asistencia técnica automatizada) gratuito: 1-800-247-9362
Atención al cliente (ventas a particulares y pequeñas
empresas)
gratuito: 1-800-847-4096
Atención al cliente para empresas medianas y
grandes, y del gobierno
gratuito: 1-800-326-9463
Asistencia técnica (ventas a particulares y pequeñas
empresas)
gratuito: 1-800-847-4096
Asistencia técnica para empresas medianas y
grandes, y del gobierno
gratuito: 1-800-387-5757
Ventas (particulares y pequeñas empresas) gratuito: 1-800-387-5752
Ventas (pequeñas y medianas empresas,
instituciones gubernamentales)
gratuito: 1-800-387-5755
Ventas de repuestos y por extensión de servicio 1866 440 3355
País (Ciudad)
Código del país
Código de acceso internacional
Código de la ciudad
Nombre del departamento o área de servicio,
sitio web y dirección de correo electrónico
Códigos de área,
números locales y
números de teléfono gratuitos94 Apéndice
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Chile (Santiago)
Código de país: 56
Código de ciudad: 2
Atención al cliente, asistencia técnica y ventas gratuito: 1230-020-4823
China (Xiamén)
Código de país: 86
Código de ciudad: 592
Sitio web de asistencia técnica: support.dell.com.cn
Correo electrónico de asistencia técnica:
cn_support@dell.com
Correo electrónico de atención al cliente:
customer_cn@dell.com
Fax de asistencia técnica 592 818 1350
Asistencia técnica (Dell™ Dimension™ e
Inspiron™)
gratuito: 800 858 2969
Asistencia técnica (OptiPlex™, Latitude™ y Dell
Precision™)
gratuito: 800858 0950
Asistencia técnica (servidores y almacenamiento) gratuito: 800858 0960
Asistencia técnica (proyectores, PDA,
conmutadores, enrutadores y otros)
gratuito: 800 858 2920
Soporte técnico (impresoras) gratuito: 800 858 2311
Atención al cliente gratuito: 800 858 2060
Fax de atención al cliente 592 818 1308
Particulares y pequeñas empresas gratuito: 800 858 2222
División de cuentas preferentes gratuito: 800 858 2557
Grandes cuentas corporativas GPC gratuito: 800 858 2055
Grandes cuentas corporativas y cuentas principales gratuito: 800 858 2628
Grandes cuentas corporativas del norte gratuito: 800 858 2999
Grandes cuentas corporativas del norte y del ámbito
educativo
gratuito: 800 858 2955
Grandes cuentas corporativas del este gratuito: 800 858 2020
Grandes cuentas corporativas del este y del ámbito
educativo
gratuito: 800 858 2669
Grandes cuentas corporativas del grupo de cola gratuito: 800 858 2572
Grandes cuentas corporativas del sur gratuito: 800 858 2355
Grandes cuentas corporativas del oeste gratuito: 800 858 2811
Grandes cuentas corporativas de diferentes partes gratuito: 800 858 2621
País (Ciudad)
Código del país
Código de acceso internacional
Código de la ciudad
Nombre del departamento o área de servicio,
sitio web y dirección de correo electrónico
Códigos de área,
números locales y
números de teléfono gratuitosApéndice 95
Colombia Asistencia general 980-9-15-3978
Corea (Seúl)
Código de acceso internacional:
001
Código de país: 82
Código de ciudad: 2
Asistencia técnica gratuito: 080-200-3800
Ventas gratuito: 080-200-3600
Atención al cliente (Penang, Malasia) 604 633 4949
Fax 2194-6202
Centralita 2194-6000
Asistencia técnica (electrónica y accesorios) gratuito: 080-200-3801
Costa Rica Asistencia general 0800-012-0435
Dinamarca (Copenhague)
Código de acceso internacional:
00
Código de país: 45
Sitio web: support.euro.dell.com
Correo electrónico:
support.euro.dell.com/dk/da/emaildell/
Asistencia técnica 7023 0182
Atención al cliente (relacional) 7023 0184
Atención al cliente para particulares y pequeñas
empresas
3287 5505
Centralita (relacional) 3287 1200
Fax de la centralita (relacional) 3287 1201
Centralita (particulares y pequeñas empresas) 3287 5000
Fax de la centralita (particulares y pequeñas
empresas)
3287 5001
Dominica Asistencia general gratuito: 1-866-278-6821
Ecuador Asistencia general gratuito: 999-119
País (Ciudad)
Código del país
Código de acceso internacional
Código de la ciudad
Nombre del departamento o área de servicio,
sitio web y dirección de correo electrónico
Códigos de área,
números locales y
números de teléfono gratuitos96 Apéndice
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
EE.UU. (Austin, Texas)
Código de acceso internacional:
011
Código de país: 1
Servicio automatizado para averiguar el estado de
un pedido
gratuito: 1-800-433-9014
AutoTech (para equipos portátiles y de escritorio) gratuito: 1-800-247-9362
Consumidor (Particular y oficina doméstica)
Asistencia técnica gratuito: 1-800-624-9896
Atención al cliente gratuito: 1-800-624-9897
Servicio y asistencia DellNet™ gratuito: 1-877-Dellnet
(1-877-335-5638)
Clientes del programa de compra para empleados
(EPP [Employee Purchase Program])
gratuito: 1-800-695-8133
Sitio web de servicios financieros: www.dellfinancialservices.com
Servicios financieros (alquiler y préstamos) gratuito: 1-877-577-3355
Servicios financieros (cuentas preferentes de Dell
[DPA, Dell Preferred Accounts])
gratuito: 1-800-283-2210
Empresa
Atención al cliente y asistencia técnica gratuito: 1-800-822-8965
Clientes del programa de compra para empleados
(EPP [Employee Purchase Program])
gratuito: 1-800-695-8133
Asistencia técnica para impresoras y proyectores gratuito: 1-877-459-7298
Público (gobierno, educación y sanidad)
Atención al cliente y asistencia técnica gratuito: 1-800-456-3355
Clientes del programa de compra para empleados
(EPP [Employee Purchase Program])
gratuito: 1-800-234-1490
Ventas de Dell gratuito: 1-800-289-3355
o gratuito: 1-800-879-3355
Dell Outlet Store (equipos Dell restaurados) gratuito: 1-888-798-7561
Venta de software y periféricos gratuito: 1-800-671-3355
Venta de piezas de repuesto gratuito: 1-800-357-3355
Venta de servicios y garantías ampliados gratuito: 1-800-247-4618
Fax gratuito: 1-800-727-8320
Servicios de Dell para personas sordas, con
discapacidades auditivas o del habla
gratuito: 1-877-DELLTTY
(1-877-335-5889)
País (Ciudad)
Código del país
Código de acceso internacional
Código de la ciudad
Nombre del departamento o área de servicio,
sitio web y dirección de correo electrónico
Códigos de área,
números locales y
números de teléfono gratuitosApéndice 97
El Salvador Asistencia general 01-899-753-0777
Eslovaquia (Praga)
Código de acceso internacional:
00
Código de país: 421
Sitio web: support.euro.dell.com
Correo electrónico: czech_dell@dell.com
Asistencia técnica 02 5441 5727
Atención al cliente 420 22537 2707
Fax 02 5441 8328
Fax de asistencia técnica 02 5441 8328
Centralita (ventas) 02 5441 7585
España (Madrid)
Código de acceso internacional:
00
Código de país: 34
Código de ciudad: 91
Sitio web: support.euro.dell.com
Correo electrónico:
support.euro.dell.com/es/es/emaildell/
Residencias y empresas pequeñas
Asistencia técnica 902 100 130
Atención al cliente 902 118 540
Ventas 902 118 541
Centralita 902 118 541
Fax 902 118 539
Corporativa
Asistencia técnica 902 100 130
Atención al cliente 902 115 236
Centralita 91 722 92 00
Fax 91 722 95 83
Finlandia (Helsinki)
Código de acceso internacional:
990
Código de país: 358
Código de ciudad: 9
Sitio web: support.euro.dell.com
Correo electrónico:
support.euro.dell.com/fi/fi/emaildell/
Asistencia técnica 09 253 313 60
Atención al cliente 09 253 313 38
Fax 09 253 313 99
Centralita 09 253 313 00
País (Ciudad)
Código del país
Código de acceso internacional
Código de la ciudad
Nombre del departamento o área de servicio,
sitio web y dirección de correo electrónico
Códigos de área,
números locales y
números de teléfono gratuitos98 Apéndice
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Francia (París) (Montpellier)
Código de acceso internacional:
00
Código de país: 33
Códigos de ciudad: (1) (4)
Sitio web: support.euro.dell.com
Correo electrónico:
support.euro.dell.com/fr/fr/emaildell/
Residencias y empresas pequeñas
Asistencia técnica 0825 387 270
Atención al cliente 0825 823 833
Centralita 0825 004 700
Centralita (llamadas desde fuera de Francia) 04 99 75 40 00
Ventas 0825 004 700
Fax 0825 004 701
Fax (llamadas desde fuera de Francia) 0499754001
Corporativa
Asistencia técnica 0825 004 719
Atención al cliente 0825 338 339
Centralita 01 55 94 71 00
Ventas 01 55 94 71 00
Fax 01 55 94 71 01
Grecia
Código de acceso internacional:
00
Código de país: 30
Sitio web: support.euro.dell.com
Correo electrónico:
support.euro.dell.com/gr/en/emaildell/
Asistencia técnica 00800-44 14 95 18
Asistencia técnica Gold Service 00800-44 14 00 83
Centralita 2108129810
Centralita para Gold Service 2108129811
Ventas 2108129800
Fax 2108129812
Granada Asistencia general gratuito: 1-866-540-3355
Guatemala Asistencia general 1-800-999-0136
Guayana Asistencia general gratuito: 1-877-270-4609
País (Ciudad)
Código del país
Código de acceso internacional
Código de la ciudad
Nombre del departamento o área de servicio,
sitio web y dirección de correo electrónico
Códigos de área,
números locales y
números de teléfono gratuitosApéndice 99
Hong Kong
Código de acceso internacional:
001
Código de país: 852
Sitio web: support.ap.dell.com
Correo electrónico de asistencia técnica:
apsupport@dell.com
Asistencia técnica (Dimension e Inspiron) 2969 3188
Asistencia técnica (OptiPlex, Latitude y Dell
Precision)
2969 3191
Asistencia técnica (PowerApp™, PowerEdge™,
PowerConnect™ y PowerVault™)
2969 3196
Atención al cliente 3416 0910
Cuentas corporativas grandes 3416 0907
Programas globales para clientes 3416 0908
División de la mediana empresa 3416 0912
División de la pequeña empresa y la particular 2969 3105
India Asistencia técnica 1600 33 8045
Ventas (grandes cuentas corporativas) 1600 33 8044
Ventas (particulares y pequeñas empresas) 1600 33 8046
Irlanda (Cherrywood)
Código de acceso internacional:
16
Código de país: 353
Código de ciudad: 1
Sitio web: support.euro.dell.com
Correo electrónico: dell_direct_support@dell.com
Asistencia técnica 1850 543 543
Asistencia técnica en el Reino Unido (sólo para
llamadas dentro del Reino Unido)
0870 908 0800
Atención al cliente (particulares) 01 204 4014
Atención al cliente para pequeñas empresas 01 204 4014
Atención al cliente en el Reino Unido (sólo para
llamadas dentro del Reino Unido)
0870 906 0010
Atención al cliente para corporaciones 1850 200 982
Atención al cliente en el Reino Unido (sólo para
llamadas dentro del Reino Unido)
0870 907 4499
Ventas para Irlanda 01 204 4444
Ventas en el Reino Unido (sólo para llamadas dentro
del Reino Unido)
0870 907 4000
Fax/Fax de ventas 01 204 0103
Centralita 01 204 4444
País (Ciudad)
Código del país
Código de acceso internacional
Código de la ciudad
Nombre del departamento o área de servicio,
sitio web y dirección de correo electrónico
Códigos de área,
números locales y
números de teléfono gratuitos100 Apéndice
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Islas Caimán Asistencia general 1-800-805-7541
Islas Turks y Caicos Asistencia general gratuito: 1-866-540-3355
Islas Vírgenes Americanas Asistencia general 1-877-673-3355
Islas Vírgenes Británicas Asistencia general gratuito: 1-866-278-6820
Italia (Milán)
Código de acceso internacional:
00
Código de país: 39
Código de ciudad: 02
Sitio web: support.euro.dell.com
Correo electrónico:
support.euro.dell.com/it/it/emaildell/
Residencias y empresas pequeñas
Asistencia técnica 02 577 826 90
Atención al cliente 02 696 821 14
Fax 02 696 821 13
Centralita 02 696 821 12
Corporativa
Asistencia técnica 02 577 826 90
Atención al cliente 02 577 825 55
Fax 02 575 035 30
Centralita 02 577 821
Jamaica Asistencia general (sólo para dentro de Jamaica) 1-800-682-3639
País (Ciudad)
Código del país
Código de acceso internacional
Código de la ciudad
Nombre del departamento o área de servicio,
sitio web y dirección de correo electrónico
Códigos de área,
números locales y
números de teléfono gratuitosApéndice 101
Japón (Kawasaki)
Código de acceso internacional:
001
Código de país: 81
Código de ciudad: 44
Sitio web: support.jp.dell.com
Asistencia técnica (servidores) gratuito: 0120-198-498
Asistencia técnica fuera de Japón (servidores) 81-44-556-4162
Asistencia técnica (Dimension e Inspiron) gratuito: 0120-198-226
Asistencia técnica fuera de Japón (Dimension e
Inspiron)
81-44-520-1435
Asistencia técnica (Dell Precision, OptiPlex y
Latitude)
gratuito: 0120-198-433
Asistencia técnica fuera de Japón (Dell Precision,
OptiPlex y Latitude)
81-44-556-3894
Asistencia técnica (PDA, proyectores, impresoras,
enrutadores)
gratuito: 0120-981-690
Asistencia técnica fuera de Japón (PDA,
proyectores, impresoras, enrutadores)
81-44-556-3468
Servicio Faxbox 044-556-3490
Servicio de pedidos automatizado las 24 horas del
día
044-556-3801
Atención al cliente 044-556-4240
División de ventas corporativas (hasta 400
empleados)
044-556-1465
Ventas de la división de cuentas preferentes (más de
400 empleados)
044-556-3433
Ventas de grandes cuentas corporativas (más de
3.500 empleados)
044-556-3430
Ventas al sector público (agencias del Estado,
instituciones educativas y médicas)
044-556-1469
Cuentas globales de Japón 044-556-3469
Usuario individual 044-556-1760
Centralita 044-556-4300
País (Ciudad)
Código del país
Código de acceso internacional
Código de la ciudad
Nombre del departamento o área de servicio,
sitio web y dirección de correo electrónico
Códigos de área,
números locales y
números de teléfono gratuitos102 Apéndice
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Latinoamérica Asistencia técnica al cliente (Austin, Texas,
EE.UU.)
512 728-4093
Atención al cliente (Austin, Texas, EE.UU.) 512 728-3619
Fax (Asistencia técnica y Servicio al cliente)
(Austin, Texas, EE.UU.)
512 728-3883
Ventas (Austin, Texas, EE.UU.) 512 728-4397
Fax de ventas (Austin, Texas, EE.UU.) 512 728-4600
ó 512 728-3772
Luxemburgo
Código de acceso internacional:
00
Código de país: 352
Sitio web: support.euro.dell.com
Correo electrónico: tech_be@dell.com
Asistencia técnica (Bruselas, Bélgica) 3420808075
Ventas a particulares y pequeñas empresas (Bruselas,
Bélgica)
gratuito: 080016884
Ventas a corporaciones (Bruselas, Bélgica) 02 481 91 00
Atención al cliente (Bruselas, Bélgica) 02 481 91 19
Fax (Bruselas, Bélgica) 02 481 92 99
Centralita (Bruselas, Bélgica) 02 481 91 00
Macao
Código de país: 853
Asistencia técnica gratuito: 0800 105
Servicio al cliente (Xiamen, China) 34 160 910
Ventas de transacción (Xiamen, China) 29115693
Malasia (Penang)
Código de acceso internacional:
00
Código de país: 60
Código de ciudad: 4
Sitio web: support.ap.dell.com
Asistencia técnica (Dell Precision, OptiPlex y
Latitude)
gratuito: 1 800 88 0193
Asistencia técnica (Dimension, Inspiron, y
electrónica y accesorios)
gratuito: 1 800 88 1306
Asistencia técnica (PowerApp, PowerEdge,
PowerConnect y PowerVault)
gratuito: 1 800 88 1386
Atención al cliente (Penang, Malasia) 04 633 4949
Ventas de transacciones gratuito: 1 800 888 202
Ventas corporativas gratuito: 1 800 888 213
País (Ciudad)
Código del país
Código de acceso internacional
Código de la ciudad
Nombre del departamento o área de servicio,
sitio web y dirección de correo electrónico
Códigos de área,
números locales y
números de teléfono gratuitosApéndice 103
México
Código de acceso internacional:
00
Código de país: 52
Asistencia técnica al cliente 001-877-384-8979
ó 001-877-269-3383
Ventas 50-81-8800
ó 01-800-888-3355
Atención al cliente 001-877-384-8979
ó 001-877-269-3383
Principal 50-81-8800
ó 01-800-888-3355
Montserrat Asistencia general gratuito: 1-866-278-6822
Nicaragua Asistencia general 001-800-220-1006
Noruega (Lysaker)
Código de acceso internacional:
00
Código de país: 47
Sitio web: support.euro.dell.com
Correo electrónico:
support.euro.dell.com/no/no/emaildell/
Asistencia técnica 671 16882
Atención relacional al cliente 671 17575
Atención al cliente para particulares y pequeñas
empresas
23162298
Centralita 671 16800
Centralita de fax 671 16865
Nueva Zelanda
Código de acceso internacional:
00
Código de país: 64
Correo electrónico (Nueva Zelanda):
nz_tech_support@dell.com
Correo electrónico (Australia):
au_tech_support@dell.com
Asistencia técnica (para equipos portátiles y de
sobremesa)
gratuito: 0800 446 255
Asistencia técnica (para servidores y estaciones de
trabajo)
gratuito:0800 443 563
Particulares y pequeñas empresas 0800 446 255
Gobierno y empresas 0800 444 617
Ventas 0800 441 567
Fax 0800 441 566
País (Ciudad)
Código del país
Código de acceso internacional
Código de la ciudad
Nombre del departamento o área de servicio,
sitio web y dirección de correo electrónico
Códigos de área,
números locales y
números de teléfono gratuitos104 Apéndice
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Países bajos (Amsterdam)
Código de acceso internacional:
00
Código de país: 31
Código de ciudad: 20
Sitio web: support.euro.dell.com
Asistencia técnica 020 674 45 00
Fax de asistencia técnica 020 674 47 66
Atención al cliente para particulares y pequeñas
empresas
020 674 42 00
Atención relacional al cliente 020 674 4325
Ventas a particulares y pequeñas empresas 020 674 55 00
Ventas relacionales 020 674 50 00
Ventas por fax a particulares y pequeñas empresas 020 674 47 75
Fax para ventas relacionales 020 674 47 50
Centralita 020 674 50 00
Fax de la centralita 020 674 47 50
Países del sureste asiático y del
Pacífico
Asistencia técnica, atención al cliente y ventas
(Penang, Malasia)
604 633 4810
Panamá Asistencia general 001-800-507-0962
Perú Asistencia general 0800-50-669
Polonia (Varsovia)
Código de acceso internacional:
011
Código de país: 48
Código de ciudad: 22
Sitio web: support.euro.dell.com
Correo electrónico: pl_support_tech@dell.com
Teléfono de atención al cliente 57 95 700
Atención al cliente 57 95 999
Ventas 57 95 999
Fax de atención al cliente 57 95 806
Fax de la recepción 57 95 998
Centralita 57 95 999
Portugal
Código de acceso internacional:
00
Código de país: 351
Sitio web: support.euro.dell.com
Correo electrónico:
support.euro.dell.com/pt/en/emaildell/
Asistencia técnica 707200149
Atención al cliente 800 300413
Ventas 800 300 410, 800 300 411,
800 300 412 o 21 422 07 10
Fax 21 424 01 12
País (Ciudad)
Código del país
Código de acceso internacional
Código de la ciudad
Nombre del departamento o área de servicio,
sitio web y dirección de correo electrónico
Códigos de área,
números locales y
números de teléfono gratuitosApéndice 105
Puerto Rico Asistencia general 1-800-805-7545
Reino Unido (Bracknell)
Código de acceso internacional:
00
Código de país: 44
Código de ciudad: 1344
Sitio web: support.euro.dell.com
Sitio web de atención al cliente: support.euro.dell.com/uk/en/ECare/Form/Home.asp
Correo electrónico: dell_direct_support@dell.com
Asistencia técnica (cuentas preferentes, corporativas
o PAD, para más de 1000 empleados)
0870 908 0500
Asistencia técnica (directa y general) 0870 908 0800
Atención al cliente para cuentas globales 01344 373 186
Atención al cliente para particulares y pequeñas
empresas
0870 906 0010
Atención al cliente para corporaciones 01344 373 185
Atención a clientes con cuentas preferentes
(500–5.000 empleados)
0870 906 0010
Atención al cliente para el gobierno central 01344 373 193
Atención al cliente para el gobierno local y la
educación
01344 373 199
Atención al cliente para temas de salud 01344 373 194
Ventas a particulares y pequeñas empresas 0870 907 4000
Ventas corporativas y al sector público 01344 860 456
Fax para particulares y pequeñas empresas 0870 907 4006
República checa (Praga)
Código de acceso internacional:
00
Código de país: 420
Sitio web: support.euro.dell.com
Correo electrónico: czech_dell@dell.com
Asistencia técnica 22537 2727
Atención al cliente 22537 2707
Fax 22537 2714
Fax de asistencia técnica 22537 2728
Centralita 22537 2711
República Dominicana Asistencia general 1-800-148-0530
País (Ciudad)
Código del país
Código de acceso internacional
Código de la ciudad
Nombre del departamento o área de servicio,
sitio web y dirección de correo electrónico
Códigos de área,
números locales y
números de teléfono gratuitos106 Apéndice
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o m
Singapur (Singapur)
Código de acceso internacional:
005
Código de país: 65
Sitio web: support.ap.dell.com
Asistencia técnica (Dimension, Inspiron, y
electrónica y accesorios)
gratuito: 1800 394 7430
Asistencia técnica (OptiPlex, Latitude y Dell
Precision)
gratuito: 1800 394 7488
Asistencia técnica (PowerApp, PowerEdge,
PowerConnect y PowerVault)
gratuito: 1800 394 7478
Atención al cliente (Penang, Malasia) 604 633 4949
Ventas de transacciones gratuito: 1 800 394 7412
Ventas corporativas gratuito: 1 800 394 7419
St. Kitts y Nevis Asistencia general gratuito: 1-877-441-4731
St. Lucia Asistencia general 1-800-882-1521
St. Vicente y las Granadinas Asistencia general gratuito: 1-877-270-4609
Sudáfrica (Johannesburgo)
Código de acceso internacional:
09/091
Código de país: 27
Código de ciudad: 11
Sitio web: support.euro.dell.com
Correo electrónico: dell_za_support@dell.com
Gold Queue 011 709 7713
Asistencia técnica 011 709 7710
Atención al cliente 011 709 7707
Ventas 011 709 7700
Fax 011 706 0495
Centralita 011 709 7700
Suecia (Upplands Vasby)
Código de acceso internacional:
00
Código de país: 46
Código de ciudad: 8
Sitio web: support.euro.dell.com
Correo electrónico:
support.euro.dell.com/se/sv/emaildell/
Asistencia técnica 08 590 05 199
Atención relacional al cliente 08 590 05 642
Atención al cliente para particulares y pequeñas
empresas
08 587 70 527
Soporte para el programa de compra para
empleados (EPP [Employee Purchase Program])
20 140 14 44
Fax de asistencia técnica 08 590 05 594
Ventas 08 590 05 185
País (Ciudad)
Código del país
Código de acceso internacional
Código de la ciudad
Nombre del departamento o área de servicio,
sitio web y dirección de correo electrónico
Códigos de área,
números locales y
números de teléfono gratuitosApéndice 107
Suiza (Ginebra)
Código de acceso internacional:
00
Código de país: 41
Código de ciudad: 22
Sitio web: support.euro.dell.com
Correo electrónico:
Tech_support_central_Europe@dell.com
Correo electrónico para clientes HSB y corporativos
francófonos: support.euro.dell.com/ch/fr/emaildell/
Asistencia técnica (particulares y pequeñas
empresas)
0844 811 411
Asistencia técnica (corporaciones) 0844 822 844
Atención al cliente para particulares y pequeñas
empresas
0848 802 202
Atención al cliente para corporaciones 0848 821 721
Fax 022 799 01 90
Centralita 022 799 01 01
Tailandia
Código de acceso internacional:
001
Código de país: 66
Sitio web: support.ap.dell.com
Asistencia técnica (OptiPlex, Latitude y Dell
Precision)
gratuito: 1800 0060 07
Asistencia técnica (PowerApp, PowerEdge,
PowerConnect y PowerVault)
gratuito: 1800 0600 09
Atención al cliente (Penang, Malasia) 604 633 4949
Ventas corporativas gratuito: 1800 006 009
Ventas de transacciones gratuito: 1800 006 006
Taiwán
Código de acceso internacional:
002
Código de país: 886
Sitio web: support.ap.dell.com
Correo electrónico: ap_support@dell.com
Asistencia técnica (OptiPlex, Latitude, Inspiron,
Dimension, y electrónica y accesorios)
gratuito: 00801 86 1011
Asistencia técnica (PowerApp, PowerEdge,
PowerConnect y PowerVault)
gratuito: 00801 60 1256
Ventas de transacciones gratuito: 00801 65 1228
Ventas corporativas gratuito: 00801 651 227
Trinidad y Tobago Asistencia general 1-800-805-8035
Uruguay Asistencia general gratuito: 000-413-598-2521
Venezuela Asistencia general 8001-3605
País (Ciudad)
Código del país
Código de acceso internacional
Código de la ciudad
Nombre del departamento o área de servicio,
sitio web y dirección de correo electrónico
Códigos de área,
números locales y
números de teléfono gratuitos108 Apéndice
w w w . d e l l . c o m | s u p p o r t . d e l l . c o mÍndice 109
Índice
A
acondicionadores de línea, 28
alimentación
apagar el equipo, 28
dispositivos de protección, 27
solucionar problemas, 31
altavoces
descripción, 14
vista del sistema, 14
apagar el equipo, 28
archivo de ayuda, 10
asistencia
cómo ponerse en contacto con
Dell, 90
B
batería
advertencia de bajo nivel de
carga de la batería, 30
almacenar, 31
cargar, 30
comprobar la carga, 30
descripción, 17, 21
extraer, 31
instalar, 31
medidor de energía, 30
rendimiento, 29
vista del sistema, 17, 21
bloqueos, 56
botón AccessDirect
descripción, 16
vista del sistema, 16
botón de alimentación
descripción, 16
vista del sistema, 16
botones de la superficie táctil
descripción, 15
vista del sistema, 15
C
caracteres
inesperados, 38
CD
copiar, 41
Centro de ayuda y soporte
técnico, 11
cerrar el equipo, 28
conector de red
descripción, 20
vista del sistema, 20
conector de vídeo
descripción, 20
vista del sistema, 20
conector del módem
descripción, 18
vista del sistema, 18
conector USB
descripción, 20
vista del sistema, 20
conectores de audio
descripción, 17
vista del sistema, 17
conexión a Internet
acerca de, 23
configurar, 23
opciones, 23
conflictos
resolver incompatibilidades de
software y hardware, 61
controladores
volver a instalar, 59
copiar CD y DVD
cómo, 41
consejos prácticos, 42
información general, 41
correo electrónico
solucionar problemas, 25
cubierta de la minitarjeta
PCI/módem
descripción, 21
vista del sistema, 21
cubierta del módulo de
memoria
descripción, 21
vista del sistema, 21110 Índice
110 Índice
D
Dell
ponerse en contacto, 90
sitio de asistencia, 11
Dell Diagnostics, 49
diagnósticos
Dell, 49
Diagrama de instalación, 9
documentación
archivo de ayuda, 10
Diagrama de instalación, 9
en línea, 11
Guía de información del
sistema, 9
DVD
copiar, 41
E
equipo
bloqueos, 56
especificaciones, 79
restaurar a estado anterior, 61
equipo dañado
probar, 58
equipo mojado, 57
escáner
solución de problemas, 54
especificaciones, 79
etiqueta de Microsoft
Windows, 10
etiqueta de servicio, 10
etiquetas
etiqueta de servicio, 10
Microsoft Windows, 10
G
garantía, 9
H
hardware
Dell Diagnostics, 49
I
impresora
cable, 26
conexión, 25
instalación, 25
USB, 26
indicadores de estado del
dispositivo
descripción, 15
indicadores de estado del
teclado
descripción, 14
vista del sistema, 14
instalar piezas
antes de empezar, 65
apagar el equipo, 65
herramientas
recomendadas, 65
instrucciones de seguridad, 9
M
memoria
extraer, 69
módem
agregar, 71
P
pantalla
descripción, 13
vista del sistema, 13
problemas
Dell Diagnostics, 49
restaurar a estado anterior, 61
programa Configuración del
sistema
opciones más utilizadas, 87
pantallas, 87
propósito, 86
visualizar, 87
programa de configuración
del sistema
pantallas, 87
programas
bloqueos, 56
no responde, 57
R
ranura para cable de seguridad
descripción, 18
vista del sistema, 18
ranura para tarjeta PC
descripción, 16
vista del sistema, 16Índice 111
red
solucionar problemas, 44
red inalámbrica
tipo, 44
rejillas de ventilación
descripción, 18-19, 21
vista del sistema, 18-19, 21
Restaurar sistema, 61
S
SAI, 28
seguro de la pantalla
descripción, 13
vista del sistema, 13
seguro de liberación de la
batería
descripción, 21
vista del sistema, 21
sistema operativo
volver a instalar, 61
volver a instalar Windows
XP, 61
sistemas de alimentación
ininterrumpida
Consulte SAI
sitio web Dell Premier
Support, 9, 11
software
solucionar problemas, 56
volver a instalar software, 59
solución de problemas
bloqueo de programas, 56
caracteres inesperados, 38
Centro de ayuda y soporte
técnico, 11
conflictos, 61
Dell Diagnostics, 49
equipo mojado, 57
equipo que se ha caído o
dañado, 58
escáner, 54
no puede guardar en un disco
flexible, 55
no se puede guardar en el
disquete, 55
problemas con el correo
electrónico, 25
problemas con la red, 44
problemas con la tarjeta
PC, 56
problemas de alimentación
eléctrica, 31
restaurar a estado anterior, 61
Solucionador de problemas de
hardware, 61
un programa no responde, 57
Solucionador de problemas de
hardware, 61
superficie táctil
descripción, 15
personalizar, 36
vista del sistema, 15
supresores de sobrevoltaje, 27
T
Tarjeta PC
solucionar problemas, 56
teclado
caracteres inesperados, 38
descripción, 14
métodos abreviados, 34
numérico, 33
solucionar problemas, 38
sustituir, 76
vista del sistema, 14
U
unidad de CD o DVD
descripción, 17
sustituir, 74
vista del sistema, 17
unidad de disco duro
descripción, 21
devolución a Dell, 68
sustituir, 66
vista del sistema, 21
unidad de disco flexible
solución de problemas, 55
solucionar problemas, 55
unidad de DVD
Consulte unidad de CD o DVD
unidades
Consulte unidad de disco duro
solucionar problemas, 55
V
vistas del sistema
anterior, 13
inferior, 19, 21
lateral derecha, 17
lateral izquierda, 16
posterior, 19
volver a inst, 61112 Índice
112 Índice
volver a instalar
controladores, 59
Windows XP, 61
W
Windows XP
Centro de ayuda y soporte
técnico, 11
Desinstalación del controlador
de dispositivo, 60
impresora, 27
Restaurar sistema, 61
Solucionador de problemas de
hardware, 61
volver a instalar, 61
Dell PowerEdge C8220
Hardware Owner’s
Manual
Regulatory Model: B05B
Regulatory Type: B05B001Notes, Cautions, and Warnings
NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of
your computer.
CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates potential damage to hardware or loss of data if
instructions are not followed.
WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal
injury, or death.
____________________
Information in this publication is subject to change without notice.
© 2012 Dell Inc. All rights reserved.
Reproduction of these materials in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc.
is strictly forbidden.
Trademarks used in this text: Dell™, the DELL logo, and PowerEdge™ are trademarks of Dell Inc.
Intel is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and other countries.
Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this publication to refer to either the entities claiming
the marks and names or their products. Dell Inc. disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and
trade names other than its own.
Regulatory Model B05B
Regulatory Type: B05B001
2012 - 08 P/N XXXXX Rev. A00Contents 3
Contents
1 About Your System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Accessing System Features During Startup. . . . . . . 11
Front-Panel Features and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . 12
NIC Indicator Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Power and System Board Indicator Codes . . . . . . . 16
BMC Heartbeat Indicator Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Service Tag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
POST Error Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Collecting System Event Log for
Investigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
System Event Log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Processor Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Memory Ecc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
PCIe Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
IOH Core Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
SB Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
POST Start Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
POST End Event. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
POST Error Code Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
BIOS Recovery Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
ME Fail Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
SEL Generator ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Contents
BMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Other Information You May Need . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
2 Using the System Setup Program . . . . . 45
System Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
System Setup Options at Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Using the System Setup Program Navigation
Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
General Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Console Redirection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Enabling and Configuring Console
Redirection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Serial Port Connection List . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Main Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
System Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Advanced Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Power Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
CPU Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Memory Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
SATA Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
PCI Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
USB Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Security Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Server Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
View System Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Contents 5
Boot Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Exit Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Command Line Interfaces for System Setup
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
IPMI Command List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Power Management Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
3 Installing System Components . . . . . . . 125
Safety Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Recommended Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Inside the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Sled Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Sled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Removing a Sled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Installing a Sled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Sled Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Removing a Sled Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Installing a Sled Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
SD Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Removing a SD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Installing a SD Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Sled Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Removing the Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Installing the Front Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Removing the Back Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Installing the Back Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1356 Contents
Cooling Shroud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Removing the Cooling Shroud . . . . . . . . . . 135
Installing the Cooling Shroud . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Heat Sink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Removing a Heat Sink. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Installing a Heat Sink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Removing a Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Installing a Processor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
System Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Memory Module Installation
Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Supported DIMM Configuration . . . . . . . . . 144
Removing Memory Modules . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Installing Memory Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Expansion Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Removing the Expansion Card . . . . . . . . . . 148
Installing the Expansion Card. . . . . . . . . . . 149
Expansion Card Riser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Removing the Expansion Card Riser . . . . . . . 150
Installing the Expansion Card Riser. . . . . . . . 151
Mezzanine Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Removing the Infiniband Mezzanine
Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Installing the Infiniband Mezzanine
Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Removing the 10 GbE Mezzanine Card . . . . . . 155
Installing the 10 GbE Mezzanine Card . . . . . . 157Contents 7
SD Card Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Removing the SD Card Reader . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Installing the SD Card Reader . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Removing the SD Card Reader Support
Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Installing the SD Card Reader Support
Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Internal Hard-Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Removing a Hard-Drive Carrier. . . . . . . . . . . 162
Installing a Hard-Drive Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Removing a Hard-Drive From
the Hard-Drive Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Installing a Hard-Drive Into
a Hard-Drive Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Removing the Hard-Drive Tray . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Installing the Hard-Drive Tray . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Interposer Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Removing the Interposer Extender . . . . . . . . . 167
Installing the Interposer Extender . . . . . . . . . 168
Node Power Distribution Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Removing the Node Power Distribution
Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Installing the Node Power Distribution
Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
System Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Removing the System Battery . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Installing the System Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . 172
System Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Removing the System Board . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Installing the System Board . . . . . . . . . . . . 1758 Contents
4 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Safety First—For You and Your System . . . . . . . . 177
Installation Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Troubleshooting System Startup Failure. . . . . . . . 178
Troubleshooting External Connections . . . . . . . . 178
Troubleshooting the Video Subsystem. . . . . . . . . 178
Troubleshooting a USB Device . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Troubleshooting a Serial I/O Device. . . . . . . . . . 179
Troubleshooting a NIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Troubleshooting a Wet Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Troubleshooting a Damaged Enclosure . . . . . . . . 182
Troubleshooting the Enclosure Fan Modules . . . . . 183
Troubleshooting the Power Sled . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Troubleshooting System Memory . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Troubleshooting a Hard-Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Troubleshooting a Storage Controller . . . . . . . . . 188
Troubleshooting Expansion Cards . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Troubleshooting Processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Troubleshooting the System Board . . . . . . . . . . 191
Troubleshooting the System Battery . . . . . . . . . . 192
IRQ Assignment Conflicts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Contents 9
5 Jumpers and Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . 195
System Board Jumper Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
System Board Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Interposer Extender Connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
SD Card Reader Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Node Power Distribution Board Connectors . . . . . . 201
6 Getting Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Contacting Dell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20510 ContentsAbout Your System 11
1
About Your System
Accessing System Features During Startup
The following keystrokes provide access to system features during startup.
The SAS/SATA card or PXE hotkey support are available only in the BIOS
boot mode. Hotkey function is not available in the Unified Extensible
Firmware Interface (UEFI) boot mode.
Keystroke Description
Enters the System Setup program. See "System Setup Menu" on
page 45.
Enters the BIOS Boot Manager or the Unified Extensible
Firmware Interface (UEFI) Boot Manager, depending on the
system's boot configuration. See "System Setup Options at Boot"
on page 46.
Starts Preboot eXecution Environment (PXE) boot.
Enters the LSI 2008 SAS Mezzanine Card Configuration Utility.
For more information, see the SAS adapter documentation.
Enters the LSI 2008 SAS Mezzanine Card Configuration Utility.
For more information, see the documentation for your SAS RAID
card.
Enters the utility to configure onboard NIC settings for PXE boot.
For more information, see the documentation for your integrated
NIC.
Enters the onboard SAS and SATA controller’s configuration
utility. 12 About Your System
Front-Panel Features and Indicators
Figure 1-1. Front-Panel Features and Indicators
Item Indicator, Button, or
Connector
Icon Description
1 USB connectors Connects USB devices to the system. The
ports are USB 2.0 compliant.
2 Mezzanine card
expansion slot
Installs an I/O module mezzanine card.
3 Low profile PCIe
expansion slot
Installs a low profile PCI Express x16 card.
4 Release latch Press to release the sled from the
enclosure.
1
2
3
5 4
6
7
8
9
10
11
12About Your System 13
5 Power-on indicator/
power button
The power-on indicator lights when the
sled power is on.
The power-on indicator lights amber
when the system critical event occurs.
The power button turns the compute
sled on.
NOTE: When powering on the sled, the
video monitor can take from several
seconds to over 2 minutes to display an
image, depending on the amount of memory
installed in the system.
NOTE: On ACPI-compliant operating
systems, turning off the sled using the
power button causes the sled to perform a
graceful shutdown before power to the sled
is turned off.
NOTE: To force an ungraceful shutdown,
press and hold the power button for five
seconds.
6 VGA connector Connects a VGA display to the system.
7 Serial connector Connects a serial device to the system.
8 BMC management
port
Dedicated management port.
9 Ethernet connector 2 Embedded 10/100/1000 Mbit NIC
connector.
10 Ethernet connector 1 Embedded 10/100/1000 Mbit NIC
connector.
11 Sled identification
indicator
Lights blue to identify a particular system
and system board.
12 Handle Hold to pull the sled from the enclosure.
Item Indicator, Button, or
Connector
Icon Description
2
114 About Your System
NIC Indicator Codes
Figure 1-2. NIC Indicators
1 link indicator 2 activity indicator
Indicator Status Indicator Code
Link indicator Solid amber Linking at 100 Mbps port speed
Solid green Linking at 1 Gbps port speed (maximum)
Blinking green Linking at 1 Gbps port speed
Network activity is present
• Pre OS POST
• OS without driver
• OS with driver
Blinks at speed relative to packet density
Off Linking at 10 Mbps port speed
Activity
indicator
Solid green No activity
Blinking green Transmit or receive activity
Off IdleAbout Your System 15
Figure 1-3. NIC Indicators (BMC management port)
1 link indicator 2 activity indicator
Indicator Status Indicator Code
Link indicator Blinking amber Linking at 10 Mbps port speed
Blinking green Linking at 100 Mbps port speed (maximum)
Activity
indicator
Solid green No activity
Blinking green Transmit or receive activity
Off Idle16 About Your System
Power and System Board Indicator Codes
The indicators on the front of the sled display status codes during system
startup. For location of the indicators on the front panel, see Figure 1-1.
Table 1-1. Power and System Board Indicator Codes
Indicator Color Status Indicator Code
Power-on
indicator
Green Solid
Sled power is on (S0)
Amber Off
Green Solid BMC critical condition event in power off
mode (S4/S5)
Amber Blinking
Green Blinking BMC critical condition event in power on
mode (S0)
Amber Blinking
System
identification
indicator
Blue Solid The IPMI via Chassis Identify Command On
or ID Button Press ID On is generated.
Blue Blinking Only the IPMI via Chassis Identify Command
Blink On is generated.
Off The IPMI via Chassis Identify Command Off
or ID Button Press ID Off is generated.About Your System 17
BMC Heartbeat Indicator Codes
The system board includes a BMC heartbeat indicator (LED17) for
debugging the Baseboard Management Controller (BMC). The BMC
heartbeat indicator lights green when power is supplied to the sled and blinks
green when the BMC firmware is ready.
Figure 1-4. BMC Heartbeat Indicator
1 system board 2 BMC heartbeat indicator18 About Your System
Service Tag
The following illustration provides location of the Service Tag number on the
C8220 single-wide compute sled.
Figure 1-5. Service Tag Location for C8220 Single-Wide Compute SledAbout Your System 19
POST Error Code
Collecting System Event Log for Investigation
Whenever possible, the system BIOS will output the current boot progress
codes on the video screen. Progress codes are 32-bit quantities plus optional
data. The 32-bit numbers include class, subclass, and operation information.
The class and subclass fields point to the type of hardware that is being
initialized. The operation field represents the specific initialization activity.
Based on the data bit availability to display progress codes, a progress code
can be customized to fit the data width. The higher the data bit, the higher
the granularity of information that can be sent on the progress port. The
progress codes may be reported by the system BIOS or option ROMs.
The Response section in the following table may be divided into 3 types:
• Warning or Not an error – The message is displayed on the screen. An error
record is logged to the SEL. The system will continue booting with a
degraded state. The user may want to replace the erroneous unit.
• Pause – The message is displayed on the screen, an error is logged to the
SEL, and user input is required to continue. The user can take immediate
corrective action or choose to continue booting.
• Halt – The message is displayed on the screen, an error is logged to the
SEL, and the system cannot boot unless the error is resolved. The user
needs to replace the faulty part and restart the system.
Error
Code
Error Message Response Error Cause Corrective Actions
0010h Local Console
Resource
Conflict
Pause Video device
initialization
failed
See "Troubleshooting the
Video Subsystem" on
page 178.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
0011h Local Console
Controller Error
Pause Video device
initialization
failed
See "Troubleshooting the
Video Subsystem" on
page 178.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.20 About Your System
0012h Local Console
Output Error
Pause Video device
initialization
failed
See "Troubleshooting the
Video Subsystem" on
page 178.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
0013h ISA IO
Controller Error
Pause ISA device
initialization
failed
See "Troubleshooting
Expansion Cards" on
page 189.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
0014h ISA IO Resource
Conflict
Pause ISA device
initialization
failed
See "Troubleshooting
Expansion Cards" on
page 189.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
0015h ISA IO
Controller Error
Pause ISA device
initialization
failed
See "Troubleshooting
Expansion Cards" on
page 189.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
0016h ISA Floppy
Controller Error
Pause Floppy device
initialization
failed
See "Troubleshooting a USB
Device" on page 178.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
0017h ISA Floppy
Input Error
Pause Floppy device
initialization
failed
See "Troubleshooting a USB
Device" on page 178.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
0018h ISA Floppy
Output Error
Pause Floppy device
initialization
failed
See "Troubleshooting a USB
Device" on page 178.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
Error
Code
Error Message Response Error Cause Corrective ActionsAbout Your System 21
0019h USB Read Error Pause USB port
initialization
failed
See "Troubleshooting a USB
Device" on page 178.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
001Ah USB Write Error Pause USB port
initialization
failed
See "Troubleshooting a USB
Device" on page 178.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
001Bh USB Interface
Error
Pause USB port
initialization
failed
See "Troubleshooting a USB
Device" on page 178.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
001Ch Mouse Interface
Error
Pause Mouse device
initialization
failed
To enable USB device, see
"USB Configuration" on
page 77.
See "Troubleshooting a USB
Device" on page 178.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
001Eh Keyboard Not
Detected
Pause No keyboard
detected
To enable USB device, see
"USB Configuration" on
page 77.
See "Troubleshooting a USB
Device" on page 178.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
001Fh Keyboard
Controller Error
Pause Keyboard
controller
initialization
failed
See "Troubleshooting a USB
Device" on page 178.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
Error
Code
Error Message Response Error Cause Corrective Actions22 About Your System
0020h Keyboard Stuck
Key Error
Pause Keyboard key
stuck
Disconnect and reconnect the
the keyboard to the compute
sled.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
0021h Keyboard
Locked Error
Pause Keyboard
locked
Disconnect and reconnect the
the keyboard to the compute
sled.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
0023h Memory
Correctable
Error
Pause Memory
correctable
error detected
Remove AC power to the
system for 10 seconds and
restart the system.
See "Troubleshooting System
Memory" on page 185.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
0024h Memory
Uncorrectable
Error
Pause Memory
uncorrectable
error detected
See "Troubleshooting System
Memory" on page 185.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
0025h Memory NonSpecific Error
Pause Memory nonspecific error
detected
See "Troubleshooting System
Memory" on page 185.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
0026h MP Service Self
Test Error
Pause MP service self
test error
detected
See "Troubleshooting
Processors" on page 190.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
Error
Code
Error Message Response Error Cause Corrective ActionsAbout Your System 23
0027h PCI IO
Controller Error
Pause PCI device
initialization
failed
See "Troubleshooting
Expansion Cards" on
page 189.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
0028h PCI IO Read
Error
Pause PCI device
initialization
failed
See "Troubleshooting
Expansion Cards" on
page 189.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
0029h PCI IO Write
Error
Pause PCI device
initialization
failed
See "Troubleshooting
Expansion Cards" on
page 189.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
002Ah Serial Port Not
Detected
Pause Serial device
initialization
failed
See "Troubleshooting a Serial
I/O Device" on page 179.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
002Bh Serial Port
Controller Error
Pause Serial device
initialization
failed
See "Troubleshooting a Serial
I/O Device" on page 179.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
002Ch Serial Port Input
Error
Pause Serial device
initialization
failed
See "Troubleshooting a Serial
I/O Device" on page 179.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
002Dh Serial Port
Output Error
Pause Serial device
initialization
failed
See "Troubleshooting a Serial
I/O Device" on page 179.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
Error
Code
Error Message Response Error Cause Corrective Actions24 About Your System
002Eh Microcode
Update Error
Pause Processor
microcode
update error
Check microcode. A BIOS
update is required.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
002Fh No Microcode
Be Updated
Pause Processor
microcode load
failed
Ensure that your processors
match and conform to the
type described in the
processor technical
specifications outlined in
your system’s Getting Started
Guide.
8012h SATA 0 Device
Not Found
Pause SATA 0 device
not found
Check if the SATA port 0 is
enabled. See "SATA
Configuration" on page 67.
Install a SATA device to SATA
port 0.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
8013h SATA 1 Device
Not Found
Pause SATA 1 device
not found
Check if the SATA port1 is
enabled. See "SATA
Configuration" on page 67.
Install a SATA device to SATA
port 1.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
8014h SATA 2 Device
Not Found
Pause SATA 2 device
not found
Check if the SATA port 2 is
enabled. See "SATA
Configuration" on page 67.
Install a SATA device to SATA
port 2.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
Error
Code
Error Message Response Error Cause Corrective ActionsAbout Your System 25
8015h SATA 3 Device
Not Found
Pause SATA 3 device
not found
Check if the SATA port 3 is
enabled. See "SATA
Configuration" on page 67.
Install a SATA device to SATA
port 3.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
8016h SATA 4 Device
Not Found
Pause SATA 4 device
not found
Check if the SATA port 4 is
enabled. See "SATA
Configuration" on page 67.
Install a SATA device to SATA
port 4.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
8017h SATA 5 Device
Not Found
Pause SATA 5 device
not found
Check if the SATA port 5 is
enabled. See "SATA
Configuration" on page 67.
Install a SATA device to SATA
port 5.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
8018h Sparing Mode is
not be
Configured!!,
Please check
Memory
Configuration!!
Pause Memory
Sparing Mode
Failed
Check if the memory
configuration is set to Sparing
mode. See "Memory
Configuration" on page 65.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
8019h Mirror Mode is
not be
Configured!!,
Please check
Memory
Configuration!!
Pause Memory Mirror
Mode Failed
Check if the memory
configuration is set to Sparing
mode. See "Memory
Configuration" on page 65.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
Error
Code
Error Message Response Error Cause Corrective Actions26 About Your System
8020h Supervisor and
User Passwords
have been
cleared
Pause Supervisor and
User Passwords
have been
cleared
Reset password. See "System
Board Jumper Settings" on
page 195.
If the problem persists, see
"Getting Help" on page 203.
8020h CMOS Battery
Error
Pause No CMOS
battery
See "Troubleshooting the
System Battery" on page 192.
Error
Code
Error Message Response Error Cause Corrective ActionsAbout Your System 27
System Event Log
Processor Error
Message: “Processor Sensor, IERR error, Processor 1”
Table 1-2. Processor Error
Byte Field Value Description
1 NetFunLun 10h
2 Platform Event Command 02h
3 Generator ID 01h Generated by BIOS
4 Event Message Format
Version
04h Event Message Format Revision.
04h for this specification
5 Sensor Type 07h Processor
6 Sensor Number 04h Processor Sensor Number
(depends on platform)
7 Event Direction Event Type 6Fh Bit 7: 0 = Assert Event Bit 6: 0 =
Event Type Code
8 Event Data1 AXh 00h: IERR 01h: Thermal Trip
02h: FRB1/BIST Failure
03h: FRB2/Hang in POST Failure
04h: FBR3/Processer
Startup/Initialization Failure
0Ah: Processor Automatically
Throttled
9 Event Data2 XXh 00h: Processor1
01h: Processor2
02h: Processor3
04h: Processor4
10 Event Data3 FFh FFh: Not Present28 About Your System
Memory Ecc
Message: “Memory Sensor, Correctable ECC error, SBE warning threshold,
CPU1 DIMM_A1”
Table 1-3. Memory ECC
Byte Field Value Description
1 NetFunLun 10h
2 Platform Event Command 02h
3 Generator ID 01h Generated by BIOS
4 Event Message Format
Version
04h Event Message Format Revision.
04h for this specification
5 Sensor Type 0Ch Memory
6 Sensor Number 60h Memory Sensor Number (depend
on platform)
7 Event Direction Event Type 6Fh Bit 7: 0 = Assert Event
Bit 6: 0 = Event Type Code
8 Event Data1 AXh 00h: Correctable ECC Error
01h: Uncorrectable ECC Error
03h: Memory Scrub Failed
04h: Memory Device Disabled
08h: SpareAbout Your System 29
9 Event Data2 XXh Bit 7:4
0x00: SBE warning threshold
0x01: SBE critical threshold
0x0F: Unspecified
Bit 3:0
0x00: CPU1 DIMM A1-8 slots
(1~8)
0x01: CPU2 DIMM B1-8 slots
(9~16)
0x02: CPU3 DIMM C1-8 slots
(17~24)
0x03: CPU4 DIMM D1-8 slots
(25~32) And so on…
10 Event Data3 XXh DIMM bit-map locatation of bits
Bit 0=1: DIMM1 error event
Bit 1=1: DIMM2 error event …
Bit7=1: DIMM8 error event
Table 1-3. Memory ECC
Byte Field Value Description30 About Your System
PCIe Error
Message: “Critical Interrupt Sensor, PCI PERR, Device#, Function#,
Bus# ”
Table 1-4. PCIe Error
Byte Field Value Description
1 NetFunLun 10h
2 Platform Event Command 02h
3 Generator ID 01h Generated by BIOS
4 Event Message Format
Version
04h Event Message Format Revision.
04h for this specification
5 Sensor Type 13h Critical Interrupt
6 Sensor Number 73h PCI Sensor ID (depend on
platform)
7 Event Direction Event Type 6Fh Bit 7: 0 = Assert Event
Bit 6: 0 = Event Type Code
8 Event Data1 AXh 04h: PCI PERR
05h: PCI SERR
07h: Bus Correctable Error
08h: Bus Uncorrectable Error
0Ah: Bus Fatal Error
9 Event Data2 XXh Bit 7:3Device Number
Bit 2:0Function Number
10 Event Data3 XXh Bit 7:0 Bus NumberAbout Your System 31
IOH Core Error
Message: “Critical Interrupt Sensor, Fatal Error, xxxx bit, QPI[0] Error ”
Table 1-5. IOH Core Error
Byte Field Value Description
1 NetFunLun 10h
2 Platform Event Command 02h
3 Generator ID 01h Generated by BIOS
4 Event Message Format
Version
04h Event Message Format Revision.
04h for this specification
5 Sensor Type C0h OEM Defined Interrupt
6 Sensor Number XXh 71h: QPI Sensor ID (depend on
platform)
72h: INT Sensor ID (depend on
platform)
7 Event Direction Event Type 6Fh Bit 7: 0 = Assert Event Bit 6: 0 =
Event Type Code
8 Event Data1 AXh 07h: Core
08h: Non-Fatal
0Ah: Fatal
9 Event Data2 XXh Local Error Bit
10 Event Data3 XXh 00h: QPI[0] Error
01h: QPI[1] Error
02h: QPI[2] Error
03h: QPI[3] Error
04h: QPI[0] Protocol Error
05h: QPI[1] Protocol Error
06h: QPI[2] Protocol Error
07h: QPI[3] Protocol Error
23h: Miscellaneous Error
24h: IOH Core Error32 About Your System
SB Error
Message: “Critical Interrupt Sensor, Correctable, MCU Parity Error ”
Table 1-6. SB Error
Byte Field Value Description
1 NetFunLun 10h
2 Platform Event Command 02h
3 Generator ID 01h Generated by BIOS
4 Event Message Format
Version
04h Event Message Format Revision.
04h for this specification
5 Sensor Type 13h Critical Interrupt
6 Sensor Number 77h SB Sensor ID (depend on
platform)
7 Event Direction Event Type 6Fh Bit 7: 0 = Assert Event
Bit 6: 0 = Event Type Code
8 Event Data1 AXh 07h: Correctable
08h: Uncorrectable
9 Event Data2 XXh Bit 7:5Reserved Local error bit
number (4 ~ 0)
00000b: HT Periodic CRC Error
00001b: HT Protocol Error
00010b: HT Flow-Control Buffer
Overflow
00011b: HT Response Error
00100b: HT Per-Packet CRC Error
00101b: HT Retry Counter Error
00111b: MCU Parity Error
10 Event Data3 FFh FFh: Not PresentAbout Your System 33
POST Start Event
Message: “System Event, POST starts with BIOS xx.xx.xx”
Table 1-7. POST Start Event
Byte Field Value Description
1 NetFunLun 10h
2 Platform Event Command 02h
3 Generator ID 01h Generated by BIOS
4 Event Message Format
Version
04h Event Message Format Revision.
04h for this specification
5 Sensor Type 12h System Event
6 Sensor Number 81h POST Start (depend on platform)
7 Event Direction Event Type 6Fh Bit 7: 0 = Assert Event
Bit 6: 0 = Event Type Code
8 Event Data1 AXh 01h: OEM System Boot Event
9 Event Data2 XXh 7~4: BIOS 1st Field Version
(0~15)
3~0: BIOS 2nd Field Version
higher 4bits (0~63)
10 Event Data3 XXh 7~6: BIOS 2nd Field Version lower
2bits (0~63)
5~0: BIOS 3rd Field Version
(0~63)34 About Your System
POST End Event
Table 1-8. POST End Event
Byte Field Value Description
1 NetFunLun 10h
2 Platform Event Command 02h
3 Generator ID 01h Generated by BIOS
4 Event Message Format
Version
04h Event Message Format Revision.
04h for this specification
5 Sensor Type 12h System Event
6 Sensor Number 85h POST End (depend on platform)
7 Event Direction Event Type 6Fh Bit 7: 0 = Assert Event
Bit 6: 0 = Event Type Code
8 Event Data1 AXh 01h: OEM System Boot Event
9 Event Data2 XXh Bit 7 = Boot Type
0b: PC Compatible Boot
(Legacy) 1b: uEFI Boot
Bit 3:0 = Boot Device
0001b: Force PXE Boot
0010b: NIC PXE Boot
0011b: Hard Disk Boot
0100b: RAID HDD Boot
0101b: USB Storage Boot
0111b: CD/DVD ROM Boot
1000b: iSCSI Boot
1001b: uEFI Shell
1010b: ePSA Diagnostic Boot
10 Event Data3 FFh FFh: Not PresentAbout Your System 35
POST Error Code Event
Message: “System Firmware Progress, POST error code: UBLBh.”
Table 1-9. POST Error Code Event
Byte Field Value Description
1 NetFunLun 10h
2 Platform Event Command 02h
3 Generator ID 01h Generated by BIOS
4 Event Message Format
Version
04h Event Message Format Revision.
04h for this specification
5 Sensor Type 0Fh System Firmware Progress
6 Sensor Number 86h POST Error (depend on platform)
7 Event Direction Event Type 6Fh Bit 7: 0 = Assert Event
Bit 6: 0 = Event Type Code
8 Event Data1 AXh 00: System Firmware Error (POST
Error)
9 Event Data2 XXh Upper Byte
10 Event Data3 XXh Lower Byte36 About Your System
BIOS Recovery Event
Table 1-10. BIOS Recovery Event
Byte Field Value Description
1 NetFunLun 10h
2 Platform Event Command 02h
3 Generator ID 01h Generated by BIOS
4 Event Message Format
Version
04h Event Message Format Revision.
04h for this specification
5 Sensor Type 12h System Event
6 Sensor Number 89h BIOS Recovery fail (depend on
platform)
7 Event Direction Event Type 6Fh Bit 7: 0 = Assert Event Bit 6: 0 =
Event Type Code
8 Event Data1 AXh 01h: OEM BIOS recovery Event
9 Event Data2 XXh 01h:Start Recovery
02h:Recovery Success
03h:Load Image Fail
04h:Signed Fail
10 Event Data3 FFh FFh: Not PresentAbout Your System 37
ME Fail Event
SEL Generator ID
Table 1-11. BIOS Recovery Event
Byte Field Value Description
1 NetFunLun 10h
2 Platform Event Command 02h
3 Generator ID 01h Generated by BIOS
4 Event Message Format
Version
04h Event Message Format Revision.
04h for this specification
5 Sensor Type 12h System Event
6 Sensor Number 8Ah ME fail (depend on platform)
7 Event Direction Event Type 6Fh Bit 7: 0 = Assert Event
Bit 6: 0 = Event Type Code
8 Event Data1 AXh 01h: OEM ME fail Event
9 Event Data2 XXh 01h:ME fail
10 Event Data3 FFh FFh: Not Present
Table 1-12. SEL Generator ID
Generator ID
BIOS 0x0001
BMC 0x0020
ME 0x002C
Windows 2008 0x013738 About Your System
BMC
The following table includes an overview of the system sensors.
In the Offset column:
• SI = Sensor Initialization
• SC = Sensor Capabilities
• AM = Assertion Mask
• DM = Deassertion Mask
• RM = Reading Mask
• TM = Settable/Readable Threshold Mask
Table 1-13. Sensor Summary
Sensor
Number
Sensor Name Sensor Type Event/Reading Type Offset
01h SEL Fullness Event Logging
Disabled (10h)
Sensor-specific
(6Fh)
SI: 67h
SC: 40h
AM: 0035h
DM: 0000h
RM: 0035h
02h P1 Thermal Trip Processor (07h) Sensor-specific
(6Fh)
SI: 01h
SC: 40h
AM: 0002h
DM: 0000h
RM: 0002h
03h P2 Thermal Trip Processor (07h) Sensor-specific
(6Fh)
SI: 01h
SC: 40h
AM: 0002h
DM: 0000h
RM: 0002hAbout Your System 39
Table 1-14. Sensor Summary (continued)
Sensor
Number
Sensor Name Sensor Type Event/Reading Type Offset
04h CPU ERR2 Processor (07h) Sensor-specific
(6Fh)
SI: 01h
SC: 40h
AM: 0001h
DM: 0000h
RM: 0001h
05h 12V Standby Voltage (02h) Threshold (01h) SI: 7Fh
SC: 59h
AM: 7A95h
DM: 7A95h
TM: 3F3Fh
06h 5V Voltage (02h) Threshold (01h) SI: 7Fh
SC: 59h
AM: 7A95h
DM: 7A95h
TM: 3F3Fh
07h 5V Standby Voltage (02h) Threshold (01h) SI: 7Fh
SC: 59h
AM: 7A95h
DM: 7A95h
TM: 3F3Fh
08h 3.3V Voltage (02h) Threshold (01h) SI: 7Fh
SC: 59h
AM: 7A95h
DM: 7A95h
TM: 3F3Fh40 About Your System
Table 1-15. Sensor Summary (continued)
Sensor
Number
Sensor Name Sensor Type Event/Reading Type Offset
09h 3.3V Standby Voltage (02h) Threshold (01h) SI: 7Fh
SC: 59h
AM: 7A95h
DM: 7A95h
TM: 3F3Fh
0Ah Battery low Battery (29h) Sensor-specific
(6Fh)
SI: 67h
SC: 40h
AM: 0001h
DM: 0000h
RM: 0001h
41h MEZZ1 TEMP Temperature (01h) Threshold (01h) SI: 7Fh
SC: 68h
AM: 0A80h
DM: 0A80h
TM: 3838h
41h CPU1 Temp Temperature (01h) Threshold (01h) SI: 7Fh
SC: 68h
AM: 0A80h
DM: 0A80h
TM: 3838h
42h CPU2 Temp Temperature (01h) Threshold (01h) SI: 7Fh
SC: 68h
AM: 0A80h
DM: 0A80h
TM: 3838hAbout Your System 41
Table 1-16. Sensor Summary (continued)
Sensor
Number
Sensor Name Sensor Type Event/Reading Type Offset
43h DIMM ZONE 1
Temp
Temperature (01h) Threshold (01h) SI: 7Fh
SC: 68h
AM: 0A80h
DM: 0A80h
TM: 3838h
44h DIMM ZONE 1
Temp
Temperature (01h) Threshold (01h) SI: 7Fh
SC: 68h
AM: 0A80h
DM: 0A80h
TM: 3838h
45h PCH Temp Temperature (01h) Threshold (01h) SI: 7Fh
SC: 68h
AM: 0A80h
DM: 0A80h
TM: 3838h
60h Memory Memory (0Ch) Sensor-specific
(6Fh)
SI: 01h
SC: 40h
AM: 0023h
DM: 0000h
RM: 0023h
A0h Watchdog Watchdog 2 (23h) Sensor-specific
(6Fh)
SI: 67h
SC: 40h
AM: 000Fh
DM: 0000h
RM: 000Fh42 About Your System
Table 1-17. Sensor Summary (continued)
Sensor
Number
Sensor Name Sensor Type Event/Reading Type Offset
A1h Soft Reset System Boot/
Restart Initiated
(1Dh)
Sensor-specific
(6Fh)
SI: 01h
SC: 40h
AM: 0004h
DM: 0000h
RM: 0004h
A2h AC lost Power Unit (09h) Sensor-specific
(6Fh)
SI: 01h
SC: 40h
AM: 0010h
DM: 0000h
RM: 0010h
A3h Power off Power Unit (09h) Sensor-specific
(6Fh)
SI: 01h
SC: 40h
AM: 0002h
DM: 0000h
RM: 0002hAbout Your System 43
Other Information You May Need
WARNING: See the safety and regulatory information that shipped with your
system. Warranty information may be included within this document or as a
separate document.
• The Getting Started Guide provides an overview of rack installation,
system features, setting up your system, and technical specifications.
• The PowerEdge C8000 Hardware Owner’s Manual for information about
the server enclosure features, troubleshooting, and component
replacement.. This document is available at support.dell.com/manuals.
• The Baseboard Management Controller Guide provides information about
installing and using the systems management utility. See Using the
Baseboard Management Controller Guide at support.dell.com/manuals.
NOTE: Always check for updates on support.dell.com/manuals and read the
updates first because they often supersede information in other documents. 44 About Your SystemUsing the System Setup Program 45
2
Using the System Setup Program
The System Setup program is the BIOS program that enables you to manage
your system hardware and specify BIOS-level options. From the System Setup
program, you can:
• Change the NVRAM settings after you add or remove hardware
• View the system hardware configuration
• Enable or disable integrated devices
• Set performance and power management thresholds
• Manage system security
System Setup Menu
The system employs the latest Insyde® BIOS, which is stored in Flash
memory. The Flash memory supports the Plug and Play specification, and
contains a System Setup program, the Power On Self Test (POST) routine,
and the PCI auto-configuration utility.
This system supports system BIOS shadowing which enables the BIOS to
execute from 64-bit onboard write-protected DRAM.
You can configure items such as:
• Hard-drives, diskette drives, and peripherals
• Password protection
• Power management features
The Setup utility should be executed under the following conditions:
• When changing the system configuration
• When a configuration error is detected by the system and you are
prompted to make changes to the Setup utility
• When redefining the communication ports to prevent any conflicts46 Using the System Setup Program
• When changing the password or making other changes to the security
setup
NOTE: Only items in brackets [ ] can be modified, Items that are not in brackets are
display only.
System Setup Options at Boot
You can initiate Setup by pressing the respective key during the POST:
Using the System Setup Program Navigation Keys
The following table lists the keys found in the legend bar with their
corresponding alternates and functions:
Keystroke Description
Enter the System Setup
Load customized defaults
Load optimal defaults in Setup menu
Save and exit Setup
Keys Function
F1 General Help
or Select Screen
or Select Item
Change Option/Field
Tab Select Field
Esc Exit
Enter Go to Sub Screen
Home Go to Top of Screen
End Go to Bottom of ScreenUsing the System Setup Program 47
General Help
In addition to the Item Specific Help window, the Setup Utility also provides
a General Help screen. This screen can be called up from any menu by
pressing . The General Help screen lists the legend keys with their
corresponding alternates and functions. To exit the help window, press
or .
Console Redirection
The console redirection allows a remote user to diagnose and fix problems on
a server, which has not successfully booted the operating system (OS). The
centerpiece of the console redirection is the BIOS Console. The BIOS
Console is a Flash ROM-resident utility that redirects input and output over
a serial or modem connection.
The BIOS supports console redirection to a serial port. If serial port based
headless server support is provided by the system, the system must provide
support for redirection of all BIOS driven console I/O to the serial port. The
driver for the serial console must be capable of supporting the functionality
documented in the ANSI Terminal Definition.
The console redirection behavior shows a change of string displays that
reduce the data transfer rate in the serial port and cause the absence or an
incomplete POST screen. If you see an abnormal POST screen after you
connect to the console, it is recommended to press to reflash
the screen.
Enabling and Configuring Console Redirection
Console redirection is configured through the System Setup program. There
are three options available to establish console redirection on the system.
• External serial port
• Internal serial connector as Serial Over LAN (SOL)
• BMC SOL48 Using the System Setup Program
Enabling and Configuring Console Redirection Via COM1
To activate console redirection via COM1, you must configure the following
settings:
1 Connect the serial cable to the serial port and host system. See Figure 1-1
for the location of the serial port on the sled.
2 Press immediately after a power-on or reboot to enter System
Setup.
3 In the System Setup screen, select the Server menu and press .
4 In the Server screen, select Remote Access Configuration and press
.
5 In the Remote Access Configuration screen, verify the following settings:
• Remote Access: Enabled
• Serial port number: COM1
• Serial Port Mode: 115200 8,n,1
• Flow Control: None
• Redirection After BIOS POST: Always
• Terminal Type: ANSI
See "Remote Access Configuration" on page 83 for details. Make sure the
last four options syncs with the host and client.
6 Press to return to the System Setup screen. Press again,
and a message prompts you to save the changes.
Enabling and Configuring Console Redirection Via COM2 SOL
To activate console redirection via COM2 SOL, you must configure the
following settings:
1 Connect the serial cable to the serial port and host system. See Figure 1-1
for the location of the serial port on the sled.
2 Press immediately after a power-on or reboot to enter System
Setup.
3 In the System Setup screen, select the Server menu and press .
4 In the Server screen, select Remote Access Configuration and press
.Using the System Setup Program 49
5 In the Remote Access Configuration screen, verify the following settings:
• Remote Access: Enabled
• Serial port number: COM2 as SOL
• Serial Port Mode: 115200 8,n,1
• Flow Control: None
• Redirection After BIOS POST: Always
• Terminal Type: ANSI
See "Remote Access Configuration" on page 83 for details. Make sure the
host and client are on the same network.
6 Press to return to the System Setup screen. Press again,
and a message prompts you to save the changes.
Enabling and Configuring Console Redirection Via BMC SOL
When using the BMC management port, you have two options for
connecting and managing servers: Dedicated-NIC mode and Shared-NIC
mode. The following procedures show the setup option of the BMC
management port through a Dedicated-NIC or Shared-NIC.
To activate console redirection via a dedicated BMC management port, you
must configure the following settings:
1 Connect the network cable to the BMC management port. See Figure 1-1
for the location of the BMC management port on the sled.
2 Press immediately after a power-on or reboot to enter System
Setup.
3 In the System Setup screen, select the Server menu and press .
4 In the Server screen, select Remote Access Configuration and press
.
5 In the Remote Access Configuration screen, verify the following settings:
• Remote Access: Enabled
• Serial port number: COM2 as SOL
• Serial Port Mode: 115200 8,n,1
• Flow Control: None
• Redirection After BIOS POST: Always50 Using the System Setup Program
• Terminal Type: ANSI
See "Remote Access Configuration" on page 83 for details. Make sure the
last four options syncs with the host and client.
6 In the Server screen, select BMC LAN Configuration and press .
7 In the BMC LAN Configuration screen, verify the following settings:
• BMC LAN Port Configuration: Dedicated-NIC
• BMC NIC IP Source: DHCP or Static (Use DHCP if your network
servers are using automatic assignment of IP addresses)
• IP Address: 192.168.001.003
• Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.000
• Gateway Address: 000.000.000.000
See "Set BMC LAN Configuration" on page 82 for details. Make sure the
host and client are on the same network
8 Press to return to the System Setup screen. Press again,
and a message prompts you to save the changes.
To activate console redirection via a shared BMC management port, you must
configure the following settings:
1 Connect the network cable to the Ethernet connector 1. See Figure 1-1 for
the location of the Ethernet connector 1 on the sled.
2 Press immediately after a power-on or reboot to enter System
Setup.
3 In the System Setup screen, select the Server menu and press .
4 In the Server screen, select Remote Access Configuration and press
.
5 In the Remote Access Configuration screen, verify the following settings:
• Remote Access: Enabled
• Serial port number: COM2
• Serial Port Mode: 115200 8,n,1
• Flow Control: None
• Redirection After BIOS POST: Always
• Terminal Type: ANSIUsing the System Setup Program 51
See "Remote Access Configuration" on page 83 for details. Make sure the
last four options syncs with the host and client.
6 In the Server screen, select BMC LAN Configuration and press .
7 In the BMC LAN Configuration screen, verify the following settings:
• BMC LAN Port Configuration: Shared-NIC
• BMC NIC IP Source: DHCP or Static (Use DHCP if your network
servers are using automatic assignment of IP addresses)
• IP Address: 192.168.001.003
• Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.000
• Gateway Address: 000.000.000.000
See "Set BMC LAN Configuration" on page 82 for details. Make sure the
host and client are on the same network
8 Press to return to the System Setup screen. Press again,
and a message prompts you to save the changes.
Serial Port Connection List
Signal Type Setup Option OS
Setting
Output
Remote
Access
Serial Port
Number
Serial Port
Address
Serial Console
Redirection
Enabled COM1 3F8h/2F8h ttyS0 Serial Port
Enabled COM1 2F8h/3F8h ttyS1
BMC Serial
Over LAN
Enabled COM2 as SOL 3F8h/2F8h ttyS1 Management
Port
Enabled COM2 as SOL 2F8h/3F8h ttyS052 Using the System Setup Program
Main Menu
The main menu displays information about your system boards and BIOS.
Main Screen
NOTE: Press to enter the BIOS debug mode and reset the BIOS to default
settings.
NOTE: The options for the System Setup program change based on the system
configuration.
NOTE: The System Setup program defaults are listed under their respective
options in the following sections, where applicable. Using the System Setup Program 53
System Settings
Option Description
System Date Scroll to this item to adjust the date. Use ,
or to select a field. Use [+] or
[-] to configure system date.
System Time Scroll to this item to adjust the time. Use ,
or to select a field. Use [+] or
[-] to configure system time.
Product Name Displays the system product name.
BIOS Version Displays the BIOS version.
NOTE: Check this version number when updating BIOS from
the manufacturer.
BIOS Build Date Displays the date the BIOS was created.
Service Tag Displays the system service tag number. The service tag
field should match what is physically on the service tag of
the system.
Asset Tag Displays the system asset tag number.
MRC Version Displays the Memory Reference Code (MRC) firmware
version.
ME Version Displays the Manageability Engine (ME) firmware version.
BMC Version Displays the Baseboard Management Controller (BMC)
firmware version.
ePPID Displays the information from Electronic Piece Part
Identification (ePPID) label.
NIC1 MAC Address Displays the Media Access Control (MAC) address for the
NIC1 connector.
NIC2 MAC Address Displays the MAC address for the NIC2 connector.
BMC NIC MAC
Address
Displays the MAC address of the BMC management port.
Processor Type Displays the processor type.
Processor Speed Displays the maximum speed of the processor.
Processor Core Displays the processor core.
System Memory Size Displays total memory size installed on the system board.54 Using the System Setup Program
System Memory Speed Displays the maximum speed of your system memory.
System Memory Voltage Displays the maximum voltage of your system memory.
Option DescriptionUsing the System Setup Program 55
Advanced Menu
The advanced menu displays a table of items that defines advanced
information about your system. Scroll to this item and press to view
the following screen.
CAUTION: Making incorrect settings to items on these pages may cause the
system to malfunction. Unless you have experience adjusting these items, it is
recommended that you leave these settings at the default values. If making
settings to items on these pages causes your system to malfunction or prevents the
system from booting, open BIOS and choose "Load Optimal Defaults" in the Exit
menu to boot up normally.56 Using the System Setup Program
Power Management
Scroll to this item and press to view the following screen.
Power Management
Option Description
Power Management
(OS Control default)
Select a system power management mode.
• Maximum Performance: Sets the system power
management to maximum performance.
• OS Control: Allows the operating system to control the
power management.
• Node Manager: Enables Node Manager to moderate
power consumption and performance of the processors in
the compute sled. Node manager delivers power reporting
and power capping functionality for individual compute
sleds. Using the System Setup Program 57
CPU Power Capping
(P-State 0 default)
Select a processor performance state (P-state). Options are
[P-State 0], [P-State 1], [P-State 2], [P-State 3] and
[P-state 4].
NOTE: This option is enabled when Power Management is
set to OS Control mode.
Chassis Power
Management
Press to set the different power management
options that must be provided to support throttling and
capping.
Energy Efficient Policy
(Max Performance
default)
Select a power policy option.
• Max Performance: Sets the processors at the highest
performance state at all times.
• Balanced: Offers full performance and saves power by
reducing system power consumption during periods of
inactivity.
• Low Power: Use different processor power saving modes
(C-states) to reduce system power consumption.
NOTE: This option works when the OS does not support
power management control of processor.
Option Description58 Using the System Setup Program
Chassis Power Management
Scroll to this item and press to view the following screen.
Chassis Power Management
Option Description
Chassis PSU
Configuration
Press to configure the chassis power supply.
This option provides management and monitoring of the
PSUs and allows you to set the minimum PSU
requirements for the server.
Power Capping Press to set PSU power and server loading
limited in selected watts.
Emergency Throttling Press to set sled level policy when emergency
throttling event is triggered. Using the System Setup Program 59
Chassis PSU Configuration
Scroll to this item and press to view the following screen.
Chassis PSU Configuration
Option Description
Required Power Supplies
(1 default)
Select the number of power supplies to provide load-shared
power to run the sleds in the enclosure. Options are [1],
[2], [3], and [4].
Redundant Power
Supplies (1 default)
Select the number of power supplies to provide power
redundancy to the enclosure. Options are [0], [1], and [2].60 Using the System Setup Program
Power Capping
Scroll to this item and press to view the following screen.
Power Capping
Option Description
Chassis Level Capping
(Disabled default)
Enables or disables chassis level capping.
Sled Power Capping
(0 default)
Specify the maximum amount of power to be consumed by
the sled. Settings range from 0 or 100 to 1000 W. Using the System Setup Program 61
Emergency Throttling
Scroll to this item and press to view the following screen.
Emergency Throttling
Option Description
Sled Level Policy
(Chassis Level default)
Select a sled level policy when an emergency throttle event
is triggered.
• Chassis Level: Overrides the chassis level policy for a
specific server.
• Throttling: Allows compute sled throttling when an
emergency throttle event is triggered.
• Power Off: Turns off the compute sled when an
emergency throttle event is triggered.
• Do Nothing: The compute sled will do nothing when an
emergency throttle event is triggered. 62 Using the System Setup Program
CPU Configuration
Scroll to this item and press to view the following screen.
CPU Configuration
Chassis Level Policy
(Throttling default)
Select a chassis level policy when an emergency throttle
event is triggered. This option can be configured when the
Sled Level Policy is set as Chassis Level.
• Throttling: Allows chassis sled throttling when an
emergency throttle event is triggered.
• Power Off: The server power turns off when an emergency
throttle event is triggered.
Option Description
Active Processor Cores
(All Cores default)
Allows you to control the number of enabled core in each
processor. Options are [1], [2], [4], and [All Cores].
Option DescriptionUsing the System Setup Program 63
Frequency Ratio
(Auto default)
Sets the frequency multipliers as maximum level.
Max CPUID Value
Limit
(Disabled default)
Some OS, which is (NT4), fails if the value returned in
EAX is >3 when CPUID instruction is executed with
EAX=0.
When enabled, this setting limits CPUID function to 3.
When disabled, this setting disables the 3 or less.
Virtualization
Technology
(Disabled default)
Allows you to set the Virtualization Technology in
applicable CPUs.
Enabled (applicable CPUs)/Disabled (unusable in any
OS).
QPI Frequency
(Auto default)
Select the link speed. Options are [6.4GTs], [7.2GTs], and
[8.0GTs].
Turbo Mode
(Enabled default)
Enables or disables processor Turbo mode (Requires
enabling the EMTTM.).
C-States
(Enabled default)
When enabled, the processor(s) can operate in all available
power C states.
When disabled, the user power C states are not available
for the processor.
C1E State
(Enabled default)
Enables or disables the Enhanced Halt (C1E) state.
NOTE: Disable this option at your own risk. When you disable
this option, pop up message appears on the screen and
warning appears in the System Setup Help.
C6 State
(Enabled default)
Enables or disables the processor C6 state.
NOTE: Disable this option at your own risk. When you disable
this option, pop up message appears on the screen and
warning appears in the System Setup Help.
C7 State
(Enabled default)
Enables or disables the processor C7 state.
NOTE: Disable this option at your own risk. When you disable
this option, pop up message appears on the screen and
warning appears in the System Setup Help.
XD Bit Capability
(Enabled default)
Enables or disables the processor’s Execute Disable (XD)
Memory Protection Technology feature.
Option Description64 Using the System Setup Program
Prefetch Configuration
Scroll to this item and press to view the following screen.
Prefetch Configuration
Direct Cache Access
(Enabled default)
Enables or disables the direct cache access.
Hyper-Threading
Technology
(Enabled default)
Enables or disables the Hyper-Threading technology.
Prefetch Configuration Press to configure the prefetch settings.
Option Description
Adjacent Cache Line
Prefetch
(Enabled default)
Enables or disables system optimization for sequential
memory access.
Opti